IEEE Std 802.3-2022 9781504487252, 9781504487269

Table of contents :
IEEE Std 802.3-2022 Front Cover
Title page
Important Notices and Disclaimers Concerning IEEE Standards Documents
Participants
Introduction
Acknowledgments
Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Overview
1.1.1 Scope
1.1.2 Basic concepts
1.1.2.1 Half duplex operation
1.1.2.2 Full duplex operation
1.1.3 Architectural perspectives
1.1.3.1 Architectural rationale
1.1.3.2 Compatibility interfaces
1.1.4 Layer interfaces
1.1.5 Application areas
1.1.6 Word usage
1.2 Notation
1.2.1 State diagram conventions
1.2.2 Service specification method and notation
1.2.2.1 Classification of service primitives
1.2.3 Physical Layer and media notation
1.2.4 Physical Layer message notation
1.2.5 Hexadecimal notation
1.2.6 Accuracy and resolution of numerical quantities
1.2.7 Qm.n number format
1.2.8 Em dash (—) in a table cell
1.3 Normative references
1.4 Definitions
1.5 Abbreviations
2. Media Access Control (MAC) service specification
2.1 Scope and field of application
2.2 Overview of the service
2.2.1 General description of services provided by the layer
2.2.2 Model used for the service specification
2.2.3 Overview of interactions
2.2.4 Basic services
2.3 Detailed service specification
2.3.1 MA_DATA.request
2.3.1.1 Function
2.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
2.3.1.3 When generated
2.3.1.4 Effect of receipt
2.3.1.5 Additional comments
2.3.2 MA_DATA.indication
2.3.2.1 Function
2.3.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
2.3.2.3 When generated
2.3.2.4 Effect of receipt
2.3.2.5 Additional comments
3. Media Access Control (MAC) frame and packet specifications
3.1 Overview
3.1.1 Packet format
3.1.2 Service interface mappings
3.2 Elements of the MAC frame and packet
3.2.1 Preamble field
3.2.2 Start Frame Delimiter (SFD) field
3.2.3 Address fields
3.2.3.1 Address designation
3.2.4 Destination Address field
3.2.5 Source Address field
3.2.6 Length/Type field
3.2.7 MAC Client Data field
3.2.8 Pad field
3.2.9 Frame Check Sequence (FCS) field
3.2.10 Extension field
3.3 Order of bit transmission
3.4 Invalid MAC frame
4. Media Access Control
4.1 Functional model of the MAC method
4.1.1 Overview
4.1.2 CSMA/CD operation
4.1.2.1 Normal operation
4.1.2.1.1 Transmission without contention
4.1.2.1.2 Reception without contention
4.1.2.2 Access interference and recovery
4.1.3 Relationships to the MAC client and Physical Layers
4.2 CSMA/CD Media Access Control (MAC) method: Precise specification
4.2.1 Introduction
4.2.2 Overview of the procedural model
4.2.2.1 Ground rules for the procedural model
4.2.2.2 Use of Pascal in the procedural model
4.2.2.3 Organization of the procedural model
4.2.2.4 Layer management extensions to procedural model
4.2.3 Packet transmission model
4.2.3.1 Transmit data encapsulation
4.2.3.2 Transmit media access management
4.2.3.2.1 Deference
4.2.3.2.2 Interpacket gap
4.2.3.2.3 Collision handling (half duplex mode only)
4.2.3.2.4 Collision detection and enforcement (half duplex mode only)
4.2.3.2.5 Collision backoff and retransmission (half duplex mode only)
4.2.3.2.6 Full duplex transmission
4.2.3.2.7 Packet bursting (half duplex mode only)
4.2.3.3 Minimum frame size
4.2.3.4 Carrier extension (half duplex mode only)
4.2.4 Frame reception model
4.2.4.1 Receive data decapsulation
4.2.4.1.1 Address recognition
4.2.4.1.2 Frame check sequence validation
4.2.4.1.3 Frame disassembly
4.2.4.2 Receive media access management
4.2.4.2.1 Framing
4.2.4.2.2 Collision filtering
4.2.5 Preamble generation
4.2.6 Start frame sequence
4.2.7 Global declarations
4.2.7.1 Common constants, types, and variables
4.2.7.2 Transmit state variables
4.2.7.3 Receive state variables
4.2.7.4 State variable initialization
4.2.8 Frame transmission
4.2.9 Frame reception
4.2.10 Common procedures
4.3 Interfaces to/from adjacent layers
4.3.1 Overview
4.3.2 MAC service
4.3.2.1 MAC client transmit interface state diagram
4.3.2.1.1 Variables
4.3.2.1.2 Functions
4.3.2.1.3 Messages
4.3.2.1.4 MAC client transmit interface state diagram
4.3.2.2 MAC client receive interface state diagram
4.3.2.2.1 Variables
4.3.2.2.2 Functions
4.3.2.2.3 Messages
4.3.2.2.4 MAC client receive interface state diagram
4.3.3 Services required from the Physical Layer
4.4 Specific implementations
4.4.1 Compatibility overview
4.4.2 MAC parameters
4.4.3 Configuration guidelines
5. Layer Management
5.1 Introduction
5.1.1 Systems Management overview
5.1.2 Layer Management model
5.1.3 Packages
5.1.4 Conformance requirements
5.2 Management facilities
5.2.1 Introduction
5.2.2 DTE MAC Sublayer Management facilities
5.2.2.1 DTE MAC sublayer attributes
5.2.2.1.1 aMACID
5.2.2.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK
5.2.2.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames
5.2.2.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames
5.2.2.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK
5.2.2.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors
5.2.2.1.7 aAlignmentErrors
5.2.2.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK
5.2.2.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions
5.2.2.1.10 aLateCollisions
5.2.2.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls
5.2.2.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError
5.2.2.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors
5.2.2.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK
5.2.2.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError
5.2.2.1.16 aPromiscuousStatus
5.2.2.1.17 aReadMulticastAddressList
5.2.2.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK
5.2.2.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK
5.2.2.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral
5.2.2.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK
5.2.2.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK
5.2.2.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors
5.2.2.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField
5.2.2.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors
5.2.2.1.26 aMACEnableStatus
5.2.2.1.27 aTransmitEnableStatus
5.2.2.1.28 aMulticastReceiveStatus
5.2.2.1.29 aReadWriteMACAddress
5.2.2.1.30 aCollisionFrames
5.2.2.2 DTE MAC Sublayer actions
5.2.2.2.1 acInitializeMAC
5.2.2.2.2 acAddGroupAddress
5.2.2.2.3 acDeleteGroupAddress
5.2.2.2.4 acExecuteSelfTest
5.2.2.3 ResourceTypeID Managed Object Class
5.2.2.3.1 ResourceTypeID
5.2.3 DTE Physical Sublayer Management facilities
5.2.3.1 DTE Physical Sublayer attributes
5.2.3.1.1 aPHYID
5.2.3.1.2 aSQETestErrors
5.2.4 DTE Management procedural model
5.2.4.1 Common constants and types
5.2.4.2 Transmit variables and procedures
5.2.4.3 Receive variables and procedures
5.2.4.4 Common procedures
6. Physical Signaling (PLS) service specifications
6.1 Scope and field of application
6.2 Overview of the service
6.2.1 General description of services provided by the layer
6.2.2 Model used for the service specification
6.2.3 Overview of interactions
6.2.4 Basic services and options
6.3 Detailed service specification
6.3.1 Peer-to-peer service primitives
6.3.1.1 PLS_DATA.request
6.3.1.1.1 Function
6.3.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
6.3.1.1.3 When generated
6.3.1.1.4 Effect of receipt
6.3.1.2 PLS_DATA.indication
6.3.1.2.1 Function
6.3.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
6.3.1.2.3 When generated
6.3.1.2.4 Effect of receipt
6.3.2 Sublayer-to-sublayer service primitives
6.3.2.1 PLS_CARRIER.indication
6.3.2.1.1 Function
6.3.2.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
6.3.2.1.3 When generated
6.3.2.1.4 Effect of receipt
6.3.2.2 PLS_SIGNAL.indication
6.3.2.2.1 Function
6.3.2.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
6.3.2.2.3 When generated
6.3.2.2.4 Effect of receipt
6.3.2.3 PLS_DATA_VALID.indication
6.3.2.3.1 Function
6.3.2.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive
6.3.2.3.3 When generated
6.3.2.3.4 Effect of receipt
7. Physical Signaling (PLS) and Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) specifications
7.1 Scope
7.1.1 Definitions
7.1.2 Summary of major concepts
7.1.3 Application
7.1.4 Modes of operation
7.1.5 Allocation of function
7.2 Functional specification
7.2.1 PLS–PMA (DTE–MAU) Interface protocol
7.2.1.1 PLS to PMA messages
7.2.1.1.1 output message
7.2.1.1.2 output_idle message
7.2.1.1.3 normal message
7.2.1.1.4 isolate message (optional)
7.2.1.1.5 mau_request message (optional)
7.2.1.2 PMA to PLS interface
7.2.1.2.1 input message
7.2.1.2.2 input_idle message
7.2.1.2.3 signal_quality_error message
7.2.1.2.4 mau_available message
7.2.1.2.5 mau_not_available message (optional)
7.2.2 PLS interface to MAC and management entities
7.2.2.1 PLS–MAC interface
7.2.2.1.1 OUTPUT_UNIT
7.2.2.1.2 OUTPUT_STATUS
7.2.2.1.3 INPUT_UNIT
7.2.2.1.4 CARRIER_STATUS
7.2.2.1.5 SIGNAL_STATUS
7.2.2.1.6 DATA_VALID_STATUS
7.2.2.2 PLS–management entity interface
7.2.2.2.1 RESET_REQUEST
7.2.2.2.2 RESET_RESPONSE
7.2.2.2.3 MODE_CONTROL
7.2.2.2.4 SQE_TEST
7.2.3 Frame structure
7.2.3.1 Silence
7.2.3.2 Preamble
7.2.3.3 Start of Frame Delimiter (SFD)
7.2.3.4 Data
7.2.3.5 End of transmission delimiter
7.2.4 PLS functions
7.2.4.1 Reset and Identify function
7.2.4.2 Mode function
7.2.4.3 Output function
7.2.4.4 Input function
7.2.4.5 Error Sense function
7.2.4.6 Carrier Sense function
7.3 Signal characteristics
7.3.1 Signal encoding
7.3.1.1 Data encoding
7.3.1.2 Control encoding
7.3.2 Signaling rate
7.3.3 Signaling levels
7.4 Electrical characteristics
7.4.1 Driver characteristics
7.4.1.1 Differential output voltage, loaded
7.4.1.2 Requirements after idle
7.4.1.3 AC common-mode output voltage
7.4.1.4 Differential output voltage, open circuit
7.4.1.5 DC common-mode output voltage
7.4.1.6 Fault tolerance
7.4.2 Receiver characteristics
7.4.2.1 Receiver threshold levels
7.4.2.2 AC differential input impedance
7.4.2.3 AC common-mode range
7.4.2.4 Total common-mode range
7.4.2.5 Idle input behavior
7.4.2.6 Fault tolerance
7.4.3 AUI cable characteristics
7.4.3.1 Conductor size
7.4.3.2 Pair-to-pair balanced crosstalk
7.4.3.3 Differential characteristic impedance
7.4.3.4 Transfer impedance
7.4.3.5 Attenuation
7.4.3.6 Timing jitter
7.4.3.7 Delay
7.5 Functional description of interchange circuits
7.5.1 General
7.5.2 Definition of interchange circuits
7.5.2.1 Circuit DO–Data Out
7.5.2.2 Circuit DI–Data In
7.5.2.3 Circuit CO–Control Out (optional)
7.5.2.4 Circuit CI–Control In
7.5.2.5 Circuit VP–Voltage Plus
7.5.2.6 Circuit VC–Voltage Common
7.5.2.7 Circuit PG–Protective Ground
7.5.2.8 Circuit shield terminations
7.6 Mechanical characteristics
7.6.1 Definition of mechanical interface
7.6.2 Line interface connector
7.6.3 Contact assignments
8. Medium Attachment Unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE5
8.1 Scope
8.1.1 Overview
8.1.1.1 Medium Attachment Unit
8.1.1.2 Repeater unit
8.1.2 Definitions
8.1.3 Application perspective: MAU and MEDIUM objectives
8.1.3.1 Object
8.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations
8.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AU interface
8.1.3.4 Modes of operation
8.2 MAU functional specifications
8.2.1 MAU Physical Layer functions
8.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements
8.2.1.2 Receive function requirements
8.2.1.3 Collision Presence function requirements
8.2.1.4 Monitor function requirements (optional)
8.2.1.5 Jabber function requirements
8.2.2 MAU interface messages
8.2.2.1 DTE Physical Layer to MAU Physical Layer messages
8.2.2.2 MAU Physical Layer to DTE Physical Layer
8.2.2.2.1 input message
8.2.2.2.2 input_idle message
8.2.2.2.3 mau_available message
8.2.2.2.4 signal_quality_error message
8.2.3 MAU state diagrams
8.3 MAU–medium electrical characteristics
8.3.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface
8.3.1.1 Input impedance
8.3.1.2 Bias current
8.3.1.3 Coaxial cable signaling levels
8.3.1.4 Transmit output levels symmetry
8.3.1.5 Collision detect thresholds
8.3.2 MAU electrical characteristics
8.3.2.1 Electrical isolation
8.3.2.2 Power consumption
8.3.2.3 Reliability
8.3.3 MAU–DTE electrical characteristics
8.3.4 MAU–DTE mechanical connection
8.4 Characteristics of the coaxial cable
8.4.1 Coaxial cable electrical parameters
8.4.1.1 Characteristic impedance
8.4.1.2 Attenuation
8.4.1.3 Velocity of propagation
8.4.1.4 Edge jitter, untapped cable
8.4.1.5 Transfer impedance
8.4.1.6 Cable dc loop resistance
8.4.2 Coaxial cable properties
8.4.2.1 Mechanical requirements
8.4.2.1.1 General construction
8.4.2.1.2 Center conductor
8.4.2.1.3 Dielectric material
8.4.2.1.4 Shielding system
8.4.2.1.5 Overall jacket
8.4.2.2 Jacket marking
8.4.3 Total segment dc loop resistance
8.5 Coaxial trunk cable connectors
8.5.1 Inline coaxial extension connector
8.5.2 Coaxial cable terminator
8.5.2.1 Termination
8.5.2.2 Earthing
8.5.3 MAU-to-coaxial cable connection
8.5.3.1 Electrical requirements
8.5.3.2 Mechanical requirements
8.5.3.2.1 Connector housing
8.5.3.2.2 Contact reliability
8.5.3.2.3 Shield probe characteristics
8.6 System considerations
8.6.1 Transmission system model
8.6.2 Transmission system requirements
8.6.2.1 Cable sectioning
8.6.2.2 MAU placement
8.6.2.3 Trunk cable system grounding
8.6.3 Labeling
8.7 Environmental specifications
8.7.1 General safety requirements
8.7.2 Network safety requirements
8.7.2.1 Installations
8.7.2.2 Grounding
8.7.2.3 Safety
8.7.2.4 Breakdown path
8.7.2.5 Isolation boundary
8.7.2.6 Installation and maintenance guidelines
8.7.3 Electromagnetic environment
8.7.3.1 Susceptibility levels
8.7.3.2 Emission levels
8.7.4 Temperature and humidity
8.7.5 Regulatory requirements
8.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 8, Medium Attachment Unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE5
8.8.1 Overview
8.8.2 Abbreviations and special symbols
8.8.2.1 Status symbols
8.8.2.2 Abbreviations
8.8.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma
8.8.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma
8.8.3.2 Additional information
8.8.3.3 Exception information
8.8.3.4 Conditional items
8.8.4 Identification
8.8.4.1 Implementation identification
8.8.4.2 Protocol summary
8.8.5 Global statement of conformance
8.8.6 PICS proforma tables for MAU
8.8.6.1 MAU compatibility
8.8.6.2 Transmit function
8.8.6.3 Receive function
8.8.6.4 Collision function
8.8.6.5 Monitor function
8.8.6.6 Jabber function
8.8.6.7 MAU to coaxial cable interface
8.8.6.8 MAU electrical characteristics
8.8.6.9 MAU-DTE requirements
8.8.6.10 MAU to coaxial cable connection
8.8.6.11 Safety requirements
8.8.7 PICS proforma tables for MAU AUI characteristics
8.8.7.1 Signal characteristics
8.8.7.2 DI and CI driver characteristics
8.8.7.3 DO receiver characteristics
8.8.7.4 CO receiver characteristics
8.8.7.5 Circuit termination
8.8.7.6 Mechanical characteristics
8.8.8 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE5 coaxial cable
8.8.8.1 10BASE5 coaxial cable characteristics
9. Repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband networks
9.1 Overview
9.2 References
9.3 Definitions
9.4 Compatibility interface
9.4.1 AUI compatibility
9.4.2 Mixing segment compatibility
9.4.2.1 Direct coaxial cable attachment compatibility
9.4.2.2 “N” connector compatibility
9.4.2.3 BNC compatibility
9.4.2.4 BFOC/2.5 (10BASE-FP) compatibility
9.4.3 Link segment compatibility
9.4.3.1 Vendor-dependent IRL
9.4.3.2 Fiber optic FOIRL compatibility
9.4.3.3 Twisted-pair jack compatibility
9.4.3.4 Fiber optic 10BASE-FB and 10BASE-FL compatibility
9.5 Basic functions
9.5.1 Repeater set network properties
9.5.2 Signal amplification
9.5.3 Signal symmetry
9.5.4 Signal retiming
9.5.5 Data handling
9.5.5.1 Start-of-packet propagation delays
9.5.5.2 Start-of-packet variability
9.5.6 Collision handling
9.5.6.1 Collision presence
9.5.6.2 Jam generation
9.5.6.3 Collision-jam propagation delays
9.5.6.4 Transmit recovery time
9.5.6.5 Carrier recovery time
9.5.7 Electrical isolation
9.6 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams
9.6.1 State diagram notation
9.6.2 Data and collision handling
9.6.3 Preamble regeneration
9.6.4 Fragment extension
9.6.5 MAU Jabber Lockup Protection
9.6.6 Auto-Partitioning/Reconnection (optional)
9.6.6.1 Overview
9.6.6.2 Detailed auto-partition/reconnection algorithm state diagram
9.7 Electrical isolation
9.7.1 Environment A requirements
9.7.2 Environment B requirements
9.8 Reliability
9.9 Medium attachment unit and baseband medium specification for a vendor- indepedent FOIRL
9.9.1 Scope
9.9.1.1 Overview
9.9.1.2 Application perspective: FOMAU and medium objectives
9.9.1.3 Compatibility considerations
9.9.1.4 Relationship to AUI
9.9.1.5 Mode of operation
9.9.2 FOMAU functional specifications
9.9.2.1 Transmit function requirements
9.9.2.2 Receive function requirements
9.9.2.3 Collision Presence function requirements
9.9.2.4 Jabber function requirements
9.9.2.5 Low Light Level Detection function requirements
9.9.2.6 Repeater Unit to FOMAU Physical Layer messages
9.9.2.7 FOMAU Physical Layer to repeater unit messages
9.9.2.7.1 input message
9.9.2.7.2 input_idle message
9.9.2.7.3 fomau_available message
9.9.2.7.4 signal_quality_error message
9.9.2.8 FOMAU state diagrams
9.9.3 FOMAU electrical characteristics
9.9.3.1 Electrical isolation
9.9.3.2 Power consumption
9.9.3.3 Reliability
9.9.3.4 FOMAU/Repeater unit electrical characteristics
9.9.3.5 FOMAU/Repeater unit mechanical connection
9.9.4 FOMAU/Optical medium interface
9.9.4.1 Transmit optical parameters
9.9.4.1.1 Wavelength
9.9.4.1.2 Spectral width
9.9.4.1.3 Optical modulation
9.9.4.1.4 Optical idle signal
9.9.4.1.5 Transmit optical logic polarity
9.9.4.1.6 Optical rise and fall times
9.9.4.1.7 Transmit optical pulse edge jitter
9.9.4.1.8 Peak coupled optical power
9.9.4.2 Receive optical parameters
9.9.4.2.1 Receive peak optical power range
9.9.4.2.2 Receive optical pulse edge jitter
9.9.4.2.3 Receive optical logic polarity
9.9.5 Characteristics of the optical fiber cable link segment
9.9.5.1 Optical fiber medium
9.9.5.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket
9.9.6 System requirements
9.9.6.1 Optical transmission system considerations
9.9.6.2 Timing considerations
9.9.7 Environmental specifications
9.9.7.1 Safety requirements
9.9.7.1.1 Electrical safety
9.9.7.1.2 Optical source safety
9.9.7.2 Electromagnetic environment
9.9.7.2.1 Susceptibility levels
9.9.7.2.2 Emission levels
9.9.7.3 Temperature and humidity
10. Medium attachment unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE2
10.1 Scope
10.1.1 Overview
10.1.1.1 Medium attachment unit (normally contained within the data terminal equipment [DTE])
10.1.1.2 Repeater unit
10.1.2 Definitions
10.1.3 Application perspective: MAU and medium objectives
10.1.3.1 Object
10.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations
10.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AUI
10.1.3.4 Mode of operation
10.2 References
10.3 MAU functional specifications
10.3.1 MAU Physical Layer functional requirements
10.3.1.1 Transmit function requirements
10.3.1.2 Receive function requirements
10.3.1.3 Collision Presence function requirements
10.3.1.4 Jabber functional requirements
10.3.2 MAU interface messages
10.3.2.1 DTE to MAU messages
10.3.2.2 MAU to DTE messages
10.3.2.2.1 input message
10.3.2.2.2 input_idle message
10.3.2.2.3 mau_available message
10.3.2.2.4 signal_quality_error (SQE) message
10.3.3 MAU state diagrams
10.4 MAU–medium electrical characteristics
10.4.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface
10.4.1.1 Input impedance
10.4.1.2 Bias current
10.4.1.3 Coaxial cable signaling levels
10.4.1.4 Transmit output levels symmetry
10.4.1.5 Collision detect thresholds
10.4.2 MAU electrical characteristics
10.4.2.1 Electrical isolation
10.4.2.2 Power consumption
10.4.2.3 Reliability
10.4.3 MAU–DTE electrical characteristics
10.5 Characteristics of coaxial cable system
10.5.1 Coaxial cable electrical parameters
10.5.1.1 Characteristic impedance
10.5.1.2 Attenuation
10.5.1.3 Velocity of propagation
10.5.1.4 Edge jitter; entire segment without DTEs attached
10.5.1.5 Transfer impedance
10.5.1.6 Cable dc loop resistance
10.5.2 Coaxial cable physical parameters
10.5.2.1 Mechanical requirements
10.5.2.1.1 General construction
10.5.2.1.2 Center conductor
10.5.2.1.3 Dielectric material
10.5.2.1.4 Shielding system
10.5.2.1.5 Overall jacket
10.5.2.2 Jacket marking
10.5.3 Total segment dc loop resistance
10.6 Coaxial trunk cable connectors
10.6.1 In-line coaxial extension connector
10.6.2 Coaxial cable terminator
10.6.3 MAU-to-coaxial cable connection
10.7 System considerations
10.7.1 Transmission system model
10.7.2 Transmission system requirements
10.7.2.1 Cable sectioning
10.7.2.2 MAU placement
10.7.2.3 Trunk cable system earthing
10.7.2.4 Static discharge path
10.7.2.4.1 Installation environment
10.8 Environmental specifications
10.8.1 Safety requirements
10.8.1.1 Installations
10.8.1.2 Earthing
10.8.2 Electromagnetic environment
10.8.2.1 Susceptibility levels
10.8.2.2 Emission levels
10.8.3 Regulatory requirements
11. Broadband medium attachment unit and broadband medium specifications, type 10BROAD36
11.1 Scope
11.1.1 Overview
11.1.2 Definitions
11.1.3 MAU and medium objectives
11.1.4 Compatibility considerations
11.1.5 Relationship to PLS and AUI
11.1.6 Mode of operation
11.2 MAU functional specifications
11.2.1 MAU functional requirements
11.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements
11.2.1.2 Receive function requirements
11.2.1.3 Collision Detection function requirements
11.2.1.3.1 Collision enforcement transmitter requirements
11.2.1.3.2 Collision enforcement detection requirements
11.2.1.4 Jabber function requirements
11.2.2 DTE PLS to MAU and MAU to DTE PLS messages
11.2.2.1 DTE Physical Layer to MAU Physical Layer messages
11.2.2.2 MAU Physical Layer to DTE Physical Layer messages
11.2.2.2.1 input message
11.2.2.2.2 input_idle message
11.2.2.2.3 mau_available message
11.2.2.3 signal_quality_error message
11.2.3 MAU state diagrams
11.2.3.1 MAU state diagram messages
11.2.3.2 MAU state diagram signal names
11.3 MAU characteristics
11.3.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface
11.3.1.1 Receive interface
11.3.1.1.1 Receive input impedance
11.3.1.1.2 Receiver squelch requirements
11.3.1.1.3 Receive level requirements
11.3.1.1.4 Receiver selectivity and linearity requirements
11.3.1.1.5 Receive input mechanical requirements
11.3.1.2 Transmit interface
11.3.1.2.1 Transmit output impedance
11.3.1.2.2 Transmitted RF packet format
11.3.1.2.3 Transmit spectrum and group delay characteristics
11.3.1.2.4 Transmit out-of-band spectrum
11.3.1.2.5 Transmit level requirements
11.3.1.2.6 Nontransmitting signal leakage requirement
11.3.1.2.7 Transmit spurious output requirement
11.3.1.2.8 Collision enforcement signal leakage requirement
11.3.1.2.9 Transmit output mechanical requirements
11.3.2 MAU frequency allocations
11.3.2.1 Single-cable systems frequency allocations
11.3.2.2 Dual-cable systems frequency allocations
11.3.3 AUI electrical characteristics
11.3.3.1 Electrical isolation requirements
11.3.3.2 Current consumption
11.3.3.3 Driver and receiver requirements
11.3.3.4 AUI mechanical connection
11.3.4 MAU transfer characteristics
11.3.4.1 AUI to coaxial cable framing characteristics.
11.3.4.1.1 Scrambler and differential encoding requirements
11.3.4.2 Coaxial cable to AUI framing characteristics
11.3.4.3 Circuit DO to circuit DI framing characteristics
11.3.4.4 AUI to coaxial cable delay characteristics
11.3.4.4.1 Circuit DO to RF data signal delay
11.3.4.4.2 Circuit DO to CE RF output delay
11.3.4.4.3 Transmit postamble to SQE test signal delay
11.3.4.4.4 SQE test signal length
11.3.4.5 Coaxial cable to AUI delay characteristics
11.3.4.5.1 Received RF to circuit DI delay
11.3.4.5.2 Received RF to CE RF output and circuit CI delay
11.3.4.5.3 Collision enforcement to circuit CI delay
11.3.4.5.4 Receive data to SQE test delay
11.3.4.6 Delay from circuit DO to circuit DI
11.3.4.7 Interpacket gap requirement
11.3.4.8 Bit error ratio
11.3.5 Reliability
11.4 System considerations
11.4.1 Delay budget and network diameter
11.4.2 MAU operation with packets shorter than 512 bits
11.5 Characteristics of the coaxial cable system
11.5.1 Electrical requirements
11.5.2 Mechanical requirements
11.5.3 Delay requirements
11.6 Frequency translator requirements for the single-cable version
11.6.1 Electrical requirements
11.6.2 Mechanical requirements
11.7 Environmental specifications
11.7.1 Safety requirements
11.7.2 Electromagnetic environment
11.7.2.1 Susceptibility levels
11.7.2.2 Emission levels
11.7.3 Temperature and humidity
12. Physical signaling, medium attachment, and baseband medium specifications, type 1BASE5
12.1 Introduction
12.1.1 Overview
12.1.2 Scope
12.1.3 Definitions
12.1.4 General characteristics
12.1.5 Compatibility
12.1.6 Objectives of type 1BASE5 specification
12.2 Architecture
12.2.1 Major concepts
12.2.2 Application perspective
12.2.3 Packet structure
12.2.3.1 Silence
12.2.3.2 Preamble
12.2.3.3 Start-of-frame delimiter
12.2.3.4 Data
12.2.3.5 End-of-transmission delimiter
12.3 DTE physical signaling (PLS) specification
12.3.1 Overview
12.3.1.1 Summary of major concepts
12.3.1.2 Application perspective
12.3.2 Functional specification
12.3.2.1 PLS-PMA interface
12.3.2.1.1 output message
12.3.2.1.2 output_idle message
12.3.2.1.3 input message
12.3.2.1.4 input_idle message
12.3.2.2 PLS-MAC interface
12.3.2.2.1 OUTPUT_UNIT
12.3.2.2.2 OUTPUT_STATUS
12.3.2.2.3 INPUT_UNIT
12.3.2.2.4 CARRIER_STATUS
12.3.2.2.5 SIGNAL_STATUS
12.3.2.3 PLS functions
12.3.2.3.1 State diagram variables
12.3.2.3.2 Output function
12.3.2.3.3 Input function
12.3.2.3.4 Error Sense function
12.3.2.3.5 Carrier Sense function
12.3.2.4 Signal encoding
12.3.2.4.1 Data transmission rate
12.3.2.4.2 Data symbol encoding
12.3.2.4.3 Collision presence encoding
12.3.2.4.4 Idle line encoding
12.4 Hub specification
12.4.1 Overview
12.4.1.1 Summary of major concepts
12.4.1.2 Application perspective
12.4.2 Hub structure
12.4.2.1 Upward side
12.4.2.2 Downward side
12.4.3 Hub PLS functional specification
12.4.3.1 Hub PLS to PMA interface
12.4.3.2 Hub PLS functions
12.4.3.2.1 State diagram variables
12.4.3.2.2 Upward Signal Transfer function
12.4.3.2.3 Jabber function
12.4.3.2.4 Downward Signal Transfer function
12.4.3.2.5 Retiming (jitter removal)
12.4.3.2.6 Header hub wrap-around
12.4.3.2.7 Collision presence startup
12.4.3.3 Reliability
12.5 Physical medium attachment (PMA) specification
12.5.1 Overview
12.5.2 PLS–PMA interface
12.5.3 Signal characteristics
12.5.3.1 Transmitter characteristics
12.5.3.1.1 Differential output voltage
12.5.3.1.2 Output timing jitter
12.5.3.1.3 Transmitter impedance balance
12.5.3.1.4 Common-mode output voltage
12.5.3.1.5 Common-mode tolerance
12.5.3.1.6 Transmitter fault tolerance
12.5.3.2 Receiver characteristics
12.5.3.2.1 Differential input voltage
12.5.3.2.2 Input timing jitter
12.5.3.2.3 Idle input behavior
12.5.3.2.4 Differential input impedance
12.5.3.2.5 Common-mode rejection
12.5.3.2.6 Noise immunity
12.5.3.2.7 Receiver fault tolerance
12.6 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) specification
12.6.1 Line interface connector
12.6.2 Connector contact assignments
12.6.3 Labeling
12.7 Cable medium characteristics
12.7.1 Overview
12.7.2 Transmission parameters
12.7.2.1 Attenuation
12.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
12.7.2.3 Medium timing jitter
12.7.2.4 Dispersion
12.7.3 Coupling parameters
12.7.3.1 Pair-to-pair crosstalk
12.7.3.2 Multiple-disturber crosstalk
12.7.3.3 Balance
12.7.4 Noise environment
12.7.4.1 Impulse noise
12.7.4.2 Crosstalk
12.8 Special link specification
12.8.1 Overview
12.8.2 Transmission characteristics
12.8.3 Permitted configurations
12.9 Timing
12.9.1 Overview
12.9.2 DTE timing
12.9.3 Medium timing
12.9.4 Special link timing
12.9.5 Hub timing
12.10 Safety
12.10.1 Isolation
12.10.2 Telephony voltages
13. System considerations for multisegment 10 Mb/s baseband networks
13.1 Overview
13.1.1 Repeater usage
13.2 Definitions
13.3 Transmission System Model 1
13.4 Transmission System Model 2
13.4.1 Round-trip collision delay
13.4.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection
13.4.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation
13.4.2 Interpacket gap (IPG) shrinkage
13.4.2.1 Worst-case path variability value (PVV) selection
13.4.2.2 Worst-case path variability value (PVV) calculation
13.5 Full duplex topology limitations
14. Twisted-pair medium attachment unit (MAU) and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T including type 10BASE-Te
14.1 Scope
14.1.1 Overview
14.1.1.1 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU)
14.1.1.2 Repeater unit
14.1.1.3 Twisted-pair media
14.1.2 Definitions
14.1.3 Application perspective
14.1.3.1 Objectives
14.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations
14.1.3.3 Modes of operation
14.1.4 Relationship to PLS and AUI
14.2 MAU functional specifications
14.2.1 MAU functions
14.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements
14.2.1.2 Receive function requirements
14.2.1.3 Loopback function requirements (half duplex mode only)
14.2.1.4 Collision Presence function requirements (half duplex mode only)
14.2.1.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements
14.2.1.6 Jabber function requirements
14.2.1.7 Link Integrity Test function requirements
14.2.1.8 Auto-Negotiation
14.2.2 PMA interface messages
14.2.2.1 PLS to PMA messages
14.2.2.1.1 PMA to PLS messages
14.2.2.2 PMA to twisted-pair link segment messages
14.2.2.3 Twisted-pair link segment to PMA messages
14.2.2.4 Interface message time references
14.2.3 MAU state diagrams
14.2.3.1 State diagram variables
14.2.3.2 State diagram timers
14.3 MAU electrical specifications
14.3.1 MAU-to-MDI interface characteristics
14.3.1.1 Electrical isolation
14.3.1.2 Transmitter specifications
14.3.1.2.1 Differential output voltage
14.3.1.2.2 Transmitter differential output impedance
14.3.1.2.3 Output timing jitter
14.3.1.2.4 Transmitter impedance balance
14.3.1.2.5 Common-mode output voltage
14.3.1.2.6 Transmitter common-mode rejection
14.3.1.2.7 Transmitter fault tolerance
14.3.1.3 Receiver specifications
14.3.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals
14.3.1.3.2 Receiver differential noise immunity
14.3.1.3.3 Idle input behavior
14.3.1.3.4 Receiver differential input impedance
14.3.1.3.5 Common-mode rejection
14.3.1.3.6 Receiver fault tolerance
14.3.2 MAU-to-AUI specification
14.3.2.1 MAU-AUI electrical characteristics
14.3.2.2 MAU–AUI mechanical connection
14.3.2.3 Power consumption
14.4 Characteristics of the simplex link segment
14.4.1 Overview
14.4.2 Transmission parameters
14.4.2.1 Insertion loss
14.4.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
14.4.2.3 Medium timing jitter
14.4.2.4 Delay
14.4.3 Coupling parameters
14.4.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss
14.4.3.1.1 Twenty-five-pair cable and twenty-five-pair binder groups
14.4.3.1.2 Four-pair cable
14.4.3.1.3 Other cables
14.4.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss
14.4.4 Noise environment
14.4.4.1 Impulse noise
14.4.4.2 Crosstalk noise
14.5 MDI specification
14.5.1 MDI connectors
14.5.2 Crossover function
14.6 System considerations
14.7 Environmental specifications
14.7.1 General safety
14.7.2 Network safety
14.7.2.1 Installation
14.7.2.2 Grounding
14.7.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
14.7.2.4 Telephony voltages
14.7.3 Environment
14.7.3.1 Electromagnetic emission
14.7.3.2 Temperature and humidity
14.8 MAU labeling
14.9 Timing summary
14.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 14, Twisted-pair medium attachment unit (MAU) and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T and type 10BASE-Te
14.10.1 Introduction
14.10.1.1 Scope
14.10.1.2 Reference
14.10.1.3 Definitions
14.10.1.4 Conformance
14.10.2 Identification of implementation
14.10.2.1 Supplier information
14.10.2.2 Implementation information
14.10.3 Identification of the protocol
14.10.4 PICS proforma for 10BASE-T
14.10.4.1 Abbreviations
14.10.4.2 PICS Completion instructions and implementation statement
14.10.4.3 Additional information
14.10.4.4 References
14.10.4.5 PICS proforma tables for MAU
14.10.4.5.1 MAU functions
14.10.4.5.2 Transmit function
14.10.4.5.3 Receive function
14.10.4.5.4 Loopback function
14.10.4.5.5 Collision Detect function
14.10.4.5.6 signal_quality_error Message Test function
14.10.4.5.7 Jabber function
14.10.4.5.8 Link Integrity Test function
14.10.4.5.9 MAU state diagram requirements
14.10.4.5.10 AUI requirements
14.10.4.5.11 Electrical isolation
14.10.4.5.12 Transmitter specification
14.10.4.5.13 Receiver specification
14.10.4.5.14 MDI requirements
14.10.4.5.15 Safety requirements
14.10.4.6 PICS proforma tables for MAU AUI characteristics
14.10.4.6.1 Signal characteristics
14.10.4.6.2 DI and CI driver characteristics
14.10.4.6.3 DO receiver characteristics
14.10.4.6.4 Power consumption
14.10.4.6.5 Circuit termination
14.10.4.6.6 Mechanical characteristics
14.10.4.7 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE-T link segment
14.10.4.7.1 10BASE-T link segment characteristics
14.10.4.8 PICS proforma tables for Auto-Negotiation able MAUs
15. Fiber optic medium and common elements of medium attachment units and star, type 10BASE-F
15.1 Scope
15.1.1 Overview
15.1.1.1 Fiber optic medium attachment units (MAUs)
15.1.1.2 Fiber optic passive star
15.1.1.3 Repeater unit
15.1.2 Definitions
15.1.3 Applications perspective: MAUs, stars, and fiber optic medium
15.1.3.1 Objectives
15.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations
15.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AUI
15.1.3.4 Guidelines for implementation of systems
15.1.3.5 Modes of operation
15.2 MDI optical characteristics
15.2.1 Transmit optical parameters
15.2.1.1 Center wavelength
15.2.1.2 Spectral width
15.2.1.3 Optical modulation extinction ratio
15.2.1.4 Optical Idle Signal amplitude
15.2.1.5 Optical transmit pulse logic polarity
15.2.1.6 Optical transmit pulse rise and fall times
15.2.1.7 Optical transmit pulse overshoot and undershoot
15.2.1.8 Optical transmit pulse edge jitter
15.2.1.9 Optical transmit pulse duty cycle distortion
15.2.1.10 Optical transmit average power range
15.2.1.11 Optical transmit signal templates
15.2.1.11.1 10BASE-FP optical transmit signal template
15.2.1.11.2 10BASE-FB optical transmit signal template
15.2.1.11.3 10BASE-FL Optical transmit signal template
15.2.2 Receive optical parameters
15.2.2.1 Optical receive average power range
15.2.2.2 Optical receive pulse edge jitter
15.2.2.3 Optical receive pulse logic polarity
15.2.2.4 Optical receive pulse rise and fall times
15.3 Characteristics of the fiber optic medium
15.3.1 Optical fiber and cable
15.3.1.1 Attenuation
15.3.1.2 Modal bandwidth
15.3.1.3 Propagation delay
15.3.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket
15.3.2.1 Optical connector insertion loss
15.3.2.2 Optical connector return loss
15.3.3 Fiber optic medium insertion loss
15.3.3.1 10BASE-FP segment insertion loss
15.3.3.2 10BASE-FB and 10BASE-FL segment insertion loss
15.3.4 Electrical isolation
15.4 MAU reliability
15.5 MAU–AUI specification
15.5.1 MAU–AUI electrical characteristics
15.5.2 MAU–AUI mechanical connections
15.5.3 Power consumption
15.5.4 MAU–AUI messages
15.5.4.1 PLS to PMA messages
15.5.4.2 PMA to PLS messages
15.5.4.2.1 signal_quality_error message
15.6 Environmental specifications
15.6.1 Safety requirements
15.6.2 Electromagnetic environment
15.6.3 Other environmental requirements
15.7 MAU labeling
15.7.1 10BASE-FP star labeling
15.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 15, Fiber optic medium and common elements of medium attachment units and star, type 10BASE-F
15.8.1 Introduction
15.8.2 Abbreviations and special symbols
15.8.2.1 Status symbols
15.8.2.2 Abbreviations
15.8.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma
15.8.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma
15.8.3.2 Additional information
15.8.3.3 Exception information
15.8.3.4 Conditional items
15.8.4 Identification
15.8.4.1 Implementation identification
15.8.4.2 Protocol summary
15.8.5 Major capabilities/options
15.8.6 PICS Proforma for the fiber optic medium
15.8.6.1 Characteristics of the fiber optic medium
15.8.6.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket
15.8.6.3 Fiber optic medium insertion loss
15.8.6.4 Electrical isolation requirements
16. Fiber optic passive star and medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FP
16.1 Scope
16.1.1 Overview
16.1.1.1 10BASE-FP medium attachment unit
16.1.1.2 10BASE-FP Star
16.1.1.3 Repeater unit
16.2 PMA interface messages
16.2.1 PMA-to-MDI interface signal encodings
16.2.2 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages
16.2.2.1 OTD_output
16.2.2.2 OTD_idle
16.2.2.3 OTD_manch_violation
16.2.3 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages
16.2.3.1 ORD_input
16.2.3.2 ORD_idle
16.2.3.3 ORD_crv
16.3 10BASE-FP MAU functional specifications
16.3.1 Transmit function requirements
16.3.1.1 Preamble encoding
16.3.1.1.1 Synchronization pattern
16.3.1.1.2 Packet header code rule violation
16.3.1.1.3 Unique word
16.3.1.2 Data transmit
16.3.1.3 Collision encoding (unique word jam)
16.3.2 Receive function requirements
16.3.2.1 Preamble reconstruction and alignment
16.3.2.2 Data receive
16.3.2.3 Signal presence during collision
16.3.3 Loopback function requirements
16.3.4 Collision presence function requirements
16.3.4.1 CI Circuit signaling
16.3.4.2 Collision detection
16.3.4.3 End of collision
16.3.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements
16.3.6 Jabber function requirements
16.3.7 Link fault detection and low light function requirements
16.3.8 Interface message time references
16.3.9 MAU state diagram
16.3.9.1 MAU state diagram variables
16.3.9.2 MAU state diagram timers
16.3.9.3 MAU state diagram counters
16.4 Timing summary
16.5 10BASE-FP Star functional specifications
16.5.1 Star functions
16.5.1.1 Number of ports
16.5.1.2 Optical power division
16.5.1.3 Configuration
16.5.1.4 Reliability
16.5.2 Star optical characteristics
16.5.2.1 Star insertion loss
16.5.2.2 Star single output port uniformity
16.5.2.3 Star directivity
16.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 16, Fiber optic passive star and medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FP
16.6.1 Introduction
16.6.2 Abbreviations and special symbols
16.6.2.1 Status symbols
16.6.2.2 Abbreviations
16.6.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma
16.6.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma
16.6.3.2 Additional information
16.6.3.3 Exception information
16.6.3.4 Conditional items
16.6.4 Identification
16.6.4.1 Implementation identification
16.6.4.2 Protocol summary
16.6.5 Major capabilities/options
16.6.6 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FP MAU
16.6.6.1 Compatibility considerations
16.6.6.2 Optical transmit parameters
16.6.6.3 Optical receive parameters
16.6.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket
16.6.6.5 MAU functions
16.6.6.6 PMA interface messages
16.6.6.7 PMA to MDI OTD messages
16.6.6.8 MDI ORD to PMA messages
16.6.6.9 Transmit functions
16.6.6.10 Collision Encoding (Unique Word Jam) function
16.6.6.11 Receive functions
16.6.6.12 Preamble reconstruction and alignment function
16.6.6.13 Data receive function
16.6.6.14 Signal presence during collision
16.6.6.15 Loopback function
16.6.6.16 Collision presence function
16.6.6.17 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) test function
16.6.6.18 Jabber function
16.6.6.19 Link Fault Detect function
16.6.6.20 MAU state diagram requirements
16.6.6.21 MAU-to-AUI signal characteristics
16.6.6.22 MAU-to-AUI DI and CI driver characteristics
16.6.6.23 AUI-to-MAU DO receiver characteristics
16.6.6.24 MAU-to-AUI circuit termination
16.6.6.25 MAU-to-AUI mechanical connections
16.6.6.26 MAU reliability
16.6.6.27 Power consumption
16.6.6.28 PLS–PMA requirements
16.6.6.29 signal_quality_error message (SQE)
16.6.6.30 Environmental requirements
16.6.6.31 MAU labeling
16.6.7 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE-FP stars
16.6.7.1 Star basic functions
16.6.7.2 Star optical characteristics
16.6.7.3 Star environmental requirements
16.6.7.4 10BASE-FP star labeling
17. Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FB
17.1 Scope
17.1.1 Overview
17.1.1.1 Medium attachment unit
17.1.1.2 Relationship to repeater
17.1.1.3 Remote diagnostic messages
17.1.2 Relationship to AUI
17.2 PMA interface messages
17.2.1 PMA-to-MDI interface signal encodings
17.2.2 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages
17.2.2.1 OTD_output
17.2.2.2 OTD_sync_idle
17.2.2.3 OTD_remote_fault
17.2.3 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages
17.2.3.1 Status decoding
17.2.3.2 ORD_input
17.2.3.3 ORD_sync_idle
17.2.3.4 ORD_remote_fault
17.2.3.5 ORD_invalid_data
17.2.4 Transitions between signals
17.2.5 Signaling rate
17.3 MAU functional specifications
17.3.1 Transmit function requirements
17.3.1.1 Data transmit
17.3.1.2 Synchronous idle
17.3.1.3 Fault signaling
17.3.2 Receive function requirements
17.3.2.1 Data receive
17.3.2.2 Remote status message handling
17.3.3 Collision function requirements
17.3.3.1 Collision detection
17.3.3.2 End of collision
17.3.4 Loopback function requirements
17.3.5 Fault-handling function requirements
17.3.6 Jabber function requirements
17.3.7 Low light level detection function requirements
17.3.8 Synchronous qualification function requirements
17.3.9 Interface message time references
17.3.10 MAU state diagrams
17.3.10.1 MAU state diagram variables
17.3.10.2 MAU state diagram timers
17.4 Timing summary
17.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 17, Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FB
17.5.1 Introduction
17.5.2 Abbreviations and special symbols
17.5.2.1 Status symbols
17.5.2.1.1 Abbreviations
17.5.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma
17.5.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma
17.5.3.2 Additional information
17.5.3.3 Exception information
17.5.3.4 Conditional items
17.5.4 Identification
17.5.4.1 Implementation identification
17.5.4.2 Protocol summary
17.5.5 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FB MAU
17.5.6 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FB MAU
17.5.6.1 Compatibility considerations
17.5.6.2 Optical transmit parameters
17.5.6.3 Optical receive parameters
17.5.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket
17.5.6.5 MAU functions
17.5.6.6 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages and signaling
17.5.6.7 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages and signaling
17.5.6.8 Transitions between signals
17.5.6.9 Signaling rate
17.5.6.10 Transmit functions
17.5.6.11 Receive functions
17.5.6.12 Data receive function
17.5.6.13 Remote status message handling
17.5.6.14 Collision function requirements
17.5.6.15 End of collision
17.5.6.16 Loopback function
17.5.6.17 Fault-handling function
17.5.6.18 Jabber-handling function
17.5.6.19 Low light detection
17.5.6.20 Synchronous qualification
17.5.6.21 MAU state diagram requirements
17.5.6.22 MAU reliability
17.5.6.23 PLS–PMA requirements
17.5.6.24 signal_quality_error message (SQE)
17.5.6.25 Environmental requirements
17.5.6.26 MAU labeling
18. Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FL
18.1 Scope
18.1.1 Overview
18.1.1.1 10BASE-FL medium attachment unit (MAU)
18.1.1.2 Repeater unit
18.2 PMA interface messages
18.2.1 PMA to fiber optic link segment messages
18.2.1.1 OTD_output.
18.2.1.2 OTD_idle
18.2.2 Fiber optic link segment to PMA messages
18.2.2.1 ORD_input
18.2.2.2 ORD_idle
18.2.3 Interface message time references
18.3 MAU functional specifications
18.3.1 MAU functions
18.3.1.1 Transmit function requirements
18.3.1.2 Receive function requirements
18.3.1.3 Loopback function requirements (half duplex mode only)
18.3.1.4 Collision Presence function requirements (half duplex mode only)
18.3.1.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements
18.3.1.6 Jabber function requirements
18.3.1.7 Link Integrity Test function requirements
18.3.1.8 Auto-Negotiation
18.3.2 MAU state diagrams
18.3.2.1 MAU state diagram variables
18.3.2.2 MAU state diagram timers
18.4 Timing summary
18.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 18, Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FL
18.5.1 Introduction
18.5.2 Abbreviations and special symbols
18.5.2.1 Status symbols
18.5.2.2 Abbreviations
18.5.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma
18.5.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma
18.5.3.2 Additional information
18.5.3.3 Exception information
18.5.3.4 Conditional items
18.5.4 Identification
18.5.4.1 Implementation identification
18.5.4.2 Protocol summary
18.5.5 Major capabilities/options
18.5.6 PICS proforma tables for the type 10BASE-FL MAU
18.5.6.1 Compatibility considerations
18.5.6.2 Optical transmit parameter
18.5.6.3 Optical receive parameters
18.5.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket
18.5.6.5 MAU functions
18.5.6.6 PMA interface messages
18.5.6.7 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages
18.5.6.8 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages
18.5.6.9 Transmit function
18.5.6.10 Receive function
18.5.6.11 Loopback function
18.5.6.12 Collision Presence function
18.5.6.13 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function
18.5.6.14 Jabber function
18.5.6.15 Link Integrity Test function
18.5.6.16 MAU state diagram requirements
18.5.6.17 MAU-to-AUI signal characteristics
18.5.6.18 MAU-to-AUI DI and CI driver characteristics
18.5.6.19 AUI-to-MAU DO receiver characteristics
18.5.6.20 AUI circuit termination
18.5.6.21 MAU-to-AUI mechanical connections
18.5.6.22 MAU reliability
18.5.6.23 Power consumption
18.5.6.24 PLS–PMA requirements
18.5.6.25 signal_quality_error message (SQE)
18.5.6.26 Environmental requirements
18.5.6.27 MAU labeling
19. Layer Management for 10 Mb/s baseband repeaters
19.1 Introduction
19.1.1 Scope
19.1.2 Relationship to objects in IEEE Std 802.1F-1993
19.1.3 Definitions
19.1.4 Symbols and abbreviations
19.1.5 Management model
19.2 Managed objects
19.2.1 Introduction
19.2.2 Overview of managed objects
19.2.2.1 Text description of managed objects
19.2.2.2 Port functions to support management
19.2.2.3 Containment
19.2.2.4 Naming
19.2.2.5 Packages and capabilities
19.2.3 Repeater managed object class
19.2.3.1 Repeater attributes
19.2.3.1.1 aRepeaterID
19.2.3.1.2 aRepeaterGroupCapacity
19.2.3.1.3 aGroupMap
19.2.3.1.4 aRepeaterHealthState
19.2.3.1.5 aRepeaterHealthText
19.2.3.1.6 aRepeaterHealthData
19.2.3.1.7 aTransmitCollisions
19.2.3.2 Repeater actions
19.2.3.2.1 acResetRepeater
19.2.3.2.2 acExecuteNonDisruptiveSelfTest
19.2.3.3 Repeater notifications
19.2.3.3.1 nRepeaterHealth
19.2.3.3.2 nRepeaterReset
19.2.3.3.3 nGroupMapChange
19.2.4 ResourceTypeID Managed Object Class
19.2.5 Group managed object class
19.2.5.1 Group attributes
19.2.5.1.1 aGroupID
19.2.5.1.2 aGroupPortCapacity
19.2.5.1.3 aPortMap
19.2.5.2 Group Notifications
19.2.5.2.1 nPortMapChange
19.2.6 Port managed object class
19.2.6.1 Port Attributes
19.2.6.1.1 aPortID
19.2.6.1.2 aPortAdminState
19.2.6.1.3 aAutoPartitionState
19.2.6.1.4 aReadableFrames
19.2.6.1.5 aReadableOctets
19.2.6.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors
19.2.6.1.7 aAlignmentErrors
19.2.6.1.8 aFramesTooLong
19.2.6.1.9 aShortEvents
19.2.6.1.10 aRunts
19.2.6.1.11 aCollisions
19.2.6.1.12 aLateEvents
19.2.6.1.13 aVeryLongEvents
19.2.6.1.14 aDataRateMismatches
19.2.6.1.15 aAutoPartitions
19.2.6.1.16 aLastSourceAddress
19.2.6.1.17 aSourceAddressChanges
19.2.6.2 Port Actions
19.2.6.2.1 acPortAdminControl
20. Layer Management for 10 Mb/s baseband medium attachment units
20.1 Introduction
20.1.1 Scope
20.1.2 Management model
20.2 Managed objects
20.2.1 Text description of managed objects
20.2.1.1 Naming
20.2.1.2 Containment
20.2.1.3 Packages
20.2.2 MAU Managed object class
20.2.2.1 MAU attributes
20.2.2.1.1 aMAUID
20.2.2.1.2 aMAUType
20.2.2.1.3 aMediaAvailable
20.2.2.1.4 aLoseMediaCounter
20.2.2.1.5 aJabber
20.2.2.1.6 aMAUAdminState
20.2.2.1.7 aBbMAUXmitRcvSplitType
20.2.2.1.8 aBroadbandFrequencies
20.2.2.2 MAU actions
20.2.2.2.1 acResetMAU
20.2.2.2.2 acMAUAdminControl
20.2.2.3 MAU notifications
20.2.2.3.1 nJabber
21. Introduction to 100 Mb/s baseband networks, type 100BASE-T
21.1 Overview
21.1.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII)
21.1.2 Physical Layer signaling systems
21.1.3 Repeater
21.1.4 Auto-Negotiation
21.1.5 Management
21.2 References
21.3 Definitions
21.4 Abbreviations
21.5 State diagrams
21.5.1 Actions inside state blocks
21.5.2 State diagram variables
21.5.3 State transitions
21.5.4 Operators
21.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
21.6.1 Introduction
21.6.2 Abbreviations and special symbols
21.6.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma
21.6.4 Additional information
21.6.5 Exceptional information
21.6.6 Conditional items
21.7 MAC delay constraints (exposed MII)
22. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII)
22.1 Overview
22.1.1 Summary of major concepts
22.1.2 Application
22.1.3 Rates of operation
22.1.4 Allocation of functions
22.1.5 Relationship of MII and GMII
22.2 Functional specifications
22.2.1 Mapping of MII signals to PLS service primitives and Station Management
22.2.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request
22.2.1.1.1 Function
22.2.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
22.2.1.1.3 When generated
22.2.1.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication
22.2.1.2.1 Function
22.2.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
22.2.1.2.3 When generated
22.2.1.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication
22.2.1.3.1 Function
22.2.1.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive
22.2.1.3.3 When generated
22.2.1.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication
22.2.1.4.1 Function
22.2.1.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive
22.2.1.4.3 When generated
22.2.1.5 Response to RX_ER indication from MII
22.2.1.6 Conditions for generation of TX_ER
22.2.1.7 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication
22.2.1.7.1 Function
22.2.1.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive
22.2.1.7.3 When generated
22.2.2 MII signal functional specifications
22.2.2.1 TX_CLK (transmit clock)
22.2.2.2 RX_CLK (receive clock)
22.2.2.3 TX_EN (transmit enable)
22.2.2.4 TXD (transmit data)
22.2.2.5 TX_ER (transmit coding error)
22.2.2.6 Transmit direction LPI transition
22.2.2.7 RX_DV (Receive Data Valid)
22.2.2.8 RXD (receive data)
22.2.2.9 Receive direction LPI transition
22.2.2.10 RX_ER (receive error)
22.2.2.11 CRS (carrier sense)
22.2.2.12 COL (collision detected)
22.2.2.13 MDC (management data clock)
22.2.2.14 MDIO (management data input/output)
22.2.3 MII data stream
22.2.3.1 Inter-frame
22.2.3.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter
22.2.3.2.1 Transmit case
22.2.3.2.2 Receive case
22.2.3.3 Data
22.2.3.4 End-of-Frame delimiter (EFD)
22.2.3.5 Handling of excess nibbles
22.2.4 Management functions
22.2.4.1 Control register (Register 0)
22.2.4.1.1 Reset
22.2.4.1.2 Loopback
22.2.4.1.3 Speed selection
22.2.4.1.4 Auto-Negotiation enable
22.2.4.1.5 Power down
22.2.4.1.6 Isolate
22.2.4.1.7 Restart Auto-Negotiation
22.2.4.1.8 Duplex mode
22.2.4.1.9 Collision test
22.2.4.1.10 Speed selection
22.2.4.1.11 Reserved bits
22.2.4.1.12 Unidirectional enable
22.2.4.2 Status register (Register 1)
22.2.4.2.1 100BASE-T4 ability
22.2.4.2.2 100BASE-X full duplex ability
22.2.4.2.3 100BASE-X half duplex ability
22.2.4.2.4 10 Mb/s full duplex ability
22.2.4.2.5 10 Mb/s half duplex ability
22.2.4.2.6 100BASE-T2 full duplex ability
22.2.4.2.7 100BASE-T2 half duplex ability
22.2.4.2.8 Unidirectional ability
22.2.4.2.9 MF preamble suppression ability
22.2.4.2.10 Auto-Negotiation complete
22.2.4.2.11 Remote fault
22.2.4.2.12 Auto-Negotiation ability
22.2.4.2.13 Link Status
22.2.4.2.14 Jabber detect
22.2.4.2.15 Extended capability
22.2.4.2.16 Extended status
22.2.4.3 Extended capability registers
22.2.4.3.1 PHY Identifier (Registers 2 and 3)
22.2.4.3.2 Auto-Negotiation advertisement (Register 4)
22.2.4.3.3 Auto-Negotiation link partner ability (Register 5)
22.2.4.3.4 Auto-Negotiation expansion (Register 6)
22.2.4.3.5 Auto-Negotiation Next Page (Register 7)
22.2.4.3.6 Auto-Negotiation link partner Received Next Page (Register 8)
22.2.4.3.7 MASTER-SLAVE control register (Register 9)
22.2.4.3.8 MASTER-SLAVE status register (Register 10)
22.2.4.3.9 PSE Control register (Register 11)
22.2.4.3.10 PSE Status register (Register 12)
22.2.4.3.11 MMD access control register (Register 13)
22.2.4.3.12 MMD access address data register (Register 14)
22.2.4.3.13 PHY specific registers
22.2.4.4 Extended Status register (Register 15)
22.2.4.4.1 1000BASE-X full duplex ability
22.2.4.4.2 1000BASE-X half duplex ability
22.2.4.4.3 1000BASE-T full duplex ability
22.2.4.4.4 1000BASE-T half duplex ability
22.2.4.4.5 Reserved bits
22.2.4.5 Management frame structure
22.2.4.5.1 IDLE (IDLE condition)
22.2.4.5.2 PRE (preamble)
22.2.4.5.3 ST (start of frame)
22.2.4.5.4 OP (operation code)
22.2.4.5.5 PHYAD (PHY Address)
22.2.4.5.6 REGAD (Register Address)
22.2.4.5.7 TA (turnaround)
22.2.4.5.8 DATA (data)
22.3 Signal timing characteristics
22.3.1 Signals that are synchronous to TX_CLK
22.3.1.1 TX_EN
22.3.1.2 TXD
22.3.1.3 TX_ER
22.3.2 Signals that are synchronous to RX_CLK
22.3.2.1 RX_DV
22.3.2.2 RXD
22.3.2.3 RX_ER
22.3.3 Signals that have no required clock relationship
22.3.3.1 CRS
22.3.3.2 COL
22.3.4 MDIO timing relationship to MDC
22.4 Electrical characteristics
22.4.1 Signal levels
22.4.2 Signal paths
22.4.3 Driver characteristics
22.4.3.1 DC characteristics
22.4.3.2 AC characteristics
22.4.4 Receiver characteristics
22.4.4.1 Voltage thresholds
22.4.4.2 Input current
22.4.4.3 Input capacitance
22.4.5 Cable characteristics
22.4.5.1 Conductor size
22.4.5.2 Characteristic impedance
22.4.5.3 Delay
22.4.5.4 Delay variation
22.4.5.5 Shielding
22.4.5.6 DC resistance
22.4.6 Hot insertion and removal
22.5 Power supply
22.5.1 Supply voltage
22.5.2 Load current
22.5.3 Short-circuit protection
22.6 Mechanical characteristics
22.6.1 Definition of mechanical interface
22.6.2 Shielding effectiveness and transfer impedance
22.6.3 Connector pin numbering
22.6.4 Clearance dimensions
22.6.5 Contact assignments
22.7 LPI assertion and detection
22.7.1 LPI messages
22.7.2 Transmit LPI state diagram
22.7.2.1 Conventions
22.7.2.2 Variables and counters
22.7.2.3 State diagram
22.7.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior
22.7.3.1 Considerations for receive system behavior
22.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 22, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII)
22.8.1 Introduction
22.8.2 Identification
22.8.2.1 Implementation identification
22.8.2.2 Protocol summary
22.8.2.3 Major capabilities/options
22.8.3 PICS proforma tables for reconciliation sublayer and media independent interface
22.8.3.1 Mapping of PLS service primitives
22.8.3.2 MII signal functional specifications
22.8.3.3 LPI functions
22.8.3.4 Frame structure
22.8.3.5 Management functions
22.8.3.6 Signal timing characteristics
22.8.3.7 Electrical characteristics
22.8.3.8 Power supply
22.8.3.9 Mechanical characteristics
23. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4
23.1 Overview
23.1.1 Scope
23.1.2 Objectives
23.1.3 Relation of 100BASE-T4 to other standards
23.1.4 Summary
23.1.4.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) specification
23.1.4.2 Summary of physical medium attachment (PMA) specification
23.1.5 Application of 100BASE-T4
23.1.5.1 Compatibility considerations
23.1.5.2 Incorporating the 100BASE-T4 PHY into a DTE
23.1.5.3 Use of 100BASE-T4 PHY for point-to-point communication
23.1.5.4 Support for Auto-Negotiation
23.2 PCS functional specifications
23.2.1 PCS functions
23.2.1.1 PCS Reset function
23.2.1.2 PCS Transmit function
23.2.1.2.1 DC balance encoding rules
23.2.1.3 PCS Receive function
23.2.1.3.1 Error-detecting rules
23.2.1.4 PCS Error Sense function
23.2.1.5 PCS Carrier Sense function
23.2.1.6 PCS Collision Presence function
23.2.2 PCS interfaces
23.2.2.1 PCS–MII interface signals
23.2.2.2 PCS–Management entity signals
23.2.3 Frame structure
23.2.4 PCS state diagrams
23.2.4.1 PCS state diagram constants
23.2.4.2 PCS state diagram variables
23.2.4.3 PCS state diagram timer
23.2.4.4 PCS state diagram functions
23.2.4.5 PCS state diagrams
23.2.5 PCS electrical specifications
23.3 PMA service interface
23.3.1 PMA_TYPE.indication
23.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
23.3.1.2 When generated
23.3.1.3 Effect of receipt
23.3.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request
23.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
23.3.2.2 When generated
23.3.2.3 Effect of receipt
23.3.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
23.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
23.3.3.2 When generated
23.3.3.3 Effect of receipt
23.3.4 PMA_CARRIER.indication
23.3.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
23.3.4.2 When generated
23.3.4.3 Effect of receipt
23.3.5 PMA_LINK.indication
23.3.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
23.3.5.2 When generated
23.3.5.3 Effect of receipt
23.3.6 PMA_LINK.request
23.3.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive
23.3.6.2 Default value of parameter link_control
23.3.6.3 When generated
23.3.6.4 Effect of receipt
23.3.7 PMA_RXERROR.indication
23.3.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive
23.3.7.2 When generated
23.3.7.3 Effect of receipt
23.4 PMA functional specifications
23.4.1 PMA functions
23.4.1.1 PMA Reset function
23.4.1.2 PMA Transmit function
23.4.1.3 PMA Receive function
23.4.1.4 PMA Carrier Sense function
23.4.1.5 Link Integrity function
23.4.1.6 PMA Align function
23.4.1.7 Clock Recovery function
23.4.2 PMA interface messages
23.4.3 PMA state diagrams
23.4.3.1 PMA constants
23.4.3.2 State diagram variables
23.4.3.3 State diagram timers
23.4.3.4 State diagram counters
23.4.3.5 Link Integrity state diagram
23.5 PMA electrical specifications
23.5.1 PMA-to-MDI interface characteristics
23.5.1.1 Isolation requirement
23.5.1.2 Transmitter specifications
23.5.1.2.1 Peak differential output voltage
23.5.1.2.2 Differential output templates
23.5.1.2.3 Differential output ISI (intersymbol interference)
23.5.1.2.4 Transmitter differential output impedance
23.5.1.2.5 Output timing jitter
23.5.1.2.6 Transmitter impedance balance
23.5.1.2.7 Common-mode output voltage
23.5.1.2.8 Transmitter common-mode rejection
23.5.1.2.9 Transmitter fault tolerance
23.5.1.2.10 Transmit clock frequency
23.5.1.3 Receiver specifications
23.5.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals
23.5.1.3.2 Receiver differential noise immunity
23.5.1.3.3 Receiver differential input impedance
23.5.1.3.4 Common-mode rejection
23.5.1.3.5 Receiver fault tolerance
23.5.1.3.6 Receiver frequency tolerance
23.5.2 Power consumption
23.6 Link segment characteristics
23.6.1 Cabling
23.6.2 Link transmission parameters
23.6.2.1 Insertion loss
23.6.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
23.6.2.3 Coupling parameters
23.6.2.3.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) loss
23.6.2.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss
23.6.2.3.3 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss
23.6.2.3.4 Multiple-disturber ELFEXT (MDELFEXT) loss
23.6.2.4 Delay
23.6.2.4.1 Maximum link delay
23.6.2.4.2 Maximum link delay per meter
23.6.2.4.3 Difference in link delays
23.6.3 Noise
23.6.3.1 Near-End Crosstalk
23.6.3.2 Far-End Crosstalk
23.6.4 Installation practice
23.6.4.1 Connector installation practices
23.6.4.2 Disallow use of Category 3 cable with more than four pairs
23.6.4.3 Allow use of Category 5 jumpers with up to 25 pairs
23.7 MDI specification
23.7.1 MDI connectors
23.7.2 Crossover function
23.8 System considerations
23.9 Environmental specifications
23.9.1 General safety
23.9.2 Network safety
23.9.2.1 Installation
23.9.2.2 Grounding
23.9.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
23.9.2.4 Telephony voltages
23.9.3 Environment
23.9.3.1 Electromagnetic emission
23.9.3.2 Temperature and humidity
23.10 PHY labeling
23.11 Timing summary
23.11.1 Timing references
23.11.2 Definitions of controlled parameters
23.11.3 Table of required timing values
23.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 23, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4
23.12.1 Introduction
23.12.2 Identification
23.12.2.1 Implementation identification
23.12.2.2 Protocol summary
23.12.3 Major capabilities/options
23.12.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4
23.12.4.1 Compatibility considerations
23.12.4.2 PCS Transmit functions
23.12.4.3 PCS Receive functions
23.12.4.4 Other PCS functions
23.12.4.5 PCS state diagram variables
23.12.4.6 PMA service interface
23.12.4.7 PMA Transmit functions
23.12.4.8 PMA Receive functions
23.12.4.9 Link Integrity functions
23.12.4.10 PMA Align functions
23.12.4.11 Other PMA functions
23.12.4.12 Isolation requirements
23.12.4.13 PMA electrical requirements
23.12.4.14 Characteristics of the link segment
23.12.4.15 MDI requirements
23.12.4.16 General safety and environmental requirements
23.12.4.17 Timing requirements
24. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X
24.1 Overview
24.1.1 Scope
24.1.2 Objectives
24.1.3 Relationship of 100BASE-X to other standards
24.1.4 Summary of 100BASE-X sublayers
24.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
24.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
24.1.4.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
24.1.4.4 Auto-Negotiation
24.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces
24.1.6 Functional block diagram
24.1.7 State diagram conventions
24.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
24.2.1 Service Interface (MII)
24.2.2 Functional requirements
24.2.2.1 Code-groups
24.2.2.1.1 Data code-groups
24.2.2.1.2 Idle code-groups
24.2.2.1.3 Control code-groups
24.2.2.1.4 Start-of-Stream delimiter (/J/K/)
24.2.2.1.5 End-of-Stream delimiter (/T/R/)
24.2.2.1.6 SLEEP code-groups (/P/)
24.2.2.1.7 Invalid code-groups
24.2.2.2 Encapsulation
24.2.2.3 Data delay
24.2.2.4 Mapping between MII and PMA
24.2.3 State variables
24.2.3.1 Constants
24.2.3.2 Variables
24.2.3.3 Functions
24.2.3.4 Timers
24.2.3.5 Messages
24.2.4 State diagrams
24.2.4.1 Transmit Bits
24.2.4.2 Transmit
24.2.4.3 Receive Bits
24.2.4.4 Receive
24.2.4.4.1 Detecting channel activity
24.2.4.4.2 Code-group alignment
24.2.4.4.3 Stream decoding
24.2.4.4.4 Stream termination
24.2.4.5 Carrier Sense
24.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
24.3.1 Service interface
24.3.1.1 PMA_TYPE.indicate
24.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.1.2 When generated
24.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request
24.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.2.2 When generated
24.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.1.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indicate
24.3.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.3.2 When generated
24.3.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.1.4 PMA_CARRIER.indicate
24.3.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.4.2 When generated
24.3.1.4.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.1.5 PMA_LINK.indicate
24.3.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.5.2 When generated
24.3.1.5.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.1.6 PMA_LINK.request
24.3.1.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.6.2 When generated
24.3.1.6.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.1.7 PMA_RXERROR.indicate
24.3.1.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.7.2 When generated
24.3.1.7.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.1.8 PMA_LPILINKFAIL.request
24.3.1.8.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.8.2 When generated
24.3.1.8.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.1.9 PMA_RXLPI.request
24.3.1.9.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.3.1.9.2 When generated
24.3.1.9.3 Effect of receipt
24.3.2 Functional requirements
24.3.2.1 Far-End fault
24.3.2.2 Comparison to previous IEEE 802.3 PMAs
24.3.2.3 EEE capability
24.3.3 State variables
24.3.3.1 Constants
24.3.3.2 Variables
24.3.3.3 Functions
24.3.3.4 Timers
24.3.3.5 Counters
24.3.3.6 Messages
24.3.4 Process specifications and state diagrams
24.3.4.1 TX
24.3.4.2 RX
24.3.4.3 Carrier detect
24.3.4.4 Link Monitor
24.3.4.5 Far-End Fault Generate
24.3.4.6 Far-End Fault Detect
24.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface
24.4.1 PMD service interface
24.4.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request
24.4.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.4.1.1.2 When generated
24.4.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
24.4.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indicate
24.4.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.4.1.2.2 When generated
24.4.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
24.4.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indicate
24.4.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.4.1.3.2 When generated
24.4.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
24.4.1.4 PMD_RXQUIET.request
24.4.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.4.1.4.2 When generated
24.4.1.4.3 Effect of receipt
24.4.1.5 PMD_TXQUIET.request
24.4.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
24.4.1.5.2 When generated
24.4.1.5.3 Effect of receipt
24.4.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
24.5 Compatibility considerations
24.6 Delay constraints
24.6.1 PHY delay constraints (exposed MII)
24.6.2 DTE delay constraints (unexposed MII)
24.6.3 Carrier deassertion/assertion constraint (half duplex mode only)
24.7 Environmental specifications
24.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 24, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X
24.8.1 Introduction
24.8.2 Identification
24.8.2.1 Implementation identification
24.8.2.2 Protocol summary
24.8.2.3 Major capabilities/options
24.8.3 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X
24.8.3.1 General compatibility considerations
24.8.3.2 PCS functions
24.8.3.3 PMA functions
24.8.3.4 Timing
24.8.3.5 LPI functions
25. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX
25.1 Overview
25.1.1 State diagram conventions
25.2 Functional specifications
25.3 General exceptions
25.4 Specific requirements and exceptions
25.4.1 Change to 7.2.3.1.1, “Line state patterns”
25.4.2 Change to 7.2.3.3, “Loss of synchronization”
25.4.3 Change to Table 8-1, “Contact assignments for twisted pair”
25.4.4 Deletion of 8.3, “Station labelling”
25.4.5 Change to 9.1.7, “Worst case droop of transformer”
25.4.5.1 Equivalent system time constant
25.4.6 Replacement of 8.4.1, “UTP isolation requirements”
25.4.7 Addition to 10.1, “Receiver”
25.4.8 Change to 9.1.9, “Jitter”
25.4.9 Cable plant
25.4.9.1 Cabling system characteristics
25.4.9.2 Link transmission parameters
25.4.9.2.1 Insertion loss
25.4.9.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
25.4.9.2.3 Return loss
25.4.9.2.4 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT)
25.4.9.3 Noise environment
25.4.9.3.1 External coupled noise
25.4.10 Replacement of 11.2, “Crossover function”
25.4.11 Change to A.2, “DDJ test pattern for baseline wander measurements”
25.4.12 Change to Annex G, “Stream cipher scrambling function”
25.4.13 Change to Annex I, “Common mode cable termination”
25.5 EEE capability
25.5.1 Change to TP-PMD 7.1.2 “Encoder”
25.5.1.1 State variables
25.5.1.1.1 Variables
25.5.1.1.2 Messages
25.5.1.2 State diagram
25.5.2 Change to TP-PMD 7.2.2 “Decoder”
25.5.2.1 State variables
25.5.2.1.1 Variables
25.5.2.1.2 Messages
25.5.2.2 State diagram
25.5.3 Changes to 10.1.1.1 “Signal_Detect assertion threshold”
25.5.4 Changes to 10.1.1.2 “Signal_Detect deassertion threshold”
25.5.5 Change to 10.1.2 “Signal_Detect timing requirements on assertion”
25.5.6 Change to 10.1.3 “Signal_Detect timing requirements on deassertion”
25.5.7 Changes to TP-PMD 10.2 “Transmitter”
25.5.8 Replace TP-PMD Table 4 “Signal_Detect summary” with Table 25–3
25.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 25, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX
25.6.1 Introduction
25.6.2 Identification
25.6.2.1 Implementation identification
25.6.2.2 Protocol summary
25.6.3 Major capabilities/options
25.6.3.1 Power over Ethernet major capabilities/options
25.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX
25.6.4.1 General compatibility considerations
25.6.4.2 PMD compliance
25.6.4.3 Characteristics of link segment
25.6.4.4 Power over Ethernet compliance
25.6.4.5 LPI functions
26. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX
26.1 Overview
26.2 Functional specifications
26.3 General exceptions
26.4 Specific requirements and exceptions
26.4.1 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
26.4.2 Crossover function
26.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 26, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX
26.5.1 Introduction
26.5.2 Identification
26.5.2.1 Implementation identification
26.5.3 Protocol summary
26.5.4 Major capabilities/options
26.5.5 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX
26.5.5.1 General compatibility considerations
26.5.5.2 PMD compliance
27. Repeater for 100 Mb/s baseband networks
27.1 Overview
27.1.1 Scope
27.1.1.1 Repeater set
27.1.1.2 Repeater unit
27.1.1.3 Repeater classes
27.1.2 Application perspective
27.1.2.1 Objectives
27.1.2.2 Compatibility considerations
27.1.2.2.1 Internal segment compatibility
27.1.3 Relationship to PHY
27.2 PMA interface messages
27.3 Repeater functional specifications
27.3.1 Repeater functions
27.3.1.1 Signal restoration functional requirements
27.3.1.1.1 Signal amplification
27.3.1.1.2 Signal wave-shape restoration
27.3.1.1.3 Signal retiming
27.3.1.2 Data handling functional requirements
27.3.1.2.1 Data frame forwarding
27.3.1.2.2 Received code violations
27.3.1.3 Received event handling functional requirements
27.3.1.3.1 Received event handling
27.3.1.3.2 Preamble regeneration
27.3.1.3.3 Start-of-packet propagation delay
27.3.1.3.4 Start-of-packet variability
27.3.1.4 Collision handling functional requirements
27.3.1.4.1 Collision detection
27.3.1.4.2 Jam generation
27.3.1.4.3 Collision-jam propagation delay
27.3.1.4.4 Cessation-of-collision Jam propagation delay
27.3.1.5 Error handling functional requirements
27.3.1.5.1 100BASE-X and 100BASE-T2 carrier integrity functional requirements
27.3.1.5.2 Speed handling
27.3.1.6 Partition functional requirements
27.3.1.7 Receive jabber functional requirements
27.3.2 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams
27.3.2.1 State diagram variables
27.3.2.1.1 Constants
27.3.2.1.2 Variables
27.3.2.1.3 Functions
27.3.2.1.4 Timers
27.3.2.1.5 Counters
27.3.2.1.6 Port designation
27.3.2.2 State diagrams
27.4 Repeater electrical specifications
27.4.1 Electrical isolation
27.5 Environmental specifications
27.5.1 General safety
27.5.2 Network safety
27.5.2.1 Installation
27.5.2.2 Grounding
27.5.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
27.5.3 Electrical isolation
27.5.3.1 Environment A requirements
27.5.3.2 Environment B requirements
27.5.4 Reliability
27.5.5 Environment
27.5.5.1 Electromagnetic emission
27.5.5.2 Temperature and humidity
27.6 Repeater labeling
27.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 27, Repeater for 100 Mb/s baseband networks
27.7.1 Introduction
27.7.2 Identification
27.7.2.1 Implementation identification
27.7.2.2 Protocol summary
27.7.3 Major capabilities/options
27.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the repeater for 100 Mb/s baseband networks
27.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations
27.7.4.2 Repeater functions
27.7.4.3 Signal Restoration function
27.7.4.4 Data Handling function
27.7.4.5 Receive Event Handling function
27.7.4.6 Collision Handling function
27.7.4.7 Error Handling function
27.7.4.8 Partition functions
27.7.4.9 Receive Jabber function
27.7.4.10 Repeater state diagrams
27.7.4.11 Repeater electrical
27.7.4.12 Repeater labeling
28. Physical Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair
28.1 Overview
28.1.1 Scope
28.1.2 Application perspective/objectives
28.1.3 Relationship to architectural layering
28.1.4 Compatibility considerations
28.1.4.1 Interoperability with existing 10BASE-T devices
28.1.4.2 Interoperability with Auto-Negotiation compatible devices
28.1.4.3 Cabling compatibility with Auto-Negotiation
28.2 Functional specifications
28.2.1 Transmit function requirements
28.2.1.1 Link pulse transmission
28.2.1.1.1 FLP burst encoding
28.2.1.1.2 Transmit timing
28.2.1.2 Link codeword encoding
28.2.1.2.1 Selector Field
28.2.1.2.2 Technology Ability Field
28.2.1.2.3 Extended Next Page
28.2.1.2.4 Remote Fault
28.2.1.2.5 Acknowledge
28.2.1.2.6 Next Page
28.2.1.3 Transmit Switch function
28.2.2 Receive function requirements
28.2.2.1 FLP Burst ability detection and decoding
28.2.2.2 NLP detection
28.2.2.3 Receive Switch function
28.2.2.4 Link codeword matching
28.2.3 Arbitration function requirements
28.2.3.1 Parallel detection function
28.2.3.2 Renegotiation function
28.2.3.3 Priority Resolution function
28.2.3.4 Next Page function
28.2.3.4.1 Next Page encodings
28.2.3.4.2 Extended Next Page encodings
28.2.3.4.3 Next Page
28.2.3.4.4 Acknowledge
28.2.3.4.5 Message Page
28.2.3.4.6 Acknowledge 2
28.2.3.4.7 Toggle
28.2.3.4.8 Message Page encoding
28.2.3.4.9 Message Code Field
28.2.3.4.10 Unformatted Page encoding
28.2.3.4.11 Unformatted Code Field
28.2.3.4.12 Extended Unformatted Code Field
28.2.3.4.13 Use of Next Pages
28.2.3.4.14 MII register requirements
28.2.3.5 Remote fault sensing function
28.2.4 Management function requirements
28.2.4.1 Media Independent Interface
28.2.4.1.1 MII control register
28.2.4.1.2 MII status register
28.2.4.1.3 Auto-Negotiation advertisement register (Register 4) (R/W)
28.2.4.1.4 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner ability register (Register 5) (RO)
28.2.4.1.5 Auto-Negotiation expansion register (Register 6) (RO)
28.2.4.1.6 Auto-Negotiation Next Page transmit register (Register 7) (R/W)
28.2.4.1.7 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Received Next Page register (Register 8) (RO)
28.2.4.1.8 State diagram variable to MII register mapping
28.2.4.2 Auto-Negotiation managed object class
28.2.5 Absence of management function
28.2.6 Technology-Dependent Interface
28.2.6.1 PMA_LINK.indication
28.2.6.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
28.2.6.1.2 When generated
28.2.6.1.3 Effect of receipt
28.2.6.2 PMA_LINK.request
28.2.6.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
28.2.6.2.2 When generated
28.2.6.2.3 Effect of receipt
28.2.6.3 PMA_LINKPULSE.request
28.2.6.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
28.2.6.3.2 When generated
28.2.6.3.3 Effect of receipt
28.3 State diagrams and variable definitions
28.3.1 State diagram variables
28.3.2 State diagram timers
28.3.3 State diagram counters
28.3.4 State diagrams
28.4 Electrical specifications
28.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 28, Physical Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair
28.5.1 Introduction
28.5.2 Identification
28.5.2.1 Implementation identification
28.5.2.2 Protocol summary
28.5.3 Major capabilities/options
28.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair
28.5.4.1 Scope
28.5.4.2 Auto-Negotiation functions
28.5.4.3 Transmit function requirements
28.5.4.4 Receive function requirements
28.5.4.5 Arbitration functions
28.5.4.6 Management function requirements
28.5.4.7 Technology-dependent interface
28.5.4.8 State diagrams
28.5.4.9 Electrical characteristics
28.5.4.10 Auto-Negotiation annexes
28.6 Auto-Negotiation expansion
29. System considerations for multisegment 100BASE-T networks
29.1 Overview
29.1.1 Single collision domain multisegment networks
29.1.2 Repeater usage
29.2 Transmission System Model 1
29.3 Transmission System Model 2
29.3.1 Round-trip collision delay
29.3.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection
29.3.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation
29.4 Full duplex 100 Mb/s topology limitations
30. Management
30.1 Overview
30.1.1 Scope
30.1.2 Relationship to objects in IEEE 802.1F
30.1.3 Systems management overview
30.1.4 Management model
30.2 Managed objects
30.2.1 Introduction
30.2.2 Overview of managed objects
30.2.2.1 Text description of managed objects
30.2.2.2 Functions to support management
30.2.2.2.1 DTE MAC sublayer functions
30.2.2.2.2 Repeater functions
30.2.3 Containment
30.2.4 Naming
30.2.5 Capabilities
30.3 Layer management for DTEs
30.3.1 MAC entity managed object class
30.3.1.1 MAC entity attributes
30.3.1.1.1 aMACID
30.3.1.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK
30.3.1.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames
30.3.1.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames
30.3.1.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK
30.3.1.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors
30.3.1.1.7 aAlignmentErrors
30.3.1.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK
30.3.1.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions
30.3.1.1.10 aLateCollisions
30.3.1.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls
30.3.1.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError
30.3.1.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors
30.3.1.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK
30.3.1.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError
30.3.1.1.16 aPromiscuousStatus
30.3.1.1.17 aReadMulticastAddressList
30.3.1.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK
30.3.1.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK
30.3.1.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral
30.3.1.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK
30.3.1.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK
30.3.1.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors
30.3.1.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField
30.3.1.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors
30.3.1.1.26 aMACEnableStatus
30.3.1.1.27 aTransmitEnableStatus
30.3.1.1.28 aMulticastReceiveStatus
30.3.1.1.29 aReadWriteMACAddress
30.3.1.1.30 aCollisionFrames
30.3.1.1.31 aMACCapabilities
30.3.1.1.32 aDuplexStatus
30.3.1.1.33 aRateControlAbility
30.3.1.1.34 aRateControlStatus
30.3.1.1.35 aDeferControlAbility
30.3.1.1.36 aDeferControlStatus
30.3.1.1.37 aMaxFrameLength
30.3.1.1.38 aSlowProtocolFrameLimit
30.3.1.2 MAC entity actions
30.3.1.2.1 acInitializeMAC
30.3.1.2.2 acAddGroupAddress
30.3.1.2.3 acDeleteGroupAddress
30.3.1.2.4 acExecuteSelfTest
30.3.2 PHY device managed object class
30.3.2.1 PHY device attributes
30.3.2.1.1 aPHYID
30.3.2.1.2 aPhyType
30.3.2.1.3 aPhyTypeList
30.3.2.1.4 aSQETestErrors
30.3.2.1.5 aSymbolErrorDuringCarrier
30.3.2.1.6 aMIIDetect
30.3.2.1.7 aPhyAdminState
30.3.2.1.8 aTransmitLPIMicroseconds
30.3.2.1.9 aReceiveLPIMicroseconds
30.3.2.1.10 aTransmitLPITransitions
30.3.2.1.11 aReceiveLPITransitions
30.3.2.2 PHY device actions
30.3.2.2.1 acPhyAdminControl
30.3.3 MAC control entity object class
30.3.3.1 aMACControlID
30.3.3.2 aMACControlFunctionsSupported
30.3.3.3 aMACControlFramesTransmitted
30.3.3.4 aMACControlFramesReceived
30.3.3.5 aUnsupportedOpcodesReceived
30.3.3.6 aPFCEnableStatus
30.3.4 PAUSE entity managed object class
30.3.4.1 aPAUSELinkDelayAllowance
30.3.4.2 aPAUSEMACCtrlFramesTransmitted
30.3.4.3 aPAUSEMACCtrlFramesReceived
30.3.5 MPCP managed object class
30.3.5.1 MPCP Attributes
30.3.5.1.1 aMPCPID
30.3.5.1.2 aMPCPAdminState
30.3.5.1.3 aMPCPMode
30.3.5.1.4 aMPCPLinkID
30.3.5.1.5 aMPCPRemoteMACAddress
30.3.5.1.6 aMPCPRegistrationState
30.3.5.1.7 aMPCPMACCtrlFramesTransmitted
30.3.5.1.8 aMPCPMACCtrlFramesReceived
30.3.5.1.9 aMPCPTxGate
30.3.5.1.10 aMPCPTxRegAck
30.3.5.1.11 aMPCPTxRegister
30.3.5.1.12 aMPCPTxRegRequest
30.3.5.1.13 aMPCPTxReport
30.3.5.1.14 aMPCPRxGate
30.3.5.1.15 aMPCPRxRegAck
30.3.5.1.16 aMPCPRxRegister
30.3.5.1.17 aMPCPRxRegRequest
30.3.5.1.18 aMPCPRxReport
30.3.5.1.19 aMPCPTransmitElapsed
30.3.5.1.20 aMPCPReceiveElapsed
30.3.5.1.21 aMPCPRoundTripTime
30.3.5.1.22 aMPCPDiscoveryWindowsSent
30.3.5.1.23 aMPCPDiscoveryTimeout
30.3.5.1.24 aMPCPMaximumPendingGrants
30.3.5.1.25 aMPCPRecognizedMulticastIDs
30.3.5.2 MPCP Actions
30.3.5.2.1 acMPCPAdminControl
30.3.6 OAM object class
30.3.6.1 OAM Attributes
30.3.6.1.1 aOAMID
30.3.6.1.2 aOAMAdminState
30.3.6.1.3 aOAMMode
30.3.6.1.4 aOAMDiscoveryState
30.3.6.1.5 aOAMRemoteMACAddress
30.3.6.1.6 aOAMLocalConfiguration
30.3.6.1.7 aOAMRemoteConfiguration
30.3.6.1.8 aOAMLocalPDUConfiguration
30.3.6.1.9 aOAMRemotePDUConfiguration
30.3.6.1.10 aOAMLocalFlagsField
30.3.6.1.11 aOAMRemoteFlagsField
30.3.6.1.12 aOAMLocalRevision
30.3.6.1.13 aOAMRemoteRevision
30.3.6.1.14 aOAMLocalState
30.3.6.1.15 aOAMRemoteState
30.3.6.1.16 aOAMRemoteVendorOUI
30.3.6.1.17 aOAMRemoteVendorSpecificInfo
30.3.6.1.18 aOAMUnsupportedCodesTx
30.3.6.1.19 aOAMUnsupportedCodesRx
30.3.6.1.20 aOAMInformationTx
30.3.6.1.21 aOAMInformationRx
30.3.6.1.22 aOAMUniqueEventNotificationTx
30.3.6.1.23 aOAMDuplicateEventNotificationTx
30.3.6.1.24 aOAMUniqueEventNotificationRx
30.3.6.1.25 aOAMDuplicateEventNotificationRx
30.3.6.1.26 aOAMLoopbackControlTx
30.3.6.1.27 aOAMLoopbackControlRx
30.3.6.1.28 aOAMVariableRequestTx
30.3.6.1.29 aOAMVariableRequestRx
30.3.6.1.30 aOAMVariableResponseTx
30.3.6.1.31 aOAMVariableResponseRx
30.3.6.1.32 aOAMOrganizationSpecificTx
30.3.6.1.33 aOAMOrganizationSpecificRx
30.3.6.1.34 aOAMLocalErrSymPeriodConfig
30.3.6.1.35 aOAMLocalErrSymPeriodEvent
30.3.6.1.36 aOAMLocalErrFrameConfig
30.3.6.1.37 aOAMLocalErrFrameEvent
30.3.6.1.38 aOAMLocalErrFramePeriodConfig
30.3.6.1.39 aOAMLocalErrFramePeriodEvent
30.3.6.1.40 aOAMLocalErrFrameSecsSummaryConfig
30.3.6.1.41 aOAMLocalErrFrameSecsSummaryEvent
30.3.6.1.42 aOAMRemoteErrSymPeriodEvent
30.3.6.1.43 aOAMRemoteErrFrameEvent
30.3.6.1.44 aOAMRemoteErrFramePeriodEvent
30.3.6.1.45 aOAMRemoteErrFrameSecsSummaryEvent
30.3.6.1.46 aFramesLostDueToOAMError
30.3.6.2 OAM Actions
30.3.6.2.1 acOAMAdminControl
30.3.7 OMPEmulation managed object class
30.3.7.1 OMPEmulation Attributes
30.3.7.1.1 aOMPEmulationID
30.3.7.1.2 aOMPEmulationType
30.3.7.1.3 aSLDErrors
30.3.7.1.4 aCRC8Errors
30.3.7.1.5 aGoodLLID
30.3.7.1.6 aONUPONcastLLID
30.3.7.1.7 aOLTPONcastLLID
30.3.7.1.8 aBadLLID
30.3.8 EXTENSION entity managed object class
30.3.8.1 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlFramesTransmitted
30.3.8.2 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlFramesReceived
30.3.8.3 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlStatus
30.4 Layer management for 10, 100, and 1000 Mb/s baseband repeaters
30.4.1 Repeater managed object class
30.4.1.1 Repeater attributes
30.4.1.1.1 aRepeaterID
30.4.1.1.2 aRepeaterType
30.4.1.1.3 aRepeaterGroupCapacity
30.4.1.1.4 aGroupMap
30.4.1.1.5 aRepeaterHealthState
30.4.1.1.6 aRepeaterHealthText
30.4.1.1.7 aRepeaterHealthData
30.4.1.1.8 aTransmitCollisions
30.4.1.2 Repeater actions
30.4.1.2.1 acResetRepeater
30.4.1.2.2 acExecuteNonDisruptiveSelfTest
30.4.1.3 Repeater notifications
30.4.1.3.1 nRepeaterHealth
30.4.1.3.2 nRepeaterReset
30.4.1.3.3 nGroupMapChange
30.4.2 Group managed object class
30.4.2.1 Group attributes
30.4.2.1.1 aGroupID
30.4.2.1.2 aGroupPortCapacity
30.4.2.1.3 aPortMap
30.4.2.2 Group notifications
30.4.2.2.1 nPortMapChange
30.4.3 Repeater port managed object class
30.4.3.1 Port attributes
30.4.3.1.1 aPortID
30.4.3.1.2 aPortAdminState
30.4.3.1.3 aAutoPartitionState
30.4.3.1.4 aReadableFrames
30.4.3.1.5 aReadableOctets
30.4.3.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors
30.4.3.1.7 aAlignmentErrors
30.4.3.1.8 aFramesTooLong
30.4.3.1.9 aShortEvents
30.4.3.1.10 aRunts
30.4.3.1.11 aCollisions
30.4.3.1.12 aLateEvents
30.4.3.1.13 aVeryLongEvents
30.4.3.1.14 aDataRateMismatches
30.4.3.1.15 aAutoPartitions
30.4.3.1.16 aIsolates
30.4.3.1.17 aSymbolErrorDuringPacket
30.4.3.1.18 aLastSourceAddress
30.4.3.1.19 aSourceAddressChanges
30.4.3.1.20 aBursts
30.4.3.2 Port actions
30.4.3.2.1 acPortAdminControl
30.5 Layer management for medium attachment units (MAUs)
30.5.1 MAU managed object class
30.5.1.1 MAU attributes
30.5.1.1.1 aMAUID
30.5.1.1.2 aMAUType
30.5.1.1.3 aMAUTypeList
30.5.1.1.4 aMediaAvailable
30.5.1.1.5 aLoseMediaCounter
30.5.1.1.6 aJabber
30.5.1.1.7 aMAUAdminState
30.5.1.1.8 aBbMAUXmitRcvSplitType
30.5.1.1.9 aBroadbandFrequencies
30.5.1.1.10 aFalseCarriers
30.5.1.1.11 aBIPErrorCount
30.5.1.1.12 aLaneMapping
30.5.1.1.13 aIdleErrorCount
30.5.1.1.14 aPCSCodingViolation
30.5.1.1.15 aFECAbility
30.5.1.1.16 aFECmode
30.5.1.1.17 aFECCorrectedBlocks
30.5.1.1.18 aFECUncorrectableBlocks
30.5.1.1.19 aSNROpMarginChnlA
30.5.1.1.20 aSNROpMarginChnlB
30.5.1.1.21 aSNROpMarginChnlC
30.5.1.1.22 aSNROpMarginChnlD
30.5.1.1.23 aEEESupportList
30.5.1.1.24 aLDFastRetrainCount
30.5.1.1.25 aLPFastRetrainCount
30.5.1.1.26 aRSFECBIPErrorCount
30.5.1.1.27 aRSFECLaneMapping
30.5.1.1.28 aSCFECLaneMapping
30.5.1.1.29 aRSFECBypassAbility
30.5.1.1.30 aRSFECBypassIndicationAbility
30.5.1.1.31 aRSFECBypassEnable
30.5.1.1.32 aRSFECBypassIndicationEnable
30.5.1.1.33 aPCSFECBypassIndicationAbility
30.5.1.1.34 aPCSFECBypassIndicationEnable
30.5.1.2 MAU actions
30.5.1.2.1 acResetMAU
30.5.1.2.2 acMAUAdminControl
30.5.1.3 MAU notifications
30.5.1.3.1 nJabber
30.6 Management for link Auto-Negotiation
30.6.1 Auto-Negotiation managed object class
30.6.1.1 Auto-Negotiation attributes
30.6.1.1.1 aAutoNegID
30.6.1.1.2 aAutoNegAdminState
30.6.1.1.3 aAutoNegRemoteSignaling
30.6.1.1.4 aAutoNegAutoConfig
30.6.1.1.5 aAutoNegLocalTechnologyAbility
30.6.1.1.6 aAutoNegAdvertisedTechnologyAbility
30.6.1.1.7 aAutoNegReceivedTechnologyAbility
30.6.1.1.8 aAutoNegLocalSelectorAbility
30.6.1.1.9 aAutoNegAdvertisedSelectorAbility
30.6.1.1.10 aAutoNegReceivedSelectorAbility
30.6.1.2 Auto-Negotiation actions
30.6.1.2.1 acAutoNegRestartAutoConfig
30.6.1.2.2 acAutoNegAdminControl
30.7 Management for Link Aggregation
30.7.1 Aggregator managed object class
30.7.1.1 Aggregator attributes
30.7.1.1.1 aAggID
30.7.1.1.2 aAggDescription
30.7.1.1.3 aAggName
30.7.1.1.4 aAggActorSystemID
30.7.1.1.5 aAggActorSystemPriority
30.7.1.1.6 aAggAggregateOrIndividual
30.7.1.1.7 aAggActorAdminKey
30.7.1.1.8 aAggActorOperKey
30.7.1.1.9 aAggMACAddress
30.7.1.1.10 aAggPartnerSystemID
30.7.1.1.11 aAggPartnerSystemPriority
30.7.1.1.12 aAggPartnerOperKey
30.7.1.1.13 aAggAdminState
30.7.1.1.14 aAggOperState
30.7.1.1.15 aAggTimeOfLastOperChange
30.7.1.1.16 aAggDataRate
30.7.1.1.17 aAggOctetsTxOK
30.7.1.1.18 aAggOctetsRxOK
30.7.1.1.19 aAggFramesTxOK
30.7.1.1.20 aAggFramesRxOK
30.7.1.1.21 aAggMulticastFramesTxOK
30.7.1.1.22 aAggMulticastFramesRxOK
30.7.1.1.23 aAggBroadcastFramesTxOK
30.7.1.1.24 aAggBroadcastFramesRxOK
30.7.1.1.25 aAggFramesDiscardedOnTx
30.7.1.1.26 aAggFramesDiscardedOnRx
30.7.1.1.27 aAggFramesWithTxErrors
30.7.1.1.28 aAggFramesWithRxErrors
30.7.1.1.29 aAggUnknownProtocolFrames
30.7.1.1.30 aAggPortList
30.7.1.1.31 aAggLinkUpDownNotificationEnable
30.7.1.1.32 aAggCollectorMaxDelay
30.7.1.2 Aggregator Notifications
30.7.1.2.1 nAggLinkUpNotification
30.7.1.2.2 nAggLinkDownNotification
30.7.2 Aggregation Port managed object class
30.7.2.1 Aggregation Port Attributes
30.7.2.1.1 aAggPortID
30.7.2.1.2 aAggPortActorSystemPriority
30.7.2.1.3 aAggPortActorSystemID
30.7.2.1.4 aAggPortActorAdminKey
30.7.2.1.5 aAggPortActorOperKey
30.7.2.1.6 aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority
30.7.2.1.7 aAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority
30.7.2.1.8 aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID
30.7.2.1.9 aAggPortPartnerOperSystemID
30.7.2.1.10 aAggPortPartnerAdminKey
30.7.2.1.11 aAggPortPartnerOperKey
30.7.2.1.12 aAggPortSelectedAggID
30.7.2.1.13 aAggPortAttachedAggID
30.7.2.1.14 aAggPortActorPort
30.7.2.1.15 aAggPortActorPortPriority
30.7.2.1.16 aAggPortPartnerAdminPort
30.7.2.1.17 aAggPortPartnerOperPort
30.7.2.1.18 aAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority
30.7.2.1.19 aAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority
30.7.2.1.20 aAggPortActorAdminState
30.7.2.1.21 aAggPortActorOperState
30.7.2.1.22 aAggPortPartnerAdminState
30.7.2.1.23 aAggPortPartnerOperState
30.7.2.1.24 aAggPortAggregateOrIndividual
30.7.3 Aggregation Port Statistics managed object class
30.7.3.1 Aggregation Port Statistics attributes
30.7.3.1.1 aAggPortStatsID
30.7.3.1.2 aAggPortStatsLACPDUsRx
30.7.3.1.3 aAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsRx
30.7.3.1.4 aAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsRx
30.7.3.1.5 aAggPortStatsUnknownRx
30.7.3.1.6 aAggPortStatsIllegalRx
30.7.3.1.7 aAggPortStatsLACPDUsTx
30.7.3.1.8 aAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsTx
30.7.3.1.9 aAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsTx
30.7.4 Aggregation Port Debug Information managed object class
30.7.4.1 Aggregation Port Debug Information attributes
30.7.4.1.1 aAggPortDebugInformationID
30.7.4.1.2 aAggPortDebugRxState
30.7.4.1.3 aAggPortDebugLastRxTime
30.7.4.1.4 aAggPortDebugMuxState
30.7.4.1.5 aAggPortDebugMuxReason
30.7.4.1.6 aAggPortDebugActorChurnState
30.7.4.1.7 aAggPortDebugPartnerChurnState
30.7.4.1.8 aAggPortDebugActorChurnCount
30.7.4.1.9 aAggPortDebugPartnerChurnCount
30.7.4.1.10 aAggPortDebugActorSyncTransitionCount
30.7.4.1.11 aAggPortDebugPartnerSyncTransitionCount
30.7.4.1.12 aAggPortDebugActorChangeCount
30.7.4.1.13 aAggPortDebugPartnerChangeCount
30.8 Management for WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS)
30.8.1 WIS managed object class
30.8.1.1 WIS attributes
30.8.1.1.1 aWISID
30.8.1.1.2 aSectionStatus
30.8.1.1.3 aSectionSESThreshold
30.8.1.1.4 aSectionSESs
30.8.1.1.5 aSectionESs
30.8.1.1.6 aSectionSEFSs
30.8.1.1.7 aSectionCVs
30.8.1.1.8 aJ0ValueTX
30.8.1.1.9 aJ0ValueRX
30.8.1.1.10 aLineStatus
30.8.1.1.11 aLineSESThreshold
30.8.1.1.12 aLineSESs
30.8.1.1.13 aLineESs
30.8.1.1.14 aLineCVs
30.8.1.1.15 aFarEndLineSESs
30.8.1.1.16 aFarEndLineESs
30.8.1.1.17 aFarEndLineCVs
30.8.1.1.18 aPathStatus
30.8.1.1.19 aPathSESThreshold
30.8.1.1.20 aPathSESs
30.8.1.1.21 aPathESs
30.8.1.1.22 aPathCVs
30.8.1.1.23 aJ1ValueTX
30.8.1.1.24 aJ1ValueRX
30.8.1.1.25 aFarEndPathStatus
30.8.1.1.26 aFarEndPathSESs
30.8.1.1.27 aFarEndPathESs
30.8.1.1.28 aFarEndPathCVs
30.9 Management for Power over Ethernet
30.9.1 PSE managed object class
30.9.1.1 PSE attributes
30.9.1.1.1 aPSEID
30.9.1.1.2 aPSEAdminState
30.9.1.1.3 aPSEPowerPairsControlAbility
30.9.1.1.4 aPSEPowerPairs
30.9.1.1.5 aPSEPowerDetectionStatus
30.9.1.1.6 aPSEPowerDetectionStatusA
30.9.1.1.7 aPSEPowerDetectionStatusB
30.9.1.1.8 aPSEPowerClassification
30.9.1.1.9 aPSEPowerClassificationA
30.9.1.1.10 aPSEPowerClassificationB
30.9.1.1.11 aPSEInvalidSignatureCounter
30.9.1.1.12 aPSEInvalidSignatureCounterA
30.9.1.1.13 aPSEInvalidSignatureCounterB
30.9.1.1.14 aPSEPowerDeniedCounter
30.9.1.1.15 aPSEPowerDeniedCounterA
30.9.1.1.16 aPSEPowerDeniedCounterB
30.9.1.1.17 aPSEOverLoadCounter
30.9.1.1.18 aPSEOverLoadCounterA
30.9.1.1.19 aPSEOverLoadCounterB
30.9.1.1.20 aPSEMPSAbsentCounter
30.9.1.1.21 aPSEMPSAbsentCounterA
30.9.1.1.22 aPSEMPSAbsentCounterB
30.9.1.1.23 aPSEActualPower
30.9.1.1.24 aPSEPowerAccuracy
30.9.1.1.25 aPSECumulativeEnergy
30.9.1.2 PSE actions
30.9.1.2.1 acPSEAdminControl
30.10 Layer management for Midspan
30.10.1 Midspan managed object class
30.10.1.1 Midspan attributes
30.10.1.1.1 aMidSpanID
30.10.1.1.2 aMidSpanPSEGroupCapacity
30.10.1.1.3 aMidSpanPSEGroupMap
30.10.1.2 Midspan notifications
30.10.1.2.1 nMidSpanPSEGroupMapChange
30.10.2 PSE Group managed object class
30.10.2.1 PSE Group attributes
30.10.2.1.1 aPSEGroupID
30.10.2.1.2 aPSECapacity
30.10.2.1.3 aPSEMap
30.10.2.2 PSE Group notifications
30.10.2.2.1 nPSEMapChange
30.11 Layer Management for Physical Medium Entity (PME)
30.11.1 PAF managed object class
30.11.1.1 PAFAttributes
30.11.1.1.1 aPAFID
30.11.1.1.2 aPhyEnd
30.11.1.1.3 aPHYCurrentStatus
30.11.1.1.4 aPAFSupported
30.11.1.1.5 aPAFAdminState
30.11.1.1.6 aLocalPAFCapacity
30.11.1.1.7 aLocalPMEAvailable
30.11.1.1.8 aLocalPMEAggregate
30.11.1.1.9 aRemotePAFSupported
30.11.1.1.10 aRemotePAFCapacity
30.11.1.1.11 aRemotePMEAggregate
30.11.2 PME managed object class
30.11.2.1 PME Attributes
30.11.2.1.1 aPMEID
30.11.2.1.2 aPMEAdminState
30.11.2.1.3 aPMEStatus
30.11.2.1.4 aPMESNRMgn
30.11.2.1.5 aTCCodingViolations
30.11.2.1.6 aProfileSelect
30.11.2.1.7 aOperatingProfile
30.11.2.1.8 aPMEFECCorrectedBlocks
30.11.2.1.9 aPMEFECUncorrectableBlocks
30.11.2.1.10 aTCCRCErrors
30.12 Layer Management for Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP)
30.12.1 LLDP Configuration managed object class
30.12.1.1 LLDP Configuration attributes
30.12.1.1.1 aLldpXdot3PortConfigTLVsTxEnable
30.12.2 LLDP Local System Group managed object class
30.12.2.1 LLDP Local System Group attributes
30.12.2.1.1 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegSupported
30.12.2.1.2 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegEnabled
30.12.2.1.3 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegAdvertisedCap
30.12.2.1.4 aLldpXdot3LocPortOperMauType
30.12.2.1.5 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPortClass
30.12.2.1.6 aLldpXdot3LocPowerMDISupported
30.12.2.1.7 aLldpXdot3LocPowerMDIEnabled
30.12.2.1.8 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPairControllable
30.12.2.1.9 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPairs
30.12.2.1.10 aLldpXdot3LocPowerClass
30.12.2.1.11 aLldpXdot3LocLinkAggStatus
30.12.2.1.12 aLldpXdot3LocLinkAggPortId
30.12.2.1.13 aLldpXdot3LocMaxFrameSize
30.12.2.1.14 aLldpXdot3LocPowerType
30.12.2.1.15 aLldpXdot3LocPowerSource
30.12.2.1.16 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPriority
30.12.2.1.17 aLldpXdot3LocPDRequestedPowerValue
30.12.2.1.18 aLldpXdot3LocPDRequestedPowerValueA
30.12.2.1.19 aLldpXdot3LocPDRequestedPowerValueB
30.12.2.1.20 aLldpXdot3LocPSEAllocatedPowerValue
30.12.2.1.21 aLldpXdot3LocPSEAllocatedPowerValueA
30.12.2.1.22 aLldpXdot3LocPSEAllocatedPowerValueB
30.12.2.1.23 aLldpXdot3LocPSEPoweringStatus
30.12.2.1.24 aLldpXdot3LocPDPoweredStatus
30.12.2.1.25 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPairsExt
30.12.2.1.26 aLldpXdot3LocPowerClassExtA
30.12.2.1.27 aLldpXdot3LocPowerClassExtB
30.12.2.1.28 aLldpXdot3LocPowerClassExt
30.12.2.1.29 aLldpXdot3LocPowerTypeExt
30.12.2.1.30 aLldpXdot3LocPDLoad
30.12.2.1.31 aLldpXdot3LocPD4PID
30.12.2.1.32 aLldpXdot3LocPSEMaxAvailPower
30.12.2.1.33 aLldpXdot3LocPSEAutoclassSupport
30.12.2.1.34 aLldpXdot3LocAutoclassCompleted
30.12.2.1.35 aLldpXdot3LocAutoclassRequest
30.12.2.1.36 aLldpXdot3LocPowerDownRequest
30.12.2.1.37 aLldpXdot3LocPowerDownTime
30.12.2.1.38 aLldpXdot3LocMeasVoltageSupport
30.12.2.1.39 aLldpXdot3LocMeasCurrentSupport
30.12.2.1.40 aLldpXdot3LocMeasPowerSupport
30.12.2.1.41 aLldpXdot3LocMeasEnergySupport
30.12.2.1.42 aLldpXdot3LocMeasurementSource
30.12.2.1.43 aLldpXdot3LocMeasVoltageRequest
30.12.2.1.44 aLldpXdot3LocMeasCurrentRequest
30.12.2.1.45 aLldpXdot3LocMeasPowerRequest
30.12.2.1.46 aLldpXdot3LocMeasEnergyRequest
30.12.2.1.47 aLldpXdot3LocMeasVoltageValid
30.12.2.1.48 aLldpXdot3LocMeasCurrentValid
30.12.2.1.49 aLldpXdot3LocMeasPowerValid
30.12.2.1.50 aLldpXdot3LocMeasEnergyValid
30.12.2.1.51 aLldpXdot3LocMeasVoltageUncertainty
30.12.2.1.52 aLldpXdot3LocMeasCurrentUncertainty
30.12.2.1.53 aLldpXdot3LocMeasPowerUncertainty
30.12.2.1.54 aLldpXdot3LocMeasEnergyUncertainty
30.12.2.1.55 aLldpXdot3LocVoltageMeasurement
30.12.2.1.56 aLldpXdot3LocCurrentMeasurement
30.12.2.1.57 aLldpXdot3LocPowerMeasurement
30.12.2.1.58 aLldpXdot3LocEnergyMeasurement
30.12.2.1.59 aLldpXdot3LocPSEPowerPriceIndex
30.12.2.1.60 aLldpXdot3LocResponseTime
30.12.2.1.61 aLldpXdot3LocReady
30.12.2.1.62 aLldpXdot3LocTxTwSys
30.12.2.1.63 aLldpXdot3LocTxTwSysEcho
30.12.2.1.64 aLldpXdot3LocRxTwSys
30.12.2.1.65 aLldpXdot3LocRxTwSysEcho
30.12.2.1.66 aLldpXdot3LocFbTwSys
30.12.2.1.67 aLldpXdot3TxDllReady
30.12.2.1.68 aLldpXdot3RxDllReady
30.12.2.1.69 aLldpXdot3LocDllEnabled
30.12.2.1.70 aLldpXdot3LocTxFw
30.12.2.1.71 aLldpXdot3LocTxFwEcho
30.12.2.1.72 aLldpXdot3LocRxFw
30.12.2.1.73 aLldpXdot3LocRxFwEcho
30.12.2.1.74 aLldpXdot3LocPreemptSupported
30.12.2.1.75 aLldpXdot3LocPreemptEnabled
30.12.2.1.76 aLldpXdot3LocPreemptActive
30.12.2.1.77 aLldpXdot3LocAddFragSize
30.12.3 LLDP Remote System Group managed object class
30.12.3.1 LLDP Remote System Group attributes
30.12.3.1.1 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegSupported
30.12.3.1.2 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegEnabled
30.12.3.1.3 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegAdvertisedCap
30.12.3.1.4 aLldpXdot3RemPortOperMauType
30.12.3.1.5 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPortClass
30.12.3.1.6 aLldpXdot3RemPowerMDISupported
30.12.3.1.7 aLldpXdot3RemPowerMDIEnabled
30.12.3.1.8 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPairControllable
30.12.3.1.9 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPairs
30.12.3.1.10 aLldpXdot3RemPowerClass
30.12.3.1.11 aLldpXdot3RemLinkAggStatus
30.12.3.1.12 aLldpXdot3RemLinkAggPortId
30.12.3.1.13 aLldpXdot3RemMaxFrameSize
30.12.3.1.14 aLldpXdot3RemPowerType
30.12.3.1.15 aLldpXdot3RemPowerSource
30.12.3.1.16 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPriority
30.12.3.1.17 aLldpXdot3RemPDRequestedPowerValue
30.12.3.1.18 aLldpXdot3RemPDRequestedPowerValueA
30.12.3.1.19 aLldpXdot3RemPDRequestedPowerValueB
30.12.3.1.20 aLldpXdot3RemPSEAllocatedPowerValue
30.12.3.1.21 aLldpXdot3RemPSEAllocatedPowerValueA
30.12.3.1.22 aLldpXdot3RemPSEAllocatedPowerValueB
30.12.3.1.23 aLldpXdot3RemPSEPoweringStatus
30.12.3.1.24 aLldpXdot3RemPDPoweredStatus
30.12.3.1.25 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPairsExt
30.12.3.1.26 aLldpXdot3RemPowerClassExtA
30.12.3.1.27 aLldpXdot3RemPowerClassExtB
30.12.3.1.28 aLldpXdot3RemPowerClassExt
30.12.3.1.29 aLldpXdot3RemPowerTypeExt
30.12.3.1.30 aLldpXdot3RemPDLoad
30.12.3.1.31 aLldpXdot3RemPD4PID
30.12.3.1.32 aLldpXdot3RemPSEMaxAvailPower
30.12.3.1.33 aLldpXdot3RemPSEAutoclassSupport
30.12.3.1.34 aLldpXdot3RemAutoclassCompleted
30.12.3.1.35 aLldpXdot3RemAutoclassRequest
30.12.3.1.36 aLldpXdot3RemPowerDownRequest
30.12.3.1.37 aLldpXdot3RemPowerDownTime
30.12.3.1.38 aLldpXdot3RemMeasVoltageSupport
30.12.3.1.39 aLldpXdot3RemMeasCurrentSupport
30.12.3.1.40 aLldpXdot3RemMeasPowerSupport
30.12.3.1.41 aLldpXdot3RemMeasEnergySupport
30.12.3.1.42 aLldpXdot3RemMeasurementSource
30.12.3.1.43 aLldpXdot3RemMeasVoltageRequest
30.12.3.1.44 aLldpXdot3RemMeasCurrentRequest
30.12.3.1.45 aLldpXdot3RemMeasPowerRequest
30.12.3.1.46 aLldpXdot3RemMeasEnergyRequest
30.12.3.1.47 aLldpXdot3RemMeasVoltageValid
30.12.3.1.48 aLldpXdot3RemMeasCurrentValid
30.12.3.1.49 aLldpXdot3RemMeasPowerValid
30.12.3.1.50 aLldpXdot3RemMeasEnergyValid
30.12.3.1.51 aLldpXdot3RemMeasVoltageUncertainty
30.12.3.1.52 aLldpXdot3RemMeasCurrentUncertainty
30.12.3.1.53 aLldpXdot3RemMeasPowerUncertainty
30.12.3.1.54 aLldpXdot3RemMeasEnergyUncertainty
30.12.3.1.55 aLldpXdot3RemVoltageMeasurement
30.12.3.1.56 aLldpXdot3RemCurrentMeasurement
30.12.3.1.57 aLldpXdot3RemPowerMeasurement
30.12.3.1.58 aLldpXdot3RemEnergyMeasurement
30.12.3.1.59 aLldpXdot3RemPSEPowerPriceIndex
30.12.3.1.60 aLldpXdot3RemTxTwSys
30.12.3.1.61 aLldpXdot3RemTxTwSysEcho
30.12.3.1.62 aLldpXdot3RemRxTwSys
30.12.3.1.63 aLldpXdot3RemRxTwSysEcho
30.12.3.1.64 aLldpXdot3RemFbTwSys
30.12.3.1.24 aLldpXdot3RemTxFw
30.12.3.1.25 aLldpXdot3RemTxFwEcho
30.12.3.1.26 aLldpXdot3RemRxFw
30.12.3.1.27 aLldpXdot3RemRxFwEcho
30.12.3.1.28 aLldpXdot3RemPreemptSupported
30.12.3.1.29 aLldpXdot3RemPreemptEnabled
30.12.3.1.30 aLldpXdot3RemPreemptActive
30.12.3.1.31 aLldpXdot3RemAddFragSize
30.13 Management for oTimeSync entity
30.13.1 TimeSync entity managed object class
30.13.1.1 aTimeSyncCapabilityTX
30.13.1.2 aTimeSyncCapabilityRX
30.13.1.3 aTimeSyncDelayTXmax
30.13.1.4 aTimeSyncDelayTXmin
30.13.1.5 aTimeSyncDelayRXmax
30.13.1.6 aTimeSyncDelayRXmin
30.14 Management for MAC Merge Sublayer
30.14.1 oMACMergeEntity managed object class
30.14.1.1 aMACMergeSupport
30.14.1.2 aMACMergeStatusVerify
30.14.1.3 aMACMergeEnableTx
30.14.1.4 aMACMergeVerifyDisableTx
30.14.1.5 aMACMergeStatusTx
30.14.1.6 aMACMergeVerifyTime
30.14.1.7 aMACMergeAddFragSize
30.14.1.8 aMACMergeFrameAssErrorCount
30.14.1.9 aMACMergeFrameSmdErrorCount
30.14.1.10 aMACMergeFrameAssOkCount
30.14.1.11 aMACMergeFragCountRx
30.14.1.12 aMACMergeFragCountTx
30.14.1.13 aMACMergeHoldCount
30.15 Layer management for Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single Pair Ethernet
30.15.1 PoDL PSE managed object class
30.15.1.1 PoDL PSE attributes
30.15.1.1.1 aPoDLPSEID
30.15.1.1.2 aPoDLPSEAdminState
30.15.1.1.3 aPoDLPSEPowerDetectionStatus
30.15.1.1.4 aPoDLPSEType
30.15.1.1.5 aPoDLPSEDetectedPDType
30.15.1.1.6 aPoDLPSEDetectedPDPowerClass
30.15.1.1.7 aPoDLPSEInvalidSignatureCounter
30.15.1.1.8 aPoDLPSEInvalidClassCounter
30.15.1.1.9 aPoDLPSEPowerDeniedCounter
30.15.1.1.10 aPoDLPSEOverLoadCounter
30.15.1.1.11 aPoDLPSEMaintainFullVoltageSignatureAbsentCounter
30.15.1.1.12 aPoDLPSEActualPower
30.15.1.1.13 aPoDLPSEPowerAccuracy
30.15.1.1.14 aPoDLPSECumulativeEnergy
30.15.1.2 PoDL PSE actions
30.15.1.2.1 acPoDLPSEAdminControl
30.16 Management for PLCA Reconciliation Sublayer
30.16.1 PLCA managed object class
30.16.1.1 PLCA attributes
30.16.1.1.1 aPLCAAdminState
30.16.1.1.2 aPLCAStatus
30.16.1.1.3 aPLCANodeCount
30.16.1.1.4 aPLCALocalNodeID
30.16.1.1.5 aPLCATransmitOpportunityTimer
30.16.1.1.6 aPLCAMaxBurstCount
30.16.1.1.7 aPLCABurstTimer
30.16.1.2 PLCA device actions
30.16.1.2.1 acPLCAAdminControl
30.16.1.2.2 acPLCAReset
31. MAC Control
31.1 Overview
31.2 Layer architecture
31.3 Support by interlayer interfaces
31.3.1 MA_CONTROL.request
31.3.1.1 Function
31.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
31.3.1.3 When generated
31.3.1.4 Effect of receipt
31.3.2 MA_CONTROL.indication
31.3.2.1 Function
31.3.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
31.3.2.3 When generated
31.3.2.4 Effect of receipt
31.4 MAC Control frames
31.4.1 MAC Control frame format
31.4.1.1 Destination Address field
31.4.1.2 Source Address field
31.4.1.3 Length/Type field
31.4.1.4 MAC Control Opcode field
31.4.1.5 MAC Control Parameters field
31.4.1.6 Reserved field
31.5 Opcode-independent MAC Control sublayer operation
31.5.1 Frame parsing and data frame reception
31.5.2 Control frame reception
31.5.3 Opcode-independent MAC Control receive state diagram
31.5.3.1 Constants
31.5.3.2 Variables
31.5.3.3 Messages
31.5.3.4 Opcode-independent MAC Control Receive state diagram
31.6 Compatibility requirements
31.7 MAC Control client behavior
31.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 31, MAC Control
31.8.1 Introduction
31.8.2 Identification
31.8.2.1 Implementation identification
31.8.2.2 Protocol summary
31.8.3 PICS proforma for MAC Control frames
31.8.3.1 Support by interlayer interfaces
31.8.3.2 MAC Control frame format
31.8.3.3 Opcode-independent MAC Control sublayer operation
31.8.3.4 Control opcode assignments
32. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T2
32.1 Overview
32.1.1 Relation of 100BASE-T2 to other standards
32.1.2 Operation of 100BASE-T2
32.1.2.1 Physical coding sublayer (PCS)
32.1.2.2 PMA sublayer
32.1.2.3 PHY Control function
32.1.3 Application of 100BASE-T2
32.1.3.1 Compatibility considerations
32.1.3.2 Incorporating the 100BASE-T2 PHY into a DTE
32.1.3.3 Use of 100BASE-T2 PHY for point-to-point communication
32.1.3.4 Auto-Negotiation requirement
32.1.4 State diagram conventions
32.2 PHY Control functional specifications and service interface
32.2.1 PHY Control function
32.2.2 PHY Control Service interface
32.2.2.1 PHYC_CONFIG.indication
32.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
32.2.2.1.2 When generated
32.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
32.2.2.2 PHYC_TXMODE.indication
32.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
32.2.2.2.2 When generated
32.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
32.2.2.3 PHYC_RXSTATUS.request
32.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
32.2.2.3.2 When generated
32.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
32.2.2.4 PHYC_REMRXSTATUS.request
32.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
32.2.2.4.2 When generated
32.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
32.2.3 State diagram variables
32.2.4 State diagram timers
32.2.5 PHY Control state diagram
32.3 PCS functional specifications
32.3.1 PCS functions
32.3.1.1 PCS Reset function
32.3.1.2 PCS Transmit function
32.3.1.2.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomials
32.3.1.2.2 Generation of bits San[2:0] and Sbn[2:0]
32.3.1.2.3 Generation of sequences An and Bn
32.3.1.3 PCS Receive function
32.3.1.3.1 Receiver descrambler polynomials
32.3.1.3.2 Decoding of quinary symbols
32.3.1.4 PCS Carrier Sense function
32.3.1.5 PCS Collision Presence function
32.3.2 PCS interfaces
32.3.2.1 PCS–MII interface signals
32.3.2.2 PCS–management entity signals
32.3.3 Frame structure
32.3.4 State variables
32.3.4.1 Variables
32.3.4.2 Timer
32.3.4.3 Messages
32.3.5 State diagrams
32.3.5.1 PCS Transmit
32.3.5.2 PCS Receive
32.3.5.3 PCS Carrier Sense
32.3.6 PCS electrical specifications
32.4 PMA functional specifications and service interface
32.4.1 PMA functional specifications
32.4.1.1 PMA functions
32.4.1.1.1 PMA Reset function
32.4.1.1.2 PMA Transmit function
32.4.1.1.3 PMA Receive function
32.4.1.1.4 Link Monitor function
32.4.1.1.5 Clock Recovery function
32.4.1.2 PMA interface messages
32.4.1.2.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY
32.4.1.2.2 Signals received at the MDI
32.4.1.3 PMA state diagram
32.4.1.3.1 State diagram variables
32.4.1.3.2 Timers
32.4.1.3.3 Link Monitor state diagram
32.4.2 PMA service interface
32.4.2.1 PMA_TYPE.indication
32.4.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
32.4.2.1.2 When generated
32.4.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
32.4.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request
32.4.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
32.4.2.2.2 When generated
32.4.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
32.4.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
32.4.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
32.4.2.3.2 When generated
32.4.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
32.4.2.4 PMA_LINK.request
32.4.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
32.4.2.4.2 When generated
32.4.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
32.4.2.5 PMA_LINK.indication
32.4.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
32.4.2.5.2 When generated
32.4.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
32.4.2.6 PMA_CARRIER.indication
32.4.2.7 PMA_RXERROR.indication
32.4.2.8 PMA_RXSTATUS.request
32.5 Management functions
32.5.1 100BASE-T2 Use of Auto-Negotiation and MII Registers 8, 9, and 10
32.5.2 Management functions
32.5.3 PHY specific registers for 100BASE-T2
32.5.3.1 100BASE-T2 Control register (Register 9)
32.5.3.1.1 Transmitter test mode
32.5.3.1.2 Receive test mode
32.5.3.1.3 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Enable
32.5.3.1.4 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Value
32.5.3.1.5 T2_Repeater/DTE Bit
32.5.3.1.6 Reserved bits
32.5.3.2 100BASE-T2 Status register (Register 10)
32.5.3.2.1 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Fault
32.5.3.2.2 MASTER-SLAVE Configuration Resolution Complete
32.5.3.2.3 Local Receiver Status
32.5.3.2.4 Remote Receiver Status
32.5.3.2.5 Reserved bits
32.5.3.2.6 Idle Error count
32.5.4 Changes and additions to Auto-Negotiation (Clause 28)
32.5.4.1 Change to 28.2.4.1.3 (Auto-Negotiation Advertisement register)
32.5.4.2 Use of Auto-Negotiation Next Page codes for 100BASE-T2 PHYs
32.5.4.3 MASTER-SLAVE Configuration Resolution
32.6 PMA electrical specifications
32.6.1 PMA-to-MDI interface characteristics
32.6.1.1 Isolation requirement
32.6.1.2 Transmitter electrical specifications
32.6.1.2.1 Transmitter test modes
32.6.1.2.2 Peak differential output voltage and level distortion
32.6.1.2.3 Maximum output droop
32.6.1.2.4 Differential output templates
32.6.1.2.5 Transmitter timing jitter
32.6.1.2.6 Transmit clock frequency
32.6.1.3 Receiver electrical specifications
32.6.1.3.1 Test channel
32.6.1.3.2 Receiver test mode
32.6.1.3.3 Receiver differential input signals
32.6.1.3.4 Receiver Alien NEXT tolerance
32.6.1.3.5 Receiver timing jitter
32.6.1.3.6 Common-mode noise rejection
32.6.1.3.7 Receiver frequency tolerance
32.6.1.4 MDI Specifications
32.6.1.4.1 MDI differential impedance
32.6.1.4.2 MDI impedance balance
32.6.1.4.3 MDI common-mode output voltage
32.6.1.4.4 MDI fault tolerance
32.6.2 Power consumption
32.7 Link segment characteristics
32.7.1 Cabling
32.7.2 Link transmission parameters
32.7.2.1 Insertion loss
32.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
32.7.2.3 Coupling parameters
32.7.2.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss
32.7.2.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss
32.7.2.3.3 Equal level far-end crosstalk loss (ELFEXT)
32.7.2.3.4 Multiple-disturber ELFEXT (MDELFEXT) loss
32.7.2.3.5 10BASE-T NEXT loss to insertion loss ratio requirement
32.7.2.4 Delay
32.7.2.4.1 Maximum link delay
32.7.2.4.2 Difference in link delays
32.7.3 Noise
32.7.3.1 Near-end crosstalk noise
32.7.3.2 Far-end crosstalk noise
32.7.3.3 External coupled noise
32.7.4 Installation practice
32.7.4.1 Connector installation practices
32.7.4.2 Restrictions on use of Category 3 cabling with more than four pairs
32.7.4.3 Restrictions on use of Category 5 cabling with up to 25 pairs
32.8 MDI specification
32.8.1 MDI connectors
32.8.2 Crossover function
32.9 System considerations
32.10 Environmental specifications
32.10.1 General safety
32.10.2 Network safety
32.10.2.1 Installation
32.10.2.2 Grounding
32.10.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
32.10.2.4 Telephony voltages
32.10.3 Environment
32.10.3.1 Electromagnetic emission
32.10.3.2 Temperature and humidity
32.10.4 Cabling specifications
32.11 PHY labeling
32.12 Delay constraints
32.12.1 PHY delay constraints (exposed MII)
32.12.2 DTE delay constraints (unexposed MII)
32.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 32, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T2
32.13.1 Identification
32.13.1.1 Implementation identification
32.13.1.2 Protocol summary
32.13.2 Major capabilities/options
32.13.3 Compatibility considerations
32.13.4 PHY control function
32.13.5 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) or Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
32.13.5.1 PCS transmit functions
32.13.5.2 PCS receive functions
32.13.5.3 Other PCS functions
32.13.5.4 PMA functions
32.13.5.5 PMA service interface
32.13.5.6 Management functions
32.13.5.7 100BASE-T2 specific Auto-Negotiation requirements
32.13.5.8 PMA electrical specifications
32.13.5.9 Characteristics of the link segment
32.13.5.10 MDI requirements
32.13.5.11 General safety and environmental requirements
32.13.5.12 Timing requirements exposed MII
32.13.5.13 Timing requirements unexposed MII
32.13.5.14 Timing requirements: carrier assertion/deassertion constraint
33. Power over Ethernet over 2 Pairs
33.1 Overview
33.1.1 Objectives
33.1.2 Compatibility considerations
33.1.3 Relationship of Power over Ethernet to the IEEE 802.3 Architecture
33.1.4 Type 1 and Type 2 system parameters
33.1.4.1 Type 2 cabling requirement
33.1.4.2 Type 1 and Type 2 channel requirement
33.2 Power sourcing equipment (PSE)
33.2.1 PSE location
33.2.2 Midspan PSE types
33.2.3 PI pin assignments
33.2.4 PSE state diagrams
33.2.4.1 Overview
33.2.4.2 Conventions
33.2.4.3 Constants
33.2.4.4 Variables
33.2.4.5 Timers
33.2.4.6 Functions
33.2.4.7 State diagrams
33.2.5 PSE detection of PDs
33.2.5.1 PSE detection validation circuit
33.2.5.2 Detection probe requirements
33.2.5.3 Detection criteria
33.2.5.4 Rejection criteria
33.2.5.5 Open circuit criteria
33.2.6 PSE classification of PDs and mutual identification
33.2.6.1 PSE 1-Event Physical Layer classification
33.2.6.2 PSE 2-Event Physical Layer classification
33.2.7 Power supply output
33.2.7.1 Output voltage in the POWER_ON state
33.2.7.2 Voltage transients
33.2.7.3 Power feeding ripple and noise
33.2.7.4 Continuous output current capability in the POWER_ON state
33.2.7.5 Output current in POWER_UP mode
33.2.7.6 Overload current
33.2.7.7 Output current—at short circuit condition
33.2.7.8 Turn off time
33.2.7.9 Turn off voltage
33.2.7.10 Continuous output power capability in POWER_ON state
33.2.7.11 Current unbalance
33.2.7.12 Power turn on time
33.2.7.13 PSE stability
33.2.8 Power supply allocation
33.2.9 PSE power removal
33.2.9.1 PSE Maintain Power Signature (MPS) requirements
33.2.9.1.1 PSE AC MPS component requirements
33.2.9.1.2 PSE DC MPS component requirements
33.3 Powered devices (PDs)
33.3.1 PD PI
33.3.2 PD type descriptions
33.3.3 PD state diagram
33.3.3.1 Conventions
33.3.3.2 Constants
33.3.3.3 Variables
33.3.3.4 Timers
33.3.3.5 State diagrams
33.3.4 PD valid and non-valid detection signatures
33.3.5 PD classifications
33.3.5.1 PD 1-Event class signature
33.3.5.2 PD 2-Event class signature
33.3.5.2.1 Mark Event behavior
33.3.6 PSE Type identification
33.3.7 PD power
33.3.7.1 Input voltage
33.3.7.2 Input average power
33.3.7.2.1 System stability test conditions during startup and steady state operation
33.3.7.3 Input inrush current
33.3.7.4 Peak operating power
33.3.7.5 Peak transient current
33.3.7.6 PD behavior during transients at the PSE PI
33.3.7.7 Ripple and noise
33.3.7.8 PD classification stability time
33.3.7.9 Backfeed voltage
33.3.8 PD Maintain Power Signature
33.4 Additional electrical specifications
33.4.1 Electrical isolation
33.4.1.1 Electrical isolation environments
33.4.1.1.1 Environment A requirements
33.4.1.1.2 Environment B requirements
33.4.2 Fault tolerance
33.4.3 Impedance balance
33.4.4 Common-mode output voltage
33.4.5 Pair-to-pair output noise voltage
33.4.6 Differential noise voltage
33.4.7 Return loss
33.4.8 100BASE-TX transformer droop
33.4.9 Midspan PSE device additional requirements
33.4.9.1 Connector Midspan PSE device transmission requirements
33.4.9.1.1 Near End Crosstalk (NEXT)
33.4.9.1.2 Insertion loss
33.4.9.1.3 Return loss
33.4.9.2 Cord Midspan PSE
33.4.9.2.1 Maximum link delay
33.4.9.2.2 Maximum link delay skew
33.4.9.3 Coupling parameters between link segments
33.4.9.3.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss
33.4.9.3.2 Multiple disturber power sum alien far-end crosstalk (PSAFEXT) loss
33.4.9.4 Midspan signal path requirements
33.4.9.4.1 Alternative A Midspan PSE signal path transfer function
33.5 Management function requirements
33.5.1 PSE registers
33.5.1.1 PSE Control register (Register 11) (R/W)
33.5.1.1.1 Reserved bits (11.15:6)
33.5.1.1.2 Data Link Layer Classification capability (11.5)
33.5.1.1.3 Enable Physical Layer classification (11.4)
33.5.1.1.4 Pair Control (11.3:2)
33.5.1.1.5 PSE enable (11.1:0)
33.5.1.2 PSE Status register (Register 12) (R/W)
33.5.1.2.1 PSE Type electrical parameters (12.15)
33.5.1.2.2 Data Link Layer Classification Enabled (12.14)
33.5.1.2.3 Physical Layer Classification Supported (12.13)
33.5.1.2.4 Power Denied or Removed (12.12)
33.5.1.2.5 Valid Signature (12.11)
33.5.1.2.6 Invalid Signature (12.10)
33.5.1.2.7 Short Circuit (12.9)
33.5.1.2.8 Overload (12.8)
33.5.1.2.9 MPS Absent (12.7)
33.5.1.2.10 PD Class (12.6:4)
33.5.1.2.11 PSE Status (12.3:1)
33.5.1.2.12 Pair Control Ability (12.0)
33.6 Data Link Layer classification
33.6.1 TLV frame definition
33.6.2 Data Link Layer classification timing requirements
33.6.3 Power control state diagrams
33.6.3.1 Conventions
33.6.3.2 Constants
33.6.3.3 Variables
33.6.3.4 Functions
33.6.3.5 State diagrams
33.6.4 State change procedure across a link
33.6.4.1 PSE state change procedure across a link
33.6.4.2 PD state change procedure across a link
33.7 Environmental
33.7.1 General safety
33.7.2 Network safety
33.7.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
33.7.4 Patch panel considerations
33.7.5 Telephony voltages
33.7.6 Electromagnetic emissions
33.7.7 Temperature and humidity
33.7.8 Labeling
33.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 33, Power over Ethernet over 2 Pairs
33.8.1 Introduction
33.8.2 Identification
33.8.2.1 Implementation identification
33.8.2.2 Protocol summary
33.8.2.3 PD Major capabilities/options
33.8.2.4 PSE Major capabilities/options
33.8.3 PICS proforma tables for Power over Ethernet over 2 Pairs
33.8.3.1 Common device features
33.8.3.2 Power sourcing equipment
33.8.3.3 Powered devices
33.8.3.4 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE and PD
33.8.3.5 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE
33.8.3.6 Electrical specifications applicable to the PD
33.8.3.7 Management function requirements
33.8.3.8 Data Link Layer classification requirements
33.8.3.9 Environmental specifications applicable to PSEs and PDs
33.8.3.10 Environmental specifications applicable to the PSE
34. Introduction to 1000 Mb/s baseband networks
34.1 Overview
34.1.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII)
34.1.2 Physical Layer signaling systems
34.1.3 Repeater
34.1.4 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-X
34.1.5 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-T
34.1.6 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-T1
34.1.7 Management
34.2 State diagrams
34.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
35. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII)
35.1 Overview
35.1.1 Summary of major concepts
35.1.2 Application
35.1.3 Rate of operation
35.1.4 Allocation of functions
35.2 Functional specifications
35.2.1 Mapping of GMII signals to PLS service primitives and Station Management
35.2.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request
35.2.1.1.1 Function
35.2.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
35.2.1.1.3 When generated
35.2.1.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication
35.2.1.2.1 Function
35.2.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
35.2.1.2.3 When generated
35.2.1.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication
35.2.1.3.1 Function
35.2.1.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive
35.2.1.3.3 When generated
35.2.1.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication
35.2.1.4.1 Function
35.2.1.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive
35.2.1.4.3 When generated
35.2.1.5 Response to error indications from GMII
35.2.1.6 Conditions for generation of TX_ER
35.2.1.7 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication
35.2.1.7.1 Function
35.2.1.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive
35.2.1.7.3 When generated
35.2.2 GMII signal functional specifications
35.2.2.1 GTX_CLK (1000 Mb/s transmit clock)
35.2.2.2 RX_CLK (receive clock)
35.2.2.3 TX_EN (transmit enable)
35.2.2.4 TXD (transmit data)
35.2.2.5 TX_ER (transmit coding error)
35.2.2.6 Transmit direction LPI transition
35.2.2.7 RX_DV (receive data valid)
35.2.2.8 RXD (receive data)
35.2.2.9 RX_ER (receive error)
35.2.2.10 Receive direction LPI transition
35.2.2.11 CRS (carrier sense)
35.2.2.12 COL (collision detected)
35.2.2.13 MDC (management data clock)
35.2.2.14 MDIO (management data input/output)
35.2.3 GMII data stream
35.2.3.1 Inter-frame
35.2.3.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter
35.2.3.2.1 Transmit case
35.2.3.2.2 Receive case
35.2.3.3 Data
35.2.3.4 End-of-Frame delimiter
35.2.3.5 Carrier extension
35.2.3.6 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters
35.2.4 MAC delay constraints (with GMII)
35.2.5 Management functions
35.3 Signal mapping
35.4 LPI Assertion and Detection
35.4.1 LPI messages
35.4.2 Transmit LPI state diagram
35.4.2.1 Conventions
35.4.2.2 Variables and counters
35.4.2.3 State diagram
35.4.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior
35.4.3.1 Considerations for receive system behavior
35.5 Electrical characteristics
35.5.1 DC characteristics
35.5.2 AC characteristics
35.5.2.1 Signal Timing measurements
35.5.2.2 GMII test circuit topology
35.5.2.3 GMII ac specifications
35.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 35, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII)
35.6.1 Introduction
35.6.2 Identification
35.6.2.1 Implementation identification
35.6.2.2 Protocol summary
35.6.2.3 Major capabilities/options
35.6.3 PICS proforma tables for reconciliation sublayer and Gigabit Media Independent Interface
35.6.3.1 Mapping of PLS service primitives
35.6.3.2 GMII signal functional specifications
35.6.3.3 Data stream structure
35.6.3.4 LPI functions
35.6.3.5 Delay constraints
35.6.3.6 Management functions
35.6.3.7 Electrical characteristics
36. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X
36.1 Overview
36.1.1 Scope
36.1.2 Objectives
36.1.3 Relationship of 1000BASE-X to other standards
36.1.4 Summary of 1000BASE-X sublayers
36.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
36.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
36.1.4.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
36.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces
36.1.6 Functional block diagram
36.1.7 State diagram conventions
36.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
36.2.1 PCS Interface (GMII)
36.2.2 Functions within the PCS
36.2.3 Use of code-groups
36.2.4 8B/10B transmission code
36.2.4.1 Notation conventions
36.2.4.2 Transmission order
36.2.4.3 Valid and invalid code-groups
36.2.4.4 Running disparity rules
36.2.4.5 Generating code-groups
36.2.4.6 Checking the validity of received code-groups
36.2.4.7 Ordered sets
36.2.4.7.1 Ordered set rules
36.2.4.8 /K28.5/ code-group considerations
36.2.4.9 Comma considerations
36.2.4.10 Configuration (/C/)
36.2.4.11 Data (/D/)
36.2.4.12 IDLE (/I/)
36.2.4.13 Low Power Idle (LPI)
36.2.4.14 Start_of_Packet (SPD) delimiter
36.2.4.15 End_of_Packet delimiter (EPD)
36.2.4.15.1 EPD rules
36.2.4.16 Carrier_Extend (/R/)
36.2.4.16.1 Carrier_Extend rules
36.2.4.17 Error_Propagation (/V/)
36.2.4.18 Encapsulation
36.2.4.19 Mapping between GMII, PCS and PMA
36.2.5 Detailed functions and state diagrams
36.2.5.1 State variables
36.2.5.1.1 Notation conventions
36.2.5.1.2 Constants
36.2.5.1.3 Variables
36.2.5.1.4 Functions
36.2.5.1.5 Counters
36.2.5.1.6 Messages
36.2.5.1.7 Timers
36.2.5.2 State diagrams
36.2.5.2.1 Transmit
36.2.5.2.2 Receive
36.2.5.2.3 State variable function carrier_detect(x)
36.2.5.2.4 Code-group stream decoding
36.2.5.2.5 Carrier sense
36.2.5.2.6 Synchronization
36.2.5.2.7 Auto-Negotiation process
36.2.5.2.8 LPI state diagram
36.2.5.2.9 LPI status and management
36.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
36.3.1 Service Interface
36.3.1.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request
36.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
36.3.1.1.2 When generated
36.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
36.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
36.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
36.3.1.2.2 When generated
36.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
36.3.2 Functions within the PMA
36.3.2.1 Data delay
36.3.2.2 PMA transmit function
36.3.2.3 PMA receive function
36.3.2.4 Code-group alignment
36.3.3 A physical instantiation of the PMA Service Interface
36.3.3.1 Required signals
36.3.3.2 Summary of control signal usage
36.3.4 General electrical characteristics of the TBI
36.3.4.1 DC characteristics
36.3.4.2 Valid signal levels
36.3.4.3 Rise and fall time definition
36.3.4.4 Output load
36.3.5 TBI transmit interface electrical characteristics
36.3.5.1 Transmit data (tx_code-group)
36.3.5.2 TBI transmit interface timing
36.3.6 TBI receive interface electrical characteristics
36.3.6.1 Receive data (rx_code-group)
36.3.6.2 Receive clock (PMA_RX_CLK, PMA_RX_CLK)
36.3.7 Loopback mode
36.3.7.1 Receiver considerations
36.3.7.2 Transmitter considerations
36.3.8 Test functions
36.4 Compatibility considerations
36.5 Delay constraints
36.5.1 MDI to GMII delay constraints
36.5.2 DTE delay constraints (half duplex mode)
36.5.3 Carrier deassertion/assertion constraint (half duplex mode)
36.6 Environmental specifications
36.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 36, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X
36.7.1 Introduction
36.7.2 Identification
36.7.2.1 Implementation identification
36.7.2.2 Protocol summary
36.7.3 Major capabilities/options
36.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 1000BASE-X
36.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations
36.7.4.2 Code-group functions
36.7.4.3 State diagrams
36.7.4.4 PMA functions
36.7.4.5 PMA transmit function
36.7.4.6 PMA code-group alignment function
36.7.4.7 TBI
36.7.4.8 Delay constraints
36.7.4.9 LPI functions
37. Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X
37.1 Overview
37.1.1 Scope
37.1.2 Application perspective/objectives
37.1.3 Relationship to architectural layering
37.1.4 Compatibility considerations
37.1.4.1 Auto-Negotiation
37.1.4.2 Management interface
37.1.4.2.1 GMII management interface
37.1.4.3 Interoperability between Auto-Negotiation compatible devices
37.1.4.4 User Configuration with Auto-Negotiation
37.2 Functional specifications
37.2.1 Config_Reg encoding
37.2.1.1 Base Page to management register mapping
37.2.1.2 Full duplex
37.2.1.3 Half duplex
37.2.1.4 Pause
37.2.1.5 Remote fault
37.2.1.5.1 No error, link OK
37.2.1.5.2 Offline
37.2.1.5.3 Link_Failure
37.2.1.5.4 Auto-Negotiation_Error
37.2.1.6 Acknowledge
37.2.1.7 Next Page
37.2.2 Transmit function requirements
37.2.2.1 Transmit function to Auto-Negotiation process interface requirements
37.2.3 Receive function requirements
37.2.3.1 Receive function to Auto-Negotiation process interface requirements
37.2.4 Arbitration process requirements
37.2.4.1 Renegotiation function
37.2.4.2 Priority resolution function
37.2.4.3 Next Page function
37.2.4.3.1 Next Page encodings
37.2.4.3.2 Next Page
37.2.4.3.3 Acknowledge
37.2.4.3.4 Message page
37.2.4.3.5 Acknowledge 2
37.2.4.3.6 Toggle
37.2.4.3.7 Message page encoding
37.2.4.3.8 Message Code Field
37.2.4.3.9 Unformatted page encoding
37.2.4.3.10 Unformatted Code Field
37.2.4.3.11 Use of Next Pages
37.2.4.3.12 Management register requirements
37.2.5 Management function requirements
37.2.5.1 Management registers
37.2.5.1.1 Control register (Register 0)
37.2.5.1.2 Status register (Register 1)
37.2.5.1.3 AN advertisement register (Register 4) (R/W)
37.2.5.1.4 AN link partner ability Base Page register (Register 5) (RO)
37.2.5.1.5 AN expansion register (Register 6) (RO)
37.2.5.1.6 AN Next Page transmit register (Register 7)
37.2.5.1.7 AN link partner ability Next Page register (Register 8)
37.2.5.1.8 Extended status register (Register 15)
37.2.5.1.9 State diagram variable to management register mapping
37.2.5.2 Auto-Negotiation managed object class
37.2.6 Absence of management function
37.3 Detailed functions and state diagrams
37.3.1 State diagram variables
37.3.1.1 Variables
37.3.1.2 Functions
37.3.1.3 Messages
37.3.1.4 Timers
37.3.1.5 State diagrams
37.4 Environmental specifications
37.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 37, Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X
37.5.1 Introduction
37.5.2 Identification
37.5.2.1 Implementation identification
37.5.2.2 Protocol summary
37.5.3 Major capabilities/options
37.5.4 PICS proforma tables for the Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X
37.5.4.1 Compatibility considerations
37.5.4.2 Auto-Negotiation functions
37.5.4.2.1 Config_Reg
37.5.4.2.2 Remote Fault functions
37.5.4.2.3 AN transmit functions
37.5.4.2.4 AN receive functions
37.5.4.2.5 Priority resolution functions
37.5.4.2.6 Next Page functions
37.5.4.2.7 Management registers
38. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (long wavelength laser) and 1000BASE-SX (short wavelength laser)
38.1 Overview
38.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface
38.1.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request
38.1.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
38.1.1.1.2 When generated
38.1.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
38.1.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
38.1.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
38.1.1.2.2 When generated
38.1.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
38.1.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
38.1.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
38.1.1.3.2 When generated
38.1.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
38.1.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
38.2 PMD functional specifications
38.2.1 PMD block diagram
38.2.2 PMD transmit function
38.2.3 PMD receive function
38.2.4 PMD signal detect function
38.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-SX
38.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications
38.3.2 Receive optical specifications
38.3.3 Illustrative 1000BASE-SX link power budget and penalties
38.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX
38.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications
38.4.2 Receive optical specifications
38.4.3 Illustrative 1000BASE-LX link power budget and penalties
38.5 Jitter specifications for 1000BASE-SX and 1000BASE-LX
38.6 Optical measurement requirements
38.6.1 Center wavelength and spectral width measurements
38.6.2 Optical power measurements
38.6.3 Extinction ratio measurements
38.6.4 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN)
38.6.5 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
38.6.6 Transmit rise/fall characteristics
38.6.7 Receive sensitivity measurements
38.6.8 Total jitter measurements
38.6.9 Deterministic jitter measurement (optional)
38.6.10 Coupled Power Ratio (CPR) measurements
38.6.11 Conformance test signal at TP3 for receiver testing
38.6.12 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency
38.7 Environmental specifications
38.7.1 General safety
38.7.2 Laser safety
38.7.3 Installation
38.8 Environment
38.8.1 Electromagnetic emission
38.8.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling
38.9 PMD labeling requirements
38.10 Fiber optic cabling model
38.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
38.11.1 Optical fiber and cable
38.11.2 Optical fiber connection
38.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
38.11.2.2 Connection return loss
38.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
38.11.4 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord for MMF operation of 1000BASE-LX
38.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 38, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX (Short Wavelength Laser)
38.12.1 Introduction
38.12.2 Identification
38.12.2.1 Implementation identification
38.12.2.2 Protocol summary
38.12.3 Major capabilities/options
38.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX (Short Wavelength Laser)
38.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
38.12.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-SX
38.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX
38.12.4.4 Jitter specifications
38.12.4.5 Optical measurement requirements
38.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
39. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX (short-haul copper)
39.1 Overview
39.2 Functional specifications
39.2.1 PMD transmit function
39.2.2 PMD receive function
39.2.3 PMD signal detect function
39.3 PMD to MDI electrical specifications
39.3.1 Transmitter electrical specifications
39.3.2 Receiver electrical specifications
39.3.3 Jitter specifications for 1000BASE-CX
39.4 Jumper cable assembly characteristics
39.4.1 Compensation networks
39.4.2 Shielding
39.5 MDI specification
39.5.1 MDI connectors
39.5.1.1 Style-1 connector specification
39.5.1.2 Style-2 connector specification
39.5.1.3 Style-2 connector example drawing
39.5.2 Crossover function
39.6 Electrical measurement requirements
39.6.1 Transmit rise/fall time
39.6.2 Transmit skew measurement
39.6.3 Transmit eye (normalized and absolute)
39.6.4 Through_connection impedance
39.6.5 Jumper cable intra-pair differential skew
39.6.6 Receiver link signal
39.6.7 Near-End Cross Talk (NEXT)
39.6.8 Differential time-domain reflectometry (TDR) measurement procedure
39.6.8.1 Driving waveform
39.6.8.2 Calibration of the test setup
39.7 Environmental specifications
39.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 39, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX
39.8.1 Introduction
39.8.2 Identification
39.8.2.1 Implementation identification
39.8.2.2 Protocol summary
39.8.3 Major capabilities/options
39.8.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX (short-haul copper)
39.8.4.1 PMD functional specifications
39.8.4.2 PMD to MDI electrical specifications
39.8.4.3 Jumper cable assembly characteristics
39.8.4.4 Other requirements
40. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T
40.1 Overview
40.1.1 Objectives
40.1.2 Relationship of 1000BASE-T to other standards
40.1.3 Operation of 1000BASE-T
40.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
40.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
40.1.4 Signaling
40.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces
40.1.6 Conventions in this clause
40.2 1000BASE-T Service Primitives and Interfaces
40.2.1 Technology-Dependent Interface
40.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request
40.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.1.1.2 When generated
40.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication
40.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.1.2.2 When generated
40.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.2 PMA Service Interface
40.2.3 PMA_TXMODE.indication
40.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.3.2 When generated
40.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.4 PMA_CONFIG.indication
40.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.4.2 When generated
40.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.5 PMA_UNITDATA.request
40.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.5.2 When generated
40.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.6 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
40.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.6.2 When generated
40.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.7 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request
40.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.7.2 When generated
40.2.7.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.8 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication
40.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.8.2 When generated
40.2.8.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.9 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request
40.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.9.2 When generated
40.2.9.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.10 PMA_RESET.indication
40.2.10.1 When generated
40.2.10.2 Effect of receipt
40.2.11 PMA_LPIMODE.indication
40.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.11.2 When generated
40.2.11.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.12 PMA_LPIREQ.request
40.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.12.2 When generated
40.2.12.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.13 PMA_REMLPIREQ.request
40.2.13.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.13.2 When generated
40.2.13.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.14 PMA_UPDATE.indication
40.2.14.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.14.2 When generated
40.2.14.3 Effect of receipt
40.2.15 PMA_REMUPDATE.request
40.2.15.1 Semantics of the primitive
40.2.15.2 When generated
40.2.15.3 Effect of receipt
40.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
40.3.1 PCS functions
40.3.1.1 PCS Reset function
40.3.1.2 PCS Data Transmission Enable
40.3.1.3 PCS Transmit function
40.3.1.3.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomials
40.3.1.3.2 Generation of bits Sxn[3:0], Syn[3:0], and Sgn[3:0]
40.3.1.3.3 Generation of bits Scn[7:0]
40.3.1.3.4 Generation of bits Sdn[8:0]
40.3.1.3.5 Generation of quinary symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn
40.3.1.3.6 Generation of An, Bn, Cn, Dn
40.3.1.4 PCS Receive function
40.3.1.4.1 Decoding of code-groups
40.3.1.4.2 Receiver descrambler polynomials
40.3.1.5 PCS Carrier Sense function
40.3.1.6 PCS Local LPI Request function
40.3.2 Stream structure
40.3.3 State variables
40.3.3.1 Variables
40.3.3.2 Functions
40.3.3.3 Timer
40.3.3.4 Messages
40.3.4 State diagrams
40.3.4.1 Supplement to state diagram
40.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
40.4.1 PMA functional specifications
40.4.2 PMA functions
40.4.2.1 PMA Reset function
40.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function
40.4.2.3 PMA Receive function
40.4.2.4 PHY Control function
40.4.2.5 Link Monitor function
40.4.2.6 Clock Recovery function
40.4.3 MDI
40.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY
40.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI
40.4.4 Automatic MDI/MDI-X Configuration
40.4.4.1 Description of Automatic MDI/MDI-X state diagram
40.4.4.2 Pseudo-random sequence generator
40.4.5 State variables
40.4.5.1 State diagram variables
40.4.5.2 Timers
40.4.6 State Diagrams
40.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram
40.4.6.2 Link Monitor state diagram
40.4.6.2.1 Auto Crossover state diagram
40.5 Management interface
40.5.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation
40.5.1.1 1000BASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation
40.5.1.2 1000BASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use
40.5.1.3 Sending Next Pages
40.5.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution
40.6 PMA electrical specifications
40.6.1 PMA-to-MDI interface tests
40.6.1.1 Electrical isolation
40.6.1.1.1 Test channel
40.6.1.1.2 Test modes
40.6.1.1.3 Test Fixtures
40.6.1.2 Transmitter electrical specifications
40.6.1.2.1 Peak differential output voltage and level accuracy
40.6.1.2.2 Maximum output droop
40.6.1.2.3 Differential output templates
40.6.1.2.4 Transmitter distortion
40.6.1.2.5 Transmitter timing jitter
40.6.1.2.6 Transmit clock frequency
40.6.1.2.7 Transmitter operation following a transition from the QUIET to the WAKE state
40.6.1.3 Receiver electrical specifications
40.6.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals
40.6.1.3.2 Receiver frequency tolerance
40.6.1.3.3 Common-mode noise rejection
40.6.1.3.4 Alien Crosstalk noise rejection
40.6.1.3.5 Signal_detect
40.7 Link segment characteristics
40.7.1 Cabling system characteristics
40.7.2 Link transmission parameters
40.7.2.1 Insertion loss
40.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
40.7.2.3 Return loss
40.7.3 Coupling parameters
40.7.3.1 Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT)
40.7.3.1.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk
40.7.3.2 Far-End Crosstalk (FEXT)
40.7.3.2.1 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss
40.7.3.2.2 Multiple Disturber Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (MDELFEXT) loss
40.7.3.2.3 Multiple-Disturber Power Sum Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (PSELFEXT) loss
40.7.4 Delay
40.7.4.1 Maximum link delay
40.7.4.2 Link delay skew
40.7.5 Noise environment
40.7.6 External coupled noise
40.8 MDI specification
40.8.1 MDI connectors
40.8.2 Crossover function
40.8.3 MDI electrical specifications
40.8.3.1 MDI return loss
40.8.3.2 MDI impedance balance
40.8.3.3 MDI common-mode output voltage
40.8.3.4 MDI fault tolerance
40.9 Environmental specifications
40.9.1 General safety
40.9.2 Network safety
40.9.2.1 Installation
40.9.2.2 Installation and maintenance guidelines
40.9.2.3 Telephony voltages
40.9.3 Environment
40.9.3.1 Electromagnetic emission
40.9.3.2 Temperature and humidity
40.10 PHY labeling
40.11 Delay constraints
40.11.1 MDI to GMII delay constraints
40.11.2 DTE delay constraints (half duplex only)
40.11.3 Carrier de-assertion/assertion constraint (half duplex mode)
40.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 40—Physical coding sublayer (PCS), physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T
40.12.1 Identification
40.12.1.1 Implementation identification
40.12.1.2 Protocol summary
40.12.2 Major capabilities/options
40.12.3 Clause conventions
40.12.4 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
40.12.4.1 PCS receive functions
40.12.4.2 Other PCS functions
40.12.5 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
40.12.6 Management interface
40.12.6.1 1000BASE-T Specific Auto-Negotiation Requirements
40.12.7 PMA Electrical Specifications
40.12.8 Characteristics of the link segment
40.12.9 MDI requirements
40.12.10 General safety and environmental requirements
40.12.11 Timing requirements
41. Repeater for 1000 Mb/s baseband networks
41.1 Overview
41.1.1 Scope
41.1.1.1 Repeater set
41.1.1.2 Repeater unit
41.1.2 Application perspective
41.1.2.1 Objectives
41.1.2.2 Compatibility considerations
41.1.2.2.1 Internal segment compatibility
41.1.3 Relationship to PHY
41.2 Repeater functional specifications
41.2.1 Repeater functions
41.2.1.1 Signal restoration functional requirements
41.2.1.1.1 Signal amplification
41.2.1.1.2 Signal wave-shape restoration
41.2.1.1.3 Signal retiming
41.2.1.2 Data-handling functional requirements
41.2.1.2.1 Data frame forwarding
41.2.1.2.2 Received code violations
41.2.1.3 Received event-handling functional requirements
41.2.1.3.1 Received event handling
41.2.1.3.2 Preamble regeneration
41.2.1.3.3 Start-of-packet propagation delay
41.2.1.3.4 Start-of-packet variability
41.2.1.4 Collision-handling functional requirements
41.2.1.4.1 Collision detection
41.2.1.4.2 Jam generation
41.2.1.4.3 Start-of-collision-jam propagation delay
41.2.1.4.4 Cessation-of-collision Jam propagation delay
41.2.1.5 Error-handling functional requirements
41.2.1.5.1 Carrier integrity functional requirements
41.2.1.5.2 Speed handling
41.2.1.6 Partition functional requirements
41.2.1.7 Receive jabber functional requirements
41.2.2 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams
41.2.2.1 State diagram variables
41.2.2.1.1 Constants
41.2.2.1.2 Variables
41.2.2.1.3 Functions
41.2.2.1.4 Timers
41.2.2.1.5 Counters
41.2.2.1.6 Port designation
41.2.2.2 State diagrams
41.3 Repeater electrical specifications
41.3.1 Electrical isolation
41.4 Environmental specifications
41.4.1 General safety
41.4.2 Network safety
41.4.2.1 Installation
41.4.2.2 Grounding
41.4.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
41.4.3 Electrical isolation
41.4.3.1 Environment A requirements
41.4.3.2 Environment B requirements
41.4.4 Reliability
41.4.5 Environment
41.4.5.1 Electromagnetic emission
41.4.5.2 Temperature and humidity
41.5 Repeater labeling
41.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 41, Repeater for 1000 Mb/s baseband networks
41.6.1 Introduction
41.6.2 Identification
41.6.2.1 Implementation identification
41.6.2.2 Protocol summary
41.6.3 Major capabilities/options
41.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the Repeater for 1000 Mb/s baseband networks
41.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations
41.6.4.2 Repeater functions
41.6.4.3 Signal restoration function
41.6.4.4 Data-Handling function
41.6.4.5 Receive Event-Handling function
41.6.4.6 Collision-Handling function
41.6.4.7 Error-Handling function
41.6.4.8 Partition function
41.6.4.9 Receive Jabber function
41.6.4.10 Repeater state diagrams
41.6.4.11 Repeater electrical
41.6.4.12 Repeater labeling
42. System considerations for multisegment 1000 Mb/s networks
42.1 Overview
42.1.1 Single collision domain multisegment networks
42.1.2 Repeater usage
42.2 Transmission System Model 1
42.3 Transmission System Model 2
42.3.1 Round-trip collision delay
42.3.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection
42.3.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation
42.4 Full duplex 1000 Mb/s topology limitations
43. Content moved to IEEE Std 802.1AX-2008
44. Introduction to 10 Gb/s baseband networks
44.1 Overview
44.1.1 Scope
44.1.2 Objectives
44.1.3 Relationship of 10 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model
44.1.4 Summary of 10 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers
44.1.4.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII)
44.1.4.2 XGMII Extender Sublayer (XGXS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI)
44.1.4.3 Management interface (MDIO/MDC)
44.1.4.4 Physical Layer signaling systems
44.1.4.5 WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W
44.1.5 Management
44.2 State diagrams
44.3 Delay constraints
44.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
45. Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) Interface
45.1 Overview
45.1.1 Summary of major concepts
45.1.2 Application
45.2 MDIO Interface registers
45.2.1 PMA/PMD registers
45.2.1.1 PMA/PMD control 1 register (Register 1.0)
45.2.1.1.1 Reset (1.0.15)
45.2.1.1.2 Low power (1.0.11)
45.2.1.1.3 Speed selection (1.0.13, 1.0.6, 1.0.5:2)
45.2.1.1.4 PMA remote loopback (1.0.1)
45.2.1.1.5 PMA local loopback (1.0.0)
45.2.1.2 PMA/PMD status 1 register (Register 1.1)
45.2.1.2.1 PMA ingress AUI stop ability (1.1.9)
45.2.1.2.2 PMA egress AUI stop ability (1.1.8)
45.2.1.2.3 Fault (1.1.7)
45.2.1.2.4 Receive link status (1.1.2)
45.2.1.2.5 Low-power ability (1.1.1)
45.2.1.3 PMA/PMD device identifier (Registers 1.2 and 1.3)
45.2.1.4 PMA/PMD speed ability (Register 1.4)
45.2.1.4.1 400G capable (1.4.15)
45.2.1.4.2 5G capable (1.4.14)
45.2.1.4.3 2.5G capable (1.4.13)
45.2.1.4.4 200G capable (1.4.12)
45.2.1.4.5 25G capable (1.4.11)
45.2.1.4.6 10GPASS-XR capable (1.4.10)
45.2.1.4.7 100G capable (1.4.9)
45.2.1.4.8 40G capable (1.4.8)
45.2.1.4.9 10/1G capable (1.4.7)
45.2.1.4.10 10M capable (1.4.6)
45.2.1.4.11 100M capable (1.4.5)
45.2.1.4.12 1000M capable (1.4.4)
45.2.1.4.13 50G capable (1.4.3)
45.2.1.4.14 10PASS-TS capable (1.4.2)
45.2.1.4.15 2BASE-TL capable (1.4.1)
45.2.1.4.16 10G capable (1.4.0)
45.2.1.5 PMA/PMD devices in package (Registers 1.5 and 1.6)
45.2.1.6 PMA/PMD control 2 register (Register 1.7)
45.2.1.6.1 PMA ingress AUI stop enable (1.7.9)
45.2.1.6.2 PMA egress AUI stop enable (1.7.8)
45.2.1.6.3 PMA/PMD type selection (1.7.6:0)
45.2.1.7 PMA/PMD status 2 register (Register 1.8)
45.2.1.7.1 Device present (1.8.15:14)
45.2.1.7.2 Transmit fault ability (1.8.13)
45.2.1.7.3 Receive fault ability (1.8.12)
45.2.1.7.4 Transmit fault (1.8.11)
45.2.1.7.5 Receive fault (1.8.10)
45.2.1.7.6 PMA/PMD extended abilities (1.8.9)
45.2.1.7.7 PMD transmit disable ability (1.8.8)
45.2.1.7.8 10GBASE-SR ability (1.8.7)
45.2.1.7.9 10GBASE-LR ability (1.8.6)
45.2.1.7.10 10GBASE-ER ability (1.8.5)
45.2.1.7.11 10GBASE-LX4 ability (1.8.4)
45.2.1.7.12 10GBASE-SW ability (1.8.3)
45.2.1.7.13 10GBASE-LW ability (1.8.2)
45.2.1.7.14 10GBASE-EW ability (1.8.1)
45.2.1.7.15 PMA local loopback ability (1.8.0)
45.2.1.8 PMD transmit disable register (Register 1.9)
45.2.1.8.1 PMD transmit disable 14 (1.9.15)
45.2.1.8.2 PMD transmit disable 4 through 14 (1.9.5 through 1.9.14)
45.2.1.8.3 PMD transmit disable 3 (1.9.4)
45.2.1.8.4 PMD transmit disable 2 (1.9.3)
45.2.1.8.5 PMD transmit disable 1 (1.9.2)
45.2.1.8.6 PMD transmit disable 0 (1.9.1)
45.2.1.8.7 Global PMD transmit disable (1.9.0)
45.2.1.9 PMD receive signal detect register (Register 1.10)
45.2.1.9.1 PMD receive signal detect 14 (1.10.15)
45.2.1.9.2 PMD receive signal detect 4 through 13 (1.10.5 through 1.10.14)
45.2.1.9.3 PMD receive signal detect 3 (1.10.4)
45.2.1.9.4 PMD receive signal detect 2 (1.10.3)
45.2.1.9.5 PMD receive signal detect 1 (1.10.2)
45.2.1.9.6 PMD receive signal detect 0 (1.10.1)
45.2.1.9.7 Global PMD receive signal detect (1.10.0)
45.2.1.10 PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.11)
45.2.1.10.1 BASE-H extended abilities (1.11.15)
45.2.1.10.2 2.5G/5G extended abilities (1.11.14)
45.2.1.10.3 200G/400G extended abilities (1.11.13)
45.2.1.10.4 25G extended abilities (1.11.12)
45.2.1.10.5 BASE-T1 extended abilities (1.11.11)
45.2.1.10.6 40G/100G extended abilities (1.11.10)
45.2.1.10.7 P2MP ability (1.11.9)
45.2.1.10.8 10BASE-T ability (1.11.8)
45.2.1.10.9 100BASE-TX ability (1.11.7)
45.2.1.10.10 1000BASE-KX ability (1.11.6)
45.2.1.10.11 1000BASE-T ability (1.11.5)
45.2.1.10.12 10GBASE-KR ability (1.11.4)
45.2.1.10.13 10GBASE-KX4 ability (1.11.3)
45.2.1.10.14 10GBASE-T ability (1.11.2)
45.2.1.10.15 10GBASE-LRM ability (1.11.1)
45.2.1.10.16 10GBASE-CX4 ability (1.11.0)
45.2.1.11 10G-EPON PMA/PMD ability register (Register 1.12)
45.2.1.11.1 10GBASE-PR-D4 ability (1.12.14)
45.2.1.11.2 10GBASE-PR-U4 ability (1.12.13)
45.2.1.11.3 10/1GBASE-PRX-D4 ability (1.12.12)
45.2.1.11.4 10/1GBASE-PRX-U4 ability (1.12.11)
45.2.1.11.5 10/1GBASE-PRX-D1 ability (1.12.10)
45.2.1.11.6 10/1GBASE-PRX-D2 ability (1.12.9)
45.2.1.11.7 10/1GBASE-PRX-D3 ability (1.12.8)
45.2.1.11.8 10GBASE-PR-D1 ability (1.12.7)
45.2.1.11.9 10GBASE-PR-D2 ability (1.12.6)
45.2.1.11.10 10GBASE-PR-D3 ability (1.12.5)
45.2.1.11.11 10/1GBASE-PRX-U1 ability (1.12.4)
45.2.1.11.12 10/1GBASE-PRX-U2 ability (1.12.3)
45.2.1.11.13 10/1GBASE-PRX-U3 ability (1.12.2)
45.2.1.11.14 10GBASE-PR-U1 ability (1.12.1)
45.2.1.11.15 10GBASE-PR-U3 ability (1.12.0)
45.2.1.12 40G/100G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.13)
45.2.1.12.1 PMA remote loopback ability (1.13.15)
45.2.1.12.2 100GBASE-CR4 ability (1.13.14)
45.2.1.12.3 100GBASE-KR4 ability (1.13.13)
45.2.1.12.4 100GBASE-KP4 ability (1.13.12)
45.2.1.12.5 100GBASE-ER4 ability (1.13.11)
45.2.1.12.6 100GBASE-LR4 ability (1.13.10)
45.2.1.12.7 100GBASE-SR10 ability (1.13.9)
45.2.1.12.8 100GBASE-CR10 ability (1.13.8)
45.2.1.12.9 100GBASE-SR4 ability (1.13.7)
45.2.1.12.10 40GBASE-T ability (1.13.6)
45.2.1.12.11 40GBASE-ER4 ability (1.13.5)
45.2.1.12.12 40GBASE-FR ability (1.13.4)
45.2.1.12.13 40GBASE-LR4 ability (1.13.3)
45.2.1.12.14 40GBASE-SR4 ability (1.13.2)
45.2.1.12.15 40GBASE-CR4 ability (1.13.1)
45.2.1.12.16 40GBASE-KR4 ability (1.13.0)
45.2.1.13 PMA/PMD package identifier (Registers 1.14 and 1.15)
45.2.1.14 EEE capability (Register 1.16)
45.2.1.14.1 100GBASE-CR4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.11)
45.2.1.14.2 100GBASE-KR4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.10)
45.2.1.14.3 100GBASE-KP4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.9)
45.2.1.14.4 100GBASE-CR10 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.8)
45.2.1.14.5 25GBASE-R deep sleep (1.16.2)
45.2.1.14.6 40GBASE-CR4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.1)
45.2.1.14.7 40GBASE-KR4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.0)
45.2.1.15 EPoC PMA/PMD ability register (Register 1.17)
45.2.1.15.1 10GPASS-XR-D ability (1.17.1)
45.2.1.15.2 10GPASS-XR-U ability (1.17.0)
45.2.1.16 BASE-T1 PMA/PMD extended ability register (1.18)
45.2.1.16.1 10GBASE-T1 ability (1.18.6)
45.2.1.16.2 5GBASE-T1 ability (1.18.5)
45.2.1.16.3 2.5GBASE-T1 ability (1.18.4)
45.2.1.16.4 10BASE-T1S ability (1.18.3)
45.2.1.16.5 10BASE-T1L ability (1.18.2)
45.2.1.16.6 1000BASE-T1 ability (1.18.1)
45.2.1.16.7 100BASE-T1 ability (1.18.0)
45.2.1.17 25G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.19)
45.2.1.17.1 25GBASE-ER ability (1.19.7)
45.2.1.17.2 25GBASE-LR ability (1.19.6)
45.2.1.17.3 25GBASE-T ability (1.19.5)
45.2.1.17.4 25GBASE-SR ability (1.19.4)
45.2.1.17.5 25GBASE-CR ability (1.19.3)
45.2.1.17.6 25GBASE-CR-S ability (1.19.2)
45.2.1.17.7 25GBASE-KR ability (1.19.1)
45.2.1.17.8 25GBASE-KR-S ability (1.19.0)
45.2.1.18 50G PMA/PMD extended ability (Register 1.20)
45.2.1.18.1 50G PMA remote loopback ability (1.20.15)
45.2.1.18.2 50GBASE-ER ability (1.20.5)
45.2.1.18.3 50GBASE-LR ability (1.20.4)
45.2.1.18.4 50GBASE-FR ability (1.20.3)
45.2.1.18.5 50GBASE-SR ability (1.20.2)
45.2.1.18.6 50GBASE-CR ability (1.20.1)
45.2.1.18.7 50GBASE-KR ability (1.20.0)
45.2.1.19 2.5G/5G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.21)
45.2.1.19.1 5GBASE-KR ability (1.21.3)
45.2.1.19.2 2.5GBASE-KX ability (1.21.2)
45.2.1.19.3 5GBASE-T ability (1.21.1)
45.2.1.19.4 2.5GBASE-T ability (1.21.0)
45.2.1.20 BASE-H PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.22)
45.2.1.21 200G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.23)
45.2.1.21.1 200G PMA remote loopback ability (1.23.15)
45.2.1.21.2 200GBASE-ER4 ability (1.23.6)
45.2.1.21.3 200GBASE-LR4 ability (1.23.5)
45.2.1.21.4 200GBASE-FR4 ability (1.23.4)
45.2.1.21.5 200GBASE-DR4 ability (1.23.3)
45.2.1.21.6 200GBASE-SR4 ability (1.23.2)
45.2.1.21.7 200GBASE-CR4 ability (1.23.1)
45.2.1.21.8 200GBASE-KR4 ability (1.23.0)
45.2.1.22 400G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.24)
45.2.1.22.1 400G PMA remote loopback ability (1.24.15)
45.2.1.22.2 400GBASE-ER8 ability (1.24.10)
45.2.1.22.3 400GBASE-LR4-6 ability (1.24.9)
45.2.1.22.4 400GBASE-FR4 ability (1.24.8)
45.2.1.22.5 400GBASE-SR4.2 ability (1.24.7)
45.2.1.22.6 400GBASE-SR8 ability (1.24.6)
45.2.1.22.7 400GBASE-LR8 ability (1.24.5)
45.2.1.22.8 400GBASE-FR8 ability (1.24.4)
45.2.1.22.9 400GBASE-DR4 ability (1.24.3)
45.2.1.22.10 400GBASE-SR16 ability (1.24.2)
45.2.1.23 PMA/PMD extended ability 2 (Register 1.25)
45.2.1.23.1 50G extended abilities (1.25.0)
45.2.1.24 40G/100G PMA/PMD extended ability 2 (Register 1.26)
45.2.1.24.1 100GBASE-SR2 ability (1.26.9)
45.2.1.24.2 100GBASE-CR2 ability (1.26.8)
45.2.1.24.3 100GBASE-KR2 ability (1.26.7)
45.2.1.24.4 100GBASE-ZR ability (1.26.6)
45.2.1.24.5 100GBASE-LR1 ability (1.26.5)
45.2.1.24.6 100GBASE-FR1 ability (1.26.4)
45.2.1.24.7 100GBASE-DR ability (1.26.3)
45.2.1.25 PMD transmit disable extension register (Register 1.27)
45.2.1.25.1 PMD transmit disable 15 (1.27.0)
45.2.1.26 PMD receive signal detect extension register (Register 1.28)
45.2.1.26.1 PMD receive signal detect 15 (1.28.0)
45.2.1.27 PMA/PMD control 3 register (Register 1.29)
45.2.1.27.1 Downstream differential encoding (1.29.15)
45.2.1.27.2 PMA/PMD type selection (1.29.5:0)
45.2.1.28 10P/2B PMA/PMD control register (Register 1.30)
45.2.1.28.1 PMA/PMD link control (1.30.15)
45.2.1.28.2 STFU (1.30.14)
45.2.1.28.3 Silence time (1.30.13:8)
45.2.1.28.4 Port subtype select (1.30.7)
45.2.1.28.5 Handshake cleardown (1.30.6)
45.2.1.28.6 Ignore incoming handshake (1.30.5)
45.2.1.28.7 PMA/PMD type selection (1.30.4:0)
45.2.1.29 10P/2B PMA/PMD status register (Register 1.31)
45.2.1.29.1 Data rate (1.31.15:5)
45.2.1.29.2 CO supported (1.31.4)
45.2.1.29.3 CPE supported (1.31.3)
45.2.1.29.4 PMA/PMD link status (1.31.2:0)
45.2.1.30 Link partner PMA/PMD control register (Register 1.32)
45.2.1.30.1 Get link partner parameters (1.32.15)
45.2.1.30.2 Send link partner parameters (1.32.13)
45.2.1.31 Link partner PMA/PMD status register (Register 1.33)
45.2.1.31.1 Get link partner result (1.33.14)
45.2.1.31.2 Send link partner result (1.33.12)
45.2.1.32 BiDi PMA/PMD extended ability 1 (Register 1.34)
45.2.1.32.1 25GBASE-BR40-U ability (1.34.11)
45.2.1.32.2 25GBASE-BR40-D ability (1.34.10)
45.2.1.32.3 25GBASE-BR20-U ability (1.34.9)
45.2.1.32.4 25GBASE-BR20-D ability (1.34.8)
45.2.1.32.5 25GBASE-BR10-U ability (1.34.7)
45.2.1.32.6 25GBASE-BR10-D ability (1.34.6)
45.2.1.32.7 10GBASE-BR40-U ability (1.34.5)
45.2.1.32.8 10GBASE-BR40-D ability (1.34.4)
45.2.1.32.9 10GBASE-BR20-U ability (1.34.3)
45.2.1.32.10 10GBASE-BR20-D ability (1.34.2)
45.2.1.32.11 10GBASE-BR10-U ability (1.34.1)
45.2.1.32.12 10GBASE-BR10-D ability (1.34.0)
45.2.1.33 BiDi PMA/PMD extended ability 2 (Register 1.35)
45.2.1.33.1 50GBASE-BR40-U ability (1.35.5)
45.2.1.33.2 50GBASE-BR40-D ability (1.35.4)
45.2.1.33.3 50GBASE-BR20-U ability (1.35.3)
45.2.1.33.4 50GBASE-BR20-D ability (1.35.2)
45.2.1.33.5 50GBASE-BR10-U ability (1.35.1)
45.2.1.33.6 50GBASE-BR10-D ability (1.35.0)
45.2.1.34 10P/2B PMA/PMD link loss register (Register 1.36)
45.2.1.35 10P/2B RX SNR margin register (Register 1.37)
45.2.1.36 10P/2B link partner RX SNR margin register (Register 1.38)
45.2.1.37 10P/2B line attenuation register (Register 1.39)
45.2.1.38 10P/2B link partner line attenuation register (Register 1.40)
45.2.1.39 10P/2B line quality thresholds register (Register 1.41)
45.2.1.39.1 Loop attenuation threshold (1.41.15:8)
45.2.1.39.2 SNR margin threshold (1.41.7:4)
45.2.1.40 2B link partner line quality thresholds register (Register 1.42)
45.2.1.41 10P FEC correctable errors counter (Register 1.43)
45.2.1.42 10P FEC uncorrectable errors counter (Register 1.44)
45.2.1.43 10P link partner FEC correctable errors register (Register 1.45)
45.2.1.44 10P link partner FEC uncorrectable errors register (Register 1.46)
45.2.1.45 10P electrical length register (Register 1.47)
45.2.1.45.1 Electrical length (1.47.15:0)
45.2.1.46 10P link partner electrical length register (Register 1.48)
45.2.1.47 10P PMA/PMD general configuration register (Register 1.49)
45.2.1.47.1 TX window length (1.49.7:0)
45.2.1.48 10P PSD configuration register (Register 1.50)
45.2.1.48.1 PBO disable (1.50.8)
45.2.1.49 10P downstream data rate configuration (Registers 1.51, 1.52)
45.2.1.50 10P downstream Reed-Solomon configuration (Register 1.53)
45.2.1.50.1 RS codeword length (1.53.0)
45.2.1.51 10P upstream data rate configuration (Registers 1.54, 1.55)
45.2.1.52 10P upstream 10P upstream Reed-Solomon configuration register (Register 1.56)
45.2.1.52.1 RS codeword length (1.56.0)
45.2.1.53 10P tone group registers (Registers 1.57, 1.58)
45.2.1.54 10P tone control parameters (Registers 1.59, 1.60, 1.61, 1.62, 1.63)
45.2.1.54.1 Tone active (1.59.15)
45.2.1.54.2 Tone direction (1.59.14)
45.2.1.54.3 Max SNR margin (1.59.13:5)
45.2.1.54.4 Target SNR margin (1.60.8:0)
45.2.1.54.5 Minimum SNR margin (1.61.8:0)
45.2.1.54.6 PSD level (1.62.8:0)
45.2.1.54.7 USPBO reference (1.63.8:0)
45.2.1.55 10P tone control action register (Register 1.64)
45.2.1.55.1 Refresh tone status (1.64.5)
45.2.1.55.2 Change tone activity (1.64.4)
45.2.1.55.3 Change tone direction (1.64.3)
45.2.1.55.4 Change SNR margin (1.64.2)
45.2.1.55.5 Change PSD level (1.64.1)
45.2.1.55.6 Change USPBO reference PSD (1.64.0)
45.2.1.56 10P tone status registers (Registers 1.65, 1.66, 1.67)
45.2.1.56.1 Refresh status (1.65.15)
45.2.1.56.2 Active (1.65.14)
45.2.1.56.3 Direction (1.65.13)
45.2.1.56.4 RX PSD (1.65.7:0)
45.2.1.56.5 TX PSD (1.66.15:8)
45.2.1.56.6 Bit load (1.66.7:3)
45.2.1.56.7 SNR margin (1.67.9:0)
45.2.1.57 10P outgoing indicator bits status register (Register 1.68)
45.2.1.57.1 LoM (1.68.8)
45.2.1.57.2 lpr (1.68.7)
45.2.1.57.3 po (1.68.6)
45.2.1.57.4 Rdi (1.68.5)
45.2.1.57.5 los (1.68.4)
45.2.1.57.6 fec-s (1.68.1)
45.2.1.57.7 be-s (1.68.0)
45.2.1.58 10P incoming indicator bits status register (Register 1.69)
45.2.1.58.1 LoM (1.69.8)
45.2.1.58.2 Flpr (1.69.7)
45.2.1.58.3 Fpo (1.69.6)
45.2.1.58.4 Rdi (1.69.5)
45.2.1.58.5 Flos (1.69.4)
45.2.1.58.6 Ffec-s (1.69.1)
45.2.1.58.7 Febe-s (1.69.0)
45.2.1.59 10P cyclic extension configuration register (Register 1.70)
45.2.1.60 10P attainable downstream data rate register (Register 1.71)
45.2.1.61 2B general parameter register (Register 1.80)
45.2.1.61.1 PMMS target margin (1.80.14:10)
45.2.1.61.2 Line probing control (1.80.9)
45.2.1.61.3 Noise environment (1.80.8)
45.2.1.61.4 Region (1.80.1:0)
45.2.1.62 2B PMD parameters registers (Registers 1.81 through 1.88)
45.2.1.62.1 Minimum data rate (1.81, 1.83, 1.85, 1.87. Bits 14:8)
45.2.1.62.2 Max data rate (1.81, 1.83, 1.85, 1.87. Bits 6:0)
45.2.1.62.3 Data rate step (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 13:7)
45.2.1.62.4 Power (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 6:2)
45.2.1.62.5 Constellation (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 1:0)
45.2.1.63 2B code violation errors counter (Register 1.89)
45.2.1.64 2B link partner code violations register (Register 1.90)
45.2.1.65 2B errored seconds counter (Register 1.91)
45.2.1.66 2B link partner errored seconds register (Register 1.92)
45.2.1.67 2B severely errored seconds counter (Register 1.93)
45.2.1.68 2B link partner severely errored seconds register (Register 1.94)
45.2.1.69 2B LOSW counter (Register 1.95)
45.2.1.70 2B link partner LOSW register (Register 1.96)
45.2.1.71 2B unavailable seconds counter (Register 1.97)
45.2.1.72 2B link partner unavailable seconds register (Register 1.98)
45.2.1.73 2B state defects register (Register 1.99)
45.2.1.73.1 Segment defect (1.99.15)
45.2.1.73.2 SNR margin defect (1.99.14)
45.2.1.73.3 Loop attenuation defect (1.99.13)
45.2.1.73.4 Loss of sync word (1.99.12)
45.2.1.74 2B link partner state defects register (Register 1.100)
45.2.1.75 2B negotiated constellation register (Register 1.101)
45.2.1.75.1 Negotiated constellation (1.101.1:0)
45.2.1.76 2B extended PMD parameters registers (Registers 1.102 through 1.109)
45.2.1.76.1 Minimum data rate (1.102, 1.104, 1.106, 1.108. Bits 14:8)
45.2.1.76.2 Max data rate (1.102, 1.104, 1.106, 1.108. Bits 6:0)
45.2.1.76.3 Data rate step (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 13:7)
45.2.1.76.4 Power (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 6:2)
45.2.1.76.5 Constellation (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 1:0)
45.2.1.77 MultiGBASE-T status (Register 1.129)
45.2.1.77.1 LP information valid (1.129.0)
45.2.1.78 MultiGBASE-T pair swap and polarity register (Register 1.130)
45.2.1.78.1 Pair D polarity (1.130.11)
45.2.1.78.2 Pair C polarity (1.130.10)
45.2.1.78.3 Pair B polarity (1.130.9)
45.2.1.78.4 Pair A polarity (1.130.8)
45.2.1.78.5 MDI/MDI-X connection (1.130.1:0)
45.2.1.79 MultiGBASE-T TX power backoff and PHY short reach setting (Register 1.131)
45.2.1.79.1 MultiGBASE-T TX power backoff settings (1.131.15:10)
45.2.1.79.2 PHY short reach mode (1.131.0)
45.2.1.80 MultiGBASE-T test mode register (Register 1.132)
45.2.1.80.1 Test mode control (1.132.15:13)
45.2.1.80.2 Transmitter test frequencies (1.132.12:10)
45.2.1.81 SNR operating margin channel A register (Register 1.133)
45.2.1.82 SNR operating margin channel B register (Register 1.134)
45.2.1.83 SNR operating margin channel C register (Register 1.135)
45.2.1.84 SNR operating margin channel D register (Register 1.136)
45.2.1.85 Minimum margin channel A register (Register 1.137)
45.2.1.86 Minimum margin channel B register (Register 1.138)
45.2.1.87 Minimum margin channel C register (Register 1.139)
45.2.1.88 Minimum margin channel D register (Register 1.140)
45.2.1.89 RX signal power channel A register (Register 1.141)
45.2.1.90 RX signal power channel B register (Register 1.142)
45.2.1.91 RX signal power channel C register (Register 1.143)
45.2.1.92 RX signal power channel D register (Register 1.144)
45.2.1.93 MultiGBASE-T skew delay register (Registers 1.145 and 1.146)
45.2.1.94 MultiGBASE-T fast retrain status and control register (Register 1.147)
45.2.1.94.1 LP fast retrain count (1.147.15:11)
45.2.1.94.2 LD fast retrain count (1.147.10:6)
45.2.1.94.3 Fast retrain ability (1.147.4)
45.2.1.94.4 Fast retrain negotiated (1.147.3)
45.2.1.94.5 Fast retrain signal type (1.147.2:1)
45.2.1.94.6 Fast retrain enable (1.147.0)
45.2.1.95 BASE-R PMD control register (Register 1.150)
45.2.1.95.1 Restart training (1.150.0)
45.2.1.95.2 Training enable (1.150.1)
45.2.1.95.3 Transmitter equalizer disable (1.150.2)
45.2.1.96 BASE-R PMD status register (Register 1.151)
45.2.1.96.1 Receiver status 0 (1.151.0)
45.2.1.96.2 Frame lock 0 (1.151.1)
45.2.1.96.3 Startup protocol status 0 (1.151.2)
45.2.1.96.4 Training failure 0 (1.151.3)
45.2.1.96.5 Receiver status 1, 2, 3 (1.151.4, 1.151.8, 1.151.12)
45.2.1.96.6 Frame lock 1, 2, 3 (1.151.5, 1.151.9, 1.151.13)
45.2.1.96.7 Startup protocol status 1, 2, 3 (1.151.6, 1.151.10, 1.151.14)
45.2.1.96.8 Training failure 1, 2, 3 (1.151.7, 1.151.11, 1.151.15)
45.2.1.97 BASE-R LP coefficient update, lane 0 register (Register 1.152)
45.2.1.97.1 Preset (1.152.13)
45.2.1.97.2 Initialize (1.152.12)
45.2.1.97.3 Coefficient (k) update (1.152.5:0)
45.2.1.98 BASE-R LP status report, lane 0 register (Register 1.153)
45.2.1.98.1 Receiver ready (1.153.15)
45.2.1.98.2 Coefficient (k) status (1.153.5:0)
45.2.1.99 BASE-R LD coefficient update, lane 0 register (Register 1.154)
45.2.1.99.1 Preset (1.154.13)
45.2.1.99.2 Initialize (1.154.12)
45.2.1.99.3 Coefficient (k) update(1.154.5:0)
45.2.1.100 BASE-R LD status report, lane 0 register (Register 1.155)
45.2.1.100.1 Receiver ready (1.155.15)
45.2.1.100.2 Coefficient (k) status (1.155.5:0)
45.2.1.101 BASE-R PMD status 2 register (Register 1.156)
45.2.1.101.1 Receiver status 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.0, 1.156.4, 1.156.8, 1.156.12)
45.2.1.101.2 Frame lock 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.1, 1.156.5, 1.156.9, 1.156.13)
45.2.1.101.3 Startup protocol status 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.2, 1.156.6, 1.156.10, 1.156.14)
45.2.1.101.4 Training failure 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.3, 1.156.7, 1.156.11, 1.156.15)
45.2.1.102 BASE-R PMD status 3 register (Register 1.157)
45.2.1.102.1 Receiver status 8, 9 (1.157.0, 1.157.4)
45.2.1.102.2 Frame lock 8, 9 (1.157.1, 1.157.5)
45.2.1.102.3 Startup protocol status 8, 9 (1.157.2, 1.157.6)
45.2.1.102.4 Training failure 8, 9 (1.157.3, 1.157.7)
45.2.1.103 1000BASE-KX/2.5GBASE-KX control register (Register 1.160)
45.2.1.103.1 PMD transmit disable (1.160.0)
45.2.1.104 1000BASE-KX/2.5GBASE-KX status register (Register 1.161)
45.2.1.104.1 PMD transmit fault ability (1.161.13)
45.2.1.104.2 PMD receive fault ability (1.161.12)
45.2.1.104.3 PMD transmit fault (1.161.11)
45.2.1.104.4 PMD receive fault (1.161.10)
45.2.1.104.5 PMD transmit disable ability (1.161.8)
45.2.1.104.6 1000BASE-KX/2.5GBASE-KX signal detect (1.161.0)
45.2.1.105 PMA overhead control 1, 2, and 3 registers (Register 1.162 through 1.164)
45.2.1.106 PMA overhead status 1 and 2 registers (Register 1.165, 1.166)
45.2.1.107 BASE-R FEC ability register (Register 1.170)
45.2.1.107.1 BASE-R FEC ability (1.170.0)
45.2.1.107.2 BASE-R FEC error indication ability (1.170.1)
45.2.1.108 BASE-R FEC control register (Register 1.171)
45.2.1.108.1 FEC enable (1.171.0)
45.2.1.108.2 FEC enable error indication (1.171.1)
45.2.1.109 Single-lane PHY BASE-R FEC corrected blocks counter (Register 1.172, 1.173)
45.2.1.110 Single-lane PHY BASE-R FEC uncorrected blocks counter (Register 1.174, 1.175)
45.2.1.111 CAUI-4 C2M and 25GAUI C2M recommended CTLE register (Register 1.179)
45.2.1.111.1 Recommended CTLE peaking (1.179.4:1)
45.2.1.112 25GAUI C2C and lane 0 CAUI-4 C2C transmitter equalization, receive direction register (Register 1.180)
45.2.1.112.1 Request flag (1.180.15)
45.2.1.112.2 Post-cursor request (1.180.14:12)
45.2.1.112.3 Pre-cursor request (1.180.11:10)
45.2.1.112.4 Post-cursor remote setting (1.180.9:7)
45.2.1.112.5 Pre-cursor remote setting (1.180.6:5)
45.2.1.112.6 Post-cursor local setting (1.180.4:2)
45.2.1.112.7 Pre-cursor local setting (1.180.1:0)
45.2.1.113 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, receive direction, lane 1 through lane 3 registers (Registers 1.181, 1.182, 1.183)
45.2.1.114 25GAUI C2C and lane 0 CAUI-4 C2C transmitter equalization, transmit direction register (Register 1.184)
45.2.1.114.1 Request flag (1.184.15)
45.2.1.114.2 Post-cursor request (1.184.14:12)
45.2.1.114.3 Pre-cursor request (1.184.11:10)
45.2.1.114.4 Post-cursor remote setting (1.184.9:7)
45.2.1.114.5 Pre-cursor remote setting (1.184.6:5)
45.2.1.114.6 Post-cursor local setting (1.184.4:2)
45.2.1.114.7 Pre-cursor local setting (1.184.1:0)
45.2.1.115 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, transmit direction, lane 1 through lane 3 registers (Registers 1.185, 1.186, 1.187)
45.2.1.116 RS-FEC control register (Register 1.200)
45.2.1.116.1 FEC degraded SER enable (1.200.4)
45.2.1.116.2 Four-lane PMD (1.200.3)
45.2.1.116.3 RS-FEC enable (1.200.2)
45.2.1.116.4 FEC bypass indication enable (1.200.1)
45.2.1.116.5 FEC bypass correction enable (1.200.0)
45.2.1.117 RS-FEC status register (Register 1.201)
45.2.1.117.1 PCS align status (1.201.15)
45.2.1.117.2 RS-FEC align status (1.201.14)
45.2.1.117.3 FEC AM lock 3 (1.201.11)
45.2.1.117.4 FEC AM lock 2 (1.201.10)
45.2.1.117.5 FEC AM lock 1 (1.201.9)
45.2.1.117.6 FEC AM lock 0 (1.201.8)
45.2.1.117.7 FEC optional states supported (1.201.7)
45.2.1.117.8 FEC degraded SER (1.201.4)
45.2.1.117.9 FEC degraded SER ability (1.201.3)
45.2.1.117.10 RS-FEC high SER (1.201.2)
45.2.1.117.11 FEC bypass indication ability (1.201.1)
45.2.1.117.12 FEC bypass correction ability (1.201.0)
45.2.1.118 RS-FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 1.202, 1.203)
45.2.1.119 RS-FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 1.204, 1.205)
45.2.1.120 RS-FEC lane mapping register (Register 1.206)
45.2.1.121 RS-FEC symbol error counter lane 0 (Register 1.210, 1.211)
45.2.1.122 RS-FEC symbol error counter lane 1 through 3 (Register 1.212, 1.213, 1.214, 1.215, 1.216, 1.217)
45.2.1.123 RS-FEC BIP error counter lane 0 (Register 1.230)
45.2.1.124 RS-FEC BIP error counter, lane 1 through 19 (Registers 1.231 through 1.249)
45.2.1.125 RS-FEC PCS lane 0 mapping register (Register 1.250)
45.2.1.126 RS-FEC PCS lanes 1 through 19 mapping registers (Registers 1.251 through 1.269)
45.2.1.127 RS-FEC PCS alignment status 1 register (Register 1.280)
45.2.1.127.1 Block lock 7 (1.280.7)
45.2.1.127.2 Block lock 6 (1.280.6)
45.2.1.127.3 Block lock 5 (1.280.5)
45.2.1.127.4 Block lock 4 (1.280.4)
45.2.1.127.5 Block lock 3 (1.280.3)
45.2.1.127.6 Block lock 2 (1.280.2)
45.2.1.127.7 Block lock 1 (1.280.1)
45.2.1.127.8 Block lock 0 (1.280.0)
45.2.1.128 RS-FEC PCS alignment status 2 register (Register 1.281)
45.2.1.128.1 Block lock 19 (1.281.11)
45.2.1.128.2 Block lock 18 (1.281.10)
45.2.1.128.3 Block lock 17 (1.281.9)
45.2.1.128.4 Block lock 16 (1.281.8)
45.2.1.128.5 Block lock 15 (1.281.7)
45.2.1.128.6 Block lock 14 (1.281.6)
45.2.1.128.7 Block lock 13 (1.281.5)
45.2.1.128.8 Block lock 12 (1.281.4)
45.2.1.128.9 Block lock 11 (1.281.3)
45.2.1.128.10 Block lock 10 (1.281.2)
45.2.1.128.11 Block lock 9 (1.281.1)
45.2.1.128.12 Block lock 8 (1.281.0)
45.2.1.129 RS-FEC PCS alignment status 3 register (Register 1.282)
45.2.1.129.1 Lane 7 aligned (1.282.7)
45.2.1.129.2 Lane 6 aligned (1.282.6)
45.2.1.129.3 Lane 5 aligned (1.282.5)
45.2.1.129.4 Lane 4 aligned (1.282.4)
45.2.1.129.5 Lane 3 aligned (1.282.3)
45.2.1.129.6 Lane 2 aligned (1.282.2)
45.2.1.129.7 Lane 1 aligned (1.282.1)
45.2.1.129.8 Lane 0 aligned (1.282.0)
45.2.1.130 RS-FEC PCS alignment status 4 register (Register 1.283)
45.2.1.130.1 Lane 19 aligned (1.283.11)
45.2.1.130.2 Lane 18 aligned (1.283.10)
45.2.1.130.3 Lane 17 aligned (1.283.9)
45.2.1.130.4 Lane 16 aligned (1.283.8)
45.2.1.130.5 Lane 15 aligned (1.283.7)
45.2.1.130.6 Lane 14 aligned (1.283.6)
45.2.1.130.7 Lane 13 aligned (1.283.5)
45.2.1.130.8 Lane 12 aligned (1.283.4)
45.2.1.130.9 Lane 11 aligned (1.283.3)
45.2.1.130.10 Lane 10 aligned (1.283.2)
45.2.1.130.11 Lane 9 aligned (1.283.1)
45.2.1.130.12 Lane 8 aligned (1.283.0)
45.2.1.131 BASE-R FEC corrected blocks counter, lanes 0 through 19
45.2.1.132 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module recommended CTLE, lane 0 register (Register 1.400)
45.2.1.132.1 Recommended CTLE peaking (1.400.4:1)
45.2.1.133 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module recommended CTLE, lane 1 through lane 7 registers (Registers 1.401 through 1.407)
45.2.1.134 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module recommended CTLE, lane 8 through lane 15 registers (Registers 1.408 through 1.415)
45.2.1.135 50GAUI-n, 100GAUI-2, 200GAUI-n, and 400GAUI-n chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, receive direction, lane 0 register (Register 1.500)
45.2.1.135.1 Request flag (1.500.15)
45.2.1.135.2 Post-cursor request (1.500.14:12)
45.2.1.135.3 Pre-cursor request (1.500.11:10)
45.2.1.135.4 Post-cursor remote setting (1.500.9:7)
45.2.1.135.5 Pre-cursor remote setting (1.500.6:5)
45.2.1.135.6 Post-cursor local setting (1.500.4:2)
45.2.1.135.7 Pre-cursor local setting (1.500.1:0)
45.2.1.136 50GAUI-n, 100GAUI-2, 200GAUI-n, and 400GAUI-n chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, receive direction, lane 1 through lane 15 registers (Registers 1.501 through 1.515)
45.2.1.137 50GAUI-n, 100GAUI-2, 200GAUI-n, and 400GAUI-n chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, transmit direction, lane 0 register (Register 1.516)
45.2.1.137.1 Request flag (1.516.15)
45.2.1.137.2 Post-cursor request (1.516.14:12)
45.2.1.137.3 Pre-cursor request (1.516.11:10)
45.2.1.137.4 Post-cursor remote setting (1.516.9:7)
45.2.1.137.5 Pre-cursor remote setting (1.516.6:5)
45.2.1.137.6 Post-cursor local setting (1.516.4:2)
45.2.1.137.7 Pre-cursor local setting (1.516.1:0)
45.2.1.138 50GAUI-n, 100GAUI-2, 200GAUI-n, and 400GAUI-n chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, transmit direction, lane 1 through lane 15 registers (Registers 1.517 through 1.531)
45.2.1.139 PMA precoder control Tx output (Register 1.600)
45.2.1.139.1 Lane 3 Tx output precoder enable (1.600.3)
45.2.1.139.2 Lane 2 Tx output precoder enable (1.600.2)
45.2.1.139.3 Lane 1 Tx output precoder enable (1.600.1)
45.2.1.139.4 Lane 0 Tx output precoder enable (1.600.0)
45.2.1.140 PMA precoder control Rx input (Register 1.601)
45.2.1.140.1 Lane 3 Rx input precoder enable (1.601.3)
45.2.1.140.2 Lane 2 Rx input precoder enable (1.601.2)
45.2.1.140.3 Lane 1 Rx input precoder enable (1.601.1)
45.2.1.140.4 Lane 0 Rx input precoder enable (1.601.0)
45.2.1.141 PMA precoder control Rx output (Register 1.602)
45.2.1.141.1 Lane 1 Rx output precoder enable (1.602.1)
45.2.1.141.2 Lane 0 Rx output precoder enable (1.602.0)
45.2.1.142 PMA precoder control Tx input (Register 1.603)
45.2.1.142.1 Lane 1 Tx input precoder enable (1.603.1)
45.2.1.142.2 Lane 0 Tx input precoder enable (1.603.0)
45.2.1.143 PMA precoder request flag (Register 1.604)
45.2.1.143.1 Tx input precoder request flag (1.604.1)
45.2.1.143.2 Rx input precoder request flag (1.604.0)
45.2.1.144 PMA precoder request Rx input status (Register 1.605)
45.2.1.144.1 Lane 1 Rx input precoder request status (1.605.1)
45.2.1.144.2 Lane 0 Rx input precoder request status (1.605.0)
45.2.1.145 PMA precoder request Tx input status (Register 1.606)
45.2.1.145.1 Lane 1 Tx input precoder request status(1.606.1)
45.2.1.145.2 Lane 0 Tx input precoder request status (1.606.0)
45.2.1.146 RS-FEC degraded SER activate threshold register (Register 1.650, 1.651)
45.2.1.147 RS-FEC degraded SER deactivate threshold register (Register 1.652, 1.653)
45.2.1.148 RS-FEC degraded SER interval register (Register 1.654, 1.655)
45.2.1.149 BASE-R FEC uncorrected blocks counter, lanes 0 through 19
45.2.1.150 Tx optical channel control register (Register 1.800)
45.2.1.150.1 Tx optical channel index (1.800.5:0)
45.2.1.151 Tx optical channel ability 1 register (Register 1.801)
45.2.1.151.1 Tx index ability 0 through 15 (1.801.0 through 1.801.15)
45.2.1.152 Tx optical channel ability 2 register (Register 1.802)
45.2.1.152.1 Tx index ability 16 through 31 (1.802.0 through 1.802.15)
45.2.1.153 Tx optical channel ability 3 register (Register 1.803)
45.2.1.153.1 Tx index ability 32 through 47 (1.803.0 through 1.803.15)
45.2.1.154 Rx optical channel control register (Register 1.820)
45.2.1.154.1 Tx Rx different optical channel ability (1.820.15)
45.2.1.154.2 Rx optical channel index (1.820.5:0)
45.2.1.155 Rx optical channel ability 1 register (Register 1.821)
45.2.1.155.1 Rx index ability 0 through 15 (1.821.0 through 1.821.15)
45.2.1.156 Rx optical channel ability 2 register (Register 1.822)
45.2.1.156.1 Rx index ability 16 through 31 (1.822.0 through 1.822.15)
45.2.1.157 Rx optical channel ability 3 register (Register 1.823)
45.2.1.157.1 Rx index ability 32 through 47 (1.823.0 through 1.823.15)
45.2.1.158 BASE-H PMA/PMD control register (Register 1.900)
45.2.1.158.1 Type selection (1.900.3:0)
45.2.1.159 Nx25G-EPON PMA/PMD extended ability register (Registers 1.1000 through 1.1002)
45.2.1.159.1 25GBASE-PQX-U3 (1.1000.15)
45.2.1.159.2 25GBASE-PQX-U2 (1.1000.14)
45.2.1.159.3 25GBASE-PQX-D3 (1.1000.13)
45.2.1.159.4 25GBASE-PQX-D2 (1.1000.12)
45.2.1.159.5 25GBASE-PQG-U3 (1.1000.11)
45.2.1.159.6 25GBASE-PQG-U2 (1.1000.10)
45.2.1.159.7 25GBASE-PQG-D3 (1.1000.9)
45.2.1.159.8 25GBASE-PQG-D2 (1.1000.8)
45.2.1.159.9 25/10GBASE-PQX-U3 (1.1000.7)
45.2.1.159.10 25/10GBASE-PQX-U2 (1.1000.6)
45.2.1.159.11 25/10GBASE-PQX-D3 (1.1000.5)
45.2.1.159.12 25/10GBASE-PQX-D2 (1.1000.4)
45.2.1.159.13 25/10GBASE-PQG-U3 (1.1000.3)
45.2.1.159.14 25/10GBASE-PQG-U2 (1.1000.2)
45.2.1.159.15 25/10GBASE-PQG-D3 (1.1000.1)
45.2.1.159.16 25/10GBASE-PQG-D2 (1.1000.0)
45.2.1.159.17 50/25GBASE-PQX-U3 (1.1001.15)
45.2.1.159.18 50/25GBASE-PQX-U2 (1.1001.14)
45.2.1.159.19 50/25GBASE-PQX-D3 (1.1001.13)
45.2.1.159.20 50/25GBASE-PQX-D2 (1.1001.12)
45.2.1.159.21 50/25GBASE-PQG-U3 (1.1001.11)
45.2.1.159.22 50/25GBASE-PQG-U2 (1.1001.10)
45.2.1.159.23 50/25GBASE-PQG-D3 (1.1001.9)
45.2.1.159.24 50/25GBASE-PQG-D2 (1.1001.8)
45.2.1.159.25 50/10GBASE-PQX-U3 (1.1001.7)
45.2.1.159.26 50/10GBASE-PQX-U2 (1.1001.6)
45.2.1.159.27 50/10GBASE-PQX-D3 (1.1001.5)
45.2.1.159.28 50/10GBASE-PQX-D2 (1.1001.4)
45.2.1.159.29 50/10GBASE-PQG-U3 (1.1001.3)
45.2.1.159.30 50/10GBASE-PQG-U2 (1.1001.2)
45.2.1.159.31 50/10GBASE-PQG-D3 (1.1001.1)
45.2.1.159.32 50/10GBASE-PQG-D2 (1.1001.0)
45.2.1.159.33 50GBASE-PQX-U3 (1.1002.7)
45.2.1.159.34 50GBASE-PQX-U2 (1.1002.6)
45.2.1.159.35 50GBASE-PQX-D3 (1.1002.5)
45.2.1.159.36 50GBASE-PQX-D2 (1.1002.4)
45.2.1.159.37 50GBASE-PQG-U3 (1.1002.3)
45.2.1.159.38 50GBASE-PQG-U2 (1.1002.2)
45.2.1.159.39 50GBASE-PQG-D3 (1.1002.1)
45.2.1.159.40 50GBASE-PQG-D2 (1.1002.0)
45.2.1.160 BASE-R LP coefficient update register, lanes 1 through 9 (Register 1.1101, 1.1102, 1.1103, 1.1104, 1.1105, 1.1106, 1.1107, 1.1108, 1.1109)
45.2.1.161 BASE-R PAM4 PMD training LP control, lane 0 through lane 3 registers (Register 1.1120 through 1.1123)
45.2.1.162 BASE-R LP status report register, lanes 1 through 9 (Register 1.1201, 1.1202, 1.1203, 1.1204, 1.1205, 1.1206, 1.1207, 1.1208, 1.1209)
45.2.1.163 BASE-R PAM4 PMD training LP status, lane 0 through lane 3 registers (Register 1.1220 through 1.1223)
45.2.1.164 BASE-R LD coefficient update register, lanes 1 through 9 (Register 1.1301, 1.1302, 1.1303, 1.1304, 1.1305, 1.1306, 1.1307, 1.1308, 1.1309)
45.2.1.165 BASE-R PAM4 PMD training LD control, lane 0 through lane 3 registers (Register 1.1320 through 1.1323)
45.2.1.166 BASE-R LD status report register, lanes 1 through 9 (Register 1.1401, 1.1402, 1.1403, 1.1404, 1.1405, 1.1406, 1.1407, 1.1408, 1.1409)
45.2.1.167 BASE-R PAM4 PMD training LD status, lane 0 through lane 3 registers (Register 1.1420 through 1.1423)
45.2.1.168 PMD training pattern lanes 0 through 3 (Register 1.1450 through 1.1453)
45.2.1.169 Test-pattern ability (Register 1.1500)
45.2.1.170 PRBS pattern testing control (Register 1.1501)
45.2.1.171 Square wave testing control (Register 1.1510)
45.2.1.172 PRBS13Q testing control (Register 1.1512)
45.2.1.173 PRBS Tx pattern testing error counter (Register 1.1600 through 1.1615)
45.2.1.174 PRBS Rx pattern testing error counter (Register 1.1700 through 1.1715)
45.2.1.175 TimeSync PMA/PMD capability (Register 1.1800)
45.2.1.176 TimeSync PMA/PMD transmit path data delay (Registers 1.1801, 1.1802, 1.1803, 1.1804)
45.2.1.177 TimeSync PMA/PMD receive path data delay (Registers 1.1805, 1.1806, 1.1807, 1.1808)
45.2.1.178 10GPASS-XR control and status register (Register 1.1900)
45.2.1.178.1 Time sync capable (1.1900.13)
45.2.1.178.2 US rate mismatch (1.1900.12)
45.2.1.178.3 DS rate mismatch (1.1900.11)
45.2.1.178.4 Link up ready (1.1900.10)
45.2.1.178.5 Continuous pilot scaling factor (1.1900.9:3)
45.2.1.178.6 CRC40 errored blocks (1.1900.2)
45.2.1.178.7 PHY Discovery complete (1.1900.1)
45.2.1.178.8 PHY Discovery enable (1.1900.0)
45.2.1.179 DS OFDM control register (Register 1.1901)
45.2.1.179.1 CLT tx mute (1.1901.15)
45.2.1.179.2 DS OFDM channels (1.1901.14:12)
45.2.1.179.3 DS time interleaving (1.1901.11:7)
45.2.1.179.4 DS windowing (1.1901.6:4)
45.2.1.179.5 DS cyclic prefix (1.1901.3:0)
45.2.1.180 DS OFDM channel frequency control register 1 through 5 (Register 1.1902 through 1.1906)
45.2.1.180.1 DS OFDM freq ch 1 (1.1902.15:0)
45.2.1.180.2 DS OFDM freq ch 2 (1.1903.15:0)
45.2.1.180.3 DS OFDM freq ch 3 (1.1904.15:0)
45.2.1.180.4 DS OFDM freq ch 4 (1.1905.15:0)
45.2.1.180.5 DS OFDM freq ch 5 (1.1906.15:0)
45.2.1.181 US OFDM control register (Register 1.1907)
45.2.1.181.1 Random seed (1.1907.15:8)
45.2.1.181.2 Resource Block size (1.1907.7)
45.2.1.181.3 US windowing (1.1907.6:4)
45.2.1.181.4 US cyclic prefix (1.1907.3:0)
45.2.1.182 US OFDM channel frequency control register (Register 1.1908)
45.2.1.183 US OFDMA pilot pattern register (Register 1.1909)
45.2.1.183.1 Type 2 repeat (1.1909.14:12)
45.2.1.183.2 Type 2 start (1.1909.11:8)
45.2.1.183.3 Type 1 repeat (1.1909.6:4)
45.2.1.183.4 Type 1 start (1.1909.3:0)
45.2.1.184 Profile control register (Register 1.1910)
45.2.1.184.1 US copy in process (1.1910.11)
45.2.1.184.2 US profile copy (1.1910.10)
45.2.1.184.3 US configuration ID (1.1910.9:8)
45.2.1.184.4 DS copy channel ID (1.1910.6:4)
45.2.1.184.5 DS copy in process (1.1910.3)
45.2.1.184.6 DS profile copy (1.1910.2)
45.2.1.184.7 DS configuration ID (1.1910.1:0)
45.2.1.185 DS PHY Link control register (Register 1.1911)
45.2.1.185.1 DS PHY Link start (1.1911.11:0)
45.2.1.186 US PHY Link control register (Register 1.1912)
45.2.1.186.1 US PHY Link modulation (1.1912.15:12)
45.2.1.186.2 US PHY Link start (1.1912.11:0)
45.2.1.187 PHY Discovery control registers (Registers 1.1913 and 1.1914)
45.2.1.188 New CNU control register (Register 1.1915)
45.2.1.188.1 CNU_ID assigned flag 1 (1.1915.15)
45.2.1.188.2 Allowed CNU_ID (1.1915.14:0)
45.2.1.189 New CNU info registers 1 through 5 (Registers 1.1916 through 1.1920)
45.2.1.189.1 New CNU range (1.1916.15:0)
45.2.1.189.2 New CNU MAC 0 through 2 (1.1917.15:0 through 1.1919.15:0)
45.2.1.190 DS PHY Link frame counter (Register 1.1921)
45.2.1.191 PMA/PMD timing offset register (Registers 1.1922 and 1.1923)
45.2.1.192 PMA/PMD power offset register (Register 1.1924)
45.2.1.192.1 PMA/PMD power offset (1.1924.7:0)
45.2.1.193 PMA/PMD ranging offset registers (Registers 1.1925 and 1.1926)
45.2.1.194 DS PMA/PMD data rate registers (Registers 1.1927, 1.1928 and 1.1929)
45.2.1.195 US PMA/PMD data rate registers (Registers 1.1930, 1.1931 and 1.1932)
45.2.1.196 10GPASS-XR FEC codeword counter (Registers 1.1933, 1.1934)
45.2.1.197 10GPASS-XR FEC codeword success counter (Registers 1.1935 and 1.1936)
45.2.1.198 10GPASS-XR FEC codeword fail counter (Registers 1.1937 and 1.1938)
45.2.1.199 PHY Link EPFH counter (Register 1.1939)
45.2.1.200 PHY Link EPFH error counter (Register 1.1940)
45.2.1.201 PHY Link EPCH counter (Register 1.1941)
45.2.1.202 PHY Link EPCH error counter (Register 1.1942)
45.2.1.203 PHY Link EMB counter (Register 1.1943)
45.2.1.204 PHY Link EMB error counter (Register 1.1944)
45.2.1.205 PHY Link FPMB counter (Register 1.1945)
45.2.1.206 PHY Link FPMB error counter (Register 1.1946)
45.2.1.207 US PHY Link response time register (Register 1.1947)
45.2.1.208 10GPASS-XR modulation ability register (Register 1.1948)
45.2.1.208.1 US modulation ability (1.1948.9:8)
45.2.1.208.2 DS OFDM channel ability (1.1948.7:5)
45.2.1.208.3 DS modulation ability (1.1948.4:0)
45.2.1.209 PHY Discovery Response power control register (Register 1.1949)
45.2.1.209.1 PHY Discovery Response power step (1.1949.15:8)
45.2.1.209.2 PHY Discover Response initial power (1.1949.7:0)
45.2.1.210 US target receive power register (Register 1.1950)
45.2.1.211 DS transmit power registers (Registers 1.1951 through 1.1955)
45.2.1.211.1 DS transmit power Ch1 (1.1951.8:0)
45.2.1.211.2 DS transmit power Ch2 (1.1952.8:0)
45.2.1.211.3 DS transmit power Ch3 (1.1953.8:0)
45.2.1.211.4 DS transmit power Ch4 (1.1954.8:0)
45.2.1.211.5 DS transmit power Ch5 (1.1955.8:0)
45.2.1.212 US receive power measurement registers (1.1956 through 1.1957)
45.2.1.212.1 US receive power valid (1.1956.15)
45.2.1.212.2 US receive power measurement (1.1956.8:0)
45.2.1.212.3 US receive power CNU (1.1957.14:0)
45.2.1.213 Reported power register (1.1958)
45.2.1.213.1 Reported power (1.1958.8:0)
45.2.1.214 BASE-T1 PMA/PMD control register (Register 1.2100)
45.2.1.214.1 MASTER-SLAVE config value (1.2100.14)
45.2.1.214.2 Type selection (1.2100.3:0)
45.2.1.215 100BASE-T1 PMA/PMD test control register (Register 1.2102)
45.2.1.215.1 100BASE-T1 test mode control (1.2102.15:13)
45.2.1.216 IFEC control register (Register 1.2200)
45.2.1.216.1 IFEC bypass indication enable (1.2200.1)
45.2.1.216.2 IFEC bypass correction enable (1.2200.0)
45.2.1.217 IFEC status register (Register 1.2201)
45.2.1.217.1 PCS align status (1.2201.15)
45.2.1.217.2 IFEC align status (1.2201.14)
45.2.1.217.3 IFEC AM lock 3 (1.2201.11)
45.2.1.217.4 IFEC AM lock 2 (1.2201.10)
45.2.1.217.5 IFEC AM lock 1 (1.2201.9)
45.2.1.217.6 IFEC AM lock 0 (1.2201.8)
45.2.1.217.7 IFEC high SER (1.2201.2)
45.2.1.217.8 IFEC bypass indication ability (1.2201.1)
45.2.1.217.9 IFEC bypass correction ability (1.2201.0)
45.2.1.218 IFEC corrected codewords counter (Register 1.2202, 1.2203)
45.2.1.219 IFEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 1.2204, 1.2205)
45.2.1.220 IFEC lane mapping register (Register 1.2206)
45.2.1.221 IFEC symbol error counter, lane 0 (Register 1.2210, 1.2211)
45.2.1.222 IFEC symbol error counter, lane 1 through 3 (Register 1.2212, 1.2213, 1.2214, 1.2215, 1.2216, 1.2217)
45.2.1.223 SC-FEC alignment status 1 register (Register 1.2246)
45.2.1.223.1 SC-FEC align status (1.2246.12)
45.2.1.223.2 SC-FEC FAS lock 7 (1.2246.7)
45.2.1.223.3 SC-FEC FAS lock 6 (1.2246.6)
45.2.1.223.4 SC-FEC FAS lock 5 (1.2246.5)
45.2.1.223.5 SC-FEC FAS lock 4 (1.2246.4)
45.2.1.223.6 SC-FEC FAS lock 3 (1.2246.3)
45.2.1.223.7 SC-FEC FAS lock 2 (1.2246.2)
45.2.1.223.8 SC-FEC FAS lock 1 (1.2246.1)
45.2.1.223.9 SC-FEC FAS lock 0 (1.2246.0)
45.2.1.224 SC-FEC alignment status 2 register (Register 1.2247)
45.2.1.224.1 SC-FEC FAS lock 19 (1.2247.11)
45.2.1.224.2 SC-FEC FAS lock 18 (1.2247.10)
45.2.1.224.3 SC-FEC FAS lock 17 (1.2247.9)
45.2.1.224.4 SC-FEC FAS lock 16 (1.2247.8)
45.2.1.224.5 SC-FEC FAS lock 15 (1.2247.7)
45.2.1.224.6 SC-FEC FAS lock 14 (1.2247.6)
45.2.1.224.7 SC-FEC FAS lock 13 (1.2247.5)
45.2.1.224.8 SC-FEC FAS lock 12 (1.2247.4)
45.2.1.224.9 SC-FEC FAS lock 11 (1.2247.3)
45.2.1.224.10 SC-FEC FAS lock 10 (1.2247.2)
45.2.1.224.11 SC-FEC FAS lock 9 (1.2247.1)
45.2.1.224.12 SC-FEC FAS lock 8 (1.2247.0)
45.2.1.225 SC-FEC lane mapping, lane 0 register (Register 1.2250)
45.2.1.226 SC-FEC lane mapping, lane 1 through 19 registers (Registers 1.2251 through 1.2269)
45.2.1.227 SC-FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 1.2276, 1.2277)
45.2.1.228 SC-FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 1.2278, 1.2279)
45.2.1.229 SC-FEC total bits register (Register 1.2280, 1.2281, 1.2282, 1.2283)
45.2.1.230 SC-FEC corrected bits register (Register 1.2284, 1.2285, 1.2286, 1.2287)
45.2.1.231 10BASE-T1L PMA control register (Register 1.2294)
45.2.1.231.1 PMA reset (1.2294.15)
45.2.1.231.2 Transmit disable (1.2294.14)
45.2.1.231.3 Transmit voltage amplitude control (1.2294.12)
45.2.1.231.4 Low-power (1.2294.11)
45.2.1.231.5 EEE enable (1.2294.10)
45.2.1.231.6 Loopback (1.2294.0)
45.2.1.232 10BASE-T1L PMA status register (Register 1.2295)
45.2.1.232.1 Loopback ability (1.2295.13)
45.2.1.232.2 2.4 Vpp operating mode ability (1.2295.12)
45.2.1.232.3 Low-power ability (1.2295.11)
45.2.1.232.4 EEE ability (1.2295.10)
45.2.1.232.5 Receive fault ability (1.2295.9)
45.2.1.232.6 Receive polarity (1.2295.2)
45.2.1.232.7 Receive fault (1.2295.1)
45.2.1.232.8 Receive link status (1.2295.0)
45.2.1.233 10BASE-T1L test mode control register (Register 1.2296)
45.2.1.233.1 Test mode control (1.2296.15:13)
45.2.1.234 10BASE-T1S PMA control register (Register 1.2297)
45.2.1.234.1 PMA reset (1.2297.15)
45.2.1.234.2 Transmit disable (1.2297.14)
45.2.1.234.3 Low-power (1.2297.11)
45.2.1.234.4 Multidrop mode (1.2297.10)
45.2.1.234.5 Loopback (1.2297.0)
45.2.1.235 10BASE-T1S PMA status register (Register 1.2298)
45.2.1.235.1 10BASE-T1S loopback ability (1.2298.13)
45.2.1.235.2 Low-power ability (1.2298.11)
45.2.1.235.3 Multidrop ability (1.2298.10)
45.2.1.235.4 Receive fault ability (1.2298.9)
45.2.1.235.5 Receive fault (1.2298.1)
45.2.1.236 10BASE-T1S test mode control register (Register 1.2299)
45.2.1.236.1 Test mode control (1.2299.15:13)
45.2.1.237 1000BASE-T1 PMA control register (Register 1.2304)
45.2.1.237.1 PMA/PMD reset (1.2304.15)
45.2.1.237.2 Transmit disable (1.2304.14)
45.2.1.237.3 Low power (1.2304.11)
45.2.1.238 1000BASE-T1 PMA status register (Register 1.2305)
45.2.1.238.1 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability (1.2305.11)
45.2.1.238.2 EEE ability (1.2305.10)
45.2.1.238.3 Receive fault ability (1.2305.9)
45.2.1.238.4 Low-power ability (1.2305.8)
45.2.1.238.5 Receive polarity (1.2305.2)
45.2.1.238.6 Receive fault (1.2305.1)
45.2.1.238.7 Receive link status (1.2305.0)
45.2.1.239 1000BASE-T1 training register (Register 1.2306)
45.2.1.239.1 User field (1.2306.10:4)
45.2.1.239.2 1000BASE-T1 OAM advertisement (1.2306.1)
45.2.1.239.3 EEE advertisement (1.2306.0)
45.2.1.240 1000BASE-T1 link partner training register (Register 1.2307)
45.2.1.240.1 Link partner user field (1.2307.10:4)
45.2.1.240.2 Link partner 1000BASE-T1 OAM advertisement (1.2307.1)
45.2.1.240.3 Link partner EEE advertisement (1.2307.0)
45.2.1.241 1000BASE-T1 test mode control register (Register 1.2308)
45.2.1.241.1 Test mode control (1.2308.15:13)
45.2.1.242 MultiGBASE-T1 PMA control register (Register 1.2309)
45.2.1.242.1 PMA/PMD reset (1.2309.15)
45.2.1.242.2 Transmit disable (1.2309.14)
45.2.1.242.3 Low power (1.2309.11)
45.2.1.243 MultiGBASE-T1 PMA status register (1.2310)
45.2.1.243.1 MultiGBASE-T1 OAM ability (1.2310.11)
45.2.1.243.2 EEE ability (1.2310.10)
45.2.1.243.3 Receive fault ability (1.2310.9)
45.2.1.243.4 Low-power ability (1.2310.8)
45.2.1.243.5 PrecodeSel (1.2310.4:3)
45.2.1.243.6 Receive polarity (1.2310.2)
45.2.1.243.7 Receive fault (1.2310.1)
45.2.1.243.8 Receive link status (1.2310.0)
45.2.1.244 MultiGBASE-T1 training register (1.2311)
45.2.1.244.1 Interleave request (1.2311.12:11)
45.2.1.244.2 Precoder selection (1.2311.5)
45.2.1.244.3 Slow Wake request (1.2311.4)
45.2.1.244.4 User precoder selection (1.2311.3:2)
45.2.1.244.5 MultiGBASE-T1 OAM advertisement (1.2311.1)
45.2.1.244.6 EEE advertisement (1.2311.0)
45.2.1.245 MultiGBASE-T1 link partner training register (1.2312)
45.2.1.245.1 Link partner interleave request (1.2312.12:11)
45.2.1.245.2 Link partner Slow Wake requested (1.2312.4)
45.2.1.245.3 Link partner precoder requested (1.2312.3:2)
45.2.1.245.4 Link partner MultiGBASE-T1 OAM advertisement (1.2312.1)
45.2.1.245.5 Link partner EEE advertisement (1.2312.0)
45.2.1.246 MultiGBASE-T1 test mode control register (1.2313)
45.2.1.246.1 Test mode control (1.2313.15:13)
45.2.1.246.2 Local transmitter precoder override (1.2313.11)
45.2.1.246.3 Local transmit precoder setting (1.2313.10:9)
45.2.1.246.4 Jitter test control (1.2313.1:0)
45.2.1.247 MultiGBASE-T1 SNR operating margin register (Register 1.2314)
45.2.1.248 MultiGBASE-T1 minimum SNR margin register (Register 1.2315)
45.2.1.249 MultiGBASE-T1 user defined data (Register 1.2316)
45.2.1.249.1 MultiGBASE-T1 user defined data (1.2316.15:0)
45.2.1.250 MultiGBASE-T1 link partner user defined data register (Register 1.2317)
45.2.1.250.1 MultiGBASE-T1 link partner user defined data register (1.2317.15:0)
45.2.2 WIS registers
45.2.2.1 WIS control 1 register (Register 2.0)
45.2.2.1.1 Reset (2.0.15)
45.2.2.1.2 Loopback (2.0.14)
45.2.2.1.3 Low power (2.0.11)
45.2.2.1.4 Speed selection (2.0.13, 2.0.6, and 2.0.5:2)
45.2.2.2 WIS status 1 register (Register 2.1)
45.2.2.2.1 Fault (2.1.7)
45.2.2.2.2 Link status (2.1.2)
45.2.2.2.3 Low-power ability (2.1.1)
45.2.2.3 WIS device identifier (Registers 2.2 and 2.3)
45.2.2.4 WIS speed ability (Register 2.4)
45.2.2.4.1 10G capable (2.4.0)
45.2.2.5 WIS devices in package (Registers 2.5 and 2.6)
45.2.2.6 10G WIS control 2 register (Register 2.7)
45.2.2.6.1 PRBS31 receive test-pattern enable (2.7.5)
45.2.2.6.2 PRBS31 transmit test-pattern enable (2.7.4)
45.2.2.6.3 Test-pattern selection (2.7.3)
45.2.2.6.4 Receive test-pattern enable (2.7.2)
45.2.2.6.5 Transmit test-pattern enable (2.7.1)
45.2.2.6.6 PCS type selection (2.7.0)
45.2.2.7 10G WIS status 2 register (Register 2.8)
45.2.2.7.1 Device present (2.8.15:14)
45.2.2.7.2 PRBS31 pattern testing ability (2.8.1)
45.2.2.7.3 10GBASE-R ability (2.8.0)
45.2.2.8 10G WIS test-pattern error counter register (Register 2.9)
45.2.2.9 WIS package identifier (Registers 2.14 and 2.15)
45.2.2.10 10G WIS status 3 register (Register 2.33)
45.2.2.10.1 SEF (2.33.11)
45.2.2.10.2 Far end PLM-P/LCD-P (2.33.10)
45.2.2.10.3 Far end AIS-P/LOP-P (2.33.9)
45.2.2.10.4 LOF (2.33.7)
45.2.2.10.5 LOS (2.33.6)
45.2.2.10.6 RDI-L (2.33.5)
45.2.2.10.7 AIS-L (2.33.4)
45.2.2.10.8 LCD-P (2.33.3)
45.2.2.10.9 PLM-P (2.33.2)
45.2.2.10.10 AIS-P (2.33.1)
45.2.2.10.11 LOP-P (2.33.0)
45.2.2.11 10G WIS far end path block error count (Register 2.37)
45.2.2.12 10G WIS J1 transmit (Registers 2.39 through 2.46)
45.2.2.13 10G WIS J1 receive (Registers 2.47 through 2.54)
45.2.2.14 10G WIS far end line BIP errors (Registers 2.55 and 2.56)
45.2.2.15 10G WIS line BIP errors (Registers 2.57 and 2.58)
45.2.2.16 10G WIS path block error count (Register 2.59)
45.2.2.16.1 Path block error count (2.59.15:0)
45.2.2.17 10G WIS section BIP error count (Register 2.60)
45.2.2.17.1 Section BIP error count (2.60.15:0)
45.2.2.18 10G WIS J0 transmit (Registers 2.64 through 2.71)
45.2.2.19 10G WIS J0 receive (Registers 2.72 through 2.79)
45.2.2.20 TimeSync WIS capability (Register 2.1800)
45.2.2.21 TimeSync WIS transmit path data delay (Registers 2.1801, 2.1802, 2.1803, 2.1804)
45.2.2.22 TimeSync WIS receive path data delay (Registers 2.1805, 2.1806, 2.1807, 2.1808)
45.2.3 PCS registers
45.2.3.1 PCS control 1 register (Register 3.0)
45.2.3.1.1 Reset (3.0.15)
45.2.3.1.2 Loopback (3.0.14)
45.2.3.1.3 Low power (3.0.11)
45.2.3.1.4 Clock stop enable (3.0.10)
45.2.3.1.5 Speed selection (3.0.13, 3.0.6, 3.0.5:2)
45.2.3.2 PCS status 1 register (Register 3.1)
45.2.3.2.1 Transmit LPI received (3.1.11)
45.2.3.2.2 Receive LPI received (3.1.10)
45.2.3.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (3.1.9)
45.2.3.2.4 Receive LPI indication (3.1.8)
45.2.3.2.5 Fault (3.1.7)
45.2.3.2.6 Clock stop capable (3.1.6)
45.2.3.2.7 PCS receive link status (3.1.2)
45.2.3.2.8 Low-power ability (3.1.1)
45.2.3.3 PCS device identifier (Registers 3.2 and 3.3)
45.2.3.4 PCS speed ability (Register 3.4)
45.2.3.4.1 10G capable (3.4.0)
45.2.3.4.2 10PASS-TS/2BASE-TL capable
45.2.3.4.3 40G capable (3.4.2)
45.2.3.4.4 100G capable (3.4.3)
45.2.3.4.5 25G capable (3.4.4)
45.2.3.4.6 50G capable (3.4.5)
45.2.3.4.7 2.5G capable (3.4.6)
45.2.3.4.8 5G Capable (3.4.7)
45.2.3.4.9 200G capable (3.4.8)
45.2.3.4.10 400G capable (3.4.9)
45.2.3.5 PCS devices in package (Registers 3.5 and 3.6)
45.2.3.6 PCS control 2 register (Register 3.7)
45.2.3.6.1 PCS type selection (3.7.4:0)
45.2.3.7 PCS status 2 register (Register 3.8)
45.2.3.7.1 Device present (3.8.15:14)
45.2.3.7.2 5GBASE-T capable (3.8.13)
45.2.3.7.3 2.5GBASE-T capable (3.8.12)
45.2.3.7.4 Transmit fault (3.8.11)
45.2.3.7.5 Receive fault (3.8.10)
45.2.3.7.6 25GBASE-T capable (3.8.9)
45.2.3.7.7 50GBASE-R capable (3.8.8)
45.2.3.7.8 25GBASE-R capable (3.8.7)
45.2.3.7.9 40GBASE-T capable (3.8.6)
45.2.3.7.10 100GBASE-R capable (3.8.5)
45.2.3.7.11 40GBASE-R capable (3.8.4)
45.2.3.7.12 10GBASE-T capable (3.8.3)
45.2.3.7.13 10GBASE-W capable (3.8.2)
45.2.3.7.14 10GBASE-X capable (3.8.1)
45.2.3.7.15 10GBASE-R capable (3.8.0)
45.2.3.8 PCS status 3 register (Register 3.9)
45.2.3.8.1 25GBASE-PQ capable (3.9.7)
45.2.3.8.2 25/10GBASE-PQ capable (3.9.6)
45.2.3.8.3 25GBASE-PQ Rx only capable (3.9.5)
45.2.3.8.4 25GBASE-PQ Tx only capable (3.9.4)
45.2.3.8.5 5GBASE-R capable (3.9.3)
45.2.3.8.6 2.5GBASE-X capable (3.9.2)
45.2.3.8.7 400GBASE-R capable (3.9.1)
45.2.3.8.8 200GBASE-R capable (3.9.0)
45.2.3.9 PCS package identifier (Registers 3.14 and 3.15)
45.2.3.10 EEE control and capability 1 (Register 3.20)
45.2.3.10.1 50GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.20.14)
45.2.3.10.2 100GBASE-R EEE deep sleep supported (3.20.13)
45.2.3.10.3 100GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.20.12)
45.2.3.10.4 25GBASE-R deep sleep (3.20.11)
45.2.3.10.5 25GBASE-R fast wake (3.20.10)
45.2.3.10.6 40GBASE-R EEE deep sleep supported (3.20.9)
45.2.3.10.7 40GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.20.8)
45.2.3.10.8 40GBASE-T EEE supported (3.20.7)
45.2.3.10.9 10GBASE-KR EEE supported (3.20.6)
45.2.3.10.10 10GBASE-KX4 EEE supported (3.20.5)
45.2.3.10.11 1000BASE-KX EEE supported (3.20.4)
45.2.3.10.12 10GBASE-T EEE supported (3.20.3)
45.2.3.10.13 1000BASE-T EEE supported (3.20.2)
45.2.3.10.14 100BASE-TX EEE supported (3.20.1)
45.2.3.10.15 LPI_FW (3.20.0)
45.2.3.11 EEE control and capability 2 (Register 3.21)
45.2.3.11.1 5GBASE-KR EEE supported (3.21.8)
45.2.3.11.2 2.5GBASE-KX EEE supported (3.21.7)
45.2.3.11.3 400GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.21.5)
45.2.3.11.4 200GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.21.3)
45.2.3.11.5 25GBASE-T EEE supported (3.21.2)
45.2.3.11.6 5GBASE-T EEE supported (3.21.1)
45.2.3.11.7 2.5GBASE-T EEE supported (3.21.0)
45.2.3.12 EEE wake error counter (Register 3.22)
45.2.3.13 10GBASE-X PCS status register (Register 3.24)
45.2.3.13.1 10GBASE-X receive lane alignment status (3.24.12)
45.2.3.13.2 Pattern testing ability (3.24.11)
45.2.3.13.3 Lane 3 sync (3.24.3)
45.2.3.13.4 Lane 2 sync (3.24.2)
45.2.3.13.5 Lane 1 sync (3.24.1)
45.2.3.13.6 Lane 0 sync (3.24.0)
45.2.3.14 10GBASE-X PCS test control register (Register 3.25)
45.2.3.14.1 Transmit test-pattern enable (3.25.2)
45.2.3.14.2 Test pattern select (3.25.1:0)
45.2.3.15 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T PCS status 1 register (Register 3.32)
45.2.3.15.1 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T receive link status (3.32.12)
45.2.3.15.2 PRBS9 pattern testing ability (3.32.3)
45.2.3.15.3 PRBS31 pattern testing ability (3.32.2)
45.2.3.15.4 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T PCS high BER (3.32.1)
45.2.3.15.5 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T PCS block lock (3.32.0)
45.2.3.16 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T PCS status 2 register (Register 3.33)
45.2.3.16.1 Latched block lock (3.33.15)
45.2.3.16.2 Latched high BER (3.33.14)
45.2.3.16.3 BER (3.33.13:8)
45.2.3.16.4 Errored blocks (3.33.7:0)
45.2.3.17 5/10/25GBASE-R PCS test pattern seed A (Registers 3.34 through 3.37)
45.2.3.18 5/10/25GBASE-R PCS test pattern seed B (Registers 3.38 through 3.41)
45.2.3.19 BASE-R PCS test-pattern control register (Register 3.42)
45.2.3.19.1 Scrambled idle test-pattern enable (3.42.7)
45.2.3.19.2 Single Lane PHY BASE-R PRBS9 transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.6)
45.2.3.19.3 Single Lane PHY BASE-R PRBS31 receive test-pattern enable (3.42.5)
45.2.3.19.4 Single Lane PHY BASE-R PRBS31 transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.4)
45.2.3.19.5 Transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.3)
45.2.3.19.6 Receive test-pattern enable (3.42.2)
45.2.3.19.7 Test-pattern select (3.42.1)
45.2.3.19.8 Data pattern select (3.42.0)
45.2.3.20 BASE-R PCS test-pattern error counter register (Register 3.43)
45.2.3.21 BER high order counter (Register 3.44)
45.2.3.22 Errored blocks high order counter (Register 3.45)
45.2.3.23 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 1 register (Register 3.50)
45.2.3.23.1 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status (3.50.12)
45.2.3.23.2 Block lock 7 (3.50.7)
45.2.3.23.3 Block lock 6 (3.50.6)
45.2.3.23.4 Block lock 5 (3.50.5)
45.2.3.23.5 Block lock 4 (3.50.4)
45.2.3.23.6 Block lock 3 (3.50.3)
45.2.3.23.7 Block lock 2 (3.50.2)
45.2.3.23.8 Block lock 1 (3.50.1)
45.2.3.23.9 Block lock 0 (3.50.0)
45.2.3.24 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 2 register (Register 3.51)
45.2.3.24.1 Block lock 19 (3.51.11)
45.2.3.24.2 Block lock 18 (3.51.10)
45.2.3.24.3 Block lock 17 (3.51.9)
45.2.3.24.4 Block lock 16 (3.51.8)
45.2.3.24.5 Block lock 15 (3.51.7)
45.2.3.24.6 Block lock 14 (3.51.6)
45.2.3.24.7 Block lock 13 (3.51.5)
45.2.3.24.8 Block lock 12 (3.51.4)
45.2.3.24.9 Block lock 11 (3.51.3)
45.2.3.24.10 Block lock 10 (3.51.2)
45.2.3.24.11 Block lock 9 (3.51.1)
45.2.3.24.12 Block lock 8 (3.51.0)
45.2.3.25 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 3 register (Register 3.52)
45.2.3.25.1 Lane 7 aligned (3.52.7)
45.2.3.25.2 Lane 6 aligned (3.52.6)
45.2.3.25.3 Lane 5 aligned (3.52.5)
45.2.3.25.4 Lane 4 aligned (3.52.4)
45.2.3.25.5 Lane 3 aligned (3.52.3)
45.2.3.25.6 Lane 2 aligned (3.52.2)
45.2.3.25.7 Lane 1 aligned (3.52.1)
45.2.3.25.8 Lane 0 aligned (3.52.0)
45.2.3.26 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 4 register (Register 3.53)
45.2.3.26.1 Lane 19 aligned (3.53.11)
45.2.3.26.2 Lane 18 aligned (3.53.10)
45.2.3.26.3 Lane 17 aligned (3.53.9)
45.2.3.26.4 Lane 16 aligned (3.53.8)
45.2.3.26.5 Lane 15 aligned (3.53.7)
45.2.3.26.6 Lane 14 aligned (3.53.6)
45.2.3.26.7 Lane 13 aligned (3.53.5)
45.2.3.26.8 Lane 12 aligned (3.53.4)
45.2.3.26.9 Lane 11 aligned (3.53.3)
45.2.3.26.10 Lane 10 aligned (3.53.2)
45.2.3.26.11 Lane 9 aligned (3.53.1)
45.2.3.26.12 Lane 8 aligned (3.53.0)
45.2.3.27 10P/2B capability register (3.60)
45.2.3.27.1 PAF available (3.60.12)
45.2.3.27.2 Remote PAF supported (3.60.11)
45.2.3.28 10P/2B PCS control register (Register 3.61)
45.2.3.28.1 MII receive during transmit (3.61.15)
45.2.3.28.2 TX_EN and CRS infer a collision (3.61.14)
45.2.3.28.3 PAF enable (3.61.0)
45.2.3.29 10P/2B PME available (Registers 3.62 and 3.63)
45.2.3.30 10P/2B PME aggregate registers (Registers 3.64 and 3.65)
45.2.3.31 10P/2B PAF RX error register (Register 3.66)
45.2.3.32 10P/2B PAF small fragments register (Register 3.67)
45.2.3.33 10P/2B PAF large fragments register (Register 3.68)
45.2.3.34 10P/2B PAF overflow register (Register 3.69)
45.2.3.35 10P/2B PAF bad fragments register (Register 3.70)
45.2.3.36 10P/2B PAF lost fragments register (Register 3.71)
45.2.3.37 10P/2B PAF lost starts of fragments register (Register 3.72)
45.2.3.38 10P/2B PAF lost ends of fragments register (Register 3.73)
45.2.3.39 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX FEC ability register (Register 3.74)
45.2.3.40 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX FEC control register (Register 3.75)
45.2.3.40.1 FEC enable error indication (3.75.1)
45.2.3.40.2 10 Gb/s FEC Enable (3.75.0)
45.2.3.41 10G-EPON and Nx25G-EPON corrected FEC codewords counter (Register 3.76, 3.77)
45.2.3.42 10G-EPON and Nx25G-EPON uncorrected FEC codewords counter (Register 3.78, 3.79)
45.2.3.43 10GBASE-PR, 10/1GBASE-PRX, and Nx25G-EPON BER monitor interval control register (Register 3.80)
45.2.3.44 10GBASE-PR, 10/1GBASE-PRX, and Nx25G-EPON BER monitor status (Register 3.81)
45.2.3.44.1 10GBASE-PR, 10/1GBASE-PRX, and Nx25G-EPON PCS high BER (3.81.0)
45.2.3.44.2 10GBASE-PR, 10/1GBASE-PRX, and Nx25G-EPON PCS latched high BER (3.81.1)
45.2.3.45 10GBASE-PR, 10/1GBASE-PRX, and Nx25G-EPON BER monitor threshold control (Register 3.82)
45.2.3.46 Nx25G-EPON synchronization pattern registers (Registers 3.83 through 3.134)
45.2.3.46.1 SP3 bit 257 (3.83.5)
45.2.3.46.2 SP3 balanced (3.83.4)
45.2.3.46.3 SP2 bit 257 (3.83.3)
45.2.3.46.4 SP2 balanced (3.83.2)
45.2.3.46.5 SP1 bit 257 (3.83.1)
45.2.3.46.6 SP1 balanced (3.83.0)
45.2.3.46.7 SP1 pattern (3.84.0 through 3.99.15)
45.2.3.46.8 SP1 length (3.100.15:0)
45.2.3.46.9 SP2 pattern (3.101.0 through 3.116.15)
45.2.3.46.10 SP2 length (3.117.15:0)
45.2.3.46.11 SP3 pattern (3.118.0 through 3.133.15)
45.2.3.46.12 SP3 length (3.134.15:0)
45.2.3.47 BIP error counter lane 0 (Register 3.200)
45.2.3.48 BIP error counter, lanes 1 through 19 (Registers 3.201 through 3.219)
45.2.3.49 Lane 0 mapping register (Register 3.400)
45.2.3.50 Lanes 1 through 19 mapping registers (Registers 3.401 through 3.419)
45.2.3.51 1000BASE-H OAM transmit registers (Registers 3.500 through 3.508)
45.2.3.51.1 TXO_REQ (3.500.15)
45.2.3.51.2 TXO_PHYT (3.500.14)
45.2.3.51.3 TXO_MERT (3.500.13)
45.2.3.51.4 TXO_MSGT (3.500.12)
45.2.3.51.5 TXO_DATAx (Bits 3.500.11:0 and registers 3.501 through 3.508)
45.2.3.52 1000BASE-H OAM receive registers (Registers 3.509 through 3.517)
45.2.3.52.1 RXO_VAL (3.509.15)
45.2.3.52.2 RXO_MSGT (3.509.12)
45.2.3.52.3 RXO_DATAx (Bits 3.509.11:0 and registers 3.510 through 3.517)
45.2.3.53 1000BASE-H PCS control register (Register 3.518)
45.2.3.53.1 Operation mode (3.518.15:13)
45.2.3.53.2 Loopback mode (3.518.12:10)
45.2.3.53.3 1000BASE-H OAM enable (3.518.1)
45.2.3.53.4 EEE enable (3.518.0)
45.2.3.54 1000BASE-H PCS status 1 register (Register 3.519)
45.2.3.54.1 Local receiver status (3.519.15)
45.2.3.54.2 Remote receiver status (3.519.14)
45.2.3.54.3 Link status (3.519.13)
45.2.3.54.4 Local PHD reception status (3.519.12)
45.2.3.54.5 Remote PHD reception status (3.519.11)
45.2.3.54.6 PHD lock status (3.519.10)
45.2.3.54.7 THP lock status (3.519.9)
45.2.3.54.8 Tx Assert LPI received (3.519.8)
45.2.3.54.9 Rx Assert LPI generated (3.519.7)
45.2.3.54.10 Tx LPI indication (3.519.6)
45.2.3.54.11 Rx LPI indication (3.519.5)
45.2.3.54.12 Remote 1000BASE-H OAM ability (3.519.3)
45.2.3.54.13 Remote EEE ability (3.519.2)
45.2.3.54.14 1000BASE-H OAM ability (3.519.1)
45.2.3.54.15 EEE ability (3.519.0)
45.2.3.55 1000BASE-H PCS status 2 register (Register 3.520)
45.2.3.55.1 Local link margin (3.520.7:0)
45.2.3.56 1000BASE-H PCS status 3 register (Register 3.521)
45.2.3.56.1 Remote link margin (3.521.7:0)
45.2.3.57 1000BASE-H PCS status 4 register (Register 3.522)
45.2.3.58 PCS FEC symbol error counter lane 0 (Register 3.600, 3.601)
45.2.3.59 PCS FEC symbol error counter lane 1 through 15 (Registers 3.602 through 3.631)
45.2.3.60 PCS FEC control register (Register 3.800)
45.2.3.60.1 PCS FEC degraded SER enable (3.800.2)
45.2.3.60.2 PCS FEC bypass indication enable (3.800.1)
45.2.3.61 PCS FEC status register (Register 3.801)
45.2.3.61.1 Local degraded SER received (3.801.6)
45.2.3.61.2 Remote degraded SER received (3.801.5)
45.2.3.61.3 PCS FEC degraded SER (3.801.4)
45.2.3.61.4 PCS FEC degraded SER ability (3.801.3)
45.2.3.61.5 PCS FEC high SER (3.801.2)
45.2.3.61.6 PCS FEC bypass indication ability (3.801.1)
45.2.3.62 PCS FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 3.802, 3.803)
45.2.3.63 PCS FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 3.804, 3.805)
45.2.3.64 PCS FEC degraded SER activate threshold register (Register 3.806, 3.807)
45.2.3.65 PCS FEC degraded SER deactivate threshold register (Register 3.808, 3.809)
45.2.3.66 PCS FEC degraded SER interval register (Register 3.810, 3.811)
45.2.3.67 TimeSync PCS capability (Register 3.1800)
45.2.3.68 TimeSync PCS transmit path data delay (Registers 3.1801, 3.1802, 3.1803, 3.1804)
45.2.3.69 TimeSync PCS receive path data delay (Registers 3.1805, 3.1806, 3.1807, 3.1808)
45.2.3.70 10BASE-T1L PCS control register (Register 3.2278)
45.2.3.70.1 PCS reset (3.2278.15)
45.2.3.70.2 Loopback (3.2278.14)
45.2.3.71 10BASE-T1L PCS status register (Register 3.2279)
45.2.3.71.1 Tx LPI received (3.2279.11)
45.2.3.71.2 Rx LPI received (3.2279.10)
45.2.3.71.3 Tx LPI indication (3.2279.9)
45.2.3.71.4 Rx LPI indication (3.2279.8)
45.2.3.71.5 Fault (3.2279.7)
45.2.3.71.6 PCS receive link status (3.2279.2)
45.2.3.72 10BASE-T1S PCS control register (Register 3.2291)
45.2.3.72.1 PCS reset (3.2291.15)
45.2.3.72.2 Loopback (3.2291.14)
45.2.3.72.3 Duplex mode (3.2291.8)
45.2.3.73 10BASE-T1S PCS status register (Register 3.2292)
45.2.3.73.1 Fault (3.2292.7)
45.2.3.73.2 Full-duplex capability (3.2292.6)
45.2.3.74 10BASE-T1S PCS diagnostic 1 (Register 3.2293)
45.2.3.74.1 Remote jabber count (3.2293.15:0)
45.2.3.75 10BASE-T1S PCS diagnostic 2 (Register 3.2294)
45.2.3.75.1 CorruptedTxCnt (3.2294.15:0)
45.2.3.76 1000BASE-T1 PCS control register (Register 3.2304)
45.2.3.76.1 PCS reset (3.2304.15)
45.2.3.76.2 Loopback (3.2304.14)
45.2.3.77 1000BASE-T1 PCS status 1 register (Register 3.2305)
45.2.3.77.1 Tx LPI received (3.2305.11)
45.2.3.77.2 Rx LPI received (3.2305.10)
45.2.3.77.3 Tx LPI indication (3.2305.9)
45.2.3.77.4 Rx LPI indication (3.2305.8)
45.2.3.77.5 Fault (3.2305.7)
45.2.3.77.6 PCS receive link status (3.2305.2)
45.2.3.78 1000BASE-T1 PCS status 2 register (Register 3.2306)
45.2.3.78.1 Receive link status (3.2306.10)
45.2.3.78.2 PCS high BER (3.2306.9)
45.2.3.78.3 PCS block lock (3.2306.8)
45.2.3.78.4 Latched high BER (3.2306.7)
45.2.3.78.5 Latched block lock (3.2306.6)
45.2.3.78.6 BER count (3.2306.5:0)
45.2.3.79 BASE-T1 OAM transmit register (Register 3.2308)
45.2.3.79.1 BASE-T1 OAM message valid (3.2308.15)
45.2.3.79.2 Toggle value (3.2308.14)
45.2.3.79.3 BASE-T1 OAM message received (3.2308.13)
45.2.3.79.4 Received message toggle value (3.2308.12)
45.2.3.79.5 Message number (3.2308.11:8)
45.2.3.79.6 Ping received (3.2308.3)
45.2.3.79.7 Ping transmit (3.2308.2)
45.2.3.79.8 Local SNR (3.2308.1:0)
45.2.3.80 BASE-T1 OAM message register (Registers 3.2309 to 3.2312)
45.2.3.81 BASE-T1 OAM receive register (Register 3.2313)
45.2.3.81.1 Link partner BASE-T1 OAM message valid (3.2313.15)
45.2.3.81.2 Link partner toggle value (3.2313.14)
45.2.3.81.3 Link partner message number (3.2313.11:8)
45.2.3.81.4 Link partner SNR (3.2313.1:0)
45.2.3.82 Link partner BASE-T1 OAM message register (Registers 3.2314 to 3.2317)
45.2.3.83 MultiGBASE-T1 OAM status message register (Register 3.2318 and 3.2319)
45.2.3.84 Link partner MultiGBASE-T1 OAM status message register (Register 3.2320 and 3.2321)
45.2.3.85 MultiGBASE-T1 PCS control register (Register 3.2322)
45.2.3.85.1 PCS reset (3.2322.15)
45.2.3.85.2 Loopback (3.2322.14)
45.2.3.86 MultiGBASE-T1 PCS status 1 register (Register 3.2323)
45.2.3.86.1 Tx LPI received (3.2323.11)
45.2.3.86.2 Rx LPI received (3.2323.10)
45.2.3.86.3 Tx LPI indication (3.2323.9)
45.2.3.86.4 Rx LPI indication (3.2323.8)
45.2.3.86.5 Fault (3.2323.7)
45.2.3.86.6 PCS receive link status (3.2323.2)
45.2.3.87 MultiGBASE-T1 PCS status 2 register (Register 3.2324)
45.2.3.87.1 Receive link status (3.2324.10)
45.2.3.87.2 PCS high RFER (3.2324.9)
45.2.3.87.3 PCS block lock (3.2324.8)
45.2.3.87.4 Latched high BER (3.2324.7)
45.2.3.87.5 Latched block lock (3.2324.6)
45.2.3.87.6 BER count (3.2324.5:0)
45.2.4 PHY XS registers
45.2.4.1 PHY XS control 1 register (Register 4.0)
45.2.4.1.1 Reset (4.0.15)
45.2.4.1.2 Loopback (4.0.14)
45.2.4.1.3 Low power (4.0.11)
45.2.4.1.4 Clock stop enable (4.0.10)
45.2.4.1.5 XAUI stop enable (4.0.9)
45.2.4.1.6 Speed selection (4.0.13, 4.0.6, 4.0.5:2)
45.2.4.2 PHY XS status 1 register (Register 4.1)
45.2.4.2.1 Transmit LPI received (4.1.11)
45.2.4.2.2 Receive LPI received (4.1.10)
45.2.4.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (4.1.9)
45.2.4.2.4 Receive LPI indication (4.1.8)
45.2.4.2.5 Fault (4.1.7)
45.2.4.2.6 Clock stop capable (4.1.6)
45.2.4.2.7 PHY XS transmit link status (4.1.2)
45.2.4.2.8 Low-power ability (4.1.1)
45.2.4.3 PHY XS device identifier (Registers 4.2 and 4.3)
45.2.4.4 PHY XS speed ability (Register 4.4)
45.2.4.4.1 400G capable (4.4.9)
45.2.4.4.2 200G capable (4.4.8)
45.2.4.4.3 10G capable (4.4.0)
45.2.4.5 PHY XS devices in package (Registers 4.5 and 4.6)
45.2.4.6 PHY XS status 2 register (Register 4.8)
45.2.4.6.1 Device present (4.8.15:14)
45.2.4.6.2 Transmit fault (4.8.11)
45.2.4.6.3 Receive fault (4.8.10)
45.2.4.7 PHY XS package identifier (Registers 4.14 and 4.15)
45.2.4.8 EEE capability (Register 4.20)
45.2.4.8.1 PHY XS EEE supported (4.20.4)
45.2.4.8.2 XAUI stop capable (4.20.0)
45.2.4.9 EEE wake error counter (Register 4.22)
45.2.4.10 10G PHY XGXS lane status register (Register 4.24)
45.2.4.10.1 PHY XGXS transmit lane alignment status (4.24.12)
45.2.4.10.2 Pattern testing ability (4.24.11)
45.2.4.10.3 PHY XS loopback ability (4.24.10)
45.2.4.10.4 Lane 3 sync (4.24.3)
45.2.4.10.5 Lane 2 sync (4.24.2)
45.2.4.10.6 Lane 1 sync (4.24.1)
45.2.4.10.7 Lane 0 sync (4.24.0)
45.2.4.11 10G PHY XGXS test control register (Register 4.25)
45.2.4.11.1 10G PHY XGXS test-pattern enable (4.25.2)
45.2.4.11.2 10G PHY XGXS test-pattern select (4.25.1:0)
45.2.4.12 BASE-R PHY XS status 1 register (Register 4.32)
45.2.4.12.1 BASE-R PHY XS receive link status (4.32.12)
45.2.4.13 BASE-R PHY XS test-pattern control register (Register 4.42)
45.2.4.13.1 Transmit test-pattern enable (4.42.3)
45.2.4.14 Multi-lane BASE-R PHY XS alignment status 1 register (Register 4.50)
45.2.4.14.1 PHY XS lane alignment status (4.50.12)
45.2.4.15 Multi-lane BASE-R PHY XS alignment status 3 register (Register 4.52)
45.2.4.15.1 Lane 7 aligned (4.52.7)
45.2.4.15.2 Lane 6 aligned (4.52.6)
45.2.4.15.3 Lane 5 aligned (4.52.5)
45.2.4.15.4 Lane 4 aligned (4.52.4)
45.2.4.15.5 Lane 3 aligned (4.52.3)
45.2.4.15.6 Lane 2 aligned (4.52.2)
45.2.4.15.7 Lane 1 aligned (4.52.1)
45.2.4.15.8 Lane 0 aligned (4.52.0)
45.2.4.16 Multi-lane BASE-R PHY XS alignment status 4 register (Register 4.53)
45.2.4.16.1 Lane 15 aligned (4.53.7)
45.2.4.16.2 Lane 14 aligned (4.53.6)
45.2.4.16.3 Lane 13 aligned (4.53.5)
45.2.4.16.4 Lane 12 aligned (4.53.4)
45.2.4.16.5 Lane 11 aligned (4.53.3)
45.2.4.16.6 Lane 10 aligned (4.53.2)
45.2.4.16.7 Lane 9 aligned (4.53.1)
45.2.4.16.8 Lane 8 aligned (4.53.0)
45.2.4.17 PHY XS lane mapping, lane 0 register (Register 4.400)
45.2.4.18 PHY XS lane mapping, lane 1 through lane 15 registers (Registers 4.401 through 4.415)
45.2.4.19 PHY XS FEC symbol error counter lane 0 (Register 4.600, 4.601)
45.2.4.20 PHY XS FEC symbol error counter lane 1 through 15 (Registers 4.602 through 4.631)
45.2.4.21 PHY XS FEC control register (Register 4.800)
45.2.4.21.1 PHY XS FEC degraded SER enable (4.800.2)
45.2.4.21.2 PHY XS FEC bypass indication enable (4.800.1)
45.2.4.22 PHY XS FEC status register (Register 4.801)
45.2.4.22.1 Remote degraded SER received (4.801.5)
45.2.4.22.2 PHY XS FEC degraded SER (4.801.4)
45.2.4.22.3 PHY XS FEC degraded SER ability (4.801.3)
45.2.4.22.4 PHY XS FEC high SER (4.801.2)
45.2.4.22.5 PHY XS FEC bypass indication ability (4.801.1)
45.2.4.23 PHY XS FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 4.802, 4.803)
45.2.4.24 PHY XS FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 4.804, 4.805)
45.2.4.25 PHY XS FEC degraded SER activate threshold register (Register 4.806, 4.807)
45.2.4.26 PHY XS FEC degraded SER deactivate threshold register (Register 4.808, 4.809)
45.2.4.27 PHY XS FEC degraded SER interval register (Register 4.810, 4.811)
45.2.4.28 TimeSync PHY XS capability (Register 4.1800)
45.2.4.29 TimeSync PHY XS transmit path data delay (Registers 4.1801, 4.1802, 4.1803, 4.1804)
45.2.4.30 TimeSync PHY XS receive path data delay (Registers 4.1805, 4.1806, 4.1807, 4.1808)
45.2.5 DTE XS registers
45.2.5.1 DTE XS control 1 register (Register 5.0)
45.2.5.1.1 Reset (5.0.15)
45.2.5.1.2 Loopback (5.0.14)
45.2.5.1.3 Low power (5.0.11)
45.2.5.1.4 Clock stop enable (5.0.10)
45.2.5.1.5 XAUI stop enable (5.0.9)
45.2.5.1.6 Speed selection (5.0.13, 5.0.6, 5.0.5:2)
45.2.5.2 DTE XS status 1 register (Register 5.1)
45.2.5.2.1 Transmit LPI received (5.1.11)
45.2.5.2.2 Receive LPI received (5.1.10)
45.2.5.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (5.1.9)
45.2.5.2.4 Receive LPI indication (5.1.8)
45.2.5.2.5 Fault (5.1.7)
45.2.5.2.6 Clock stop capable (5.1.6)
45.2.5.2.7 DTE XS receive link status (5.1.2)
45.2.5.2.8 Low-power ability (5.1.1)
45.2.5.3 DTE XS device identifier (Registers 5.2 and 5.3)
45.2.5.4 DTE XS speed ability (Register 5.4)
45.2.5.4.1 400G capable (5.4.9)
45.2.5.4.2 200G capable (5.4.8)
45.2.5.4.3 10G capable (5.4.0)
45.2.5.5 DTE XS devices in package (Registers 5.5 and 5.6)
45.2.5.6 DTE XS status 2 register (Register 5.8)
45.2.5.6.1 Device present (5.8.15:14)
45.2.5.6.2 Transmit fault (5.8.11)
45.2.5.6.3 Receive fault (5.8.10)
45.2.5.7 DTE XS package identifier (Registers 5.14 and 5.15)
45.2.5.8 EEE capability (Register 5.20)
45.2.5.8.1 PHY XS EEE supported (5.20.4)
45.2.5.8.2 XAUI stop capable (5.20.0)
45.2.5.9 EEE wake error counter (Register 5.22)
45.2.5.10 10G DTE XGXS lane status register (Register 5.24)
45.2.5.10.1 DTE XGXS receive lane alignment status (5.24.12)
45.2.5.10.2 Pattern testing ability (5.24.11)
45.2.5.10.3 Ignored (5.24.10)
45.2.5.10.4 Lane 3 sync (5.24.3)
45.2.5.10.5 Lane 2 sync (5.24.2)
45.2.5.10.6 Lane 1 sync (5.24.1)
45.2.5.10.7 Lane 0 sync (5.24.0)
45.2.5.11 10G DTE XGXS test control register (Register 5.25)
45.2.5.11.1 10G DTE XGXS test-pattern enable (5.25.2)
45.2.5.11.2 10G DTE XGXS test-pattern select (5.25.1:0)
45.2.5.12 BASE-R DTE XS status 1 register (Register 5.32)
45.2.5.12.1 BASE-R DTE XS receive link status (5.32.12)
45.2.5.13 BASE-R DTE XS test-pattern control register (Register 5.42)
45.2.5.13.1 Transmit test-pattern enable (5.42.3)
45.2.5.14 Multi-lane BASE-R DTE XS alignment status 1 register (Register 5.50)
45.2.5.14.1 DTE XS lane alignment status (5.50.12)
45.2.5.15 Multi-lane BASE-R DTE XS alignment status 3 register (Register 5.52)
45.2.5.15.1 Lane 7 aligned (5.52.7)
45.2.5.15.2 Lane 6 aligned (5.52.6)
45.2.5.15.3 Lane 5 aligned (5.52.5)
45.2.5.15.4 Lane 4 aligned (5.52.4)
45.2.5.15.5 Lane 3 aligned (5.52.3)
45.2.5.15.6 Lane 2 aligned (5.52.2)
45.2.5.15.7 Lane 1 aligned (5.52.1)
45.2.5.15.8 Lane 0 aligned (5.52.0)
45.2.5.16 Multi-lane BASE-R DTE XS alignment status 4 register (Register 5.53)
45.2.5.16.1 Lane 15 aligned (5.53.7)
45.2.5.16.2 Lane 14 aligned (5.53.6)
45.2.5.16.3 Lane 13 aligned (5.53.5)
45.2.5.16.4 Lane 12 aligned (5.53.4)
45.2.5.16.5 Lane 11 aligned (5.53.3)
45.2.5.16.6 Lane 10 aligned (5.53.2)
45.2.5.16.7 Lane 9 aligned (5.53.1)
45.2.5.16.8 Lane 8 aligned (5.53.0)
45.2.5.17 DTE XS lane mapping, lane 0 register (Register 5.400)
45.2.5.18 DTE XS lane mapping, lane 1 through lane 15 registers (Registers 5.401 through 5.415)
45.2.5.19 DTE XS FEC symbol error counter lane 0 (Register 5.600, 5.601)
45.2.5.20 DTE XS FEC symbol error counter lane 1 through 15 (Registers 5.602 through 5.631)
45.2.5.21 DTE XS FEC control register (Register 5.800)
45.2.5.21.1 DTE XS FEC degraded SER enable (5.800.2)
45.2.5.21.2 DTE XS FEC bypass indication enable (5.800.1)
45.2.5.22 DTE XS FEC status register (Register 5.801)
45.2.5.22.1 Local degraded SER received (5.801.6)
45.2.5.22.2 Remote degraded SER received (5.801.5)
45.2.5.22.3 DTE XS FEC degraded SER (5.801.4)
45.2.5.22.4 DTE XS FEC degraded SER ability (5.801.3)
45.2.5.22.5 DTE XS FEC high SER (5.801.2)
45.2.5.22.6 DTE XS FEC bypass indication ability (5.801.1)
45.2.5.23 DTE XS FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 5.802, 5.803)
45.2.5.24 DTE XS FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 5.804, 5.805)
45.2.5.25 DTE XS FEC degraded SER activate threshold register (Register 5.806, 5.807)
45.2.5.26 DTE XS FEC degraded SER deactivate threshold register (Register 5.808, 5.809)
45.2.5.27 DTE XS FEC degraded SER interval register (Register 5.810, 5.811)
45.2.5.28 TimeSync DTE XS capability (Register 5.1800)
45.2.5.29 TimeSync DTE XS transmit path data delay (Registers 5.1801, 5.1802, 5.1803, 5.1804)
45.2.5.30 TimeSync DTE XS receive path data delay (Registers 5.1805, 5.1806, 5.1807, 5.1808)
45.2.6 TC registers
45.2.6.1 TC control register (Register 6.0)
45.2.6.1.1 Reset (6.0.15)
45.2.6.1.2 Speed selection (6.0.13, 6.0.6, 6.0.5:2)
45.2.6.2 TC device identifier (Registers 6.2 and 6.3)
45.2.6.3 TC speed ability (Register 6.4)
45.2.6.3.1 10PASS-TS/2BASE-TL capable (6.4.1)
45.2.6.4 TC devices in package registers (Registers 6.5, 6.6)
45.2.6.5 TC package identifier registers (Registers 6.14, 6.15)
45.2.6.6 10P/2B aggregation discovery control register (Register 6.16)
45.2.6.6.1 Discovery operation (6.16.1:0)
45.2.6.7 10P/2B aggregation and discovery status register (Register 6.17)
45.2.6.7.1 Link partner aggregate operation result (6.17.1)
45.2.6.7.2 Discovery operation result (6.17.0)
45.2.6.8 10P/2B aggregation discovery code (Registers 6.18, 6.19, 6.20)
45.2.6.9 10P/2B link partner PME aggregate control register (Register 6.21)
45.2.6.9.1 Link partner aggregate operation (6.21.1:0)
45.2.6.10 10P/2B link partner PME aggregate data (Registers 6.22, 6.23)
45.2.6.11 10P/2B TC CRC error register (Register 6.24)
45.2.6.12 10P/2B TPS-TC coding violations counter (Registers 6.25, 6.26)
45.2.6.13 10P/2B TC indications register (Register 6.27)
45.2.6.13.1 Local TC synchronized (6.27.8)
45.2.6.13.2 Remote TC synchronized (6.27.0)
45.2.6.14 TimeSync TC capability (Register 6.1800)
45.2.6.15 TimeSync TC transmit path data delay (Registers 6.1801, 6.1802, 6.1803, 6.1804)
45.2.6.16 TimeSync TC receive path data delay (Registers 6.1805, 6.1806, 6.1807, 6.1808)
45.2.7 Auto-Negotiation registers
45.2.7.1 AN control register (Register 7.0)
45.2.7.1.1 AN reset (7.0.15)
45.2.7.1.2 Extended Next Page control (7.0.13)
45.2.7.1.3 Auto-Negotiation enable (7.0.12)
45.2.7.1.4 Restart Auto-Negotiation (7.0.9)
45.2.7.2 AN status (Register 7.1)
45.2.7.2.1 Parallel detection fault (7.1.9)
45.2.7.2.2 Extended Next Page status (7.1.7)
45.2.7.2.3 Page received (7.1.6)
45.2.7.2.4 Auto-Negotiation complete (7.1.5)
45.2.7.2.5 Remote fault (7.1.4)
45.2.7.2.6 Auto-Negotiation ability (7.1.3)
45.2.7.2.7 Link status (7.1.2)
45.2.7.2.8 Link partner Auto-Negotiation ability (7.1.0)
45.2.7.3 Auto-Negotiation device identifier (Registers 7.2 and 7.3)
45.2.7.4 AN devices in package (Registers 7.5 and 7.6)
45.2.7.5 AN package identifier (Registers 7.14 and 7.15)
45.2.7.6 AN advertisement register (7.16, 7.17, and 7.18)
45.2.7.7 AN LP Base Page ability register (7.19, 7.20, and 7.21)
45.2.7.8 AN XNP transmit register (7.22, 7.23, and 7.24)
45.2.7.9 AN LP XNP ability register (7.25, 7.26, and 7.27)
45.2.7.10 MultiGBASE-T AN control 1 register (Register 7.32)
45.2.7.10.1 MASTER-SLAVE manual config enable (7.32.15)
45.2.7.10.2 MASTER-SLAVE config value (7.32.14)
45.2.7.10.3 Port type (7.32.13)
45.2.7.10.4 10GBASE-T capability (7.32.12)
45.2.7.10.5 40GBASE-T capability (7.32.11)
45.2.7.10.6 25GBASE-T capability (7.32.10)
45.2.7.10.7 25GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.9)
45.2.7.10.8 5GBASE-T capability (7.32.8)
45.2.7.10.9 2.5GBASE-T capability (7.32.7)
45.2.7.10.10 5GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.6)
45.2.7.10.11 2.5GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.5)
45.2.7.10.12 40GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.3)
45.2.7.10.13 10GBASE-T LD PMA training reset request (7.32.2)
45.2.7.10.14 10GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.1)
45.2.7.10.15 10GBASE-T LD loop timing ability (7.32.0)
45.2.7.11 MultiGBASE-T AN status 1 register (Register 7.33)
45.2.7.11.1 MASTER-SLAVE configuration fault (7.33.15)
45.2.7.11.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution (7.33.14)
45.2.7.11.3 Local receiver status (7.33.13)
45.2.7.11.4 Remote receiver status (7.33.12)
45.2.7.11.5 Link partner 10GBASE-T capability (7.33.11)
45.2.7.11.6 Link partner loop timing ability (7.33.10)
45.2.7.11.7 10GBASE-T Link partner PMA training reset request (7.33.9)
45.2.7.11.8 Link partner 40GBASE-T capability (7.33.8)
45.2.7.11.9 Link partner 25GBASE-T capability (7.33.7)
45.2.7.11.10 Link partner 5GBASE-T capability (7.33.6)
45.2.7.11.11 Link partner 2.5GBASE-T capability (7.33.5)
45.2.7.11.12 5GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.4)
45.2.7.11.13 2.5GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.3)
45.2.7.11.14 25GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.2)
45.2.7.11.15 10GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.1)
45.2.7.11.9 40GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.0)
45.2.7.12 Backplane Ethernet, BASE-R copper status (Register 7.48)
45.2.7.12.1 BASE-R FEC negotiated (7.48.4)
45.2.7.12.2 RS-FEC negotiated (7.48.7)
45.2.7.12.3 Negotiated Port Type (7.48.1, 7.48.2, 7.48.3, 7.48.5, 7.48.6, 7.48.8, 7.48.9, 7.48.10, 7.48.11, 7.48.12, 7.48.13, 7.48.14, 7.48.15, 7.49.0, 7.49.1, 7.49.2)
45.2.7.12.4 Backplane Ethernet, BASE-R copper AN ability (7.48.0)
45.2.7.13 Backplane Ethernet, BASE-R copper status 2 (Register 7.49)
45.2.7.13.1 Negotiated Port Type
45.2.7.14 EEE advertisement 1 (Register 7.60)
45.2.7.14.1 25GBASE-R EEE supported (7.60.14)
45.2.7.14.2 100GBASE-CR4 EEE supported (7.60.13)
45.2.7.14.3 100GBASE-KR4 EEE supported (7.60.12)
45.2.7.14.4 100GBASE-KP4 EEE supported (7.60.11)
45.2.7.14.5 100GBASE-CR10 EEE supported (7.60.10)
45.2.7.14.6 40GBASE-T EEE supported (7.60.9)
45.2.7.14.7 40GBASE-CR4 EEE supported (7.60.8)
45.2.7.14.8 40GBASE-KR4 EEE supported (7.60.7)
45.2.7.14.9 10GBASE-KR EEE supported (7.60.6)
45.2.7.14.10 10GBASE-KX4 EEE supported (7.60.5)
45.2.7.14.11 1000BASE-KX EEE supported (7.60.4)
45.2.7.14.12 10GBASE-T EEE supported (7.60.3)
45.2.7.14.13 1000BASE-T EEE supported (7.60.2)
45.2.7.14.14 100BASE-TX EEE supported (7.60.1)
45.2.7.14.15 25GBASE-T EEE supported (7.60.0)
45.2.7.15 EEE link partner ability 1 (Register 7.61)
45.2.7.16 EEE advertisement 2 (Register 7.62)
45.2.7.16.1 5GBASE-KR EEE (7.62.3)
45.2.7.16.2 2.5GBASE-KX EEE (7.62.2)
45.2.7.16.3 5GBASE-T EEE (7.62.1)
45.2.7.16.4 2.5GBASE-T EEE (7.62.0)
45.2.7.17 EEE link partner ability 2 (Register 7.63)
45.2.7.18 MultiGBASE-T AN control 2 (Register 7.64)
45.2.7.18.1 2.5GBASE-T THP Bypass Request
45.2.7.18.2 5GBASE-T THP Bypass Request
45.2.7.18.3 25GBASE-T THP Bypass Request
45.2.7.18.4 40GBASE-T THP Bypass Request
45.2.7.19 MultiGBASE-T AN status 2 (Register 7.65)
45.2.7.19.1 2.5GBASE-T Link Partner THP Bypass Request
45.2.7.19.2 5GBASE-T Link Partner THP Bypass Request
45.2.7.19.3 25GBASE-T Link Partner THP Bypass Request
45.2.7.19.4 40GBASE-T Link Partner THP Bypass Request
45.2.7.20 BASE-T1 AN control register (Register 7.512)
45.2.7.20.1 AN reset (7.512.15)
45.2.7.20.2 Auto-Negotiation enable (7.512.12)
45.2.7.20.3 Restart Auto-Negotiation (7.512.9)
45.2.7.21 BASE-T1 AN status (Register 7.513)
45.2.7.21.1 Page received (7.513.6)
45.2.7.21.2 Auto-Negotiation complete (7.513.5)
45.2.7.21.3 Remote fault (7.513.4)
45.2.7.21.4 Auto-Negotiation ability (7.513.3)
45.2.7.21.5 Link status (7.513.2)
45.2.7.22 BASE-T1 AN advertisement register (Registers 7.514, 7.515, and 7.516)
45.2.7.23 BASE-T1 AN LP Base Page ability register (Registers 7.517, 7.518, and 7.519)
45.2.7.24 BASE-T1 AN Next Page transmit register (Registers 7.520, 7.521, and 7.522)
45.2.7.25 BASE-T1 AN LP Next Page ability register (Registers 7.523, 7.524, and 7.525)
45.2.7.26 10BASE-T1 AN control register (Register 7.526)
45.2.7.26.1 10BASE-T1L capability advertisement (7.526.15)
45.2.7.26.2 10BASE-T1L EEE ability advertisement (7.526.14)
45.2.7.26.3 10BASE-T1L increased transmit/receive level ability advertisement (7.526.13)
45.2.7.26.4 10BASE-T1L increased transmit level request (7.526.12)
45.2.7.26.5 10BASE-T1S full duplex ability advertisement (7.526.7)
45.2.7.26.6 10BASE-T1S half duplex capability advertisement (7.526.6)
45.2.7.27 10BASE-T1 AN status register (Register 7.527)
45.2.8 OFDM PMA/PMD registers
45.2.8.1 10GPASS-XR DS OFDM channel ID register (Register 12.0)
45.2.8.1.1 DS OFDM channel ID (12.0.2:0)
45.2.8.2 10GPASS-XR DS profile descriptor control 1 through 1023 (Registers 12.1 through 12.1023)
45.2.8.2.1 DS modulation type SC7 (12.1.15:12)
45.2.8.2.2 DS modulation type SC6 (12.1.11:8)
45.2.8.2.3 DS modulation type SC5 (12.1.7:4)
45.2.8.2.4 DS modulation type SC4 (12.1.3:0)
45.2.8.3 10GPASS-XR US profile descriptor control 0 through 1023 registers (Registers 12.1024 through 12.2047)
45.2.8.3.1 US modulation type SC3 (12.1024.15:12)
45.2.8.3.2 US modulation type SC2 (12.1024.11:8)
45.2.8.3.3 US modulation type SC1 (12.1024.7:4)
45.2.8.3.4 US modulation type SC0 (12.1024.3:0)
45.2.8.4 10GPASS-XR US pre-equalizer coefficients 0 through 4095 (Registers 12.2048 through 12.10239)
45.2.8.4.1 Real pre-equalizer coefficient SC0 (12.2048.15:0)
45.2.8.4.2 Imaginary pre-equalizer coefficient SC0 (12.2049.15:0)
45.2.8.5 10GPASS-XR receive MER control registers (Registers 12.10240 and 12.10241)
45.2.8.5.1 MER measurement valid (12.10240.3)
45.2.8.5.2 Receive MER Channel ID (12.10240.2:0)
45.2.8.5.3 Receive MER CNU ID (12.10241.14:0)
45.2.8.6 10GPASS-XR receive MER measurement registers (Registers 12.10242 through 12.12287)
45.2.8.6.1 Receive MER SC5 (12.10242.15:8)
45.2.8.6.2 Receive MER SC4 (12.10242.7:0)
45.2.9 Power Unit registers
45.2.9.1 PoDL PSE Control register (Register 13.0)
45.2.9.1.1 Enable power classification (13.0.1)
45.2.9.1.2 PSE Enable (13.0.0)
45.2.9.2 PoDL PSE Status 1 register (Register 13.1)
45.2.9.2.1 Power Denied (13.1.15)
45.2.9.2.2 Valid Signature (13.1.14)
45.2.9.2.3 Invalid Signature (13.1.13)
45.2.9.2.4 Class Timeout (13.1.12)
45.2.9.2.5 Overload (13.1.11)
45.2.9.2.6 MFVS Absent (13.1.10)
45.2.9.2.7 PSE Type (13.1.9:7)
45.2.9.2.8 PD Class (13.1.6:3)
45.2.9.2.9 PSE Status (13.1.2:0)
45.2.9.3 PoDL PSE Status 2 register (Register 13.2)
45.2.9.3.1 Invalid Class (13.2.15)
45.2.9.3.2 PD Extended Class (13.2.10:9)
45.2.9.3.3 PD Type (13.2.2:0)
45.2.9.4 PoDL PSE Status 3 register (Register 13.3)
45.2.9.4.1 PD Assigned Power (13.3.11:0)
45.2.9.5 PoDL PSE Status 4 register (Register 13.4)
45.2.9.5.1 PD Requested Power (13.4.11:0)
45.2.10 Clause 22 extension registers
45.2.10.1 Clause 22 extension devices in package registers (Registers 29.5, 29.6)
45.2.10.2 FEC capability register (Register 29.7)
45.2.10.2.1 FEC capable (29.7.0)
45.2.10.3 FEC control register (Register 29.8)
45.2.10.3.1 FEC enable (29.8.0)
45.2.10.4 FEC buffer head coding violation counter (Register 29.9)
45.2.10.5 FEC corrected blocks counter (Register 29.10)
45.2.10.6 FEC uncorrected blocks counter (Register 29.11)
45.2.11 Vendor specific MMD 1 registers
45.2.11.1 Vendor specific MMD 1 device identifier (Registers 30.2 and 30.3)
45.2.11.2 Vendor specific MMD 1 status register (Register 30.8)
45.2.11.2.1 Device present (30.8.15:14)
45.2.11.3 Vendor specific MMD 1 package identifier (Registers 30.14 and 30.15)
45.2.12 Vendor specific MMD 2 registers
45.2.12.1 Vendor specific MMD 2 device identifier (Registers 31.2 and 31.3)
45.2.12.2 Vendor specific MMD 2 status register (Register 31.8)
45.2.12.2.1 Device present (31.8.15:14)
45.2.12.3 Vendor specific MMD 2 package identifier (Registers 31.14 and 31.15)
45.3 Management frame structure
45.3.1 IDLE (idle condition)
45.3.2 PRE (preamble)
45.3.3 ST (start of frame)
45.3.4 OP (operation code)
45.3.5 PRTAD (port address)
45.3.6 DEVAD (device address)
45.3.7 TA (turnaround)
45.3.8 ADDRESS / DATA
45.4 Electrical interface
45.4.1 Electrical specification
45.4.2 Timing specification
45.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 45, Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) Interface
45.5.1 Introduction
45.5.2 Identification
45.5.2.1 Implementation identification
45.5.2.2 Protocol summary
45.5.2.3 Major capabilities/options
45.5.3 PICS proforma tables for the Management Data Input Output (MDIO) Interface
45.5.3.1 MDIO signal functional specifications
45.5.3.2 PMA/PMD MMD options
45.5.3.3 PMA/PMD management functions
45.5.3.4 WIS options
45.5.3.5 WIS management functions
45.5.3.6 PCS options
45.5.3.7 PCS management functions
45.5.3.8 Auto-Negotiation options
45.5.3.9 Auto-Negotiation management functions
45.5.3.10 PHY XS options
45.5.3.11 PHY XS management functions
45.5.3.12 DTE XS options
45.5.3.13 DTE XS management functions
45.5.3.14 OFDM management functions
45.5.3.15 Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single Balanced Twisted-Pair Ethernet management functions
45.5.3.16 Vendor specific MMD 1 management functions
45.5.3.17 Vendor specific MMD 2 management functions
45.5.3.18 Management frame structure
45.5.3.19 TC management functions
45.5.3.20 Clause 22 extension options
45.5.3.21 Clause 22 extension management functions
45.5.3.22 Signal timing characteristics
45.5.3.23 Electrical characteristics
46. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII)
46.1 Overview
46.1.1 Summary of major concepts
46.1.2 Application
46.1.3 Rate of operation
46.1.4 Delay constraints
46.1.5 Allocation of functions
46.1.6 XGMII structure
46.1.7 Mapping of XGMII signals to PLS service primitives
46.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request
46.1.7.1.1 Function
46.1.7.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
46.1.7.1.3 When generated
46.1.7.1.4 Effect of receipt
46.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication
46.1.7.2.1 Function
46.1.7.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
46.1.7.2.3 When generated
46.1.7.2.4 Effect of receipt
46.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication
46.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication
46.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication
46.1.7.5.1 Function
46.1.7.5.2 Semantics of the service primitive
46.1.7.5.3 When generated
46.1.7.5.4 Effect of receipt
46.2 XGMII data stream
46.2.1 Inter-frame
46.2.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter
46.2.3 Data
46.2.4 End of frame delimiter
46.2.5 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters
46.3 XGMII functional specifications
46.3.1 Transmit
46.3.1.1 TX_CLK (transmit clock)
46.3.1.2 TXC (transmit control)
46.3.1.3 TXD (transmit data)
46.3.1.4 Start control character alignment
46.3.1.5 Transmit direction LPI transition
46.3.2 Receive
46.3.2.1 RX_CLK (receive clock)
46.3.2.2 RXC (receive control)
46.3.2.3 RXD (receive data)
46.3.2.4 Receive direction LPI transition
46.3.3 Error and fault handling
46.3.3.1 Response to error indications by the XGMII
46.3.3.2 Conditions for generation of transmit Error control characters
46.3.3.3 Response to received invalid frame sequences
46.3.4 Link fault signaling
46.3.4.1 Conventions
46.3.4.2 Variables and counters
46.3.4.3 State diagram
46.4 LPI assertion and detection
46.4.1 LPI messages
46.4.2 Transmit LPI state diagram
46.4.2.1 Variables and counters
46.4.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior
46.4.4 Considerations for receive system behavior
46.5 XGMII electrical characteristics
46.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 46, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII)
46.6.1 Introduction
46.6.2 Identification
46.6.2.1 Implementation identification
46.6.2.2 Protocol summary
46.6.2.3 Major capabilities/options
46.6.3 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface
46.6.3.1 General
46.6.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives
46.6.3.3 Data stream structure
46.6.3.4 LPI functions
46.6.3.5 Link Interruption
46.6.3.6 XGMII signal functional specifications
46.6.3.7 Link fault signaling state diagram
46.6.3.8 Electrical characteristics
47. XGMII Extender Sublayer (XGXS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI)
47.1 Overview
47.1.1 Summary of major concepts
47.1.2 Application
47.1.3 Rate of operation
47.1.4 Allocation of functions
47.1.5 Global signal detect function
47.1.6 Global transmit disable function
47.2 Functional specifications
47.2.1 PCS and PMA functionality
47.2.2 Delay constraints
47.3 XAUI Electrical characteristics
47.3.1 Signal levels
47.3.2 Signal paths
47.3.3 Driver characteristics
47.3.3.1 Load
47.3.3.2 Amplitude and swing
47.3.3.3 Transition time
47.3.3.4 Output impedance
47.3.3.5 Driver template and jitter
47.3.4 Receiver characteristics
47.3.4.1 Bit error ratio
47.3.4.2 Reference input signals
47.3.4.3 Input signal amplitude
47.3.4.4 AC-coupling
47.3.4.5 Input impedance
47.3.4.6 Jitter tolerance
47.3.4.7 EEE receiver timing
47.3.5 Interconnect characteristics
47.3.5.1 Characteristic impedance
47.3.5.2 Connector impedance
47.4 Electrical measurement requirements
47.4.1 Compliance interconnect definition
47.4.2 Eye template measurements
47.4.3 Jitter test requirements
47.4.3.1 Transmit jitter
47.4.3.2 Jitter tolerance
47.5 Environmental specifications
47.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 47, XGMII Extender (XGMII) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI)
47.6.1 Introduction
47.6.2 Identification
47.6.2.1 Implementation identification
47.6.2.2 Protocol summary
47.6.3 Major capabilities/options
47.6.4 PICS proforma tables for XGXS and XAUI
47.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations
47.6.4.2 XGXS and XAUI functions
47.6.4.3 Electrical characteristics
47.6.4.4 LPI functions
48. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 10GBASE-X
48.1 Overview
48.1.1 Objectives
48.1.2 Relationship of 10GBASE-X to other standards
48.1.3 Summary of 10GBASE-X sublayers
48.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
48.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
48.1.3.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
48.1.4 Rate of operation
48.1.5 Allocation of functions
48.1.6 Inter-sublayer interfaces
48.1.7 Functional block diagram
48.1.8 Special symbols
48.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
48.2.1 PCS service interface (XGMII)
48.2.2 Functions within the PCS
48.2.3 Use of code-groups
48.2.4 Ordered sets and special code-groups
48.2.4.1 Data (/D/)
48.2.4.2 Idle (||I||) and Low Power Idle (||LPIDLE||)
48.2.4.2.1 Sync ||K||
48.2.4.2.2 Align ||A||
48.2.4.2.3 Skip ||R||
48.2.4.3 Encapsulation
48.2.4.3.1 Start ||S||
48.2.4.3.2 Terminate ||T||
48.2.4.4 Error /E/
48.2.4.5 Link status
48.2.4.5.1 Sequence ||Q||
48.2.5 Management function requirements
48.2.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams
48.2.6.1 State variables
48.2.6.1.1 Notation conventions
48.2.6.1.2 Constants
48.2.6.1.3 Variables
48.2.6.1.4 Functions
48.2.6.1.5 Counters
48.2.6.1.6 Timers
48.2.6.1.7 Messages
48.2.6.2 State diagrams
48.2.6.2.1 Transmit
48.2.6.2.2 Synchronization
48.2.6.2.3 Deskew
48.2.6.2.4 Receive
48.2.6.2.5 LPI state diagrams
48.2.6.2.6 LPI status and management
48.2.6.3 Initialization process
48.2.6.4 Link status reporting
48.2.6.4.1 Link status detection
48.2.6.4.2 Link status signaling
48.2.6.4.3 Link status messages
48.2.7 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet
48.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
48.3.1 Functions within the PMA
48.3.1.1 PMA transmit process
48.3.1.2 PMA receive process
48.3.2 Service interface
48.3.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request
48.3.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
48.3.2.1.2 When generated
48.3.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
48.3.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
48.3.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
48.3.2.2.2 When generated
48.3.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
48.3.3 Loopback mode
48.3.3.1 Receiver considerations
48.3.3.2 Transmitter considerations
48.3.4 Test functions
48.4 Compatibility considerations
48.5 Delay constraints
48.6 Environmental specifications
48.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 10GBASE-X
48.7.1 Introduction
48.7.2 Identification
48.7.2.1 Implementation identification
48.7.2.2 Protocol summary
48.7.3 Major capabilities/options
48.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 10GBASE-X
48.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations
48.7.4.2 PCS functions
48.7.4.3 PMA functions
48.7.4.4 Interface functions
48.7.4.5 LPI functions
49. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 10GBASE-R
49.1 Overview
49.1.1 Scope
49.1.2 Objectives
49.1.3 Relationship of 10GBASE-R to other standards
49.1.4 Summary of 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W sublayers
49.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
49.1.4.2 WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS)
49.1.4.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
49.1.4.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
49.1.4.5 Bit ordering across 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W sublayers.
49.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces
49.1.6 Functional block diagram
49.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
49.2.1 PCS service interface (XGMII)
49.2.2 Functions within the PCS
49.2.3 Use of blocks
49.2.4 64B/66B transmission code
49.2.4.1 Notation conventions
49.2.4.2 Transmission order
49.2.4.3 Block structure
49.2.4.4 Control codes
49.2.4.5 Ordered sets
49.2.4.6 Valid and invalid blocks
49.2.4.7 Idle (/I/) and Low Power Idle (/LI/)
49.2.4.8 Start (/S/)
49.2.4.9 Terminate (/T/)
49.2.4.10 ordered set (/O/)
49.2.4.11 Error (/E/)
49.2.5 Transmit process
49.2.6 Scrambler
49.2.7 Gearbox
49.2.8 Test-pattern generators
49.2.9 Block synchronization
49.2.10 Descrambler
49.2.11 Receive process
49.2.12 Test-pattern checker
49.2.13 Detailed functions and state diagrams
49.2.13.1 State diagram conventions
49.2.13.2 State variables
49.2.13.2.1 Constants
49.2.13.2.2 Variables
49.2.13.2.3 Functions
49.2.13.2.4 Counters
49.2.13.2.5 Timers
49.2.13.3 State diagrams
49.2.13.3.1 LPI state diagrams
49.2.14 PCS Management
49.2.14.1 Status
49.2.14.2 Counters
49.2.14.3 Test mode control
49.2.14.4 Loopback
49.2.15 Delay constraints
49.2.16 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet
49.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 49, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) type 10GBASE-R
49.3.1 Introduction
49.3.2 Identification
49.3.2.1 Implementation identification
49.3.2.2 Protocol summary
49.3.3 Major capabilities/options
49.3.4 PICS Proforma Tables for PCS, type 10GBASE-R
49.3.4.1 Coding rules
49.3.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler
49.3.5 Test-pattern modes
49.3.5.1 Bit order
49.3.6 Management
49.3.6.1 State diagrams
49.3.6.2 WIS
49.3.6.3 Loopback
49.3.6.4 Delay Constraints
49.3.6.5 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions
49.3.6.6 LPI functions
50. WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W
50.1 Overview
50.1.1 Scope
50.1.2 Objectives
50.1.3 Relationship to other sublayers
50.1.4 Summary of functions
50.1.5 Sublayer interfaces
50.1.6 Functional block diagram
50.1.7 Notational conventions
50.2 WIS Service Interface
50.2.1 WIS_UNITDATA.request
50.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
50.2.1.2 When generated
50.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
50.2.2 WIS_UNITDATA.indication
50.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
50.2.2.2 When generated
50.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
50.2.3 WIS_SIGNAL.request
50.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
50.2.3.2 When generated
50.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
50.2.4 WIS_SIGNAL.indication
50.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
50.2.4.2 When generated
50.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
50.3 Functions within the WIS
50.3.1 Payload mapping and data-unit delineation
50.3.1.1 Transmit payload mapping
50.3.1.2 Receive payload mapping
50.3.2 WIS frame generation
50.3.2.1 Transmit Path Overhead insertion
50.3.2.2 Transmit Line Overhead insertion
50.3.2.3 Transmit Section Overhead insertion
50.3.2.4 Receive Path, Line, and Section Overhead extraction
50.3.2.5 Fault processing
50.3.3 Scrambling
50.3.3.1 Scrambler polynomial
50.3.3.2 Scrambler bit ordering
50.3.4 Octet and frame delineation
50.3.5 Error propagation
50.3.5.1 Propagated errors
50.3.5.2 Error propagation timing
50.3.5.3 Loss of Code-group Delineation
50.3.6 Mapping between WIS and PMA
50.3.7 WIS data delay constraints
50.3.8 WIS test-pattern generator and checker
50.3.8.1 Square wave test pattern
50.3.8.2 PRBS31 test pattern
50.3.8.3 Mixed-frequency test pattern
50.3.8.3.1 Test Signal Structure (TSS)
50.3.8.3.2 Continuous Identical Digits
50.3.9 Loopback
50.3.10 Link status
50.3.11 Management interface
50.3.11.1 Management registers
50.3.11.2 WIS managed object class
50.3.11.3 Management support objects
50.4 Synchronization state diagram
50.4.1 State diagram variables
50.4.1.1 Constants
50.4.1.2 Variables
50.4.1.3 Functions
50.4.1.4 Counters
50.4.2 State diagram
50.4.3 Parameter values
50.5 Environmental specifications
50.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 50, WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W
50.6.1 Introduction
50.6.2 Identification
50.6.2.1 Implementation identification
50.6.2.2 Protocol summary
50.6.3 Major capabilities/options
50.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W
50.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations
50.6.4.2 WIS transmit functions
50.6.4.3 WIS receive functions
50.6.4.4 State diagrams
50.6.4.5 Error notification
50.6.4.6 Management registers and functions
50.6.4.7 WIS test-pattern generator and checker
51. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type Serial
51.1 Overview
51.1.1 Scope
51.1.2 Summary of functions
51.2 PMA Service Interface
51.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request
51.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
51.2.1.2 When generated
51.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
51.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
51.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
51.2.2.2 When generated
51.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
51.2.3 PMA_SIGNAL.indication
51.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
51.2.3.2 When generated
51.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
51.2.4 PMA_RXMODE.request
51.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
51.2.4.2 When generated
51.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
51.2.5 PMA_TXMODE.request
51.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
51.2.5.2 When generated
51.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
51.2.6 PMA_ENERGY.indication
51.2.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive
51.2.6.2 When generated
51.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
51.3 Functions within the PMA
51.3.1 PMA transmit function
51.3.2 PMA receive function
51.3.3 Delay Constraints
51.4 Sixteen-Bit Interface (XSBI)
51.4.1 Required signals
51.4.2 Optional Signals
51.5 General electrical characteristics of the XSBI
51.5.1 DC characteristics
51.5.2 Valid signal levels
51.5.3 Rise and fall time definition
51.5.4 Output load
51.6 XSBI transmit interface electrical characteristics
51.6.1 XSBI transmit interface timing
51.6.1.1 PMA client output timing
51.6.1.2 PMA input timing
51.6.2 XSBI PMA_TX_CLK and PMA_TXCLK_SRC Specification
51.7 XSBI receive interface electrical characteristics
51.7.1 XSBI receive interface timing
51.7.1.1 PMA output timing
51.7.1.2 PMA client input timing
51.7.2 XSBI PMA_RX_CLK specification
51.8 PMA loopback mode (optional)
51.9 Environmental specifications
51.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 51, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type Serial
51.10.1 Introduction
51.10.2 Identification
51.10.2.1 Implementation identification
51.10.2.2 Protocol summary
51.10.3 Major capabilities/options
51.10.4 PICS proforma tables for the PMA Interface Sublayer, type Serial
51.10.4.1 Compatibility considerations
51.10.4.2 PMA transmit functions
51.10.4.3 PMA receive functions
51.10.4.4 PMA delay constraints
52. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-S (short wavelength serial), 10GBASE-L (long wavelength serial), and 10GBASE-E (extra long wavelength serial)
52.1 Overview
52.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface
52.1.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request
52.1.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
52.1.1.1.2 When generated
52.1.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
52.1.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
52.1.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
52.1.1.2.2 When generated
52.1.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
52.1.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
52.1.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
52.1.1.3.2 When generated
52.1.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
52.2 Delay constraints
52.3 PMD MDIO function mapping
52.4 PMD functional specifications
52.4.1 PMD block diagram
52.4.2 PMD Transmit function
52.4.3 PMD Receive function
52.4.4 PMD Signal Detect function
52.4.5 PMD_reset function
52.4.6 PMD_fault function
52.4.7 PMD_global_transmit_disable function
52.4.8 PMD_transmit_fault function
52.4.9 PMD_receive_fault function
52.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-S
52.5.1 10GBASE-S transmitter optical specifications
52.5.2 10GBASE-S receive optical specifications
52.5.3 Illustrative 10GBASE-S link power budgets
52.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-L
52.6.1 10GBASE-L transmitter optical specifications
52.6.2 10GBASE-L receive optical specifications
52.6.3 Illustrative 10GBASE-L link power budgets
52.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-E
52.7.1 10GBASE-E transmitter optical specifications
52.7.2 10GBASE-E receive optical specifications
52.7.3 Illustrative 10GBASE-E link power budgets
52.8 Jitter specifications for 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W
52.8.1 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test
52.9 Optical measurement requirements
52.9.1 Test patterns
52.9.1.1 Test-pattern definition
52.9.1.2 Square wave pattern definition
52.9.2 Center wavelength, spectral width, and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) measurements
52.9.3 Average optical power measurements
52.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements
52.9.5 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) test procedure
52.9.6 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure
52.9.6.1 General test description
52.9.6.2 Component descriptions
52.9.6.3 Test Procedure
52.9.7 Transmitter optical waveform
52.9.8 Receiver sensitivity measurements
52.9.9 Stressed receiver conformance test
52.9.9.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
52.9.9.2 Parameter definitions
52.9.9.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
52.9.9.4 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure
52.9.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty measurement
52.9.10.1 Reference transmitter requirements
52.9.10.2 Channel requirements
52.9.10.3 Reference receiver requirements
52.9.10.4 Test procedure
52.9.11 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency
52.10 Environmental specifications
52.10.1 General safety
52.10.2 Laser safety
52.10.3 Installation
52.11 Environment
52.11.1 Electromagnetic emission
52.11.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling
52.12 PMD labeling requirements
52.13 Fiber optic cabling model
52.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
52.14.1 Optical fiber and cable
52.14.2 Optical fiber connection
52.14.2.1 Connection insertion loss
52.14.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
52.14.3 10GBASE-E attenuator management
52.14.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
52.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 52, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-S (short wavelength serial), 10GBASE-L (long wavelength serial), and 10GBASE-E (extra long w...
52.15.1 Introduction
52.15.2 Identification
52.15.2.1 Implementation identification
52.15.2.2 Protocol summary
52.15.2.3 Major capabilities/options
52.15.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, types 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W
52.15.3.1 PMD functional specifications
52.15.3.2 Management functions
52.15.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-SR
52.15.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-SW
52.15.3.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LR
52.15.3.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LW
52.15.3.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-ER
52.15.3.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-EW
52.15.3.9 Optical measurement requirements
52.15.3.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
52.15.3.11 Environmental specifications
52.15.3.12 Environment
53. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-LX4
53.1 Overview
53.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
53.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request
53.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
53.1.2.2 When generated
53.1.2.3 Effect of Receipt
53.1.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
53.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
53.1.3.2 When generated
53.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
53.1.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
53.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
53.1.4.2 When generated
53.1.4.3 Effect of receipt
53.2 Delay constraints
53.3 PMD MDIO function mapping
53.4 PMD functional specifications
53.4.1 PMD block diagram
53.4.2 PMD transmit function
53.4.3 PMD receive function
53.4.4 Global PMD signal detect function
53.4.5 PMD lane by lane signal detect function
53.4.6 PMD reset function
53.4.7 Global PMD transmit disable function
53.4.8 PMD lane by lane transmit disable function
53.4.9 PMD fault function
53.4.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
53.4.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
53.5 Wavelength-division multiplexed-lane assignments
53.6 Operating ranges for 10GBASE-LX4 PMD
53.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LX4
53.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications
53.7.2 Receive optical specifications
53.7.3 Illustrative 10GBASE-LX4 link power budget and penalties
53.8 Jitter specifications for each lane of the 10GBASE-LX4 PMD
53.8.1 Transmit jitter specification
53.8.1.1 Channel requirements for transmit jitter testing
53.8.1.2 Test pattern requirements for transmit jitter testing
53.8.2 Receive jitter tolerance specification
53.8.2.1 Input jitter for receiver jitter test
53.8.2.2 Added sinusoidal jitter for receiver jitter test
53.9 Optical measurement requirements
53.9.1 Wavelength range measurements
53.9.2 Optical power measurements
53.9.3 Source spectral window measurements
53.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements
53.9.5 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) measurements
53.9.6 Relative Intensity Noise [RIN12(OMA)]
53.9.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
53.9.8 Transmit rise/fall characteristics
53.9.9 Receive sensitivity measurements
53.9.10 Transmitter jitter conformance (per lane)
53.9.10.1 Block diagram and general description of test set up
53.9.10.2 Channel requirements for transmit jitter testing
53.9.10.3 Transmit jitter test procedure
53.9.11 Receive sensitivity measurements
53.9.12 Stressed receiver conformance test
53.9.12.1 Block diagram of stressed receiver tolerance test set up
53.9.12.2 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure
53.9.12.3 Characterization of receiver input signal
53.9.12.4 Jitter tolerance test procedure
53.9.13 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency
53.9.14 Conformance test signal at TP3 for receiver testing
53.9.15 Receiver test suite for WDM conformance testing
53.10 Environmental specifications
53.10.1 General safety
53.10.2 Laser safety
53.10.3 Installation
53.11 Environment
53.11.1 Electromagnetic emission
53.11.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling
53.12 PMD labeling requirements
53.13 Fiber optic cabling model
53.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
53.14.1 Optical fiber and cable
53.14.2 Optical fiber connection
53.14.2.1 Connection insertion loss
53.14.2.2 Connection return loss
53.14.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
53.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 53, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-LX4
53.15.1 Introduction
53.15.2 Identification
53.15.2.1 Implementation identification
53.15.2.2 Protocol summary
53.15.3 Major capabilities/options
53.15.4 PICS proforma tables for 10GBASE-LX4 and baseband medium
53.15.4.1 PMD Functional specifications
53.15.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LX4
53.15.4.3 Management functions
53.15.4.4 Jitter specifications
53.15.4.5 Optical measurement requirements
53.15.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
54. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-CX4
54.1 Overview
54.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
54.3 Delay constraints
54.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
54.5 PMD functional specifications
54.5.1 Link block diagram
54.5.2 PMD Transmit function
54.5.3 PMD Receive function
54.5.4 Global PMD signal detect function
54.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
54.5.6 Global PMD transmit disable function
54.5.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
54.5.8 Loopback mode
54.5.9 PMD fault function
54.5.10 PMD transmit fault function
54.5.11 PMD receive fault function
54.6 MDI Electrical specifications for 10GBASE-CX4
54.6.1 Signal levels
54.6.2 Signal paths
54.6.3 Transmitter characteristics
54.6.3.1 Test fixtures
54.6.3.2 Test-fixture impedance
54.6.3.3 Signaling speed range
54.6.3.4 Output amplitude
54.6.3.5 Output return loss
54.6.3.6 Differential output template
54.6.3.7 Transition time
54.6.3.8 Transmit jitter
54.6.3.9 Transmit jitter test requirements
54.6.4 Receiver characteristics
54.6.4.1 Bit error ratio
54.6.4.2 Signaling speed range
54.6.4.3 AC-coupling
54.6.4.4 Input signal amplitude
54.6.4.5 Input return loss
54.7 Cable assembly characteristics
54.7.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance
54.7.2 Cable assembly insertion loss
54.7.3 Cable assembly return loss
54.7.4 Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT)
54.7.4.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk
54.7.4.2 Multiple Disturber Near-End Crosstalk (MDNEXT)
54.7.5 Far-End Crosstalk (FEXT)
54.7.5.1 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss
54.7.5.2 Multiple Disturber Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (MDELFEXT) loss
54.7.6 Shielding
54.7.7 Crossover function
54.8 MDI specification
54.8.1 MDI connectors
54.8.2 Connector pin assignments
54.9 Environmental specifications
54.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 54, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-CX4
54.10.1 Introduction
54.10.2 Identification
54.10.2.1 Implementation identification
54.10.2.2 Protocol summary
54.10.3 PICS proforma tables for 10GBASE-CX4 and baseband medium
54.10.4 Major capabilities/options
54.10.4.1 PMD Functional specifications
54.10.4.2 Management functions
54.10.4.3 Transmitter specifications
54.10.4.4 Receiver specifications
54.10.4.5 Cable assembly specifications
54.10.4.6 MDI connector specifications
55. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-T
55.1 Overview
55.1.1 Objectives
55.1.2 Relationship of 10GBASE-T to other standards
55.1.3 Operation of 10GBASE-T
55.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
55.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
55.1.3.3 EEE capability
55.1.4 Signaling
55.1.5 Interfaces
55.1.6 Conventions in this clause
55.2 10GBASE-T service primitives and interfaces
55.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface
55.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request
55.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.1.1.2 When generated
55.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication
55.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.1.2.2 When generated
55.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2 PMA service interface
55.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication
55.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.1.2 When generated
55.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication
55.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.2.2 When generated
55.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request
55.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.3.2 When generated
55.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
55.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.4.2 When generated
55.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request
55.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.5.2 When generated
55.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request
55.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.6.2 When generated
55.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication
55.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.7.2 When generated
55.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request
55.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.8.2 When generated
55.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.9 PMA_ALERTDETECT.indication
55.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.9.2 When generated
55.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.10 PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request
55.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.10.2 When generated
55.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.11 PMA_PCSDATAMODE.indication
55.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.11.2 When generated
55.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt
55.2.2.12 PMA_FR_ACTIVE.indication
55.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive
55.2.2.12.2 When generated
55.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt
55.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
55.3.1 PCS service interface (XGMII)
55.3.2 PCS functions
55.3.2.1 PCS Reset function
55.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function
55.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks
55.3.2.2.2 65B-LDPC transmission code
55.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions
55.3.2.2.4 Transmission order
55.3.2.2.5 Block structure
55.3.2.2.6 Control codes
55.3.2.2.7 Ordered sets
55.3.2.2.8 Valid and invalid blocks
55.3.2.2.9 Idle (/I/)
55.3.2.2.10 LPI (/LI/)
55.3.2.2.11 Start (/S/)
55.3.2.2.12 Terminate (/T/)
55.3.2.2.13 ordered set (/O/)
55.3.2.2.14 Error (/E/)
55.3.2.2.15 Transmit process
55.3.2.2.16 PCS scrambler
55.3.2.2.17 CRC8
55.3.2.2.18 LDPC encoder
55.3.2.2.19 DSQ128 bit mapping
55.3.2.2.20 DSQ128 to 4D-PAM16
55.3.2.2.21 65B-LDPC framer
55.3.2.2.22 EEE capability
55.3.2.3 PCS Receive function
55.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization
55.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler
55.3.2.3.3 CRC8 receive function
55.3.3 Test-pattern generators
55.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials
55.3.4.1 Generation of bits San, Sbn, Scn, Sdn
55.3.4.2 Generation of 4D symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn
55.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials
55.3.5 LPI signaling
55.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization
55.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling
55.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling
55.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams
55.3.6.1 State diagram conventions
55.3.6.2 State diagram parameters
55.3.6.2.1 Constants
55.3.6.2.2 Variables
55.3.6.2.3 Timers
55.3.6.2.4 Functions
55.3.6.2.5 Counters
55.3.6.3 State diagrams
55.3.7 PCS management
55.3.7.1 Status
55.3.7.2 Counters
55.3.7.3 Loopback
55.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
55.4.1 PMA functional specifications
55.4.2 PMA functions
55.4.2.1 PMA Reset function
55.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function
55.4.2.2.1 Alert signal
55.4.2.2.2 Link failure signal
55.4.2.3 PMA transmit disable function
55.4.2.3.1 Global PMA transmit disable function
55.4.2.3.2 PMA pair by pair transmit disable function
55.4.2.3.3 PMA MDIO function mapping
55.4.2.4 PMA Receive function
55.4.2.5 PHY Control function
55.4.2.5.1 Infofield notation
55.4.2.5.2 Start of Frame Delimiter
55.4.2.5.3 Current transmitter settings
55.4.2.5.4 Next transmitter settings
55.4.2.5.5 Requested transmitter settings
55.4.2.5.6 Message Field
55.4.2.5.7 SNR_margin
55.4.2.5.8 Transition counter
55.4.2.5.9 Coefficient exchange handshake
55.4.2.5.10 Reserved Fields
55.4.2.5.11 Vendor-specific field
55.4.2.5.12 Coefficient Field
55.4.2.5.13 CRC16
55.4.2.5.14 Startup sequence
55.4.2.5.15 Fast retrain function
55.4.2.6 Link Monitor function
55.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function
55.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function
55.4.3 MDI
55.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY
55.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI
55.4.4 Automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration
55.4.5 State variables
55.4.5.1 State diagram variables
55.4.5.2 Timers
55.4.5.3 Functions
55.4.5.4 Counters
55.4.6 State diagrams
55.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram
55.4.6.2 Transition counter state diagrams
55.4.6.3 Link Monitor state diagram
55.4.6.4 EEE Refresh monitor state diagram
55.4.6.5 Fast retrain state diagram
55.5 PMA electrical specifications
55.5.1 Electrical isolation
55.5.2 Test modes
55.5.2.1 Test fixtures
55.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications
55.5.3.1 Maximum output droop
55.5.3.2 Transmitter linearity.
55.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter
55.5.3.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) and power level
55.5.3.5 Transmit clock frequency
55.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications
55.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals
55.5.4.2 Receiver frequency tolerance
55.5.4.3 Common-mode noise rejection
55.5.4.4 Alien crosstalk noise rejection
55.5.4.5 Short reach mode link test
55.5.4.5.1 Short reach test channels
55.6 Management interfaces
55.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation
55.6.1.1 10GBASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation
55.6.1.2 10GBASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use
55.6.1.3 Sending Next Pages
55.6.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution
55.7 Link segment characteristics
55.7.1 Cabling system characteristics
55.7.2 Link segment transmission parameters
55.7.2.1 Insertion loss
55.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
55.7.2.3 Return loss
55.7.2.4 Coupling parameters between duplex channels comprising one link segment
55.7.2.4.1 Differential near-end crosstalk
55.7.2.4.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss
55.7.2.4.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss
55.7.2.4.4 Equal level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT)
55.7.2.4.5 Multiple disturber equal level far-end crosstalk (MDELFEXT)
55.7.2.4.6 Multiple disturber power sum equal level far-end crosstalk (PS ELFEXT)
55.7.2.5 Maximum link delay
55.7.2.6 Link delay skew
55.7.3 Coupling parameters between link segments
55.7.3.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss
55.7.3.1.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss
55.7.3.1.2 PSANEXT loss to insertion loss ratio requirements
55.7.3.2 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss
55.7.3.2.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien equal level far-end crosstalk (PSAELFEXT)
55.7.3.2.2 PSAELFEXT to insertion loss ratio requirements
55.7.3.3 Alien crosstalk margin computation
55.7.4 Noise environment
55.8 MDI specification
55.8.1 MDI connectors
55.8.2 MDI electrical specifications
55.8.2.1 MDI return loss
55.8.2.2 MDI impedance balance
55.8.2.3 MDI fault tolerance
55.9 Environmental specifications
55.9.1 General safety
55.9.2 Network safety
55.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
55.9.4 Telephone voltages
55.9.5 Electromagnetic compatibility
55.9.6 Temperature and humidity
55.10 PHY labeling
55.11 Delay constraints
55.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 55—Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-T
55.12.1 Identification
55.12.1.1 Implementation identification
55.12.1.2 Protocol summary
55.12.2 Major capabilities/options
55.12.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
55.12.3.1 PCS Receive functions
55.12.3.2 Other PCS functions
55.12.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
55.12.5 Management interface
55.12.6 PMA electrical specifications
55.12.7 Characteristics of the link segment
55.12.8 MDI requirements
55.12.9 General safety and environmental requirements
55.12.10 Timing requirements
56. Introduction to Ethernet for subscriber access networks
56.1 Overview
56.1.1 Summary of P2P sublayers
56.1.1.1 P2P fiber media
56.1.1.2 P2P copper media
56.1.2 Summary of P2MP sublayers
56.1.2.1 Multipoint MAC Control Protocol (MPCP)
56.1.2.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and media independent interfaces
56.1.3 Physical Layer signaling systems
56.1.4 Management
56.1.5 Unidirectional transmission
56.2 State diagrams
56.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
57. Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM)
57.1 Overview
57.1.1 Scope
57.1.2 Summary of objectives and major concepts
57.1.3 Summary of non-objectives
57.1.4 Positioning of OAM within the IEEE 802.3 architecture
57.1.5 Compatibility considerations
57.1.5.1 Application
57.1.5.2 Interoperability between OAM capable DTEs
57.1.5.3 MAC Control PAUSE
57.1.5.4 Interface to MAC Control client
57.1.5.5 Frame loss during OAM remote loopback
57.1.6 State diagram conventions
57.2 Functional specifications
57.2.1 Interlayer service interfaces
57.2.2 Principles of operation
57.2.3 Instances of the MAC data service interface
57.2.4 Responsibilities of OAM client
57.2.5 OAM client interactions
57.2.5.1 OAMPDU.request
57.2.5.1.1 Function
57.2.5.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
57.2.5.1.3 When generated
57.2.5.1.4 Effect of receipt
57.2.5.2 OAMPDU.indication
57.2.5.2.1 Function
57.2.5.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
57.2.5.2.3 When generated
57.2.5.2.4 Effect of receipt
57.2.5.3 OAM_CTL.request
57.2.5.3.1 Function
57.2.5.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive
57.2.5.3.3 When generated
57.2.5.3.4 Effect of receipt
57.2.5.4 OAM_CTL.indication
57.2.5.4.1 Function
57.2.5.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive
57.2.5.4.3 When generated
57.2.5.4.4 Effect of receipt
57.2.6 Instances of the OAM internal service interface
57.2.7 Internal block diagram
57.2.8 OAM internal interactions
57.2.8.1 OAMI.request
57.2.8.1.1 Function
57.2.8.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
57.2.8.1.3 When generated
57.2.8.1.4 Effect of receipt
57.2.8.2 OAMI.indication
57.2.8.2.1 Function
57.2.8.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
57.2.8.2.3 When generated
57.2.8.2.4 Effect of receipt
57.2.9 Modes
57.2.9.1 Active mode
57.2.9.2 Passive mode
57.2.10 OAM events
57.2.10.1 Critical link events
57.2.10.2 Link events
57.2.10.3 Local event procedure
57.2.10.4 Remote event procedure
57.2.11 OAM remote loopback
57.2.11.1 Initiating OAM remote loopback
57.2.11.2 During OAM remote loopback
57.2.11.3 Exiting OAM remote loopback
57.2.11.4 Loss of OAMPDUs during OAM remote loopback
57.2.11.5 Loss of frames during OAM remote loopback
57.2.11.6 Timing considerations for OAM remote loopback
57.2.12 Unidirectional OAM operation
57.3 Detailed functions and state diagrams
57.3.1 State diagram variables
57.3.1.1 Constants
57.3.1.2 Variables
57.3.1.3 Messages
57.3.1.4 Counters
57.3.1.5 Timers
57.3.2 Control
57.3.2.1 OAM Discovery
57.3.2.1.1 FAULT state
57.3.2.1.2 ACTIVE_SEND_LOCAL state
57.3.2.1.3 PASSIVE_WAIT state
57.3.2.1.4 SEND_LOCAL_REMOTE state
57.3.2.1.5 SEND_LOCAL_REMOTE_OK state
57.3.2.1.6 SEND_ANY state
57.3.2.1.7 Sending Discovery status to peer
57.3.2.2 Transmit
57.3.2.2.1 RESET state
57.3.2.2.2 WAIT_FOR_TX state
57.3.2.2.3 Expiration of pdu_timer
57.3.2.2.4 Valid request to send an OAMPDU
57.3.2.2.5 TX_OAMPDU state
57.3.2.2.6 Transmit rules
57.3.2.3 Receive rules
57.3.3 Multiplexer
57.3.3.1 WAIT_FOR_TX state
57.3.3.1.1 Valid request to send an OAMPDU
57.3.3.1.2 Valid request to forward or loopback frame
57.3.3.2 TX_FRAME state
57.3.4 Parser
57.3.4.1 Reception of OAMPDU
57.3.4.2 Reception of non-OAMPDUs
57.3.4.2.1 Reception of non-OAMPDU in FWD mode
57.3.4.2.2 Reception of non-OAMPDU in LB mode
57.3.4.2.3 Reception of non-OAMPDU in DISCARD mode
57.4 OAMPDUs
57.4.1 Ordering and representation of octets
57.4.2 Structure
57.4.2.1 Flags field
57.4.2.2 Code field
57.4.3 OAMPDU descriptions
57.4.3.1 Information OAMPDU
57.4.3.2 Event Notification OAMPDU
57.4.3.3 Variable Request OAMPDU
57.4.3.4 Variable Response OAMPDU
57.4.3.5 Loopback Control OAMPDU
57.4.3.6 Organization Specific OAMPDU
57.5 OAM TLVs
57.5.1 Parsing
57.5.2 Information TLVs
57.5.2.1 Local Information TLV
57.5.2.2 Remote Information TLV
57.5.2.3 Organization Specific Information TLV
57.5.3 Link Event TLVs
57.5.3.1 Errored Symbol Period Event TLV
57.5.3.2 Errored Frame Event TLV
57.5.3.3 Errored Frame Period Event TLV
57.5.3.4 Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event TLV
57.5.3.5 Organization Specific Event TLVs
57.6 Variables
57.6.1 Variable Descriptors
57.6.2 Variable Containers
57.6.2.1 Format of Variable Containers when returning attributes
57.6.2.2 Format of Variable Containers when returning packages and objects
57.6.3 Parsing
57.6.4 Variable Branch/Leaf examples
57.6.5 Variable Indications
57.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 57, Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM)
57.7.1 Introduction
57.7.2 Identification
57.7.2.1 Implementation identification
57.7.2.2 Protocol summary
57.7.2.3 Major capabilities/options
57.7.3 PICS proforma tables for Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM)
57.7.3.1 Functional specifications
57.7.3.2 Event Notification Generation and Reception
57.7.3.3 OAMPDUs
57.7.3.4 Local Information TLVs
57.7.3.5 Remote Information TLVs
57.7.3.6 Organization Specific Information TLVs
57.7.4 Link Event TLVs
57.7.5 Variables Descriptors and Containers
58. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 100BASE-BX10 (Bi-Directional Long Wavelength)
58.1 Overview
58.1.1 Goals and objectives
58.1.2 Positioning of this PMD set within the IEEE 802.3 architecture
58.1.3 Terminology and conventions
58.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface
58.1.4.1 Delay constraints
58.1.4.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request
58.1.4.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
58.1.4.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
58.2 PMD functional specifications
58.2.1 PMD block diagram
58.2.2 PMD transmit function
58.2.3 PMD receive function
58.2.4 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 signal detect function
58.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-LX10
58.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications
58.3.2 Receiver optical specifications
58.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10
58.4.1 Transmit optical specifications
58.4.2 Receiver optical specifications
58.5 Illustrative 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 channels and penalties
58.6 Jitter at TP1 and TP4 for 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10
58.7 Optical measurement requirements
58.7.1 Test patterns
58.7.1.1 100BASE-X optical frame-based test pattern
58.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements
58.7.3 Optical power measurements
58.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements
58.7.5 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) measurements (optional)
58.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements
58.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure
58.7.7.1 General test description
58.7.7.2 Component descriptions
58.7.7.3 Test procedure
58.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
58.7.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) measurement
58.7.9.1 Reference transmitter requirements
58.7.9.2 Channel requirements
58.7.9.3 Reference receiver requirements
58.7.9.4 Test procedure
58.7.9.5 Approximate measures of TDP
58.7.10 Receiver sensitivity measurements
58.7.11 Stressed receiver conformance test
58.7.11.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
58.7.11.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
58.7.11.3 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure
58.7.11.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test
58.7.12 Jitter measurements
58.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling
58.8.1 General safety
58.8.2 Laser safety
58.8.3 Installation
58.8.4 Environment
58.8.5 PMD labeling requirements
58.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
58.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model
58.9.2 Optical fiber and cable
58.9.3 Optical fiber connection
58.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
58.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 58, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 100BASE-BX10 (Bi-Directional Long Wavelength)
58.10.1 Introduction
58.10.2 Identification
58.10.2.1 Implementation identification
58.10.2.2 Protocol summary
58.10.2.3 Major capabilities/options
58.10.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10
58.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications
58.10.3.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-LX10
58.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10-D
58.10.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10-U
58.10.3.5 Optical measurement requirements
58.10.3.6 Environmental specifications
58.10.3.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
59. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 1000BASE-BX10 (Bi-Directional Long Wavelength)
59.1 Overview
59.1.1 Goals and objectives
59.1.2 Positioning of 1000BASE-LX10 and 1000BASE-BX10 PMDs within the IEEE 802.3 architecture
59.1.3 Terminology and conventions
59.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface
59.1.5 Delay constraints
59.1.5.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request
59.1.5.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
59.1.5.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
59.2 PMD functional specifications
59.2.1 PMD block diagram
59.2.2 PMD transmit function
59.2.3 PMD receive function
59.2.4 PMD signal detect function
59.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX10
59.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications
59.3.2 Receiver optical specifications
59.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-D and 1000BASE-BX10-U
59.4.1 Transmit optical specifications
59.4.2 Receiver optical specifications
59.5 Illustrative 1000BASE-LX10 and 1000BASE-BX10 channels and penalties
59.6 Jitter specifications
59.7 Optical measurement requirements
59.7.1 Test patterns
59.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements
59.7.3 Optical power measurements
59.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements
59.7.5 OMA measurements (optional)
59.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements
59.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RIN12OMA)
59.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
59.7.9 Transmit rise/fall characteristics
59.7.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP)
59.7.11 Receive sensitivity measurements
59.7.12 Total jitter measurements
59.7.13 Deterministic or high probability jitter measurement
59.7.14 Stressed receiver conformance test
59.7.15 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency
59.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling specifications
59.8.1 General safety
59.8.2 Laser safety
59.8.3 Installation
59.8.4 Environment
59.8.5 PMD labeling requirements
59.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
59.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model
59.9.2 Optical fiber and cable
59.9.3 Optical fiber connection
59.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
59.9.5 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord for MMF operation of 1000BASE-LX10
59.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 59, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 1000BASE-BX10 (Bi-Directional Long Wavelength)
59.10.1 Introduction
59.10.2 Identification
59.10.2.1 Implementation identification
59.10.2.2 Protocol summary
59.10.3 Major capabilities/options
59.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications
59.10.3.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX10
59.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-D
59.10.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-U
59.10.3.5 Optical Measurement requirements
59.10.3.6 Environmental, safety, and labeling specifications
59.10.3.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
59.10.3.8 Offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord
60. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX (long wavelength passive optical networks)
60.1 Overview
60.1.1 Goals and objectives
60.1.2 Positioning of this PMD set within the IEEE 802.3 architecture
60.1.3 Terminology and conventions
60.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface
60.1.5 Delay constraints
60.1.5.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request
60.1.5.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
60.1.5.3 PMD_SIGNAL.request
60.1.5.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
60.2 PMD functional specifications
60.2.1 PMD block diagram
60.2.2 PMD transmit function
60.2.3 PMD receive function
60.2.4 PMD signal detect function
60.2.4.1 ONU PMD signal detect (downstream)
60.2.4.2 OLT PMD signal detect (upstream)
60.2.4.3 1000BASE-PX Signal detect functions
60.2.5 PMD transmit enable function for ONU
60.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-D and 1000BASE-PX10-U
60.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications
60.3.2 Receiver optical specifications
60.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-D and 1000BASE-PX20-U
60.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications
60.4.2 Receiver optical specifications
60.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX30-D and 1000BASE-PX30-U
60.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications
60.5.2 Receiver optical specifications
60.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX40-D and 1000BASE-PX40-U
60.6.1 Transmitter optical specifications
60.6.2 Receiver optical specifications
60.7 Illustrative 1000BASE-PX channels and penalties
60.8 Jitter at TP1 to TP4 for 1000BASE-PX
60.9 Optical measurement requirements
60.9.1 Frame-based test patterns
60.9.2 Wavelength, spectral width, and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) measurements
60.9.3 Optical power measurements
60.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements
60.9.5 OMA measurements (optional)
60.9.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements
60.9.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RIN15OMA)
60.9.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
60.9.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP)
60.9.10 Receive sensitivity measurement
60.9.11 Stressed receive conformance test
60.9.12 Jitter measurements
60.9.13 Other measurements
60.9.13.1 Laser On/Off timing measurement
60.9.13.1.1 Definitions
60.9.13.1.2 Test specification
60.9.13.2 Receiver settling timing measurement
60.9.13.2.1 Definitions
60.9.13.2.2 Test specification
60.10 Environmental, safety, and labeling
60.10.1 General safety
60.10.2 Laser safety
60.10.3 Installation
60.10.4 Environment
60.10.5 PMD labeling requirements
60.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
60.11.1 Fiber optic cabling model
60.11.2 Optical fiber and cable
60.11.3 Optical fiber connection
60.11.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
60.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 60, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX (long wavelength passive optical networks)
60.12.1 Introduction
60.12.2 Identification
60.12.2.1 Implementation identification
60.12.2.2 Protocol Summary
60.12.3 Major capabilities/options
60.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX (long wavelength passive optical networks)
60.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
60.12.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-D
60.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-U
60.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-D
60.12.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-U
60.12.4.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX30-D
60.12.4.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX30-U
60.12.4.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX40-D
60.12.4.9 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX40-U
60.12.4.10 Optical measurement requirements
60.12.4.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
60.12.4.12 Environmental specifications
61. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications, type 10PASS-TS and type 2BASE-TL
61.1 Overview
61.1.1 Scope
61.1.2 Objectives
61.1.3 Relation of 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS to other standards
61.1.4 Summary
61.1.4.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) specification
61.1.4.1.1 Implementation of Media Independent Interface
61.1.4.1.2 Summary of MAC-PHY Rate Matching specification
61.1.4.1.3 Summary of PME Aggregation specification
61.1.4.1.4 Overview of management
61.1.4.2 Summary of Transmission Convergence (TC) specification
61.1.4.3 Summary of handshaking and PHY control specification
61.1.5 Application of 2BASE-TL, 10PASS-TS
61.1.5.1 Compatibility considerations
61.1.5.2 Incorporating the 2BASE-TL, 10PASS-TS PHY into a DTE
61.1.5.3 Application and examples of PME Aggregation
61.1.5.3.1 Addressing PCS and PME instances
61.1.5.3.2 Indicating PME aggregation capability
61.1.5.3.3 Setting PME aggregation connection
61.1.5.4 Support for handshaking
61.2 PCS functional specifications
61.2.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functional specifications
61.2.1.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functions
61.2.1.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functional interfaces
61.2.1.2.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching – MII signals
61.2.1.2.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching–Management entity signals
61.2.1.3 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagrams
61.2.1.3.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram constants
61.2.1.3.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram variables
61.2.1.3.3 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram timers
61.2.1.3.4 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram functions
61.2.1.3.5 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagrams
61.2.2 PME Aggregation functional specifications
61.2.2.1 PAF Enable and Bypass
61.2.2.2 PME Aggregation functions
61.2.2.3 PME Aggregation Transmit function
61.2.2.4 PME Aggregation Receive function
61.2.2.4.1 Expected sequence number
61.2.2.4.2 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram variables
61.2.2.4.3 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram
61.2.2.4.4 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram description
61.2.2.5 PME Aggregation restrictions
61.2.2.6 PME Aggregation transmit function restrictions
61.2.2.7 Error-detecting rules
61.2.2.7.1 Errors during fragment reception
61.2.2.7.2 Errors in fragment sequencing
61.2.2.7.3 Errors in packet reassembly
61.2.2.8 PME aggregation functional interfaces
61.2.2.8.1 PME aggregation–g-interface signals
61.2.2.8.2 PME aggregation–management entity signals
61.2.2.8.3 PME aggregation register functions
61.2.2.8.4 PME aggregation discovery register functions
61.2.3 PCS sublayer: Management entity signals
61.3 TC sublayer functional specifications
61.3.1 The g-interface
61.3.2 The a(b)-interface
61.3.2.1 a(b) data flow: reference G.993.1 section 7.1.1
61.3.2.2 a(b) synchronization flow
61.3.2.3 a(b) OAM flow
61.3.3 TC functions
61.3.3.1 TC encapsulation and coding
61.3.3.2 Sync insertion and transmit control
61.3.3.3 TC-CRC functions
61.3.3.4 Bit ordering
61.3.3.5 Sync detection
61.3.3.5.1 State diagram variables
61.3.3.5.2 State diagram
61.3.3.6 Receive control
61.3.3.7 State diagrams for 64/65-octet encapsulation
61.3.3.7.1 Transmit state diagram
61.3.3.7.2 Receive state diagram
61.3.3.8 TC sublayer management entity signals
61.4 Handshaking and PHY control specification for type 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS
61.4.1 Overview
61.4.2 Replacement of 1, “Scope”
61.4.2.1 Scope
61.4.2.2 Purpose
61.4.3 Changes to 6.1, “Description of signals”
61.4.4 Changes to 9.4, “Standard information field (S)”
61.4.5 Changes to 9.5, “Non-standard information field (NS)”
61.4.6 Applicability of Annex A–B and Appendix I–VI
61.4.7 PME Aggregation – remote access of PME Aggregation registers
61.4.7.1 Remote_discovery_register
61.4.7.2 PME_Aggregate_register
61.4.7.3 Timing and preferred transactions
61.5 Link segment characteristics
61.6 MDI specification
61.7 System considerations
61.8 Environmental specifications
61.9 PHY labeling
61.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 61, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications type 10PASS-TS, 2BASE-TL
61.10.1 Introduction
61.10.2 Identification
61.10.2.1 Implementation identification
61.10.2.2 Protocol summary
61.10.3 Major capabilities/options
61.10.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications type 10PASS-TS, 2BASE-TL
61.10.4.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching
61.10.4.2 64/65-octet Encapsulation
61.10.4.3 PME Aggregation
61.10.4.4 Handshaking
62. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS
62.1 Overview
62.1.1 Scope
62.1.2 Objectives
62.1.3 Relation of 10PASS-TS to other standards
62.1.4 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) specification
62.1.4.1 a(b)-interface
62.1.4.2 I-interface
62.1.4.2.1 I Data Flow
62.1.4.2.2 I Synchronization Flow
62.2 PMA functional specifications
62.2.1 PMA functional diagram
62.2.2 PMA functional specifications
62.2.3 General exceptions
62.2.4 Specific requirements and exceptions
62.2.4.1 Replacement of 9.3.1, “PMS-TC functional diagram”
62.2.4.2 Changes to 9.3.3, “Forward error correction”
62.2.4.3 Changes to 9.3.5, “Framing”
62.3 PMD functional specifications
62.3.1 PMD Overview
62.3.2 PMD functional specifications
62.3.3 General exceptions
62.3.4 Specific requirements and exceptions
62.3.4.1 Replacement of 8.2.1, “Multi-carrier Modulation”
62.3.4.2 Changes to 8.2.2, “Cyclic extension”
62.3.4.3 Changes to 8.2.3, “Synchronization”
62.3.4.4 Replacement of 8.2.4, “Power back-off in the upstream direction”
62.3.4.5 Changes to 8.2.5, “Constellation encoder”
62.3.4.6 Band notch profiles
62.3.4.7 Changes to section 10, “Operations and maintenance”
62.3.4.8 Changes to 11.1, “VDSL Link State and Timing Diagram”
62.3.4.9 Changes to section 18 (Annex 4), “Handshake procedure for VDSL”
62.3.4.9.1 Replacement of 18.1, “Introduction”
62.3.4.9.2 Replacement of 18.2, “Description of signals”
62.3.4.9.3 Replacement of 18.3, “Message coding format”
62.3.4.9.4 Replacement of 18.4.1, “Handshake - 10PASS-TS-O”
62.3.4.9.5 Replacement of 18.4.2, “Handshake - 10PASS-TS-R”
62.3.5 Transmission medium interface characteristics
62.3.5.1 Transmit signal characteristics
62.3.5.1.1 Wide-band power
62.3.5.1.2 Power spectral density (PSD)
62.3.5.1.3 Egress control
62.3.5.2 Termination impedance
62.3.5.3 Return loss
62.3.5.4 Output signal balance
62.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 62, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS
62.4.1 Introduction
62.4.2 Identification
62.4.2.1 Implementation identification
62.4.2.2 Protocol summary
62.4.3 Major capabilities/options
62.4.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS
62.4.4.1 MCM-VDSL based PMA
62.4.4.2 MCM-VDSL based PMD
63. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 2BASE-TL
63.1 2BASE-TL Overview
63.1.1 Scope
63.1.2 Objectives
63.1.3 Relation of 2BASE-TL to other standards
63.1.4 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) specification
63.1.4.1 a(b)-interface
63.1.4.2 The I-interface
63.1.4.2.1 The I Data Flow
63.1.4.2.2 I Synchronization Flow
63.1.4.3 Operation Channel (OC)
63.1.5 Summary of Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) specification
63.2 2BASE-TL PMA functional specifications
63.2.1 General exceptions
63.2.2 Specific requirements and exceptions
63.2.2.1 Changes to 7.1, “Data Mode Operation”
63.2.2.2 Changes to Section 9, “Management”
63.2.2.3 Relation between the 2BASE-TL registers and the SHDSL management functions
63.3 2BASE-TL PMD functional specifications
63.3.1 General exceptions
63.3.2 Specific requirements and exceptions
63.3.2.1 Replacement of section 5, “Transport Capacity”
63.3.2.2 Changes to section 6, “PMD Layer Functional Characteristics”
63.3.2.3 Changes to section 10, “Clock Architecture”
63.3.2.4 Changes to Annex A, “Regional Requirements—Region 1”
63.3.2.4.1 General Changes
63.3.2.4.2 Additional requirement: wetting current
63.3.2.5 Changes to Annex B, “Regional Requirements—Region 2”
63.3.2.5.1 General changes
63.3.2.5.2 Additional requirement: wetting current
63.3.2.6 Changes to Annex C, “Regional Requirements – Region 3”
63.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 63, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 2BASE-TL
63.4.1 Introduction
63.4.2 Identification
63.4.2.1 Implementation identification
63.4.2.2 Protocol summary
63.4.3 Major capabilities/options
63.4.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayers, type 2BASE-TL
63.4.4.1 SHDSL based PMA
63.4.4.2 SHDSL based PMD
64. Multipoint MAC Control
64.1 Overview
64.1.1 Goals and objectives
64.1.2 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy
64.1.3 Functional block diagram
64.1.4 Service interfaces
64.1.5 State diagram conventions
64.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation
64.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control
64.2.1.1 Ranging and Timing Process
64.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer
64.2.2.1 Constants
64.2.2.2 Counters
64.2.2.3 Variables
64.2.2.4 Functions
64.2.2.5 Timers
64.2.2.6 Messages
64.2.2.7 State diagrams
64.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP)
64.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol
64.3.2 Compatibility considerations
64.3.2.1 PAUSE operation
64.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN Emulation
64.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support
64.3.2.4 Delay requirements
64.3.3 Discovery Processing
64.3.3.1 Constants
64.3.3.2 Variables
64.3.3.3 Functions
64.3.3.4 Timers
64.3.3.5 Messages
64.3.3.6 State diagram
64.3.4 Report Processing
64.3.4.1 Constants
64.3.4.2 Variables
64.3.4.3 Functions
64.3.4.4 Timers
64.3.4.5 Messages
64.3.4.6 State diagram
64.3.5 Gate Processing
64.3.5.1 Constants
64.3.5.2 Variables
64.3.5.3 Functions
64.3.5.4 Timers
64.3.5.5 Messages
64.3.5.6 State diagrams
64.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding
64.3.6.1 GATE description
64.3.6.2 REPORT description
64.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description
64.3.6.4 REGISTER description
64.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description
64.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 64, Multipoint MAC Control
64.4.1 Introduction
64.4.2 Identification
64.4.2.1 Implementation identification
64.4.2.2 Protocol summary
64.4.3 Major capabilities/options
64.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control
64.4.4.1 Compatibility Considerations
64.4.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control
64.4.4.3 State diagrams
64.4.4.4 MPCP
65. Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)/Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction
65.1 Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for point-to-point emulation
65.1.1 Overview
65.1.2 Principle of operation
65.1.3 Functional specifications
65.1.3.1 Variables
65.1.3.2 Transmit
65.1.3.2.1 SLD
65.1.3.2.2 LLID
65.1.3.2.3 CRC-8
65.1.3.3 Receive function
65.1.3.3.1 SLD
65.1.3.3.2 LLID
65.1.3.3.3 CRC-8
65.2 Extensions of the physical coding sublayer for data detection and forward error correction
65.2.1 Overview
65.2.2 Burst-mode operation
65.2.2.1 Principle of operation
65.2.2.2 Detailed functions and state diagrams
65.2.2.2.1 Variables
65.2.2.2.2 Functions
65.2.2.2.3 Messages
65.2.2.2.4 Counters
65.2.2.3 State diagrams
65.2.3 Forward error correction
65.2.3.1 FEC code
65.2.3.2 FEC frame format
65.2.3.2.1 Placing parity octets
65.2.3.2.2 Shortened last block
65.2.3.2.3 Special frame markers
65.2.3.3 FEC sublayer operation
65.2.3.3.1 Principles of operation
65.2.3.3.2 Functional block diagram
65.2.3.3.3 Transmission
65.2.3.3.4 Reception
65.2.3.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
65.2.3.4.1 State variables
65.2.3.4.2 Notation conventions
65.2.3.4.3 Constants
65.2.3.4.4 Variables
65.2.3.4.5 Functions
65.2.3.4.6 Counters
65.2.3.4.7 Messages
65.2.3.5 State diagrams
65.2.3.5.1 Transmit state diagram
65.2.3.5.2 Receive synchronization state diagram
65.2.3.5.3 Receive state diagram
65.2.3.6 Error monitoring capability
65.2.3.6.1 buffer_head_coding_violation_counter
65.2.3.6.2 FEC_corrected_blocks_counter
65.2.3.6.3 FEC_uncorrected_Blocks_counter
65.3 Extensions to PMA for 1000BASE-PX
65.3.1 Extensions for 1000BASE-PX-U
65.3.1.1 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer interfaces
65.3.1.2 Loop-timing specifications for ONUs
65.3.2 Extensions for 1000BASE-PX-D
65.3.2.1 CDR lock timing measurement
65.3.2.1.1 Definitions
65.3.2.1.2 Test specification
65.3.3 Delay variation requirements
65.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 65, Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)/Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error ...
65.4.1 Introduction
65.4.2 Identification
65.4.2.1 Implementation identification
65.4.2.2 Protocol summary
65.4.3 Major capabilities/options
65.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Extensions of Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)/Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction
65.4.4.1 Operating modes of OLT MACs
65.4.4.2 ONU and OLT variables
65.4.4.3 Preamble mapping and replacement
65.4.4.4 Data detection
65.4.4.5 FEC requirements
65.4.4.6 FEC State diagrams
65.4.4.7 PMA
65.4.4.8 OLT Receiver
65.4.4.9 Delay variation
66. Extensions of the 10 Gb/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport
66.1 Modifications to the physical coding sublayer (PCS) and physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X
66.1.1 Overview
66.1.2 Functional specifications
66.1.2.1 Variables
66.1.2.2 Transmit state diagram
66.1.2.3 Far-end fault generate
66.2 Modifications to the physical coding sublayer (PCS) and physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X
66.2.1 Overview
66.2.2 Functional specifications
66.2.2.1 Variables
66.2.2.2 Transmit
66.2.2.3 Transmit state diagram
66.3 Modifications to the reconciliation sublayer (RS) for P2P 10 Gb/s operation
66.3.1 Overview
66.3.2 Functional specifications
66.3.2.1 Link fault signaling
66.3.2.2 Variables
66.3.2.3 State diagram
66.4 Modifications to the RS for P2MP 10 Gb/s operation
66.4.1 Overview
66.4.2 Functional specifications
66.4.2.1 Link fault signaling
66.4.2.2 Variables
66.4.2.3 State diagram
66.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 66, Extensions of the 10 Gb/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport
66.5.1 Introduction
66.5.2 Identification
66.5.2.1 Implementation identification
66.5.2.2 Protocol summary
66.5.3 Major capabilities/options
66.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Extensions of the 10 Gb/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport
66.5.4.1 Maintaining compatibility with IEEE 802.1 protocols
66.5.4.2 Extensions of the 100BASE-X PHY
66.5.4.3 Extensions of the 1000BASE-X PHY
66.5.4.4 Extensions of the 10 Gb/s P2P RS
66.5.4.5 Extensions of the 10 Gb/s P2MP RS
67. System considerations for Ethernet subscriber access networks
67.1 Overview
67.2 Discussion and examples of EFM P2MP topologies
67.2.1 Trade off between link span and split ratio for P2MP PON architecture
67.2.2 Single splitter topology for P2MP PON architecture
67.2.3 Tree-and-branch topology for P2MP PON architecture
67.2.4 Interoperability between certain 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20
67.3 Hybrid media topologies
67.4 Topology limitations
67.5 Deployment restrictions for subscriber access copper
67.6 Operations, Administration, and Maintenance
67.6.1 Unidirectional links
67.6.2 Active and Passive modes
67.6.3 Link status signaling in P2MP networks
68. Physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM
68.1 Overview
68.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface
68.2 Delay constraints
68.3 PMD MDIO function mapping
68.4 PMD functional specifications
68.4.1 PMD block diagram
68.4.2 PMD transmit function
68.4.3 PMD receive function
68.4.4 PMD signal detect function
68.4.5 PMD_reset function
68.4.6 PMD_fault function
68.4.7 PMD_global_transmit_disable function
68.4.8 PMD_transmit_fault function
68.4.9 PMD_receive_fault function
68.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications
68.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications
68.5.2 Characteristics of signal within, and at the receiving end of, a compliant 10GBASE- LRM channel
68.5.3 Receiver optical specifications
68.5.3.1 Dynamic response
68.6 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods
68.6.1 Test patterns and related subclauses for optical parameters
68.6.2 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA)
68.6.3 Extinction ratio measurement
68.6.4 Relationship between OMA, extinction ratio and average power
68.6.5 Transmitter optical waveform—transmitter eye mask
68.6.5.1 Examples of transmitter eye mask acceptable hit count
68.6.6 Transmitter waveform and dispersion penalty (TWDP)
68.6.6.1 TWDP measurement procedure
68.6.6.2 TWDP signal processing algorithm , ,
68.6.7 Transmitter signal to noise ratio
68.6.8 Transmitter uncorrelated jitter
68.6.9 Comprehensive stressed receiver sensitivity and overload
68.6.9.1 Comprehensive stressed receiver sensitivity and overload test block diagram
68.6.9.2 Comprehensive stressed receiver test signal characteristics
68.6.9.3 Comprehensive stressed receiver test signal calibration
68.6.9.4 Comprehensive stressed receiver test procedure
68.6.10 Simple stressed receiver sensitivity and overload (optional)
68.6.11 Receiver jitter tolerance
68.7 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
68.7.1 Safety
68.7.2 Installation
68.7.3 Environment
68.7.4 PMD labeling
68.8 Fiber optic cabling model
68.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
68.9.1 Optical fiber and cable
68.9.2 Optical fiber connections
68.9.2.1 Connection insertion loss
68.9.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
68.9.3 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord
68.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 68, Physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM
68.10.1 Introduction
68.10.2 Identification
68.10.2.1 Implementation identification
68.10.2.2 Protocol summary
68.10.2.3 Major capabilities/options
68.10.3 PICS proforma tables for physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM
68.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications
68.10.3.2 Management functions
68.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications
68.10.3.4 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods
68.10.3.5 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
68.10.3.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
69. Introduction to Ethernet operation over electrical backplanes
69.1 Overview
69.1.1 Scope
69.1.2 Relationship of Backplane Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model
69.2 Summary of Backplane Ethernet Sublayers
69.2.1 Reconciliation sublayer and media independent interfaces
69.2.2 Management interface
69.2.3 Physical Layer signaling systems
69.2.4 Auto-Negotiation
69.2.5 Management
69.2.6 Low-Power Idle
69.3 Delay constraints
69.4 State diagrams
69.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
70. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX
70.1 Overview
70.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
70.2.1 PMD_RXQUIET.request
70.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
70.2.1.2 When generated
70.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
70.2.2 PMD_TXQUIET.request
70.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
70.2.2.2 When generated
70.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
70.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
70.4 Delay constraints
70.5 PMD MDIO function mapping
70.6 PMD functional specifications
70.6.1 Link block diagram
70.6.2 PMD transmit function
70.6.3 PMD receive function
70.6.4 PMD signal detect function
70.6.5 PMD transmit disable function
70.6.6 Loopback mode
70.6.7 PMD fault function
70.6.8 PMD transmit fault function
70.6.9 PMD receive fault function
70.6.10 PMD LPI function
70.7 1000BASE-KX electrical characteristics
70.7.1 Transmitter characteristics
70.7.1.1 Test fixtures
70.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance
70.7.1.3 Signaling speed
70.7.1.4 Differential output eye mask
70.7.1.5 Output amplitude
70.7.1.6 Differential output return loss
70.7.1.7 Transition time
70.7.1.8 Transmit jitter
70.7.1.9 Transmit jitter test requirements
70.7.2 Receiver characteristics
70.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance
70.7.2.2 Signaling speed range
70.7.2.3 AC-coupling
70.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude
70.7.2.5 Differential input return loss
70.8 Interconnect characteristics
70.9 Environmental specifications
70.9.1 General safety
70.9.2 Network safety
70.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
70.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
70.9.5 Temperature and humidity
70.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 70, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX
70.10.1 Introduction
70.10.2 Identification
70.10.2.1 Implementation identification
70.10.2.2 Protocol summary
70.10.3 Major capabilities/options
70.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 70, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX
70.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications
70.10.4.2 Management functions
70.10.4.3 Transmitter electrical characteristics
70.10.4.4 Receiver electrical characteristics
70.10.4.5 Environmental and safety specifications
71. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4
71.1 Overview
71.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
71.2.1 PMD_RXQUIET.request
71.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
71.2.1.2 When generated
71.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
71.2.2 PMD_TXQUIET.request
71.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
71.2.2.2 When generated
71.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
71.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
71.4 Delay constraints
71.5 PMD MDIO function mapping
71.6 PMD functional specifications
71.6.1 Link block diagram
71.6.2 PMD Transmit function
71.6.3 PMD Receive function
71.6.4 Global PMD signal detect function
71.6.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
71.6.6 Global PMD transmit disable function
71.6.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
71.6.8 Loopback mode
71.6.9 PMD fault function
71.6.10 PMD transmit fault function
71.6.11 PMD receive fault function
71.6.12 PMD LPI function
71.7 Electrical characteristics for 10GBASE-KX4
71.7.1 Transmitter characteristics
71.7.1.1 Test fixtures
71.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance
71.7.1.3 Signaling speed
71.7.1.4 Output amplitude
71.7.1.5 Output return loss
71.7.1.6 Differential output template
71.7.1.7 Transition time
71.7.1.8 Transmit jitter
71.7.1.9 Transmit jitter test requirements
71.7.2 Receiver characteristics
71.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance
71.7.2.2 Signaling speed
71.7.2.3 AC-coupling
71.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude
71.7.2.5 Differential input return loss
71.8 Interconnect characteristics
71.9 Environmental specifications
71.9.1 General safety
71.9.2 Network safety
71.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
71.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
71.9.5 Temperature and humidity
71.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 71, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4
71.10.1 Introduction
71.10.2 Identification
71.10.2.1 Implementation identification
71.10.2.2 Protocol summary
71.10.3 Major capabilities/options
71.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 71, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4
71.10.4.1 PCS requirements for AN service interface
71.10.4.2 PMD functional specifications
71.10.4.3 Management functions
71.10.4.4 Transmitter electrical characteristics
71.10.4.5 Receiver electrical characteristics
71.10.4.6 Environmental and safety specifications
72. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR
72.1 Overview
72.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
72.2.1 PMD_RX_MODE.request
72.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
72.2.1.2 When generated
72.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
72.2.2 PMD_TX_MODE.request
72.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
72.2.2.2 When generated
72.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
72.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
72.4 Delay constraints
72.5 PMD MDIO function mapping
72.6 PMD functional specifications
72.6.1 Link block diagram
72.6.2 PMD transmit function
72.6.3 PMD receive function
72.6.4 PMD signal detect function
72.6.5 PMD transmit disable function
72.6.6 Loopback mode
72.6.7 PMD_fault function
72.6.8 PMD transmit fault function
72.6.9 PMD receive fault function
72.6.10 PMD control function
72.6.10.1 Overview
72.6.10.2 Training frame structure
72.6.10.2.1 Frame marker
72.6.10.2.2 Control channel encoding
72.6.10.2.3 Coefficient update field
72.6.10.2.3.1 Preset
72.6.10.2.3.2 Initialize
72.6.10.2.3.3 Coefficient (k) update
72.6.10.2.4 Status report field
72.6.10.2.4.4 Receiver ready
72.6.10.2.4.5 Coefficient (k) status
72.6.10.2.5 Coefficient update process
72.6.10.2.6 Training pattern
72.6.10.3 State variables
72.6.10.3.1 Variables
72.6.10.3.2 Timers
72.6.10.3.3 Counters
72.6.10.3.4 Functions
72.6.10.4 State diagrams
72.6.10.4.1 Frame lock
72.6.10.4.2 Training
72.6.10.4.3 Coefficient update
72.6.11 PMD LPI function
72.7 10GBASE-KR electrical characteristics
72.7.1 Transmitter characteristics
72.7.1.1 Test fixture
72.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance
72.7.1.3 Signaling speed
72.7.1.4 Output amplitude
72.7.1.5 Differential output return loss
72.7.1.6 Common-mode output return loss
72.7.1.7 Transition time
72.7.1.8 Transmit jitter test requirements
72.7.1.9 Transmit jitter
72.7.1.10 Transmitter output waveform
72.7.1.11 Transmitter output waveform requirements
72.7.2 Receiver characteristics
72.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance
72.7.2.2 Signaling speed range
72.7.2.3 AC-coupling
72.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude
72.7.2.5 Differential input return loss
72.8 Interconnect characteristics
72.9 Environmental specifications
72.9.1 General safety
72.9.2 Network safety
72.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
72.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
72.9.5 Temperature and humidity
72.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 72, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR
72.10.1 Introduction
72.10.2 Identification
72.10.2.1 Implementation identification
72.10.2.2 Protocol summary
72.10.3 Major capabilities/options
72.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 72, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR
72.10.4.1 PCS requirements for AN service interface
72.10.4.2 PMD functional specifications
72.10.4.3 Management functions
72.10.4.4 PMD Control functions
72.10.4.5 Transmitter electrical characteristics
72.10.4.6 Receiver electrical characteristics
72.10.4.7 Environmental specifications
73. Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly
73.1 Auto-Negotiation introduction
73.2 Relationship to the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model
73.3 Functional specifications
73.4 Transmit function requirements
73.5 DME transmission
73.5.1 DME electrical specifications
73.5.2 DME page encoding
73.5.3 DME page timing
73.5.3.1 Manchester violation delimiter
73.6 Link codeword encoding
73.6.1 Selector Field
73.6.2 Echoed Nonce Field
73.6.3 Transmitted Nonce Field
73.6.4 Technology Ability Field
73.6.5 FEC capability
73.6.5.1 FEC resolution for 25G PHYs
73.6.5.2 FEC resolution for 10 Gb/s per lane PHYs
73.6.5.3 FEC control variables
73.6.6 Pause Ability
73.6.7 Remote Fault
73.6.8 Acknowledge
73.6.9 Next Page
73.6.10 Transmit Switch function
73.7 Receive function requirements
73.7.1 DME page reception
73.7.2 Receive Switch function
73.7.3 Link codeword matching
73.7.4 Arbitration function requirements
73.7.4.1 Parallel Detection function
73.7.5 Renegotiation function
73.7.6 Priority Resolution function
73.7.7 Next Page function
73.7.7.1 Next page encodings
73.7.7.2 Use of Next Pages
73.8 Management register requirements
73.9 Technology-Dependent interface
73.9.1 AN_LINK.indication
73.9.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
73.9.1.2 When generated
73.9.1.3 Effect of receipt
73.10 State diagrams and variable definitions
73.10.1 State diagram variables
73.10.2 State diagram timers
73.10.3 State diagram counters
73.10.4 State diagrams
73.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 73, Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly
73.11.1 Introduction
73.11.2 Identification
73.11.2.1 Implementation identification
73.11.2.2 Protocol summary
73.11.3 Major capabilities/options
73.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly
73.11.4.1 Functional specifications
73.11.4.2 DME transmission
73.11.4.3 Link codeword encoding
73.11.4.4 Receive function requirements
73.11.4.5 Next Page function
73.11.4.6 Management register requirements
73.11.4.7 State diagrams and variable definitions
73.11.4.8 Service primitives
73.11.4.9 Auto-Negotiation annexes
74. Forward error correction (FEC) sublayer for BASE-R PHYs
74.1 Overview
74.2 Objectives
74.3 Relationship to other sublayers
74.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces
74.4.1 Functional Block Diagram for 10GBASE-R PHYs
74.4.2 Functional block diagram for 25GBASE-R PHYs
74.4.3 Functional block diagram for 40GBASE-R PHYs
74.4.4 Functional block diagram for 100GBASE-R PHYs
74.5 FEC service interface
74.5.1 10GBASE-R service primitives
74.5.1.1 FEC_UNITDATA.request
74.5.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
74.5.1.1.2 When generated
74.5.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
74.5.1.2 FEC_UNITDATA.indication
74.5.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
74.5.1.2.2 When generated
74.5.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
74.5.1.3 FEC_SIGNAL.indication
74.5.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
74.5.1.3.2 When generated
74.5.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
74.5.1.4 FEC_ENERGY.indication (optional)
74.5.1.4.1 Effect of receipt
74.5.1.5 FEC_LPI_ACTIVE.request (optional)
74.5.1.5.1 When generated
74.5.1.5.2 Effect of receipt
74.5.1.6 FEC_RX_MODE.request (optional)
74.5.1.6.1 When generated
74.5.1.6.2 Effect of receipt
74.5.1.7 FEC_TX_MODE.request (optional)
74.5.1.7.1 When generated
74.5.1.7.2 Effect of receipt
74.5.2 25GBASE-R service primitives
74.5.3 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R service primitives
74.6 Delay constraints
74.7 FEC principle of operation
74.7.1 FEC code
74.7.2 FEC block format
74.7.3 Composition of the FEC block
74.7.4 Functions within FEC sublayer
74.7.4.1 Reverse gearbox function
74.7.4.1.1 Reverse gearbox function for 10GBASE-R
74.7.4.1.2 Reverse gearbox function for 25GBASE-R, 40GBASE-R, and 100GBASE-R
74.7.4.2 FEC Encoder
74.7.4.3 FEC transmission bit ordering
74.7.4.4 FEC (2112,2080) encoder
74.7.4.4.1 PN-2112 pseudo-noise sequence generator
74.7.4.5 FEC decoder
74.7.4.5.1 FEC (2112,2080) decoding
74.7.4.6 FEC receive bit ordering
74.7.4.7 FEC block synchronization
74.7.4.8 FEC rapid block synchronization for EEE (optional)
74.8 FEC MDIO function mapping
74.8.1 FEC capability
74.8.2 FEC Enable
74.8.3 FEC Enable Error Indication
74.8.3.1 FEC Error Indication ability
74.8.4 FEC Error monitoring capability
74.8.4.1 FEC_corrected_blocks_counter
74.8.4.2 FEC_uncorrected_blocks_counter
74.9 BASE-R PHY test-pattern mode
74.10 Detailed functions and state diagrams
74.10.1 State diagram conventions
74.10.2 State variables
74.10.2.1 Constants
74.10.2.2 Variables
74.10.2.3 Functions
74.10.2.4 Counters
74.10.3 State diagrams
74.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 74, forward error correction (FEC) sublayer for BASE-R PHYs
74.11.1 Introduction
74.11.2 Identification
74.11.2.1 Implementation identification
74.11.2.2 Protocol summary
74.11.3 Major capabilities/options
74.11.4 Management
74.11.5 FEC requirements
74.11.6 FEC Error Monitoring
75. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX
75.1 Overview
75.1.1 Terminology and conventions
75.1.2 Goals and objectives
75.1.3 Power budget classes
75.1.4 Power budgets
75.1.5 Positioning of PMD sublayer within the IEEE 802.3 architecture
75.2 PMD types
75.2.1 Mapping of PMDs to power budgets
75.2.1.1 Asymmetric-rate, 10 Gb/s downstream and 1 Gb/s upstream power budgets (PRX type)
75.2.1.2 Symmetric-rate, 10 Gb/s power budgets (PR type)
75.3 PMD functional specifications
75.3.1 PMD service interface
75.3.1.1 Delay constraints
75.3.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request
75.3.1.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
75.3.1.4 PMD_SIGNAL.request
75.3.1.5 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
75.3.2 PMD block diagram
75.3.3 PMD transmit function
75.3.4 PMD receive function
75.3.5 PMD signal detect function
75.3.5.1 ONU PMD signal detect
75.3.5.2 OLT PMD signal detect
75.3.5.3 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX Signal detect functions
75.3.6 PMD transmit enable function for ONU
75.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/10G–EPON and 10/1G–EPON OLT PMDs
75.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications
75.4.2 Receiver optical specifications
75.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/10G–EPON and 10/1G–EPON ONU PMDs
75.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications
75.5.2 Receiver optical specifications
75.6 Dual-rate (coexistence) mode
75.6.1 Downstream dual-rate operation
75.6.2 Upstream dual-rate operation
75.7 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods
75.7.1 Insertion loss
75.7.2 Allocation for penalties in 10G–EPON PMDs
75.7.3 Test patterns
75.7.4 Wavelength, spectral width, and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) measurement
75.7.5 Optical power measurements
75.7.6 Extinction ratio measurements
75.7.7 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) test procedure
75.7.8 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure
75.7.9 Transmit optical waveform (transmit eye)
75.7.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP)
75.7.11 Receive sensitivity
75.7.12 Stressed receiver conformance test
75.7.13 Jitter measurements
75.7.14 Laser on/off timing measurement
75.7.15 Receiver settling timing measurement
75.7.15.1 Definitions
75.7.15.2 Test specification
75.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling
75.8.1 General safety
75.8.2 Laser safety
75.8.3 Installation
75.8.4 Environment
75.8.5 PMD labeling
75.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
75.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model
75.9.2 Optical fiber and cable
75.9.3 Optical fiber connection
75.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
75.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 75, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX
75.10.1 Introduction
75.10.2 Identification
75.10.2.1 Implementation identification
75.10.2.2 Protocol summary
75.10.3 Major capabilities/options
75.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX
75.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications
75.10.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–D1
75.10.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–D2
75.10.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–D3
75.10.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–D4
75.10.4.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–D1
75.10.4.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–D2
75.10.4.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–D3
75.10.4.9 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–D4
75.10.4.10 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–U1
75.10.4.11 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–U3
75.10.4.12 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–U4
75.10.4.13 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–U1
75.10.4.14 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–U2
75.10.4.15 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–U3
75.10.4.16 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–U4
75.10.4.17 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods
75.10.4.18 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
75.10.4.19 Environmental specifications
76. Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for 10G-EPON
76.1 Overview
76.1.1 Conventions
76.1.2 Delay constraints
76.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for 10G-EPON
76.2.1 Overview
76.2.2 Dual-speed Media Independent Interface
76.2.2.1 10/10G-EPON
76.2.2.2 10/1G-EPON
76.2.2.3 Dual-rate mode
76.2.2.4 Mapping of XGMII and GMII primitives
76.2.3 Summary of major concepts
76.2.3.1 Application
76.2.4 GMII structure
76.2.5 XGMII structure
76.2.6 Mapping of XGMII and GMII signals to PLS service primitives
76.2.6.1 Functional specifications for multiple MACs
76.2.6.1.1 Variables
76.2.6.1.2 RS Transmit function
76.2.6.1.3 RS Receive function
76.2.6.1.3.1 SLD
76.2.6.1.3.2 LLID
76.2.6.1.3.3 CRC-8
76.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 10G-EPON
76.3.1 Overview
76.3.1.1 10/1GBASE-PRX PCS
76.3.1.2 10GBASE-PR PCS
76.3.2 PCS transmit function
76.3.2.1 Idle control character deletion
76.3.2.1.1 Constants
76.3.2.1.2 Variables
76.3.2.1.3 Functions
76.3.2.1.4 Counters
76.3.2.1.5 State diagrams
76.3.2.2 64B/66B Encode
76.3.2.3 Scrambler
76.3.2.4 FEC encoding
76.3.2.4.1 FEC Algorithm [RS(255,223)]
76.3.2.4.2 Parity calculation
76.3.2.4.3 FEC Transmission Block Formatting
76.3.2.5 Data Detector
76.3.2.5.1 Burst Mode operation (ONU only)
76.3.2.5.2 Constants
76.3.2.5.3 Variables
76.3.2.5.4 Functions
76.3.2.5.5 Messages
76.3.2.5.6 Counters
76.3.2.5.7 State diagrams
76.3.2.6 Gearbox
76.3.3 PCS receive Function
76.3.3.1 OLT synchronizer
76.3.3.1.1 Variables
76.3.3.1.2 Counters
76.3.3.1.3 Functions
76.3.3.1.4 State diagram
76.3.3.2 ONU Synchronizer
76.3.3.2.1 Constants
76.3.3.2.2 Variables
76.3.3.2.3 Counters
76.3.3.2.4 Functions
76.3.3.2.5 State diagram
76.3.3.3 FEC decoding process
76.3.3.3.1 Variables
76.3.3.3.2 Counters
76.3.3.3.3 Functions
76.3.3.3.4 State diagrams
76.3.3.4 BER monitor
76.3.3.4.1 Variables
76.3.3.4.2 Timers
76.3.3.4.3 Counters
76.3.3.4.4 State diagrams
76.3.3.5 Descrambler
76.3.3.6 64B/66B Decode
76.3.3.7 Idle Insertion
76.3.3.7.1 Constants
76.3.3.7.2 Variables
76.3.3.7.3 Functions
76.3.3.7.4 Messages
76.3.3.7.5 State diagrams
76.4 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX PMA
76.4.1 Extensions for 10GBASE-PR-U and 10/1GBASE-PRX-U
76.4.1.1 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer interfaces
76.4.1.2 Loop-timing specifications for ONUs
76.4.2 Extensions for 10GBASE-PR-D and 10/1GBASE-PRX-D
76.4.2.1 CDR lock timing measurement for the upstream direction
76.4.2.1.1 Test specification
76.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 76, Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for 10G-EPON
76.5.1 Introduction
76.5.2 Identification
76.5.2.1 Implementation identification
76.5.2.2 Protocol summary
76.5.3 Major capabilities/options
76.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), and Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for point-to-multipoint media, types 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX
76.5.4.1 Operating modes of OLT MACs
76.5.4.2 ONU and OLT variables
76.5.4.3 Preamble mapping and replacement
76.5.4.4 Coding Rules
76.5.4.5 Data detection
76.5.4.6 Idle control character deletion
76.5.4.7 FEC requirements
76.5.4.8 FEC state diagrams
76.5.4.9 PCS Idle Insertion
76.5.4.10 PMA
76.5.4.11 Delay variation
77. Multipoint MAC Control for 10G–EPON
77.1 Overview
77.1.1 Goals and objectives
77.1.2 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy
77.1.3 Functional block diagram
77.1.4 Service interfaces
77.1.5 State diagram conventions
77.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation
77.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control
77.2.1.1 Ranging and timing process
77.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer
77.2.2.1 Constants
77.2.2.2 Counters
77.2.2.3 Variables
77.2.2.4 Functions
77.2.2.5 Timers
77.2.2.6 Messages
77.2.2.7 State diagrams
77.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP)
77.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol
77.3.2 Compatibility considerations
77.3.2.1 PAUSE operation
77.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN emulation
77.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support
77.3.2.4 Delay requirements
77.3.3 Discovery processing
77.3.3.1 Constants
77.3.3.2 Variables
77.3.3.3 Functions
77.3.3.4 Timers
77.3.3.5 Messages
77.3.3.6 State Diagrams
77.3.4 Report Processing
77.3.4.1 Constants
77.3.4.2 Variables
77.3.4.3 Functions
77.3.4.4 Timers
77.3.4.5 Messages
77.3.4.6 State diagrams
77.3.5 Gate Processing
77.3.5.1 Constants
77.3.5.2 Variables
77.3.5.3 Functions
77.3.5.4 Timers
77.3.5.5 Messages
77.3.5.6 State diagrams
77.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding
77.3.6.1 GATE description
77.3.6.2 REPORT description
77.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description
77.3.6.4 REGISTER description
77.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description
77.4 Discovery Process in dual-rate systems
77.4.1 OLT speed-specific discovery
77.4.2 ONU speed-specific registration
77.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 77, Multipoint MAC Control
77.5.1 Introduction
77.5.2 Identification
77.5.2.1 Implementation identification
77.5.2.2 Protocol summary
77.5.3 Major capabilities/options
77.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control
77.5.4.1 Compatibility considerations
77.5.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control
77.5.4.3 State diagrams
77.5.4.4 MPCP
78. Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE)
78.1 Overview
78.1.1 LPI Signaling
78.1.1.1 Reconciliation sublayer service interfaces
78.1.1.2 Responsibilities of LPI Client
78.1.2 LPI Client service interface
78.1.2.1 LP_IDLE.request
78.1.2.1.1 Function
78.1.2.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
78.1.2.1.3 When generated
78.1.2.1.4 Effect of receipt
78.1.2.2 LP_IDLE.indication
78.1.2.2.1 Function
78.1.2.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
78.1.2.2.3 When generated
78.1.2.2.4 Effect of receipt
78.1.3 Reconciliation sublayer operation
78.1.3.1 RS LPI assert function
78.1.3.2 LPI detect function
78.1.3.3 PHY LPI operation
78.1.3.3.1 PHY LPI transmit operation
78.1.3.3.2 PHY LPI receive operation
78.1.4 PHY types optionally supporting EEE
78.2 LPI mode timing parameters description
78.3 Capabilities Negotiation
78.4 Data Link Layer capabilities
78.4.1 Data Link Layer capabilities timing requirements
78.4.2 Control state diagrams
78.4.2.1 Conventions
78.4.2.2 Constants
78.4.2.3 Variables
78.4.2.4 Functions
78.4.2.5 State diagrams
78.4.3 State change procedure across a link
78.4.3.1 Transmitting link partner’s state change procedure across a link
78.4.3.2 Receiving link partner’s state change procedure across a link
78.5 Communication link access latency
78.5.1 PHY extension using extender sublayers
78.5.2 25 Gb/s 40 Gb/s, and 100 Gb/s PHY extension using 25GAUI, XLAUI, or CAUI-n
78.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for EEE Data Link Layer Capabilities
78.6.1 Introduction
78.6.2 Identification
78.6.2.1 Implementation identification
78.6.2.2 Protocol summary
78.6.3 Major capabilities/options
78.6.4 DLL requirements
79. IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) type, length, and value (TLV) information elements
79.1 Overview
79.1.1 IEEE 802.3 LLDP frame format
79.1.1.1 Destination Address field
79.1.1.2 Source Address field
79.1.1.3 Length/Type field
79.1.1.4 LLDPDU field
79.1.1.5 Pad field
79.1.1.6 Frame Check Sequence field
79.2 Requirements of the IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV set
79.3 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLVs
79.3.1 MAC/PHY Configuration/Status TLV
79.3.1.1 Auto-negotiation support/status
79.3.1.2 PMD auto-negotiation advertised capability field
79.3.1.3 Operational MAU type
79.3.1.4 MAC/PHY Configuration/Status TLV usage rules
79.3.2 Power Via MDI TLV
79.3.2.1 MDI power support
79.3.2.1.1 Port class
79.3.2.1.2 PSE MDI power support
79.3.2.1.3 PSE MDI power state
79.3.2.1.4 PSE pairs control ability
79.3.2.2 PSE power pair
79.3.2.3 Power class
79.3.2.4 Power type/source/priority
79.3.2.4.1 Power type
79.3.2.4.2 Power source
79.3.2.4.3 PD 4PID
79.3.2.4.4 Power priority
79.3.2.5 PD requested power value
79.3.2.6 PSE allocated power value
79.3.2.7 Dual-signature PD requested power value for Mode A and Mode B
79.3.2.8 PSE allocated power value Alternative A and Alternative B
79.3.2.9 Power status
79.3.2.9.1 PSE powering status
79.3.2.9.2 PD powered status
79.3.2.9.3 PSE power pairs ext
79.3.2.9.4 Dual-signature power Class ext Mode A
79.3.2.9.5 Dual-signature power Class ext Mode B
79.3.2.9.6 Power Class ext
79.3.2.10 System setup
79.3.2.10.1 Power Type ext
79.3.2.10.2 PD Load
79.3.2.11 PSE maximum available power value
79.3.2.12 Autoclass
79.3.2.12.1 PSE Autoclass support
79.3.2.12.2 Autoclass completed
79.3.2.12.3 Autoclass request
79.3.2.13 Power down
79.3.2.13.1 Power down request
79.3.2.13.2 Power down time
79.3.2.14 Power Via MDI TLV usage rules
79.3.3 Link Aggregation TLV (deprecated)
79.3.3.1 Aggregation status
79.3.3.2 Aggregated port ID
79.3.3.3 Link Aggregation TLV usage rules
79.3.4 Maximum Frame Size TLV
79.3.4.1 Maximum frame size
79.3.4.2 Maximum Frame Size TLV usage rules
79.3.5 EEE TLV
79.3.5.1 Transmit Tw
79.3.5.2 Receive Tw
79.3.5.3 Fallback Tw
79.3.5.4 Echo Transmit and Receive Tw
79.3.5.5 EEE TLV usage rules
79.3.6 EEE Fast Wake TLV
79.3.6.1 Transmit fast wake
79.3.6.2 Receive fast wake
79.3.6.3 Echo of Transmit fast wake and Receive fast wake
79.3.6.4 EEE Fast Wake TLV usage rules
79.3.7 Additional Ethernet Capabilities TLV
79.3.7.1 Additional Ethernet capabilities
79.3.7.2 Additional Ethernet Capabilities TLV usage rules
79.3.8 Power via MDI Measurements TLV
79.3.8.1 Measurements
79.3.8.2 PSE power price index
79.3.8.3 Power Via MDI Measurements TLV usage rules
79.4 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV selection management
79.4.1 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV selection variable/LLDP Configuration managed object class cross reference
79.4.2 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV/LLDP Local and Remote System group managed object class cross references
79.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) type, length, and value (TLV) information elements
79.5.1 Introduction
79.5.2 Identification
79.5.2.1 Implementation identification
79.5.2.2 Protocol summary
79.5.3 Major capabilities/options
79.5.4 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV
79.5.5 MAC/PHY Configuration/Status TLV
79.5.6 EEE TLV
79.5.7 EEE Fast Wake TLV
79.5.8 Power Via MDI TLV
79.5.9 Link Aggregation TLV
79.5.10 Maximum Frame Size TLV
79.5.11 Additional Ethernet Capabilities TLV
79.5.12 Power via MDI Measurements TLV
80. Introduction to 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s networks
80.1 Overview
80.1.1 Scope
80.1.2 Objectives
80.1.3 Relationship of 40 Gigabit and 100 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model
80.1.4 Nomenclature
80.1.5 Physical Layer signaling systems
80.2 Summary of 40 Gigabit and 100 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers
80.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface
80.2.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
80.2.3 Forward error correction (FEC) sublayers
80.2.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
80.2.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
80.2.6 Auto-Negotiation
80.2.7 Management interface (MDIO/MDC)
80.2.8 Management
80.3 Service interface specification method and notation
80.3.1 Inter-sublayer service interface
80.3.2 Instances of the Inter-sublayer service interface
80.3.3 Semantics of inter-sublayer service interface primitives
80.3.3.1 IS_UNITDATA_i.request
80.3.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
80.3.3.1.2 When generated
80.3.3.1.3 Effect of receipt
80.3.3.2 IS_UNITDATA_i.indication
80.3.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
80.3.3.2.2 When generated
80.3.3.2.3 Effect of receipt
80.3.3.3 IS_SIGNAL.indication
80.3.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
80.3.3.3.2 When generated
80.3.3.3.3 Effect of receipt
80.3.3.4 IS_TX_MODE.request
80.3.3.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
80.3.3.4.2 When generated
80.3.3.4.3 Effect of receipt
80.3.3.5 IS_RX_MODE.request
80.3.3.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
80.3.3.5.2 When generated
80.3.3.5.3 Effect of receipt
80.3.3.6 IS_RX_LPI_ACTIVE.request
80.3.3.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive
80.3.3.6.2 When generated
80.3.3.6.3 Effect of receipt
80.3.3.7 IS_ENERGY_DETECT.indication
80.3.3.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive
80.3.3.7.2 When generated
80.3.3.7.3 Effect of receipt
80.3.3.8 IS_RX_TX_MODE.indication
80.3.3.8.1 Semantics of the service primitive
80.3.3.8.2 When generated
80.3.3.8.3 Effect of receipt
80.4 Delay constraints
80.5 Skew constraints
80.6 State diagrams
80.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
81. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s operation (XLGMII and CGMII)
81.1 Overview
81.1.1 Summary of major concepts
81.1.2 Application
81.1.3 Rate of operation
81.1.4 Delay constraints
81.1.5 Allocation of functions
81.1.6 XLGMII/CGMII structure
81.1.7 Mapping of XLGMII/CGMII signals to PLS service primitives
81.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request
81.1.7.1.1 Function
81.1.7.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive
81.1.7.1.3 When generated
81.1.7.1.4 Effect of receipt
81.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication
81.1.7.2.1 Function
81.1.7.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive
81.1.7.2.3 When generated
81.1.7.2.4 Effect of receipt
81.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication
81.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication
81.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication
81.1.7.5.1 Function
81.1.7.5.2 Semantics of the service primitive
81.1.7.5.3 When generated
81.1.7.5.4 Effect of receipt
81.2 XLGMII/CGMII data stream
81.2.1 Inter-frame
81.2.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter
81.2.3 Data
81.2.4 End of frame delimiter
81.2.5 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters
81.3 XLGMII/CGMII functional specifications
81.3.1 Transmit
81.3.1.1 TX_CLK
81.3.1.2 TXC (transmit control)
81.3.1.3 TXD (transmit data)
81.3.1.4 Start control character alignment
81.3.1.5 Transmit direction LPI transition
81.3.2 Receive
81.3.2.1 RX_CLK (receive clock)
81.3.2.2 RXC (receive control)
81.3.2.3 RXD (receive data)
81.3.2.4 Receive direction LPI transition
81.3.3 Error and fault handling
81.3.3.1 Response to error indications by the XLGMII/CGMII
81.3.3.2 Conditions for generation of transmit Error control characters
81.3.3.3 Response to received invalid frame sequences
81.3.4 Link fault signaling
81.3.4.1 Variables and counters
81.3.4.2 State diagram
81.4 LPI assertion and detection
81.4.1 LPI messages
81.4.2 Transmit LPI state diagram
81.4.2.1 Variables and counters
81.4.2.2 State diagram
81.4.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior
81.4.4 Considerations for receive system behavior
81.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 81, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s operation
81.5.1 Introduction
81.5.2 Identification
81.5.2.1 Implementation identification
81.5.2.2 Protocol summary
81.5.2.3 Major capabilities/options
81.5.3 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and Media Independent Interface for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s operation
81.5.3.1 General
81.5.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives
81.5.3.3 Data stream structure
81.5.3.4 XLGMII/CGMII signal functional specifications
81.5.3.5 Link fault signaling state diagram
81.5.3.6 LPI functions
81.5.3.7 Link Interruption
82. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R
82.1 Overview
82.1.1 Scope
82.1.2 Relationship of 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R to other standards
82.1.3 Summary of 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R sublayers
82.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
82.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces
82.1.4.1 PCS service interface (XLGMII/CGMII)
82.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) or forward error correction (FEC) service interface
82.1.5 Functional block diagram
82.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
82.2.1 Functions within the PCS
82.2.2 Use of blocks
82.2.3 64B/66B transmission code
82.2.3.1 Notation conventions
82.2.3.2 Transmission order
82.2.3.3 Block structure
82.2.3.4 Control codes
82.2.3.5 Valid and invalid blocks
82.2.3.6 Idle (/I/)
82.2.3.7 Start (/S/)
82.2.3.8 Terminate (/T/)
82.2.3.9 ordered set (/O/)
82.2.3.10 Error (/E/)
82.2.4 Transmit process
82.2.5 Scrambler
82.2.6 Block distribution
82.2.7 Alignment marker insertion
82.2.8 BIP calculations
82.2.9 Rapid alignment marker insertion
82.2.10 PMA or FEC Interface
82.2.11 Test-pattern generators
82.2.12 Block synchronization
82.2.13 PCS lane deskew
82.2.14 PCS lane reorder
82.2.15 Alignment marker removal
82.2.16 Descrambler
82.2.17 Receive process
82.2.18 Test-pattern checker
82.2.19 Detailed functions and state diagrams
82.2.19.1 State diagram conventions
82.2.19.2 State variables
82.2.19.2.1 Constants
82.2.19.2.2 Variables
82.2.19.2.3 Functions
82.2.19.2.4 Counters
82.2.19.2.5 Timers
82.2.19.3 State diagrams
82.2.19.3.1 LPI state diagrams
82.3 PCS Management
82.3.1 PCS MDIO function mapping
82.4 Loopback
82.5 Delay constraints
82.6 Auto-Negotiation
82.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 82, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R
82.7.1 Introduction
82.7.2 Identification
82.7.2.1 Implementation identification
82.7.2.2 Protocol summary
82.7.3 Major capabilities/options
82.7.4 PICS proforma tables for PCS, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R
82.7.4.1 Coding rules
82.7.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler
82.7.4.3 Deskew and Reordering
82.7.4.4 Alignment Markers
82.7.4.5 Test-pattern modes
82.7.4.6 Bit order
82.7.4.7 Management
82.7.4.8 State diagrams
82.7.4.9 Loopback
82.7.4.10 Delay constraints
82.7.4.11 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions
82.7.4.12 LPI functions
83. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R
83.1 Overview
83.1.1 Scope
83.1.2 Position of the PMA in the 40GBASE-R or 100GBASE-R sublayers
83.1.3 Summary of functions
83.1.4 PMA sublayer positioning
83.2 PMA interfaces
83.3 PMA service interface
83.4 Service interface below PMA
83.5 Functions within the PMA
83.5.1 Per input-lane clock and data recovery
83.5.2 Bit-level multiplexing
83.5.3 Skew and Skew Variation
83.5.3.1 Skew generation toward SP0
83.5.3.2 Skew generation toward SP1
83.5.3.3 Skew tolerance at SP1
83.5.3.4 Skew generation toward SP2
83.5.3.5 Skew tolerance at SP5
83.5.3.6 Skew generation at SP6
83.5.3.7 Skew tolerance at SP6
83.5.3.8 Skew generation toward SP7
83.5.4 Delay constraints
83.5.5 Clocking architecture
83.5.6 Signal drivers
83.5.7 Link status
83.5.8 PMA local loopback mode
83.5.9 PMA remote loopback mode (optional)
83.5.10 PMA test patterns (optional)
83.5.11 Energy Efficient Ethernet
83.5.11.1 PMA quiet and alert signals
83.5.11.2 Detection of PMA quiet and alert signals
83.5.11.3 Additional transmit functions in the Tx direction
83.5.11.4 Additional receive functions in the Tx direction
83.5.11.5 Additional transmit functions in the Rx direction
83.5.11.6 Additional receive functions in the Rx direction
83.5.11.7 Support for BASE-R FEC
83.6 PMA MDIO function mapping
83.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 83, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE- R
83.7.1 Introduction
83.7.2 Identification
83.7.2.1 Implementation identification
83.7.2.2 Protocol summary
83.7.3 Major capabilities/options
83.7.4 Skew generation and tolerance
83.7.5 Test patterns
83.7.6 Loopback modes
83.7.7 EEE deep sleep with XLAUI/CAUI
84. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4
84.1 Overview
84.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
84.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
84.4 Delay constraints
84.5 Skew constraints
84.6 PMD MDIO function mapping
84.7 PMD functional specifications
84.7.1 Link block diagram
84.7.2 PMD transmit function
84.7.3 PMD receive function
84.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function
84.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
84.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function
84.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
84.7.8 Loopback mode
84.7.9 PMD_fault function
84.7.10 PMD transmit fault function
84.7.11 PMD receive fault function
84.7.12 PMD control function
84.8 40GBASE-KR4 electrical characteristics
84.8.1 Transmitter characteristics
84.8.1.1 Test fixture
84.8.2 Receiver characteristics
84.8.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance
84.9 Interconnect characteristics
84.10 Environmental specifications
84.10.1 General safety
84.10.2 Network safety
84.10.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
84.10.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
84.10.5 Temperature and humidity
84.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 84, Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4
84.11.1 Introduction
84.11.2 Identification
84.11.2.1 Implementation identification
84.11.2.2 Protocol summary
84.11.3 Major capabilities/options
84.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 84, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4
84.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications
84.11.4.2 Management functions
84.11.4.3 Transmitter electrical characteristics
84.11.4.4 Receiver electrical characteristics
84.11.4.5 Environmental specifications
85. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10
85.1 Overview
85.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
85.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
85.4 Delay constraints
85.5 Skew constraints
85.6 PMD MDIO function mapping
85.7 PMD functional specifications
85.7.1 Link block diagram
85.7.2 PMD Transmit function
85.7.3 PMD Receive function
85.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function
85.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
85.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function
85.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
85.7.8 Loopback mode
85.7.9 PMD_fault function
85.7.10 PMD transmit fault function
85.7.11 PMD receive fault function
85.7.12 PMD control function
85.8 MDI Electrical specifications for 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10
85.8.1 Signal levels
85.8.2 Signal paths
85.8.3 Transmitter characteristics
85.8.3.1 Transmitter differential output return loss
85.8.3.2 Transmitter noise parameter measurements
85.8.3.3 Transmitter output waveform
85.8.3.3.1 Coefficient initialization
85.8.3.3.2 Coefficient step size
85.8.3.3.3 Coefficient range
85.8.3.3.4 Waveform acquisition
85.8.3.3.5 Linear fit to the waveform measurement at TP2
85.8.3.3.6 Transfer function between the transmit function and TP2
85.8.3.4 Insertion loss TP0 to TP2 or TP3 to TP5
85.8.3.5 Test fixture
85.8.3.6 Test fixture impedance
85.8.3.7 Test fixture insertion loss
85.8.3.8 Data dependent jitter (DDJ)
85.8.3.9 Signaling rate range
85.8.4 Receiver characteristics at TP3 summary
85.8.4.1 Receiver differential input return loss
85.8.4.2 Receiver interference tolerance test
85.8.4.2.1 Test setup
85.8.4.2.2 Test channel
85.8.4.2.3 Test channel calibration
85.8.4.2.4 Pattern generator
85.8.4.2.5 Test procedure
85.8.4.3 Bit error ratio
85.8.4.4 Signaling rate range
85.8.4.5 AC-coupling
85.9 Channel characteristics
85.10 Cable assembly characteristics
85.10.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance
85.10.2 Cable assembly insertion loss
85.10.3 Cable assembly insertion loss deviation (ILD)
85.10.4 Cable assembly return loss
85.10.5 Cable assembly multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss
85.10.6 Cable assembly multiple disturber far-end crosstalk (MDFEXT) loss
85.10.7 Cable assembly integrated crosstalk noise (ICN)
85.10.8 Cable assembly test fixture
85.10.9 Mated test fixtures
85.10.9.1 Mated test fixtures insertion loss
85.10.9.2 Mated test fixtures return loss
85.10.9.3 Mated test fixtures common-mode conversion loss
85.10.9.4 Mated test fixtures integrated crosstalk noise
85.10.10 Shielding
85.10.11 Crossover function
85.11 MDI specification
85.11.1 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors
85.11.1.1 Style-1 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors
85.11.1.1.1 Style-1 AC-coupling
85.11.1.2 Style-2 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors
85.11.1.2.1 Style-2 40GBASE-CR4 Connector pin assignments
85.11.2 100GBASE-CR10 MDI connectors
85.11.2.1 100GBASE-CR10 MDI AC-coupling
85.11.3 Electronic keying
85.12 Environmental specifications
85.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 85, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10
85.13.1 Introduction
85.13.2 Identification
85.13.2.1 Implementation identification
85.13.2.2 Protocol summary
85.13.3 Major capabilities/options
85.13.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10
85.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications
85.13.4.2 Management functions
85.13.4.3 Transmitter specifications
85.13.4.4 Receiver specifications
85.13.4.5 Cable assembly specifications
85.13.4.6 MDI connector specifications
85.13.4.7 Environmental specifications
86. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-SR4 and 100GBASE-SR10
86.1 Overview
86.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
86.3 Delay and Skew
86.3.1 Delay constraints
86.3.2 Skew and Skew Variation constraints
86.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
86.5 PMD functional specifications
86.5.1 PMD block diagram
86.5.2 PMD transmit function
86.5.3 PMD receive function
86.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
86.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
86.5.6 PMD reset function
86.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
86.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
86.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
86.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
86.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
86.6 Lane assignments
86.7 PMD to MDI specifications for 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10
86.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications
86.7.2 Characteristics of signal within, and at the receiving end of, a compliant optical channel
86.7.3 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10 receiver optical specifications
86.7.4 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10 illustrative link power budget
86.8 Definitions of optical and dual-use parameters and measurement methods
86.8.1 Test points and compliance boards
86.8.2 Test patterns and related subclauses
86.8.2.1 Multi-lane testing considerations
86.8.3 Parameters applicable to both electrical and optical signals
86.8.3.1 Skew and Skew Variation
86.8.3.2 Eye diagrams
86.8.3.2.1 Eye mask acceptable hit count examples
86.8.3.3 Jitter
86.8.3.3.1 J2 Jitter
86.8.3.3.2 J9 Jitter
86.8.4 Optical parameter definitions
86.8.4.1 Wavelength and spectral width
86.8.4.2 Average optical power
86.8.4.3 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
86.8.4.4 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP)
86.8.4.5 Extinction ratio
86.8.4.6 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
86.8.4.6.1 Optical transmitter eye mask
86.8.4.7 Stressed receiver sensitivity
86.8.4.8 Receiver jitter tolerance
86.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
86.9.1 General safety
86.9.2 Laser safety
86.9.3 Installation
86.9.4 Environment
86.9.5 PMD labeling
86.10 Optical channel
86.10.1 Fiber optic cabling model
86.10.2 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
86.10.2.1 Optical fiber cable
86.10.2.2 Optical fiber connection
86.10.2.2.1 Connection insertion loss
86.10.2.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
86.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
86.10.3.1 Optical lane assignments for 40GBASE-SR4
86.10.3.2 Optical lane assignments for 100GBASE-SR10
86.10.3.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
86.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 86, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-SR4 and 100GBASE-SR10
86.11.1 Introduction
86.11.2 Identification
86.11.2.1 Implementation identification
86.11.2.2 Protocol summary
86.11.3 Major capabilities/options
86.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 40GBASE-SR4 and 100GBASE-SR10
86.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications
86.11.4.2 Management functions
86.11.4.3 Optical specifications for 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10
86.11.4.4 Definitions of parameters and measurement methods
86.11.4.5 Environmental and safety specifications
86.11.4.6 Optical channel and MDI
87. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4
87.1 Overview
87.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
87.3 Delay and Skew
87.3.1 Delay constraints
87.3.2 Skew constraints
87.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
87.5 PMD functional specifications
87.5.1 PMD block diagram
87.5.2 PMD transmit function
87.5.3 PMD receive function
87.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
87.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
87.5.6 PMD reset function
87.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
87.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
87.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
87.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
87.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
87.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments
87.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4
87.7.1 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4 transmitter optical specifications
87.7.2 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4 receive optical specifications
87.7.3 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4 illustrative link power budgets
87.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
87.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
87.8.2 Skew and Skew Variation
87.8.3 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
87.8.4 Average optical power
87.8.5 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
87.8.6 Transmitter and dispersion penalty
87.8.6.1 Reference transmitter requirements
87.8.6.2 Channel requirements
87.8.6.3 Reference receiver requirements
87.8.6.4 Test procedure
87.8.7 Extinction ratio
87.8.8 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA)
87.8.9 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
87.8.10 Receiver sensitivity
87.8.11 Stressed receiver sensitivity
87.8.11.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
87.8.11.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
87.8.11.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification
87.8.11.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test
87.8.11.5 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure for WDM conformance testing
87.8.12 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency
87.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
87.9.1 General safety
87.9.2 Laser safety
87.9.3 Installation
87.9.4 Environment
87.9.4.1 Electromagnetic emission
87.9.4.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling
87.9.5 PMD labeling requirements
87.10 Fiber optic cabling model
87.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
87.11.1 Optical fiber cable
87.11.2 Optical fiber connection
87.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
87.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
87.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
87.12 Requirements for interoperation between 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4
87.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 87, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4
87.13.1 Introduction
87.13.2 Identification
87.13.2.1 Implementation identification
87.13.2.2 Protocol summary
87.13.3 Major capabilities/options
87.13.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4
87.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications
87.13.4.2 Management functions
87.13.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-LR4
87.13.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-ER4
87.13.4.5 Optical measurement methods
87.13.4.6 Environmental specifications
87.13.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
88. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4
88.1 Overview
88.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
88.3 Delay and Skew
88.3.1 Delay constraints
88.3.2 Skew constraints
88.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
88.5 PMD functional specifications
88.5.1 PMD block diagram
88.5.2 PMD transmit function
88.5.3 PMD receive function
88.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
88.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
88.5.6 PMD reset function
88.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
88.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
88.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
88.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
88.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
88.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments
88.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4
88.7.1 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 transmitter optical specifications
88.7.2 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 receive optical specifications
88.7.3 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 illustrative link power budgets
88.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
88.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
88.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
88.8.3 Average optical power
88.8.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
88.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP)
88.8.5.1 Reference transmitter requirements
88.8.5.2 Channel requirements
88.8.5.3 Reference receiver requirements
88.8.5.4 Test procedure
88.8.6 Extinction ratio
88.8.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA)
88.8.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
88.8.9 Receiver sensitivity
88.8.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
88.8.11 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency
88.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
88.9.1 General safety
88.9.2 Laser safety
88.9.3 Installation
88.9.4 Environment
88.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
88.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
88.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
88.10 Fiber optic cabling model
88.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
88.11.1 Optical fiber cable
88.11.2 Optical fiber connection
88.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
88.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
88.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
88.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 88, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4
88.12.1 Introduction
88.12.2 Identification
88.12.2.1 Implementation identification
88.12.2.2 Protocol summary
88.12.3 Major capabilities/options
88.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4
88.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
88.12.4.2 Management functions
88.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-LR4
88.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-ER4
88.12.4.5 Optical measurement methods
88.12.4.6 Environmental specifications
88.12.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
89. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-FR
89.1 Overview
89.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
89.3 Delay and skew
89.3.1 Delay constraints
89.3.2 Skew constraints
89.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
89.5 PMD functional specifications
89.5.1 PMD block diagram
89.5.2 PMD transmit function
89.5.3 PMD receive function
89.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
89.5.5 PMD reset function
89.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
89.5.7 PMD fault function (optional)
89.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
89.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional)
89.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-FR
89.6.1 40GBASE-FR transmitter optical specifications
89.6.2 40GBASE-FR receive optical specifications
89.6.3 40GBASE-FR illustrative link power budget
89.6.4 Comparison of power budget methodology
89.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
89.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
89.7.2 Skew and Skew Variation
89.7.3 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
89.7.4 Average optical power
89.7.5 Dispersion penalty
89.7.5.1 Channel requirements
89.7.5.2 Reference receiver requirements
89.7.5.3 Test procedure
89.7.6 Extinction ratio
89.7.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA)
89.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
89.7.9 Receiver sensitivity
89.7.10 Receiver jitter tolerance
89.7.11 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency
89.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
89.8.1 General safety
89.8.2 Laser safety
89.8.3 Installation
89.8.4 Environment
89.8.4.1 Electromagnetic emission
89.8.4.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling
89.8.5 PMD labeling requirements
89.9 Fiber optic cabling model
89.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
89.10.1 Optical fiber cable
89.10.2 Optical fiber connection
89.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss
89.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
89.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
89.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 89, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-FR
89.11.1 Introduction
89.11.2 Identification
89.11.2.1 Implementation identification
89.11.2.2 Protocol summary
89.11.3 Major capabilities/options
89.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-FR
89.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications
89.11.4.2 Management functions
89.11.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-FR
89.11.4.4 Optical measurement methods
89.11.4.5 Environmental specifications
89.11.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
90. Ethernet support for time synchronization protocols
90.1 Introduction
90.2 Overview
90.3 Relationship with other IEEE standards
90.4 Time Synchronization Service Interface (TSSI)
90.4.1 Introduction
90.4.1.1 Interlayer service interfaces
90.4.1.2 Responsibilities of TimeSync Client
90.4.2 TSSI
90.4.3 Detailed service specification
90.4.3.1 TS_TX.indication primitive
90.4.3.1.1 Semantics
90.4.3.1.2 Condition for generation
90.4.3.1.3 Effect of receipt
90.4.3.2 TS_RX.indication primitive
90.4.3.2.1 Semantics
90.4.3.2.2 Condition for generation
90.4.3.2.3 Effect of receipt
90.5 generic Reconciliation Sublayer (gRS)
90.5.1 TS_SFD_Detect_TX function
90.5.2 TS_SFD_Detect_RX function
90.6 Overview of management features
90.7 Data delay measurement
90.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 90, Ethernet support for time synchronization protocols
90.8.1 Introduction
90.8.2 Identification
90.8.2.1 Implementation identification
90.8.2.2 Protocol summary
90.8.3 TSSI indication
90.8.4 Data delay reporting
91. Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 100GBASE-R PHYs
91.1 Overview
91.1.1 Scope
91.1.2 Position of RS-FEC in the 100GBASE-R sublayers
91.2 FEC service interface
91.3 PMA compatibility
91.4 Delay constraints
91.5 Functions within the RS-FEC sublayer
91.5.1 Functional block diagram
91.5.2 Transmit function
91.5.2.1 Lane block synchronization
91.5.2.2 Alignment lock and deskew
91.5.2.3 Lane reorder
91.5.2.4 Alignment marker removal
91.5.2.5 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder
91.5.2.6 Alignment marker mapping and insertion
91.5.2.7 Reed-Solomon encoder
91.5.2.8 Symbol distribution
91.5.2.9 Transmit bit ordering
91.5.3 Receive function
91.5.3.1 Alignment lock and deskew
91.5.3.2 Lane reorder
91.5.3.3 Reed-Solomon decoder
91.5.3.3.1 FEC Degraded SER (optional)
91.5.3.4 Alignment marker removal
91.5.3.5 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder
91.5.3.6 Block distribution
91.5.3.7 Alignment marker mapping and insertion
91.5.3.8 Receive bit ordering
91.5.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
91.5.4.1 State diagram conventions
91.5.4.2 State variables
91.5.4.2.1 Variables
91.5.4.2.2 Functions
91.5.4.2.3 Counters
91.5.4.3 State diagrams
91.6 RS-FEC MDIO function mapping
91.6.1 FEC_bypass_correction_enable
91.6.2 FEC_bypass_indication_enable
91.6.3 four_lane_pmd
91.6.4 FEC_degraded_SER_enable
91.6.5 FEC_degraded_SER_activate_threshold
91.6.6 FEC_degraded_SER_deactivate_threshold
91.6.7 FEC_degraded_SER_interval
91.6.8 FEC_bypass_correction_ability
91.6.9 FEC_bypass_indication_ability
91.6.10 hi_ser
91.6.11 FEC_degraded_SER_ability
91.6.12 FEC_degraded_SER
91.6.13 FEC_optional_states
91.6.14 amps_lock
91.6.15 fec_align_status
91.6.16 FEC_corrected_cw_counter
91.6.17 FEC_uncorrected_cw_counter
91.6.18 FEC_lane_mapping
91.6.19 FEC_symbol_error_counter_i
91.6.20 align_status
91.6.21 BIP_error_counter_i
91.6.22 lane_mapping
91.6.23 block_lock
91.6.24 am_lock
91.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 91, Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 100GBASE-R PHYs
91.7.1 Introduction
91.7.2 Identification
91.7.2.1 Implementation identification
91.7.2.2 Protocol summary
91.7.3 Major capabilities/options
91.7.4 PICS proforma tables for Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 100GBASE-R PHYs
91.7.4.1 Transmit function
91.7.4.2 Receive function
91.7.4.3 State diagrams
92. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-CR4
92.1 Overview
92.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
92.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
92.4 Delay constraints
92.5 Skew constraints
92.6 PMD MDIO function mapping
92.7 PMD functional specifications
92.7.1 Link block diagram
92.7.2 PMD Transmit function
92.7.3 PMD Receive function
92.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function
92.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
92.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function
92.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
92.7.8 Loopback mode
92.7.9 PMD fault function
92.7.10 PMD transmit fault function
92.7.11 PMD receive fault function
92.7.12 PMD control function
92.8 100GBASE-CR4 electrical characteristics
92.8.1 Signal levels
92.8.2 Signal paths
92.8.3 Transmitter characteristics
92.8.3.1 Signal levels
92.8.3.2 Transmitter differential output return loss
92.8.3.3 Common-mode to differential mode output return loss
92.8.3.4 Common-mode to common-mode output return loss
92.8.3.5 Transmitter output waveform
92.8.3.5.1 Linear fit to the measured waveform
92.8.3.5.2 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak
92.8.3.5.3 Coefficient initialization
92.8.3.5.4 Coefficient step size
92.8.3.5.5 Coefficient range
92.8.3.6 Insertion loss TP0 to TP2 or TP3 to TP5
92.8.3.7 Transmitter signal-to-noise-and-distortion ratio (SNDR)
92.8.3.8 Transmitter output jitter
92.8.3.8.1 Even-odd jitter
92.8.3.8.2 Effective bounded uncorrelated jitter and effective random jitter
92.8.3.9 Signaling rate range
92.8.4 Receiver characteristics
92.8.4.1 Receiver input amplitude tolerance
92.8.4.2 Receiver differential input return loss
92.8.4.3 Differential to common-mode input return loss
92.8.4.4 Receiver interference tolerance test
92.8.4.4.1 Test setup
92.8.4.4.2 Test channel
92.8.4.4.3 Test channel calibration
92.8.4.4.4 Pattern generator
92.8.4.4.5 Test procedure
92.8.4.5 Receiver jitter tolerance
92.8.4.6 Signaling rate range
92.9 Channel characteristics
92.10 Cable assembly characteristics
92.10.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance
92.10.2 Cable assembly insertion loss
92.10.3 Cable assembly differential return loss
92.10.4 Differential to common-mode return loss
92.10.5 Differential to common-mode conversion loss
92.10.6 Common-mode to common-mode return loss
92.10.7 Cable assembly Channel Operating Margin
92.10.7.1 Channel signal path
92.10.7.1.1 TP0 to TP1 and TP4 to TP5 signal paths
92.10.7.2 Channel crosstalk paths
92.11 Test fixtures
92.11.1 TP2 or TP3 test fixture
92.11.1.1 Test fixture return loss
92.11.1.2 Test fixture insertion loss
92.11.2 Cable assembly test fixture
92.11.3 Mated test fixtures
92.11.3.1 Mated test fixtures insertion loss
92.11.3.2 Mated test fixtures return loss
92.11.3.3 Mated test fixtures common-mode conversion insertion loss
92.11.3.4 Mated test fixtures common-mode return loss
92.11.3.5 Mated test fixtures common-mode to differential mode return loss
92.11.3.6 Mated test fixtures integrated crosstalk noise
92.11.3.6.1 Mated test fixture multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss
92.11.3.6.2 Mated test fixture multiple disturber far-end crosstalk (MDFEXT) loss
92.11.3.6.3 Mated test fixture integrated crosstalk noise (ICN)
92.12 MDI specification
92.12.1 100GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors
92.12.1.1 Style-1 100GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors
92.12.1.2 Style-2 100GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors
92.13 Environmental specifications
92.14 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 92, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-CR4
92.14.1 Introduction
92.14.2 Identification
92.14.2.1 Implementation identification
92.14.2.2 Protocol summary
92.14.3 Major capabilities/options
92.14.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-CR4
92.14.4.1 PMD functional specifications
92.14.4.2 Management functions
92.14.4.3 Transmitter specifications
92.14.4.4 Receiver specifications
92.14.4.5 Cable assembly specifications
92.14.4.6 MDI connector specifications
92.14.4.7 Environmental specifications
93. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KR4
93.1 Overview
93.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
93.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
93.4 Delay constraints
93.5 Skew constraints
93.6 PMD MDIO function mapping
93.7 PMD functional specifications
93.7.1 Link block diagram
93.7.2 PMD Transmit function
93.7.3 PMD Receive function
93.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function
93.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
93.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function
93.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
93.7.8 Loopback mode
93.7.9 PMD fault function
93.7.10 PMD transmit fault function
93.7.11 PMD receive fault function
93.7.12 PMD control function
93.8 100GBASE-KR4 electrical characteristics
93.8.1 Transmitter characteristics
93.8.1.1 Transmitter test fixture
93.8.1.2 Signaling rate and range
93.8.1.3 Signal levels
93.8.1.4 Transmitter output return loss
93.8.1.5 Transmitter output waveform
93.8.1.5.1 Linear fit to the measured waveform
93.8.1.5.2 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak
93.8.1.5.3 Coefficient initialization
93.8.1.5.4 Coefficient step size
93.8.1.5.5 Coefficient range
93.8.1.6 Transmitter signal-to-noise-and-distortion ratio (SNDR)
93.8.1.7 Transmitter output jitter
93.8.2 Receiver characteristics
93.8.2.1 Receiver test fixture
93.8.2.2 Receiver input return loss
93.8.2.3 Receiver interference tolerance
93.8.2.4 Receiver jitter tolerance
93.9 Channel characteristics
93.9.1 Channel Operating Margin
93.9.2 Insertion loss
93.9.3 Return loss
93.9.4 AC-coupling
93.10 Environmental specifications
93.10.1 General safety
93.10.2 Network safety
93.10.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
93.10.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
93.10.5 Temperature and humidity
93.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 93, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KR4
93.11.1 Introduction
93.11.2 Identification
93.11.2.1 Implementation identification
93.11.2.2 Protocol summary
93.11.3 Major capabilities/options
93.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KR4
93.11.4.1 Functional specifications
93.11.4.2 Transmitter characteristics
93.11.4.3 Receiver characteristics
93.11.4.4 Channel characteristics
93.11.4.5 Environmental specifications
94. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KP4
94.1 Overview
94.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) Sublayer
94.2.1 PMA Service Interface
94.2.1.1 PMA:IS_UNITDATA_i.request
94.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.2.1.1.2 When generated
94.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
94.2.1.2 PMA:IS_UNITDATA_i.indication
94.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.2.1.2.2 When generated
94.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
94.2.1.3 PMA:IS_SIGNAL.indication
94.2.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.2.1.3.2 When generated
94.2.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
94.2.1.4 PMA:IS_TX_MODE.request
94.2.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.2.1.4.2 When generated
94.2.1.4.3 Effect of receipt
94.2.1.5 PMA:IS_RX_MODE.request
94.2.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.2.1.5.2 When generated
94.2.1.5.3 Effect of receipt
94.2.1.6 PMA:IS_ENERGY_DETECT.indication
94.2.1.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.2.1.6.2 When generated
94.2.1.6.3 Effect of receipt
94.2.1.7 PMA:IS_RX_TX_MODE.indication
94.2.1.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.2.1.7.2 When generated
94.2.1.7.3 Effect of receipt
94.2.2 PMA Transmit Functional Specifications
94.2.2.1 FEC Interface
94.2.2.2 Overhead Frame
94.2.2.3 Overhead
94.2.2.4 Termination Blocks
94.2.2.5 Gray Mapping
94.2.2.6 Precoding
94.2.2.7 PAM4 encoding
94.2.2.8 PMD Interface
94.2.3 PMA Receive Functional Specifications
94.2.3.1 Overhead
94.2.4 Skew constraints
94.2.5 Delay constraints
94.2.6 Link status
94.2.7 PMA local loopback mode
94.2.8 PMA remote loopback mode (optional)
94.2.9 PMA test patterns
94.2.9.1 JP03A test pattern
94.2.9.2 JP03B test pattern
94.2.9.3 Quaternary PRBS13 test pattern
94.2.9.4 Transmitter linearity test pattern
94.2.10 PMA MDIO function mapping
94.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) Sublayer
94.3.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
94.3.1.1 PMD:IS_UNITDATA_i.request
94.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.3.1.1.2 When generated
94.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
94.3.1.2 PMD:IS_UNITDATA_i.indication
94.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.3.1.2.2 When generated
94.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
94.3.1.3 PMD:IS_SIGNAL.indication
94.3.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
94.3.1.3.2 When generated
94.3.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
94.3.2 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
94.3.3 Delay constraints
94.3.4 Skew constraints
94.3.5 PMD MDIO function mapping
94.3.6 PMD functional specifications
94.3.6.1 Link block diagram
94.3.6.2 PMD Transmit function
94.3.6.3 PMD Receive function
94.3.6.4 Global PMD signal detect function
94.3.6.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
94.3.6.6 Global PMD transmit disable function
94.3.6.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
94.3.6.8 Loopback mode
94.3.7 PMD fault function
94.3.8 PMD transmit fault function
94.3.9 PMD receive fault function
94.3.10 PMD control function
94.3.10.1 Overview
94.3.10.2 Training frame structure
94.3.10.3 Training frame words
94.3.10.4 Frame marker
94.3.10.5 Control channel encoding
94.3.10.5.1 Differential Manchester encoding
94.3.10.5.2 Control channel structure
94.3.10.6 Coefficient update field
94.3.10.6.1 Preset
94.3.10.6.2 Initialize
94.3.10.6.3 Parity
94.3.10.6.4 Coefficient (k) update
94.3.10.7 Status report field
94.3.10.7.1 Parity
94.3.10.7.2 Training frame countdown
94.3.10.7.3 Receiver ready
94.3.10.7.4 Coefficient (k) status
94.3.10.7.5 Coefficient update process
94.3.10.8 Training pattern
94.3.10.9 Transition from training to data
94.3.10.10 Frame lock state diagram
94.3.10.11 Training state diagram
94.3.10.12 Coefficient update state diagram
94.3.11 PMD LPI function
94.3.11.1 Alert Signal
94.3.11.1.1 Frame marker
94.3.11.1.2 Coefficient update field
94.3.11.1.3 Status report field
94.3.11.1.4 Parity
94.3.11.1.5 Mode
94.3.11.1.6 Alert frame countdown
94.3.11.1.7 PMA alignment offset
94.3.11.1.8 Receiver ready
94.3.11.1.9 Transition from alert to data
94.3.12 PMD Transmitter electrical characteristics
94.3.12.1 Test fixture
94.3.12.1.1 Test fixture impedance
94.3.12.1.2 Test fixture insertion loss
94.3.12.2 Signaling rate and range
94.3.12.3 Signal levels
94.3.12.4 Transmitter output return loss
94.3.12.5 Transmitter output waveform
94.3.12.5.1 Transmitter linearity
94.3.12.5.2 Linear fit to the measured waveform
94.3.12.5.3 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak
94.3.12.5.4 Coefficient initialization
94.3.12.5.5 Coefficient step size
94.3.12.5.6 Coefficient range
94.3.12.6 Transmitter output jitter
94.3.12.6.1 Clock random jitter and clock deterministic jitter
94.3.12.6.2 Even-odd jitter
94.3.12.7 Transmitter signal-to-noise-and-distortion ratio (SNDR)
94.3.13 PMD Receiver electrical characteristics
94.3.13.1 Test fixture
94.3.13.2 Receiver input return loss
94.3.13.3 Receiver interference tolerance
94.3.13.4 Receiver jitter tolerance
94.3.13.4.1 Test setup
94.3.13.4.2 Test method
94.4 Channel characteristics
94.4.1 Channel Operating Margin
94.4.2 Channel insertion loss
94.4.3 Channel return loss
94.4.4 Channel AC-coupling
94.5 Environmental specifications
94.5.1 General safety
94.5.2 Network safety
94.5.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
94.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
94.5.5 Temperature and humidity
94.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 94, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KP4
94.6.1 Introduction
94.6.2 Identification
94.6.2.1 Implementation identification
94.6.2.2 Protocol summary
94.6.3 Major capabilities/options
94.6.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KP4
94.6.4.1 PMA functional specifications
94.6.4.2 PMD functional specifications
94.6.4.3 PMD transmitter characteristics
94.6.4.4 PMD receiver characteristics
94.6.4.5 Channel characteristics
94.6.4.6 Environment specifications
95. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-SR4
95.1 Overview
95.1.1 Bit error ratio
95.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
95.3 Delay and Skew
95.3.1 Delay constraints
95.3.2 Skew constraints
95.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
95.5 PMD functional specifications
95.5.1 PMD block diagram
95.5.2 PMD transmit function
95.5.3 PMD receive function
95.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
95.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
95.5.6 PMD reset function
95.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
95.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
95.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
95.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
95.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
95.6 Lane assignments
95.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-SR4
95.7.1 100GBASE-SR4 transmitter optical specifications
95.7.2 100GBASE-SR4 receive optical specifications
95.7.3 100GBASE-SR4 illustrative link power budget
95.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
95.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
95.8.1.1 Multi-lane testing considerations
95.8.2 Center wavelength and spectral width
95.8.3 Average optical power
95.8.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
95.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure (TDEC)
95.8.5.1 TDEC conformance test setup
95.8.5.2 TDEC measurement method
95.8.6 Extinction ratio
95.8.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
95.8.8 Stressed receiver sensitivity
95.8.8.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
95.8.8.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
95.8.8.3 J2 and J4 Jitter
95.8.8.4 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification
95.8.8.5 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test
95.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
95.9.1 General safety
95.9.2 Laser safety
95.9.3 Installation
95.9.4 Environment
95.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
95.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
95.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
95.10 Fiber optic cabling model
95.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
95.11.1 Optical fiber cable
95.11.2 Optical fiber connection
95.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
95.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
95.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
95.11.3.1 Optical lane assignments
95.11.3.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
95.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 95, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-SR4
95.12.1 Introduction
95.12.2 Identification
95.12.2.1 Implementation identification
95.12.2.2 Protocol summary
95.12.3 Major capabilities/options
95.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-SR4
95.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
95.12.4.2 Management functions
95.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-SR4
95.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods
95.12.4.5 Environmental specifications
95.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
96. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T1
96.1 Overview
96.1.1 100BASE-T1 architecture
96.1.1.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
96.1.1.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
96.1.1.3 Signaling
96.1.2 Conventions in this clause
96.1.2.1 State diagram notation
96.1.2.2 State diagram timer specifications
96.1.2.3 Service specifications
96.2 100BASE-T1 service primitives and interfaces
96.2.1 PMA service interface
96.2.2 PMA_LINK.indication
96.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
96.2.2.2 When generated
96.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
96.2.3 PMA_TXMODE.indication
96.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
96.2.3.2 When generated
96.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
96.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.request
96.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
96.2.4.2 When generated
96.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
96.2.5 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
96.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
96.2.5.2 When generated
96.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
96.2.6 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request
96.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
96.2.6.2 When generated
96.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
96.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication
96.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive
96.2.7.2 When generated
96.2.7.3 Effect of receipt
96.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request
96.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive
96.2.8.2 When generated
96.2.8.3 Effect of receipt
96.2.9 PMA_RESET.indication
96.2.9.1 When generated
96.2.9.2 Effect of receipt
96.2.10 PMA_TXEN.request
96.2.10.1 Semantic of the primitive
96.2.10.2 When generated
96.2.10.3 Effect of receipt
96.3 100BASE-T1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) functions
96.3.1 PCS Reset function
96.3.2 PCS data transmission enabling
96.3.2.1 Variables
96.3.3 PCS Transmit
96.3.3.1 4B/3B conversion
96.3.3.1.1 Control signals in 4B/3B conversion
96.3.3.1.2 4B/3B conversion for MII data
96.3.3.2 PCS Transmit state diagram
96.3.3.2.1 Variables
96.3.3.2.2 Functions
96.3.3.2.3 Timers
96.3.3.2.4 Messages
96.3.3.3 PCS transmit symbol generation
96.3.3.3.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomial
96.3.3.3.2 Generation of Syn[2:0]
96.3.3.3.3 Generation of Scn[2:0]
96.3.3.3.4 Generation of scrambled bits Sdn[2:0]
96.3.3.3.5 Generation of ternary pair (TAn, TBn)
96.3.3.3.6 Generation of (TAn, TBn) when tx_mode = SEND_I
96.3.3.3.7 Generation of (TAn, TBn) when tx_mode = SEND_N, tx_enable = 1
96.3.3.3.8 Generation of (TAn, TBn) for idle sequence when tx_mode=SEND_N
96.3.3.3.9 Generation of (TAn, TBn) when tx_mode=SEND_Z
96.3.3.3.10 Generation of symbol sequence
96.3.4 PCS Receive
96.3.4.1 PCS Receive overview
96.3.4.1.1 Variables
96.3.4.1.2 Functions
96.3.4.1.3 Timer
96.3.4.2 PCS Receive symbol decoding
96.3.4.3 PCS Receive descrambler polynomial
96.3.4.4 PCS Receive automatic polarity detection (Optional)
96.3.4.5 PCS Receive MII signal 3B/4B conversion
96.3.5 PCS Loopback
96.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) Sublayer
96.4.1 PMA Reset function
96.4.2 PMA Transmit function
96.4.3 PMA Receive function
96.4.4 PHY Control function
96.4.5 Link Monitor function
96.4.6 PMA clock recovery
96.4.7 State variables
96.4.7.1 State diagram variables
96.4.7.2 Timers
96.5 PMA electrical specifications
96.5.1 EMC tests
96.5.1.1 Immunity—DPI test
96.5.1.2 Emission—Conducted emission test
96.5.2 Test modes
96.5.3 Test fixtures
96.5.4 Transmitter electrical specifications
96.5.4.1 Transmitter output droop
96.5.4.2 Transmitter distortion
96.5.4.3 Transmitter timing jitter
96.5.4.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD)
96.5.4.5 Transmit clock frequency
96.5.5 Receiver electrical specifications
96.5.5.1 Receiver differential input signals
96.5.5.2 Receiver frequency tolerance
96.5.5.3 Alien crosstalk noise rejection
96.5.6 Transmitter peak differential output
96.5.7 PMA Local Loopback
96.6 Management interface
96.6.1 MASTER-SLAVE configuration
96.6.2 PHY-initialization
96.6.3 PMA and PCS MDIO function mapping
96.7 Link segment characteristics
96.7.1 Cabling system characteristics
96.7.1.1 Characteristic impedance
96.7.1.2 Insertion loss
96.7.1.3 Return loss
96.7.1.4 Mode conversion loss
96.7.1.5 Power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT)
96.7.1.6 Power sum alien attenuation to crosstalk ratio far-end (PSAACRF)
96.7.2 Noise environment
96.8 MDI specification
96.8.1 MDI connectors
96.8.2 MDI electrical specification
96.8.2.1 MDI return loss
96.8.2.2 MDI mode conversion loss
96.8.3 MDI fault tolerance
96.9 Environmental specifications
96.9.1 General safety
96.9.2 Network safety
96.9.2.1 Environmental safety
96.9.2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility
96.10 Delay constraints
96.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 96, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T1
96.11.1 Introduction
96.11.2 Identification
96.11.2.1 Implementation identification
96.11.2.2 Protocol summary
96.11.3 Major capabilities/options
96.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T1
96.11.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
96.11.4.2 PCS Receive functions
96.11.4.3 PCS Loopback
96.11.4.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
96.11.4.5 PMA electrical specifications
96.11.4.6 Management interface
96.11.4.7 Characteristics of the Link Segment
96.11.4.8 MDI Requirements
96.11.4.9 Environmental specifications
96.11.4.10 Delay constraints
97. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T1
97.1 Overview
97.1.1 Relationship of 1000BASE-T1 to other standards
97.1.2 Operation of 1000BASE-T1
97.1.2.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
97.1.2.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
97.1.2.3 EEE capability
97.1.2.4 Link Synchronization
97.1.3 Signaling
97.1.4 Interfaces
97.1.5 Conventions in this clause
97.2 1000BASE-T1 Service Primitives and Interfaces
97.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface
97.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request
97.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.1.1.2 When generated
97.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication
97.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.1.2.2 When generated
97.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2 PMA service interface
97.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication
97.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.1.2 When generated
97.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication
97.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.2.2 When generated
97.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request
97.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.3.2 When generated
97.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
97.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.4.2 When generated
97.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request
97.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.5.2 When generated
97.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request
97.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.6.2 When generated
97.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication
97.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.7.2 When generated
97.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.8 PMA_PHYREADY.indication
97.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.8.2 When generated
97.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.9 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request
97.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.9.2 When generated
97.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.10 PMA_REMPHYREADY.request
97.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.10.2 When generated
97.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.11 PMA_PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request
97.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.11.2 When generated
97.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt
97.2.2.12 PMA_PCS_TX_LPI_STATUS.request
97.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive
97.2.2.12.2 When generated
97.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt
97.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
97.3.1 PCS service interface (GMII)
97.3.2 PCS functions
97.3.2.1 PCS Reset function
97.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function
97.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks
97.3.2.2.2 81B-RS transmission code
97.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions
97.3.2.2.4 Transmission order
97.3.2.2.5 Block structure
97.3.2.2.6 Control codes
97.3.2.2.7 Idle
97.3.2.2.8 LP_IDLE
97.3.2.2.9 Error
97.3.2.2.10 Transmit process
97.3.2.2.11 RS-FEC encoder
97.3.2.2.12 PCS scrambler
97.3.2.2.13 3B2T to PAM3
97.3.2.2.14 81B-RS framer
97.3.2.2.15 EEE capability
97.3.2.3 PCS Receive function
97.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization
97.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler
97.3.2.3.3 Valid and invalid blocks
97.3.3 Test-pattern generators
97.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials
97.3.4.1 Generation of Sn
97.3.4.2 Generation of symbol Tn
97.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials
97.3.5 LPI signaling
97.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization
97.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling
97.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling
97.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams
97.3.6.1 State diagram conventions
97.3.6.2 State diagram parameters
97.3.6.2.1 Constants
97.3.6.2.2 Variables
97.3.6.2.3 Functions
97.3.6.2.4 Counters
97.3.6.3 Messages
97.3.6.4 State diagrams
97.3.7 PCS management
97.3.7.1 Status
97.3.7.2 Counter
97.3.7.3 Loopback
97.3.8 BASE-T1 Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM)
97.3.8.1 Definitions
97.3.8.2 Functional specifications
97.3.8.2.1 1000BASE-T1 OAM Frame Structure
97.3.8.2.2 1000BASE-T1 OAM Frame Data
97.3.8.2.3 Ping RX
97.3.8.2.4 Ping TX
97.3.8.2.5 PHY Health
97.3.8.2.6 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Valid
97.3.8.2.7 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Toggle
97.3.8.2.8 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Acknowledge
97.3.8.2.9 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Toggle Acknowledge
97.3.8.2.10 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Number
97.3.8.2.11 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Data
97.3.8.2.12 CRC16
97.3.8.2.13 1000BASE-T1 OAM Frame Acceptance Criteria
97.3.8.2.14 PHY Health Indicator
97.3.8.2.15 Ping
97.3.8.2.16 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Exchange
97.3.8.3 State diagram variable to BASE-T1 OAM register mapping
97.3.8.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
97.3.8.4.1 State diagram conventions
97.3.8.4.2 State diagram parameters
97.3.8.4.3 Variables
97.3.8.4.4 Counters
97.3.8.4.5 Functions
97.3.8.4.6 State diagrams
97.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
97.4.1 PMA functional specifications
97.4.2 PMA functions
97.4.2.1 PMA Reset function
97.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function
97.4.2.2.1 Global PMA transmit disable
97.4.2.3 PMA Receive function
97.4.2.4 PHY Control function
97.4.2.4.1 InfoField notation
97.4.2.4.2 Start of Frame Delimiter
97.4.2.4.3 Partial PHY frame Count (PFC24)
97.4.2.4.4 Message Field
97.4.2.4.5 PHY Capability Bits, User Configurable Register, and Data Mode Scrambler Seed
97.4.2.4.6 Data Switch partial PHY frame Count
97.4.2.4.7 Reserved Fields
97.4.2.4.8 CRC16
97.4.2.4.9 PMA MDIO function mapping
97.4.2.4.10 Startup sequence
97.4.2.4.11 PHY Control Registers
97.4.2.5 Link Monitor function
97.4.2.6 PHY Link Synchronization
97.4.2.6.1 State diagram variables
97.4.2.6.2 State diagram timers
97.4.2.6.3 Messages
97.4.2.6.4 State diagrams
97.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function
97.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function
97.4.3 MDI
97.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY
97.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI
97.4.4 State variables
97.4.4.1 State diagram variables
97.4.4.2 Timers
97.4.5 State diagrams
97.5 PMA electrical specifications
97.5.1 EMC Requirements
97.5.1.1 Immunity—DPI test
97.5.1.2 Emission—150 W conducted emission test
97.5.2 Test modes
97.5.2.1 Test fixtures
97.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications
97.5.3.1 Maximum output droop
97.5.3.2 Transmitter distortion
97.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter
97.5.3.4 Transmitter Power Spectral Density (PSD) and power level
97.5.3.5 Transmitter peak differential output
97.5.3.6 Transmitter clock frequency
97.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications
97.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals
97.5.4.2 Alien crosstalk noise rejection
97.6 Link segment characteristics
97.6.1 Link transmission parameters for link segment type A
97.6.1.1 Insertion loss
97.6.1.2 Differential characteristic impedance
97.6.1.3 Return loss
97.6.1.4 Differential-to-common-mode conversion
97.6.1.5 Maximum link delay
97.6.2 Link transmission parameters for link segment type B
97.6.2.1 Insertion loss
97.6.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
97.6.2.3 Return loss
97.6.2.4 Maximum link delay
97.6.2.5 Coupling attenuation
97.6.3 Coupling parameters between type A link segments
97.6.3.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss
97.6.3.2 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss
97.6.3.3 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss
97.6.3.4 Multiple disturber power sum alien attenuation crosstalk ratio far-end (PSAACRF)
97.6.4 Coupling parameters between type B link segments
97.6.4.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss
97.6.4.2 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss
97.6.4.3 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss
97.6.4.4 Multiple disturber power sum alien attenuation crosstalk ratio far-end (PSAACRF)
97.7 Media Dependent Interface (MDI)
97.7.1 MDI connectors
97.7.2 MDI electrical specification
97.7.2.1 MDI return loss
97.7.2.2 MDI mode conversion loss
97.7.3 MDI fault tolerance
97.8 Management Interfaces
97.8.1 Optional Support for Auto-Negotiation
97.9 Environmental specifications
97.9.1 General safety
97.9.2 Network safety
97.9.2.1 Environmental safety
97.9.2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility
97.10 Delay constraints
97.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 97, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T1
97.11.1 Introduction
97.11.2 Identification
97.11.2.1 Implementation identification
97.11.2.2 Protocol summary
97.11.3 Major capabilities/options
97.11.4 General
97.11.5 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
97.11.6 PCS Receive functions
97.11.7 PCS loopback
97.11.8 OAM
97.11.9 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
97.11.10 PMA electrical specifications
97.11.11 MDI electrical requirements
97.11.11.1 Characteristics of the link segment
97.11.12 MDI Requirements
97.11.13 EEE capability requirements
97.11.14 Environmental specifications
98. Auto-Negotiation for single differential-pair media
98.1 Overview
98.1.1 Scope
98.1.2 Relationship to the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model
98.2 Functional specifications
98.2.1 Transmit function requirements
98.2.1.1 DME transmission
98.2.1.1.1 DME page encoding
98.2.1.1.2 DME page timing
98.2.1.1.3 DME page Delimiters
98.2.1.1.4 Transmitter peak differential output
98.2.1.2 Link codeword encoding
98.2.1.2.1 Selector Field
98.2.1.2.2 Echoed Nonce Field
98.2.1.2.3 Transmitted Nonce Field
98.2.1.2.4 Technology Ability Field
98.2.1.2.5 Force MASTER-SLAVE
98.2.1.2.6 Pause Ability
98.2.1.2.7 Remote Fault
98.2.1.2.8 Acknowledge
98.2.1.2.9 Next Page
98.2.1.3 Transmit Switch function
98.2.2 Receive function requirements
98.2.2.1 DME page reception
98.2.2.2 Receive Switch function
98.2.2.3 Link codeword matching
98.2.3 AN half-duplex function requirements
98.2.4 Arbitration function requirements
98.2.4.1 Renegotiation function
98.2.4.2 Priority Resolution function
98.2.4.3 Next Page function
98.2.4.3.1 Next page encodings
98.2.4.3.2 Use of Next Pages
98.3 State diagram variable to Auto-Negotiation register mapping
98.4 Technology-Dependent Interface
98.4.1 PMA_LINK.indication
98.4.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
98.4.1.2 When generated
98.4.1.3 Effect of receipt
98.4.2 PMA_LINK.request
98.4.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
98.4.2.2 When generated
98.4.2.3 Effect of receipt
98.5 Detailed functions and state diagrams
98.5.1 State diagram variables
98.5.2 State diagram timers
98.5.3 State diagram counters
98.5.4 Function
98.5.5 State diagrams
98.5.6 High-speed and low-speed Auto-Negotiation modes
98.5.6.1 Variables
98.5.6.2 Functions
98.5.6.3 Timers
98.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 98, Auto-Negotiation for Single Differential-Pair Media
98.6.1 Introduction
98.6.2 Identification
98.6.2.1 Implementation identification
98.6.2.2 Protocol summary
98.6.3 Major capabilities/options
98.6.4 General
98.6.5 DME transmission
98.6.6 Link codeword encoding
98.6.7 Arbitration function requirements
98.6.8 Service primitives
98.6.9 State diagram and variable definitions
98.6.10 High-speed and low-speed Auto-Negotiation modes
99. MAC Merge sublayer
99.1 Introduction
99.1.1 Relationship to other IEEE standards
99.1.2 Functional Block Diagram
99.2 MAC Merge Service Interface (MMSI)
99.2.1 MM_CTL.request
99.2.1.1 Semantics
99.2.1.2 When generated
99.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
99.3 MAC Merge Packet (mPacket)
99.3.1 mPacket format
99.3.2 Preamble
99.3.3 Start mPacket Delimiter (SMD)
99.3.4 frag_count
99.3.5 mData
99.3.6 CRC
99.4 MAC Merge sublayer operation
99.4.1 MAC Merge sublayer transmit behavior when preemption is disabled
99.4.2 Determining that the link partner supports preemption
99.4.3 Verifying preemption operation
99.4.4 Transmit processing
99.4.5 Receive processing
99.4.6 Express filter
99.4.7 Detailed functions and state diagrams
99.4.7.1 State diagram conventions
99.4.7.2 Constants
99.4.7.3 Variables
99.4.7.4 Functions
99.4.7.5 Counters
99.4.7.6 Timers
99.4.7.7 State diagrams
99.4.8 Delay Constraints
99.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 99, MAC Merge sublayer
99.5.1 Introduction
99.5.2 Identification
99.5.2.1 Implementation identification
99.5.2.2 Protocol summary
99.5.3 PICS proforma tables for MAC Merge sublayer
99.5.3.1 Functional specifications
99.5.3.2 Delay constraints
100. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, and medium for coaxial distribution networks, type 10GPASS-XR
100.1 Overview
100.1.1 Terminology and conventions
100.1.2 Positioning of the PMD sublayer within the IEEE 802.3 architecture
100.1.3 PMD types
100.1.4 Mapping of PMD variables
100.2 PMD functional specification
100.2.1 PMD service interface
100.2.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request
100.2.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
100.2.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.request
100.2.2 Delay constraints
100.2.3 PMD transmit function
100.2.4 PMD receive function
100.2.5 PMD transmit enable function
100.3 PMD operational requirements
100.3.1 CLT and CNU modulation formats
100.3.2 Data rates
100.3.2.1 Downstream PHY data rate
100.3.2.2 Upstream PHY data rate
100.3.2.3 PHY Link managed variables
100.3.3 CLT transmitter requirements
100.3.3.1 OFDM channel power definitions
100.3.3.2 CLT output electrical requirements
100.3.3.2.1 PHY Link managed variables
100.3.3.3 Phase noise requirements
100.3.3.4 Power per OFDM channel for CLT
100.3.3.5 Out-of-band noise and spurious requirements for the CLT
100.3.3.6 CLT transmitter output requirements
100.3.4 CNU transmitter requirements
100.3.4.1 Burst timing convention
100.3.4.2 Transmit power requirements
100.3.4.3 OFDMA transmit power calculations
100.3.4.3.1 PHY Link managed variables
100.3.4.4 OFDMA fidelity requirements
100.3.4.4.1 Spurious emissions
100.3.4.4.2 Spurious emissions in the upstream frequency range
100.3.4.4.3 Adjacent channel spurious emissions
100.3.4.4.4 Spurious emissions during burst on/off transients
100.3.4.5 Transmit MER requirements
100.3.4.5.1 Definitions
100.3.4.5.2 Requirements
100.3.4.6 CNU Transmitter output requirements
100.3.4.7 CNU RF power amplifier requirements
100.3.5 CLT receiver requirements
100.3.5.1 CLT receiver input power requirements
100.3.5.1.1 PHY Link managed variables
100.3.5.2 CLT receiver error performance in AWGN channel
100.3.5.3 CLT upstream receive modulation error ratio requirements
100.3.5.3.1 PHY Link managed variables
100.3.6 CNU receiver requirements
100.3.6.1 Input signal characteristics at CNU receiver
100.3.6.2 CNU error performance in AWGN channel
100.3.6.3 Receive modulation error ratio requirements
100.3.7 Channel band rules
100.3.7.1 Downstream channel bandwidth rules
100.3.7.2 Downstream exclusion band rules
100.3.7.3 Upstream channel bandwidth rules
100.3.7.4 Upstream exclusions and unused subcarriers rules
100.4 Test requirements and measurement methods
100.4.1 CLT RF output muting requirement
100.4.2 CNU receive modulation error ratio testing
100.4.3 Upstream channel power
100.4.3.1 PHY Link managed variables
100.4.4 Guidelines for verifying compliance with downstream phase noise requirements
100.4.4.1 Test mode 1
100.4.4.2 Test mode 2
100.5 Environmental, safety, and labeling
100.5.1 General safety
100.5.2 Installation
100.5.3 Environment
100.5.4 PMD labeling
100.5.4.1 Frequency plan
100.5.4.1.1 Downstream frequency plan
100.5.4.1.2 Upstream frequency plan
100.6 EEE capability
100.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 100, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for coaxial cable distribution networks, type 10GPASS-XR
100.7.1 Identification
100.7.1.1 Implementation identification
100.7.1.2 Protocol summary
100.7.2 Major capabilities/options
100.7.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer for coax cable distribution networks, type 10GPASS-XR
100.7.3.1 PMD functional specifications
100.7.3.2 Definition of parameters and measurement methods
100.7.3.3 Environmental specifications
101. Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for EPoC
101.1 Overview
101.1.1 Conventions
101.1.2 Constraints for delay through RS, PCS, and PMA
101.1.3 Mapping of PCS, and PMA variables
101.1.4 Functional blocks supporting 10GPASS-XR PCS, PMA, and PMD sublayers
101.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for EPoC
101.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for EPoC
101.3.1 Overview
101.3.2 PCS transmit function
101.3.2.1 Idle deletion process
101.3.2.1.1 Constants
101.3.2.1.2 Variables
101.3.2.1.3 Counters
101.3.2.1.4 Functions
101.3.2.1.5 State diagrams
101.3.2.2 64B/66B Encoder
101.3.2.3 CRC40
101.3.2.4 Low Density Parity Check (LDPC) forward error correction (FEC) codes
101.3.2.4.1 LDPC matrix definition
101.3.2.5 FEC Encoder and Data Detector processes
101.3.2.5.1 Data Detector process
101.3.2.5.2 LDPC encode process
101.3.2.5.3 LDPC codeword transmission order
101.3.2.5.4 Upstream FEC encoding
101.3.2.5.5 Constants
101.3.2.5.6 Variables
101.3.2.5.7 Functions
101.3.2.5.8 State diagrams
101.3.3 PCS receive function
101.3.3.1 FEC Decoder
101.3.3.1.1 Upstream FEC decoding
101.3.3.1.2 LDPC decoding process within CNU (downstream)
101.3.3.1.3 LDPC decoding process within CLT upstream
101.3.3.1.4 Codeword error monitor
101.3.3.1.5 Constants
101.3.3.1.6 Variables
101.3.3.1.7 Functions
101.3.3.1.8 State diagrams
101.3.3.2 64B/66B Decoder
101.3.3.3 Idle control character insertion process
101.3.3.3.1 Constants
101.3.3.3.2 Variables
101.3.3.3.3 Functions
101.3.3.3.4 Messages
101.3.3.3.5 State diagrams
101.4 10GPASS-XR PMA
101.4.1 Overview
101.4.2 PMA Service Interface
101.4.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request
101.4.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
101.4.2.1.2 When generated
101.4.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
101.4.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
101.4.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
101.4.2.2.2 When generated
101.4.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
101.4.3 Downstream PMA transmit function
101.4.3.1 Overview
101.4.3.2 Time and frequency synchronization
101.4.3.3 Subcarrier clocking
101.4.3.4 Subcarrier configuration and bit loading
101.4.3.4.1 Nulled subcarriers
101.4.3.4.2 Continuous pilots
101.4.3.4.3 Bit loaded subcarriers
101.4.3.4.4 Excluded subcarriers
101.4.3.4.5 PHY Link managed variables
101.4.3.5 Framing
101.4.3.6 Pilot map
101.4.3.6.1 Scattered pilots
101.4.3.6.2 Continuous pilots
101.4.3.6.3 Predefined continuous pilots around the PHY Link
101.4.3.6.4 Continuous pilot placement defined by PHY Link message
101.4.3.6.5 PHY Link managed variables
101.4.3.7 Scrambler
101.4.3.8 Symbol mapper
101.4.3.8.1 Introduction
101.4.3.8.2 Transmitter bit loading for symbol mapping
101.4.3.8.3 Bit loading
101.4.3.8.4 FCP calculation
101.4.3.9 Time and frequency interleaver
101.4.3.9.1 Overview
101.4.3.9.2 Time interleaving
101.4.3.9.3 Frequency interleaving
101.4.3.9.4 Interleaving impact on continuous pilots, scattered pilots, PHY Link and excluded spectral region
101.4.3.9.5 PHY Link managed variables
101.4.3.10 Pilot insertion
101.4.3.10.1 Pilot boosting
101.4.3.11 Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT)
101.4.3.11.1 PHY Link managed variables
101.4.3.12 Cyclic prefix and windowing
101.4.3.12.1 PHY Link managed variables
101.4.3.13 OFDM channel requirements
101.4.4 Upstream PMA transmit function
101.4.4.1 Overview
101.4.4.2 Time and frequency synchronization
101.4.4.2.1 OFDM channel frequency accuracy
101.4.4.2.2 OFDM channel timing accuracy
101.4.4.2.3 Modulation timing jitter
101.4.4.3 Frame timing
101.4.4.3.1 RB Superframe configuration and burst transmission
101.4.4.3.2 OFDMA transmission burst start
101.4.4.3.3 OFDMA transmission internal to a burst
101.4.4.3.4 OFDMA transmission burst end
101.4.4.3.5 Variables
101.4.4.3.6 State diagram
101.4.4.4 Subcarrier configuration and bit loading
101.4.4.4.1 Nulled subcarriers
101.4.4.4.2 Bit loaded subcarriers
101.4.4.4.3 Excluded subcarriers
101.4.4.4.4 PHY Link managed variables
101.4.4.5 Upstream symbol mapper
101.4.4.5.1 Variables
101.4.4.5.2 Functions
101.4.4.5.3 State diagrams
101.4.4.5.4 Minimum gap time and burst marker overhead
101.4.4.6 Pilot patterns
101.4.4.6.1 variables
101.4.4.7 Staging and pilot insertion
101.4.4.7.1 Staging
101.4.4.7.2 Pilot insertion
101.4.4.8 Burst markers
101.4.4.8.1 Introduction
101.4.4.8.2 Burst marker start and stop sequences
101.4.4.8.3 Burst marker B element encoding
101.4.4.9 Pre-equalization and Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT)
101.4.4.9.1 Pre-equalization coefficients
101.4.4.9.2 PHY Link managed variables
101.4.4.10 Cyclic prefix and windowing
101.4.4.10.1 PHY Link managed variables
101.4.5 Constellation structure and mapping
101.4.5.1 One dimensional Gray mapping for m-tuple binary bits
101.4.5.2 Constellation structure and mapping of BPSK
101.4.5.3 Constellation structure and mapping of 22n–QAM
101.4.5.4 Constellation structure and mapping of 22n+1–QAM (n>0)
101.4.5.4.1 Constellation structure and mapping of 8–QAM
101.4.5.4.2 Constellation structure and mapping of 22n+1–QAM with n > 1
101.4.5.5 QAM constellation scaling
101.4.6 PMA testing
101.4.6.1 Pre-equalization testing
101.4.6.2 OFDM channel frequency accuracy test
101.5 Applicability of Clause 90 and IEEE Std 802.1AS, Clause 13 for EPoC time transport
101.5.1 CLT PHY asymmetry correction of future time transmitted by the CLT to CNUi
101.5.2 CNU PHY asymmetry correction of future time received by CNUi
101.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 101, Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for EPoC
101.6.1 Introduction
101.6.2 Identification
101.6.2.1 Implementation identification
101.6.2.2 Protocol summary
101.6.3 Major capabilities/options
101.6.4 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for EPoC
101.6.4.1 General specifications
101.6.4.2 Transmission functions
101.6.4.3 OFDM Configuration functions
101.6.4.4 OFDM Timing
101.6.4.5 Data Detector functions
101.6.4.6 IDLE insertion and deletion functions
101.6.4.7 FEC functions
101.6.4.8 Encoding functions
101.6.4.9 Pilots
101.6.4.10 Equalization
102. EPoC PHY Link
102.1 PHY Link overview and architecture
102.1.1 PHY Link frame structure and protocol
102.1.2 PHY Link block diagram
102.1.3 PHY Link Message Engine
102.1.4 PHY Link FEC encoder
102.1.4.1 LDPC (480, 288) mother code
102.1.4.2 LDPC (160, 80) mother code
102.1.4.3 Shortening and puncturing encoders
102.1.4.3.1 LDPC (384, 288) puncturing encoder
102.1.4.3.2 LDPC (128, 80) puncturing encoder
102.1.5 PHY Link scrambler
102.1.6 PHY Link symbol map and constellation mapping
102.1.7 Interleaving
102.1.8 Mapping of PHY Link variables
102.2 Downstream PHY Link
102.2.1 Downstream PHY Link Physical Layer
102.2.1.1 Resource allocation
102.2.1.2 Downstream PHY Link modulation
102.2.1.3 Downstream PHY Link subcarrier block interleaving
102.2.2 Downstream preamble
102.2.3 Downstream frame
102.2.3.1 Downstream EPoC PHY Frame Header
102.2.3.1.1 Configuration ID and profile activation
102.2.3.1.2 Response Frame ID
102.2.3.1.3 PHY Link DA
102.2.3.1.4 PHY Timestamp
102.2.3.2 EPoC Probe Control Header message block
102.2.3.2.1 Probe Scheduling type Probe Control fields
102.2.3.2.2 Broadcast PHY Discovery type Probe Control fields
102.2.3.2.3 Unicast PHY Discovery type Probe Control fields
102.2.3.2.4 PHY Link managed variables
102.2.3.3 Downstream EPoC message block
102.2.3.4 Downstream padding
102.2.3.5 Downstream FEC Parity message block
102.2.4 Downstream PHY Link FEC
102.2.5 Downstream PHY Link response time.
102.2.6 PHY Link managed variables
102.2.7 Downstream state diagrams
102.2.7.1 Constants
102.2.7.2 Counters
102.2.7.3 Variables
102.2.7.4 Functions
102.2.7.5 State diagrams
102.3 Upstream PHY Link
102.3.1 Upstream PHY Link Physical Layer
102.3.1.1 Upstream resource allocation
102.3.1.2 Upstream PHY Link modulation
102.3.1.3 Upstream PHY Link transmission
102.3.2 Upstream PHY Link frame
102.3.2.1 Upstream EPoC PHY Frame Header
102.3.2.2 Upstream EPoC message block
102.3.2.2.1 Padding
102.3.3 Upstream PHY Link FEC
102.3.4 Upstream PHY Link pilot pattern
102.3.5 Upstream state diagrams
102.3.5.1 Constants
102.3.5.2 Counters
102.3.5.3 Variables
102.3.5.4 Functions
102.3.5.5 State diagrams
102.4 PHY Link applications
102.4.1 PHY Discovery
102.4.1.1 Overview of PHY Discovery
102.4.1.2 PHY Link acquisition
102.4.1.3 PHY Discovery window opening
102.4.1.4 PHY Link Discovery Response
102.4.1.5 PHY Discovery preamble
102.4.1.6 CNU_ID allocation
102.4.1.7 PHY Discovery completion
102.4.1.8 PHY Link managed variables
102.4.1.9 PHY Discovery state diagrams
102.4.1.9.1 Constants
102.4.1.9.2 Variables
102.4.1.9.3 Counters
102.4.1.9.4 Functions
102.4.1.9.5 State diagrams
102.4.2 Upstream Wideband Probing
102.4.2.1 Introduction
102.4.2.2 Probing symbol pilots
102.4.2.3 Probing symbol scheduling
102.4.2.4 Probing sequence
102.4.2.5 Probe symbol repetition
102.4.2.6 Wide Band Probing state diagrams
102.4.2.6.1 Constants
102.4.2.6.2 Variables
102.4.2.7 Counters
102.4.2.8 Functions
102.4.2.9 State diagrams
102.4.3 Link-up declaration
102.4.4 Link-down declaration
102.4.4.1 CNU PHY self declared link-down
102.4.4.2 CLT declared link-down
102.4.4.3 Upper layer declared link-down
102.4.5 OFDM Profile descriptors
102.4.5.1 PHY Link managed variables
102.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 102, EPoC PHY Link
102.5.1 Introduction
102.5.2 Identification
102.5.2.1 Implementation identification
102.5.2.2 Protocol summary
102.5.3 Major capabilities/options
102.5.4 PICS proforma tables for EPoC PHY Link
102.5.4.1 PHY Link general specifications
102.5.4.2 PHY Link timing
102.5.4.3 Downstream framing
102.5.4.4 DS Encoding and transmission
102.5.4.5 Downstream OFDM
102.5.4.6 Upstream encoding and transmission
102.5.4.7 Upstream framing
102.5.4.8 Upstream OFDM
102.5.4.9 Communication Protocol
102.5.4.10 PHY Discovery
102.5.4.11 Probes
103. Multipoint MAC Control for EPoC
103.1 Overview
103.1.1 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy
103.1.2 Functional block diagram
103.1.3 Service interfaces
103.1.4 State diagram conventions
103.1.5 Other conventions
103.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation
103.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control
103.2.1.1 Ranging and timing process
103.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer
103.2.2.1 Constants
103.2.2.2 Counters
103.2.2.3 Variables
103.2.2.4 Functions
103.2.2.5 Timers
103.2.2.6 Messages
103.2.2.7 State diagrams
103.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP)
103.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol
103.3.2 Compatibility considerations
103.3.2.1 PAUSE operation
103.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN emulation
103.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support
103.3.2.4 Delay requirements
103.3.3 Discovery processing
103.3.3.1 Constants
103.3.3.2 Variables
103.3.3.3 Timers
103.3.3.4 Messages
103.3.3.5 State diagrams
103.3.4 Report Processing
103.3.5 Gate Processing
103.3.5.1 Constants
103.3.5.2 Variables
103.3.5.3 Functions
103.3.5.4 Timers
103.3.5.5 Messages
103.3.5.6 State diagrams
103.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding
103.3.6.1 GATE description
103.3.6.2 REPORT description
103.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description
103.3.6.4 REGISTER description
103.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description
103.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 103, Multipoint MAC Control for EPoC
103.4.1 Introduction
103.4.2 Identification
103.4.2.1 Implementation identification
103.4.2.2 Protocol summary
103.4.3 Major capabilities/options
103.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control
103.4.4.1 Compatibility considerations
103.4.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control
103.4.4.3 State diagrams
103.4.4.4 MPCP
104. Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single-Pair Ethernet
104.1 Overview
104.1.1 Compatibility considerations
104.1.2 Relationship of PoDL to the IEEE 802.3 architecture
104.1.3 PoDL system types
104.2 Link segment
104.3 Class power requirements
104.4 Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE)
104.4.1 PSE types
104.4.2 PI pin assignments
104.4.3 PSE classes
104.4.4 PSE state diagram
104.4.4.1 Overview
104.4.4.2 Conventions
104.4.4.3 Variables
104.4.4.4 Timers
104.4.4.5 Functions
104.4.4.6 State diagram
104.4.5 PSE detection of a PD
104.4.5.1 Detection probe requirements
104.4.5.2 Detection criteria
104.4.5.3 Rejection criteria
104.4.6 PSE classification of a PD
104.4.7 PSE output requirements
104.4.7.1 Output voltage
104.4.7.2 Output current
104.4.7.2.1 Output current—at overload condition
104.4.7.2.2 Wakeup current signature detection
104.4.7.2.3 Output current requirement during idle
104.4.7.3 Power feeding ripple and transients
104.4.7.4 Inrush time
104.4.7.5 Turn off time
104.4.7.6 Disable time
104.4.7.7 Continuous output power in POWER_ON state
104.4.8 PSE power removal
104.4.8.1 PSE MFVS requirements
104.5 Powered Device (PD)
104.5.1 PD types
104.5.2 PD PI
104.5.3 PD classes
104.5.4 PD state diagram
104.5.4.1 Overview
104.5.4.2 Conventions
104.5.4.3 Variables
104.5.4.4 Timers
104.5.4.5 Functions
104.5.4.6 State diagram
104.5.5 PD signature
104.5.6 PD classification and mutual identification between the PSE and PD
104.5.7 PD power
104.5.7.1 PD discharge
104.5.7.2 PD input voltage
104.5.7.3 Input current
104.5.7.4 PD ripple and transients
104.5.7.5 Input average power
104.5.7.6 PD stability
104.5.8 PD Maintain full voltage
104.6 Additional electrical specifications
104.6.1 Isolation
104.6.2 Fault tolerance
104.7 Serial communication classification protocol (SCCP)
104.7.1 SCCP signaling
104.7.1.1 Initialization procedure—reset and presence pulses
104.7.1.2 Write time slots
104.7.1.3 Read time slots
104.7.1.4 Calculations for cable resistance
104.7.1.5 Calculations for power allocation
104.7.2 Serial communication classification protocols
104.7.2.1 SCCP transaction sequence
104.7.2.2 Initialization
104.7.2.3 Address commands
104.7.2.3.1 Broadcast address [0xCC]
104.7.2.4 Read_Scratchpad function command [0xAA]
104.7.2.5 CRC8 field
104.7.2.6 Read_VOLT_INFO command [0xBB]
104.7.2.7 Read_POWER_INFO command [0x77]
104.7.2.8 Write_POWER_ASSIGN command [0x99]
104.7.2.9 Read_POWER_ASSIGN command [0x81]
104.8 Environmental
104.8.1 General safety
104.8.2 Network safety
104.8.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
104.8.4 Patch panel considerations
104.8.5 Telephony voltages
104.8.6 Electromagnetic emissions
104.8.7 Temperature and humidity
104.9 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 104, Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single-Pair Ethernet
104.9.1 Introduction
104.9.2 Identification
104.9.2.1 Implementation identification
104.9.2.2 Protocol summary
104.9.3 Major capabilities/options
104.9.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 104, Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single-Pair Ethernet
104.9.4.1 Link Segment
104.9.4.2 Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE)
104.9.4.3 Powered Device (PD)
104.9.4.4 Common Electrical
104.9.4.5 PSE Electrical
104.9.4.6 PD Electrical
104.9.4.7 SCCP
104.9.4.8 Environmental
105. Introduction to 25 Gb/s networks
105.1 Overview
105.1.1 Scope
105.1.2 Relationship of 25 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model
105.1.3 Nomenclature
105.2 Physical Layer signaling systems
105.3 Summary of 25 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers
105.3.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 25 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (25GMII)
105.3.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
105.3.3 Forward error correction (FEC) sublayer
105.3.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
105.3.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
105.3.6 Auto-Negotiation (AN)
105.3.7 Management interface (MDIO/MDC)
105.3.8 Management
105.4 Service interface specification method and notation
105.4.1 Inter-sublayer service interface
105.4.2 Instances of the Inter-sublayer service interface
105.4.3 Semantics of inter-sublayer service interface primitives
105.4.3.1 IS_UNITDATA.request
105.4.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
105.4.3.1.2 When generated
105.4.3.1.3 Effect of receipt
105.4.3.2 IS_UNITDATA.indication
105.4.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
105.4.3.2.2 When generated
105.4.3.2.3 Effect of receipt
105.4.3.3 IS_SIGNAL.indication
105.4.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
105.4.3.3.2 When generated
105.4.3.3.3 Effect of receipt
105.4.3.4 IS_TX_MODE.request
105.4.3.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
105.4.3.4.2 When generated
105.4.3.4.3 Effect of receipt
105.4.3.5 IS_RX_MODE.request
105.4.3.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
105.4.3.5.2 When generated
105.4.3.5.3 Effect of receipt
105.4.3.6 IS_RX_LPI_ACTIVE.request
105.4.3.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive
105.4.3.6.2 When generated
105.4.3.6.3 Effect of receipt
105.4.3.7 IS_ENERGY_DETECT.indication
105.4.3.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive
105.4.3.7.2 When generated
105.4.3.7.3 Effect of receipt
105.4.3.8 IS_RX_TX_MODE.indication
105.4.3.8.1 Semantics of the service primitive
105.4.3.8.2 When generated
105.4.3.8.3 Effect of receipt
105.5 Delay constraints
105.6 State diagrams
105.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
106. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (25GMII) for 25 Gb/s operation
106.1 Overview
106.1.1 Summary of major concepts
106.1.2 Application
106.1.3 Rate of operation
106.1.4 Delay constraints
106.1.5 Allocation of functions
106.1.6 25GMII structure
106.1.7 Mapping of 25GMII signals to PLS service primitives
106.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request
106.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication
106.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication
106.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication
106.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication
106.2 25GMII data stream
106.3 25GMII functional specifications
106.4 LPI Assertion and Detection
106.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 106 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (25GMII) for 25 Gb/s operation
106.5.1 Introduction
106.5.2 Identification
106.5.2.1 Implementation identification
106.5.2.2 Protocol summary
106.5.2.3 Major capabilities/options
106.5.3 PICS proforma Tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and 25 Gigabit Media Independent Interface
106.5.3.1 General
106.5.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives
106.5.3.3 25GMII signal functional specifications.
107. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 25GBASE-R
107.1 Overview
107.1.1 Scope
107.1.2 Relationship of 25GBASE-R to other standards
107.1.3 Summary of 25GBASE-R sublayers
107.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
107.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces
107.1.4.1 PCS service interface (25GMII)
107.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) service interface
107.2 Functions within the PCS
107.2.1 Notation conventions
107.2.2 Transmission order
107.2.3 Test-pattern generator
107.3 LPI
107.4 Delay constraints
107.5 Support for Auto-Negotiation
107.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 107, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 25GBASE-R
107.6.1 Introduction
107.6.2 Identification
107.6.2.1 Implementation identification
107.6.2.2 Protocol summary
107.6.3 Major capabilities/options
107.6.4 25G PCS
107.6.4.1 Clause 49 functionality
107.6.4.2 Test-pattern generator
107.6.4.3 LPI
107.6.4.4 Delay Constraints
108. Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 10GBASE-R and 25GBASE-R PHYs
108.1 Overview
108.1.1 Scope
108.1.2 Position of RS-FEC in the 10GBASE-R and 25GBASE-R PHY sublayers
108.1.3 Inter-sublayer interfaces
108.1.3.1 Functional block diagram for 10GBASE-R PHYs
108.1.3.2 Functional block diagram for 25GBASE-R PHYs
108.2 FEC service interface
108.2.1 10GBASE-R service primitives
108.2.1.1 FEC_UNITDATA.request
108.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
108.2.1.1.2 When generated
108.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
108.2.1.2 FEC_UNITDATA.indication
108.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
108.2.1.2.2 When generated
108.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
108.2.1.3 FEC_SIGNAL.indication
108.2.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
108.2.1.3.2 When generated
108.2.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
108.2.2 25GBASE-R service primitives
108.3 PMA compatibility
108.4 Delay constraints
108.5 Functions within the RS-FEC sublayer
108.5.1 Functional block diagram
108.5.1.1 Reverse gearbox and gearbox functions for 10GBASE-R
108.5.2 Transmit function
108.5.2.1 Block synchronization
108.5.2.2 Rate compensation for codeword markers in the transmit direction
108.5.2.3 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder
108.5.2.4 Codeword marker insertion
108.5.2.5 Reed-Solomon encoder
108.5.2.6 Codeword serialization
108.5.2.7 RS-FEC encoding for rapid codeword lock (EEE deep sleep)
108.5.3 Receive function
108.5.3.1 Codeword marker lock
108.5.3.2 Reed-Solomon decoder
108.5.3.3 Codeword monitor
108.5.3.4 Codeword marker removal
108.5.3.5 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder
108.5.3.6 Rate compensation for codeword markers in the receive direction
108.5.3.7 Rapid codeword lock for EEE deep sleep
108.5.3.8 Receive bit ordering
108.5.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
108.5.4.1 State diagram conventions
108.5.4.2 State variables
108.5.4.3 Functions
108.5.4.4 Counters
108.5.4.5 Timers
108.5.4.6 State diagrams
108.6 RS-FEC MDIO function mapping
108.6.1 FEC_bypass_correction_enable
108.6.2 FEC_bypass_indication_enable
108.6.3 RS-FEC Enable
108.6.4 FEC_bypass_correction_ability
108.6.5 FEC_bypass_indication_ability
108.6.6 FEC_high_ser
108.6.7 FEC_corrected_cw_counter
108.6.8 FEC_uncorrected_cw_counter
108.6.9 FEC_symbol_error_counter_0
108.6.10 align_status
108.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 108, Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 10GBASE-R and 25GBASE-R PHYs
108.7.1 Introduction
108.7.2 Identification
108.7.2.1 Implementation identification
108.7.2.2 Protocol summary
108.7.3 Major capabilities/options
108.7.4 PICS proforma tables for Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 10GBASE-R and 25GBASE-R PHYs
108.7.4.1 Transmit function
108.7.4.2 Receive function
108.7.4.3 State diagrams
108.7.4.4 MDIO function mapping
109. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 25GBASE-R
109.1 Overview
109.1.1 Scope
109.1.2 Position of the PMA in the 25GBASE-R sublayers
109.1.3 Summary of functions
109.1.4 PMA sublayer positioning
109.2 PMA service interface
109.3 Service interface below PMA
109.4 Functions within the PMA
109.4.1 Signal drivers
109.4.2 PMA local loopback mode
109.4.3 PMA remote loopback mode
109.4.4 PMA test patterns
109.4.4.1 Transmit PRBS31 test-pattern generation
109.4.4.2 Receive PRBS31 test-pattern generation
109.4.4.3 Transmit PRBS31 test-pattern checking
109.4.4.4 Receive PRBS31 test-pattern checking
109.4.4.5 Transmit PRBS9 test-pattern generation
109.4.4.6 Receive PRBS9 test-pattern generation
109.4.4.7 Transmit square wave test-pattern generation
109.4.5 Energy Efficient Ethernet for 25GAUI
109.5 Delay constraints
109.6 PMA MDIO function mapping
109.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 109, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 25GBASE-R
109.7.1 Introduction
109.7.2 Identification
109.7.2.1 Implementation identification
109.7.2.2 Protocol summary
109.7.3 PICS proforma tables for the 25GBASE-R PMA Sublayer
109.7.4 Major capabilities/options
109.7.4.1 PMA functions
109.7.4.2 PMA characteristics
110. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-CR and 25GBASE-CR-S
110.1 Overview
110.2 PMD service interface
110.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
110.4 Delay constraints
110.5 PMD MDIO function mapping
110.6 FEC modes
110.7 PMD functional specifications
110.7.1 Link block diagram
110.7.2 PMD transmit function
110.7.3 PMD receive function
110.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function
110.7.5 Global PMD transmit disable function
110.7.6 Loopback mode
110.7.7 PMD fault function
110.7.8 PMD transmit fault function
110.7.9 PMD receive fault function
110.7.10 PMD control function
110.8 Electrical characteristics
110.8.1 Signal levels
110.8.2 Signal paths
110.8.3 Transmitter characteristics
110.8.4 Receiver characteristics
110.8.4.1 Receiver input amplitude tolerance
110.8.4.2 Receiver interference tolerance test
110.8.4.2.1 Test setup
110.8.4.2.2 Test channel
110.8.4.2.3 Test channel calibration
110.8.4.2.4 Pattern generator and noise injection
110.8.4.2.5 Test procedure
110.8.4.3 Receiver jitter tolerance
110.8.4.4 Signaling rate range
110.9 Channel characteristics
110.10 Cable assembly characteristics
110.10.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance
110.10.2 Cable assembly insertion loss
110.10.3 Cable assembly differential return loss
110.10.4 Differential to common-mode return loss
110.10.5 Differential to common-mode conversion loss
110.10.6 Common-mode to common-mode return loss
110.10.7 Cable assembly Channel Operating Margin
110.10.7.1 Channel signal and crosstalk path calculations
110.10.7.1.1 Channel signal path
110.10.7.1.2 Channel crosstalk paths
110.10.7.2 Signal and crosstalk paths used in calculation of COM
110.10.7.2.1 SFP28 to SFP28
110.10.7.2.2 QSFP28 to SFP28
110.10.7.2.3 SFP28 to QSFP28
110.10.7.2.4 QSFP28 to QSFP28
110.11 MDI specification
110.11.1 Single-lane MDI connectors
110.12 Environmental specifications
110.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 110, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-CR and 25GBASE-CR-S
110.13.1 Introduction
110.13.2 Identification
110.13.2.1 Implementation identification
110.13.2.2 Protocol summary
110.13.3 Major capabilities/options
110.13.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-CR and 25GBASE-CR-S
110.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications
110.13.4.2 Management functions
110.13.4.3 Transmitter specifications
110.13.4.4 Receiver specifications
110.13.4.5 Cable assembly specifications
110.13.4.6 MDI connector specifications
110.13.4.7 Environmental specifications
111. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-KR and 25GBASE-KR-S
111.1 Overview
111.2 PMD service interface
111.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
111.4 Delay constraints
111.5 PMD MDIO function mapping
111.6 FEC modes
111.7 PMD functional specifications
111.7.1 Link block diagram
111.7.2 PMD transmit function
111.7.3 PMD receive function
111.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function
111.7.5 Global PMD transmit disable function
111.7.6 Loopback mode
111.7.7 PMD fault function
111.7.8 PMD transmit fault function
111.7.9 PMD receive fault function
111.7.10 PMD control function
111.8 Electrical characteristics
111.8.1 MDI
111.8.2 Transmitter characteristics
111.8.3 Receiver characteristics
111.8.3.1 Receiver interference tolerance
111.8.3.2 Receiver jitter tolerance
111.9 Channel characteristics
111.9.1 25GBASE-KR channel
111.9.2 25GBASE-KR-S channel
111.10 Environmental specifications
111.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 111, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-KR and 25GBASE-KR-S
111.11.1 Introduction
111.11.2 Identification
111.11.2.1 Implementation identification
111.11.2.2 Protocol summary
111.11.3 Major capabilities/options
111.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-KR and 25GBASE-KR-S
111.11.4.1 Functional specifications
111.11.4.2 Transmitter characteristics
111.11.4.3 Receiver characteristics
111.11.4.4 Channel characteristics
111.11.4.5 Environmental specifications
112. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 25GBASE-SR
112.1 Overview
112.1.1 Bit error ratio
112.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
112.3 Delay constraints
112.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
112.5 PMD functional specifications
112.5.1 PMD block diagram
112.5.2 PMD transmit function
112.5.3 PMD receive function
112.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
112.5.5 PMD reset function
112.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
112.5.7 PMD fault function (optional)
112.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
112.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional)
112.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-SR
112.6.1 25GBASE-SR transmitter optical specifications
112.6.2 25GBASE-SR receive optical specifications
112.6.3 25GBASE-SR illustrative link power budget
112.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
112.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
112.7.2 Center wavelength and spectral width
112.7.3 Average optical power
112.7.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
112.7.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure (TDEC)
112.7.6 Extinction ratio
112.7.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
112.7.8 Stressed receiver sensitivity
112.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
112.8.1 General safety
112.8.2 Laser safety
112.8.3 Installation
112.8.4 Environment
112.8.5 Electromagnetic emission
112.8.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
112.8.7 PMD labeling requirements
112.9 Fiber optic cabling model
112.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
112.10.1 Optical fiber cable
112.10.2 Optical fiber connection
112.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss
112.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
112.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
112.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 112, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 25GBASE-SR
112.11.1 Introduction
112.11.2 Identification
112.11.2.1 Implementation identification
112.11.2.2 Protocol summary
112.11.3 Major capabilities/options
112.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 25GBASE-SR
112.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications
112.11.4.2 Management functions
112.11.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-SR
112.11.4.4 Optical measurement methods
112.11.4.5 Environmental specifications
112.11.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
113. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, types 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T
113.1 Overview
113.1.1 Nomenclature
113.1.2 Relationship of 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T to other standards
113.1.3 Operation of 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T
113.1.3.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
113.1.3.2 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
113.1.3.3 Summary of EEE capability
113.1.4 Signaling
113.1.5 Interfaces
113.1.6 Conventions in this clause
113.2 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T service primitives and interfaces
113.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface
113.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request
113.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.1.1.2 When generated
113.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication
113.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.1.2.2 When generated
113.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2 PMA service interface
113.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication
113.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.1.2 When generated
113.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication
113.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.2.2 When generated
113.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request
113.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.3.2 When generated
113.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
113.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.4.2 When generated
113.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request
113.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.5.2 When generated
113.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request
113.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.6.2 When generated
113.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication
113.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.7.2 When generated
113.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request
113.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.8.2 When generated
113.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.9 PMA_ALERTDETECT.indication
113.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.9.2 When generated
113.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.10 PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request
113.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.10.2 When generated
113.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.11 PMA_PCSDATAMODE.indication
113.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.11.2 When generated
113.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt
113.2.2.12 PMA_FR_ACTIVE.indication
113.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive
113.2.2.12.2 When generated
113.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt
113.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
113.3.1 PCS service interface (25GMII/XLGMII)
113.3.2 PCS functions
113.3.2.1 PCS Reset function
113.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function
113.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks
113.3.2.2.2 65B-LDPC transmission code
113.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions
113.3.2.2.4 Transmission order
113.3.2.2.5 Block structure
113.3.2.2.6 Control codes
113.3.2.2.7 Ordered sets
113.3.2.2.8 Idle (/I/)
113.3.2.2.9 LPI (/LI/)
113.3.2.2.10 Start (/S/)
113.3.2.2.11 Terminate (/T/)
113.3.2.2.12 ordered set (/O/)
113.3.2.2.13 Error (/E/)
113.3.2.2.14 Transmit process
113.3.2.2.15 64B/65B to 512B/513B Transcoder
113.3.2.2.16 Aggregation
113.3.2.2.17 PCS Scrambler
113.3.2.2.18 LDPC framing and LDPC encoder
113.3.2.2.19 Reed Solomon encoder
113.3.2.2.20 DSQ128 bit mapping
113.3.2.2.21 DSQ128 to 4D-PAM16
113.3.2.2.22 Block-LDPC framer
113.3.2.2.23 EEE capability
113.3.2.3 PCS Receive function
113.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization
113.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler
113.3.2.3.3 Invalid blocks
113.3.3 Test-pattern generators
113.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials
113.3.4.1 Generation of bits San, Sbn, Scn, Sdn
113.3.4.2 Generation of 4D symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn
113.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials
113.3.5 LPI signaling
113.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization
113.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling
113.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling
113.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams
113.3.6.1 State diagram conventions
113.3.6.2 State diagram parameters
113.3.6.2.1 Constants
113.3.6.2.2 Variables
113.3.6.2.3 Timers
113.3.6.2.4 Functions
113.3.6.2.5 Counters
113.3.6.3 State diagrams
113.3.7 PCS management
113.3.7.1 Status
113.3.7.2 Counters
113.3.7.3 Loopback
113.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
113.4.1 PMA functional specifications
113.4.2 PMA functions
113.4.2.1 PMA Reset function
113.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function
113.4.2.2.1 Alert signal
113.4.2.2.2 Link failure signal
113.4.2.3 PMA transmit disable function
113.4.2.3.1 Global PMA transmit disable function
113.4.2.3.2 PMA pair by pair transmit disable function
113.4.2.3.3 PMA MDIO function mapping
113.4.2.4 PMA Receive function
113.4.2.5 PHY Control function
113.4.2.5.1 Infofield notation
113.4.2.5.2 Start of Frame Delimiter
113.4.2.5.3 Current transmitter settings
113.4.2.5.4 Next transmitter settings
113.4.2.5.5 Requested transmitter settings
113.4.2.5.6 Message Field
113.4.2.5.7 SNR_margin
113.4.2.5.8 Transition counter
113.4.2.5.9 Coefficient exchange handshake
113.4.2.5.10 Ability Fields
113.4.2.5.11 Reserved fields
113.4.2.5.12 Vendor-specific field
113.4.2.5.13 Coefficient Field
113.4.2.5.14 CRC16
113.4.2.5.15 Startup sequence
113.4.2.5.16 Fast retrain function
113.4.2.6 Link Monitor function
113.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function
113.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function
113.4.3 MDI
113.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY
113.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI
113.4.4 Automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration
113.4.5 State variables
113.4.5.1 State diagram variables
113.4.5.2 Timers
113.4.5.3 Functions
113.4.5.4 Counters
113.4.6 State diagrams
113.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram
113.4.6.2 Transition counter state diagrams
113.4.6.3 Link Monitor state diagram
113.4.6.4 EEE Refresh monitor state diagram
113.4.6.5 Fast retrain state diagram
113.5 PMA electrical specifications
113.5.1 Electrical isolation
113.5.2 Test modes
113.5.2.1 Test fixtures
113.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications
113.5.3.1 Maximum output droop
113.5.3.2 Transmitter nonlinear distortion
113.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter
113.5.3.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) and power level
113.5.3.5 Transmit clock frequency
113.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications
113.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals
113.5.4.2 Receiver frequency tolerance
113.5.4.3 Rejection of External EM Fields
113.5.4.4 Alien crosstalk noise rejection
113.5.4.5 Short reach mode
113.6 Management interfaces
113.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation
113.6.1.1 25G/40GBASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation
113.6.1.2 25G/40GBASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use
113.6.1.3 Sending Next Pages
113.6.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution
113.7 Link segment characteristics
113.7.1 Cabling system characteristics
113.7.2 Link segment transmission parameters
113.7.2.1 Insertion loss
113.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
113.7.2.3 Return loss
113.7.2.4 Coupling parameters between duplex channels comprising one link segment
113.7.2.4.1 Differential near-end crosstalk
113.7.2.4.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss
113.7.2.4.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss
113.7.2.4.4 Attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far end (ACRF)
113.7.2.4.5 Multiple disturber attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (MDACRF)
113.7.2.4.6 Multiple disturber power sum attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (PS-ACRF)
113.7.2.5 Maximum link delay
113.7.2.6 Link delay skew
113.7.3 Coupling parameters between link segments
113.7.3.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss
113.7.3.1.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss
113.7.3.2 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss
113.7.3.2.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien attenuation to crosstalk, far end crosstalk (PSAACRF)
113.7.4 Direct attach cable assembly—Short Reach Mode
113.7.4.1 Insertion loss
113.7.4.2 Return loss
113.7.4.3 Coupling parameters between direct attach cable assembly duplex channels comprising one link segment
113.7.4.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk
113.7.4.3.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss
113.7.4.3.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss
113.7.4.3.4 Attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far end (ACRF)
113.7.4.3.5 Multiple disturber attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (MDACRF)
113.7.4.3.6 Maximum link delay
113.7.4.3.7 Link delay skew
113.7.4.3.8 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss
113.7.4.3.9 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss
113.7.4.3.10 Multiple disturber power sum alien attenuation to crosstalk, far end crosstalk (PSAACRF)
113.7.5 Noise environment
113.8 MDI specification
113.8.1 MDI connectors
113.8.2 MDI electrical specifications
113.8.2.1 MDI return loss
113.8.2.2 MDI impedance balance
113.8.2.3 MDI fault tolerance
113.9 Environmental specifications
113.9.1 General safety
113.9.2 Network safety
113.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
113.9.4 Telephone voltages
113.9.5 Electromagnetic compatibility
113.9.6 Temperature and humidity
113.10 PHY labeling
113.11 Delay constraints
113.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 113, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, types 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T
113.12.1 Identification
113.12.1.1 Implementation identification
113.12.1.2 Protocol summary
113.12.2 Major capabilities/options
113.12.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
113.12.3.1 PCS Receive functions
113.12.3.2 Other PCS functions
113.12.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
113.12.5 Management interface
113.12.6 PMA Electrical Specifications
113.12.7 Characteristics of the link segment
113.12.8 Characteristics of the direct attach cable assembly
113.12.9 MDI requirements
113.12.10 General safety and environmental requirements
113.12.11 Timing requirements
114. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER
114.1 Overview
114.1.1 Bit error ratio
114.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
114.3 Delay constraints
114.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
114.5 PMD functional specifications
114.5.1 PMD block diagram
114.5.2 PMD transmit function
114.5.3 PMD receive function
114.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
114.5.5 PMD reset function
114.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
114.5.7 PMD fault function (optional)
114.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
114.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional)
114.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER
114.6.1 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER transmitter optical specifications
114.6.2 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER receive optical specifications
114.6.3 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER illustrative link power budgets
114.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
114.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
114.7.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
114.7.3 Average optical power
114.7.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
114.7.5 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP)
114.7.5.1 Reference transmitter requirements
114.7.5.2 Channel requirements
114.7.5.3 Reference receiver requirements
114.7.5.4 Test procedure
114.7.6 Extinction ratio
114.7.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA)
114.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
114.7.9 Receiver sensitivity
114.7.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
114.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
114.9 Fiber optic cabling model
114.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
114.11 Requirements for interoperation between 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER
114.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 114, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER
114.12.1 Introduction
114.12.2 Identification
114.12.2.1 Implementation identification
114.12.2.2 Protocol summary
114.12.3 Major capabilities/options
114.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER
114.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
114.12.4.2 Management functions
114.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-LR
114.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-ER
114.12.4.5 Optical measurement methods
114.12.4.6 Environmental specifications
114.12.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
115. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, types 1000BASE-RHA, 1000BASE-RHB, and 1000BASE-RHC
115.1 Overview
115.1.1 Features
115.1.2 Conventions
115.1.3 Relationship of 1000BASE-RHx to other standards
115.1.4 Relationship to other Gigabit Ethernet PHY types
115.1.5 Operation of 1000BASE-RHx
115.1.6 Functional block diagram
115.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
115.2.1 Transmit Block
115.2.2 Pilots data path
115.2.2.1 Pilot S1 generator
115.2.2.2 Pilot S2 generator
115.2.3 Physical header encoding and scrambling
115.2.3.1 Physical header CRC16
115.2.3.2 Physical header binary scrambler
115.2.3.3 Physical header BCH encoder
115.2.3.4 Physical header modulation
115.2.3.5 Physical header ordering
115.2.4 Payload data encoding and scrambling
115.2.4.1 GMII data stream encoding
115.2.4.1.1 64B/65B encoding
115.2.4.1.2 64B/65B encoding formal definition
115.2.4.1.3 PDB alignment with Transmit Block
115.2.4.2 Payload data binary scrambler
115.2.4.3 PAM16 encoder
115.2.4.3.1 MLCC demultiplexer
115.2.4.3.2 Payload BCH encoder
115.2.4.3.3 QAM16 mapper
115.2.4.3.4 QAM8 mapper
115.2.4.3.5 First lattice transformation
115.2.4.3.6 Lattice addition
115.2.4.3.7 Second lattice transformation
115.2.4.3.8 QAM to PAM multiplexer
115.2.4.4 Payload data symbol scrambler
115.2.5 PCS receive function
115.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
115.3.1 PMA transmit function
115.3.1.1 Payload data Tomlinson-Harashima precoding
115.3.1.2 Transmit power scaling
115.3.2 PMA receive function
115.3.3 Interface to the PMD
115.3.3.1 Signals transmitted to the PMD
115.3.3.2 Signals received from PMD
115.3.4 Physical Header Data (PHD)
115.3.5 PHY control
115.3.5.1 PHY control state variables
115.3.5.2 PHY TX control state diagram
115.3.5.3 PHY RX control state diagram
115.3.5.4 Link monitor state diagram
115.3.5.5 PHD monitor state diagrams
115.3.6 Adaptive THP protocol
115.3.6.1 Adaptive THP state variables
115.3.6.2 Adaptive THP TX state diagram
115.3.6.3 Adaptive THP REQ state diagram
115.3.7 PHY quality monitor
115.3.7.1 PHY quality criterion
115.3.7.2 PHY quality assessment
115.3.7.3 PHY quality monitor state variables
115.3.7.4 PHY quality monitor state diagram
115.3.8 Fixed-point format formal definition
115.3.8.1 Fixed-point encoding
115.3.8.2 Fixed-point decoding
115.4 Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE)
115.4.1 LPI mode transmit operation
115.4.2 LPI mode receive operation
115.4.3 PMD power control state variables
115.4.4 PMD power control state diagrams
115.5 Test modes
115.5.1 Test mode 1
115.5.2 Test mode 2
115.5.3 Test mode 3
115.5.4 Test mode 4
115.5.5 Test mode 5
115.5.6 Test mode 6
115.6 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
115.6.1 PMD service interface
115.6.1.1 PMD_COMSIGNAL.request
115.6.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
115.6.1.1.2 When generated
115.6.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
115.6.1.2 PMD_COMSIGNAL.indication
115.6.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
115.6.1.2.2 When generated
115.6.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
115.6.1.3 PMD_TXPWR.request
115.6.1.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
115.6.1.3.2 When generated
115.6.1.3.3 Effect of receipt
115.6.1.4 PMD_RXPWR.request
115.6.1.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
115.6.1.4.2 When generated
115.6.1.4.3 Effect of receipt
115.6.1.5 PMD_RXDETECT.indication
115.6.1.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
115.6.1.5.2 When generated
115.6.1.5.3 Effect of receipt
115.6.1.6 PMD_SDINH.request
115.6.1.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
115.6.1.6.2 When generated
115.6.1.6.3 Effect of receipt
115.6.2 PMD functional specifications
115.6.2.1 PMD block diagram
115.6.2.2 PMD transmit function
115.6.2.3 PMD receive function
115.6.2.4 PMD signal detect function
115.6.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications
115.6.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications
115.6.3.2 Transmit clock frequency
115.6.3.3 Receiver optical specifications
115.6.3.4 Receiver boundary condition tests
115.6.3.4.1 Receiver minimum AOP test
115.6.3.4.2 Receiver maximum AOP test
115.6.4 Optical measurement requirements
115.6.4.1 Center wavelength measurement
115.6.4.2 Spectral width measurement
115.6.4.3 Average Optical Power (AOP) measurement
115.6.4.4 Transmitter rise and fall time measurements
115.6.4.5 Transmitter extinction ratio (ER) measurement
115.6.4.6 Transmitter overshoot measurements
115.6.4.7 Transmitter output droop measurements
115.6.4.8 Transmitter distortion measurement
115.6.4.9 Transmitter timing jitter measurement
115.6.4.10 Transmitter relative intensity noise (RIN) measurement
115.6.4.11 Transmitter modal power distribution measurement
115.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
115.7.1 Transfer function of fiber optic channel type I
115.7.2 Transfer function of fiber optic channel type II
115.7.3 Transfer function of fiber optic channel type III
115.7.4 Fiber optic channel insertion loss measurement
115.7.5 Fiber optic channel transfer function measurement
115.7.6 Worst-case 1000BASE-RHx link power budget
115.8 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
115.8.1 MDI mechanical interface for 1000BASE-RHA
115.9 1000BASE-H Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (1000BASE-H OAM) channel
115.9.1 1000BASE-H OAM message transmission protocol
115.9.2 1000BASE-H OAM channel status
115.9.3 1000BASE-H OAM message reception protocol
115.9.4 1000BASE-H OAM channel state diagrams descriptions
115.9.4.1 1000BASE-H OAM control state variables
115.9.4.2 1000BASE-H OAM transmit control state diagram
115.9.4.3 1000BASE-H OAM receive control state diagram
115.10 Loopback modes
115.11 Management interface
115.12 Environmental specifications
115.12.1 Temperature classes
115.12.2 General safety
115.12.3 Environmental safety
115.12.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
115.12.5 Optical safety
115.13 Delay constraints
115.14 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 115, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, types 1000BASE-RHA, 1000BASE-RHB, and 1000BA...
115.14.1 Introduction
115.14.2 Identification
115.14.2.1 Implementation identification
115.14.2.2 Protocol summary
115.14.3 Major capabilities/options
115.14.4 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
115.14.5 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
115.14.6 Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE)
115.14.7 Test modes
115.14.8 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD)
115.14.9 PMD to MDI optical specifications
115.14.10 Optical measurement requirements
115.14.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
115.14.12 Medium dependent interface (MDI)
115.14.13 1000BASE-H Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (1000BASE-H OAM) channel
115.14.14 Loopback modes
115.14.15 Management Interface
115.14.16 Environmental specifications
115.14.17 Delay constraints
116. Introduction to 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s networks
116.1 Overview
116.1.1 Scope
116.1.2 Relationship of 200 Gigabit and 400 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model
116.1.3 Nomenclature
116.1.4 Physical Layer signaling systems
116.2 Summary of 200 Gigabit and 400 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers
116.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface
116.2.2 200GMII and 400GMII Extender Sublayers (200GXS and 400GXS)
116.2.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
116.2.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
116.2.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
116.2.6 Management interface (MDIO/MDC)
116.2.7 Management
116.3 Service interface specification method and notation
116.3.1 Inter-sublayer service interface
116.3.2 Instances of the Inter-sublayer service interface
116.3.3 Semantics of inter-sublayer service interface primitives
116.3.3.1 IS_UNITDATA_i.request
116.3.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
116.3.3.1.2 When generated
116.3.3.1.3 Effect of receipt
116.3.3.2 IS_UNITDATA_i.indication
116.3.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
116.3.3.2.2 When generated
116.3.3.2.3 Effect of receipt
116.3.3.3 IS_SIGNAL.indication
116.3.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
116.3.3.3.2 When generated
116.3.3.3.3 Effect of receipt
116.4 Delay constraints
116.5 Skew constraints
116.6 FEC Degrade
116.7 State diagrams
116.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
117. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s operation (200GMII and 400GMII)
117.1 Overview
117.1.1 Summary of major concepts
117.1.2 Application
117.1.3 Rate of operation
117.1.4 Delay constraints
117.1.5 Allocation of functions
117.1.6 200GMII/400GMII structure
117.1.7 Mapping of 200GMII/400GMII signals to PLS service primitives
117.2 200GMII/400GMII data stream
117.3 200GMII/400GMII functional specifications
117.4 LPI Assertion and Detection
117.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 117, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s operation (200GMII and 400GMII)
117.5.1 Introduction
117.5.2 Identification
117.5.2.1 Implementation identification
117.5.2.2 Protocol summary
117.5.3 Major capabilities/options
117.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s operation (200GMII and 400GMII)
117.5.4.1 General
117.5.4.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives
117.5.4.3 Data stream structure
117.5.4.4 200GMII/400GMII signal functional specifications
117.5.4.5 Link fault signaling state diagram
117.5.4.6 LPI functions
118. 200GMII Extender, 400GMII Extender, 200GMII Extender Sublayer (200GXS), and 400GMII Extender Sublayer (400GXS)
118.1 Overview
118.1.1 Summary of major concepts
118.1.2 200GXS/400GXS Sublayer
118.1.3 200GAUI-n/400GAUI-n
118.2 FEC Degrade
118.2.1 DTE XS FEC Degrade signaling
118.2.2 PHY XS FEC Degrade signaling
118.3 200GXS and 400GXS partitioning example
118.4 200GXS and 400GXS MDIO function mapping
118.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 118, 200GMII Extender, 400GMII Extender, 200GMII Extender Sublayer (200GXS), and 400GMII Extender Sublayer (400GXS)
118.5.1 Introduction
118.5.2 Identification
118.5.2.1 Implementation identification
118.5.2.2 Protocol summary
118.5.3 Major capabilities/options
118.5.4 PICS proforma tables for 200GMII Extender, 400GMII Extender, 200GMII Extender Sublayer (200GXS), and 400GMII Extender Sublayer (400GXS)
118.5.4.1 Transmit function
118.5.4.2 Receive function
118.5.4.3 64B/66B coding rules
118.5.4.4 Scrambler and descrambler
118.5.4.5 Alignment markers
118.5.5 Test-pattern modes
118.5.6 Bit order
118.5.7 Management
118.5.7.1 State diagrams
118.5.7.2 Loopback
118.5.7.3 Delay constraints
119. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R
119.1 Overview
119.1.1 Scope
119.1.2 Relationship of 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R to other standards
119.1.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
119.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces
119.1.4.1 PCS service interface (200GMII/400GMII)
119.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) service interface
119.1.5 Functional block diagram
119.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
119.2.1 Functions within the PCS
119.2.2 Use of blocks
119.2.3 64B/66B code
119.2.3.1 Notation conventions
119.2.3.2 64B/66B block structure
119.2.3.3 Control codes
119.2.3.4 Valid and invalid blocks
119.2.3.5 Idle (/I/)
119.2.3.6 Start (/S/)
119.2.3.7 Terminate (/T/)
119.2.3.8 Ordered set (/O/)
119.2.3.9 Error (/E/)
119.2.4 Transmit
119.2.4.1 Encode and rate matching
119.2.4.2 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder
119.2.4.3 Scrambler
119.2.4.4 Alignment marker mapping and insertion
119.2.4.4.1 AM creation for the 200GBASE-R PCS
119.2.4.4.2 AM creation for the 400GBASE-R PCS
119.2.4.5 Pre-FEC distribution
119.2.4.6 Reed-Solomon encoder
119.2.4.7 Symbol distribution
119.2.4.8 Transmit bit ordering and distribution
119.2.4.9 Test-pattern generators
119.2.5 Receive function
119.2.5.1 Alignment lock and deskew
119.2.5.2 Lane reorder and de-interleave
119.2.5.3 Reed-Solomon decoder
119.2.5.4 Post FEC interleave
119.2.5.5 Alignment marker removal
119.2.5.6 Descrambler
119.2.5.7 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder
119.2.5.8 Decode and rate matching
119.2.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams
119.2.6.1 State diagram conventions
119.2.6.2 State variables
119.2.6.2.1 Constants
119.2.6.2.2 Variables
119.2.6.2.3 Functions
119.2.6.2.4 Counters
119.2.6.3 State diagrams
119.3 PCS management
119.3.1 PCS MDIO function mapping
119.3.2 FEC_corrected_cw_counter
119.3.3 FEC_uncorrected_cw_counter
119.3.4 FEC_symbol_error_counter_i
119.4 Loopback
119.5 Delay constraints
119.6 Auto-Negotiation
119.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 119, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R
119.7.1 Introduction
119.7.2 Identification
119.7.2.1 Implementation identification
119.7.2.2 Protocol summary
119.7.3 Major capabilities/options
119.7.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 64B/66B, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R
119.7.4.1 Transmit function
119.7.4.2 Receive function
119.7.4.3 64B/66B coding rules
119.7.4.4 Scrambler and descrambler
119.7.4.5 Alignment markers
119.7.4.6 Test-pattern modes
119.7.4.7 Bit order
119.7.4.8 Management
119.7.4.9 State diagrams
119.7.4.10 Loopback
119.7.4.11 Delay constraints
119.7.4.12 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions
120. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R
120.1 Overview
120.1.1 Scope
120.1.2 Position of the PMA in the 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R sublayers
120.1.3 Summary of functions
120.1.4 PMA sublayer positioning
120.2 PMA interfaces
120.3 PMA service interface
120.4 Service interface below PMA
120.5 Functions within the PMA
120.5.1 Per input-lane clock and data recovery
120.5.2 Bit-level multiplexing
120.5.3 Skew and Skew Variation
120.5.3.1 Skew generation toward SP1
120.5.3.2 Skew tolerance at SP1
120.5.3.3 Skew generation toward SP2
120.5.3.4 Skew tolerance at SP5
120.5.3.5 Skew generation at SP6
120.5.3.6 Skew tolerance at SP6
120.5.4 Delay constraints
120.5.5 Clocking architecture
120.5.6 Signal drivers
120.5.7 PAM4 Encoding
120.5.7.1 Gray mapping for PAM4 encoded lanes
120.5.7.2 Precoding for PAM4 encoded lanes
120.5.8 Link status
120.5.9 PMA local loopback mode (optional)
120.5.10 PMA remote loopback mode (optional)
120.5.11 PMA test patterns (optional)
120.5.11.1 Test patterns for NRZ encoded signals
120.5.11.1.1 PRBS31 test pattern
120.5.11.1.2 PRBS9 test pattern
120.5.11.1.3 Square wave test pattern
120.5.11.2 Test patterns for PAM4 encoded signals
120.5.11.2.1 PRBS13Q test pattern
120.5.11.2.2 PRBS31Q test pattern
120.5.11.2.3 SSPRQ test pattern
120.5.11.2.4 Square wave (quaternary) test pattern
120.6 PMA MDIO function mapping
120.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 120, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R
120.7.1 Introduction
120.7.2 Identification
120.7.2.1 Implementation identification
120.7.2.2 Protocol summary
120.7.3 Major capabilities/options
120.7.4 Skew generation and tolerance
120.7.5 Test patterns
120.7.6 Loopback modes
120.7.7 Encoding
121. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-DR4
121.1 Overview
121.1.1 Bit error ratio
121.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
121.3 Delay and Skew
121.3.1 Delay constraints
121.3.2 Skew constraints
121.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
121.5 PMD functional specifications
121.5.1 PMD block diagram
121.5.2 PMD transmit function
121.5.3 PMD receive function
121.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
121.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
121.5.6 PMD reset function
121.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
121.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
121.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
121.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
121.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
121.6 Lane assignments
121.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-DR4
121.7.1 200GBASE-DR4 transmitter optical specifications
121.7.2 200GBASE-DR4 receive optical specifications
121.7.3 200GBASE-DR4 illustrative link power budget
121.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
121.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
121.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
121.8.3 Average optical power
121.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
121.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
121.8.5.1 TDECQ conformance test setup
121.8.5.2 Channel requirements
121.8.5.3 TDECQ measurement method
121.8.5.4 TDECQ reference equalizer
121.8.6 Extinction ratio
121.8.7 Transmitter transition time
121.8.8 Relative intensity noise (RIN21.4OMA)
121.8.9 Receiver sensitivity
121.8.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
121.8.10.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
121.8.10.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
121.8.10.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification
121.8.10.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test
121.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
121.9.1 General safety
121.9.2 Laser safety
121.9.3 Installation
121.9.4 Environment
121.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
121.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
121.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
121.10 Fiber optic cabling model
121.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
121.11.1 Optical fiber cable
121.11.2 Optical fiber connection
121.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
121.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
121.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
121.11.3.1 Optical lane assignments
121.11.3.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
121.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 121, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-DR4
121.12.1 Introduction
121.12.2 Identification
121.12.2.1 Implementation identification
121.12.2.2 Protocol summary
121.12.3 Major capabilities/options
121.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-DR4
121.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
121.12.4.2 Management functions
121.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-DR4
121.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods
121.12.4.5 Environmental specifications
121.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
122. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 200GBASE-ER4, 400GBASE-FR8, 400GBASE-LR8, and 400GBASE-ER8
122.1 Overview
122.1.1 Bit error ratio
122.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
122.3 Delay and Skew
122.3.1 Delay constraints
122.3.2 Skew constraints
122.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
122.5 PMD functional specifications
122.5.1 PMD block diagram
122.5.2 PMD transmit function
122.5.3 PMD receive function
122.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
122.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
122.5.6 PMD reset function
122.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
122.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
122.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
122.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
122.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
122.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments
122.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 200GBASE-ER4, 400GBASE-FR8, 400GBASE-LR8, and 400GBASE-ER8
122.7.1 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 200GBASE-ER4, 400GBASE-FR8, 400GBASE-LR8, and 400GBASE-ER8 transmitter optical specifications
122.7.2 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 200GBASE-ER4, 400GBASE-FR8, 400GBASE-LR8, and 400GBASE-ER8 receive optical specifications
122.7.3 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 200GBASE-ER4, 400GBASE-FR8, 400GBASE-LR8, and 400GBASE-ER8 illustrative link power budgets
122.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
122.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
122.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
122.8.3 Average optical power
122.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
122.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
122.8.5.1 TDECQ conformance test setup
122.8.5.2 Channel requirements
122.8.5.3 TDECQ measurement method
122.8.5.4 TDECQ reference equalizer
122.8.6 Extinction ratio
122.8.7 Transmitter transition time
122.8.8 Relative intensity noise (RIN17.1OMA, RIN15.6OMA, and RIN15OMA)
122.8.9 Receiver sensitivity
122.8.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
122.8.10.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
122.8.10.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
122.8.10.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification
122.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
122.9.1 General safety
122.9.2 Laser safety
122.9.3 Installation
122.9.4 Environment
122.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
122.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
122.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
122.10 Fiber optic cabling model
122.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
122.11.1 Optical fiber cable
122.11.2 Optical fiber connection
122.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
122.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
122.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
122.12 Requirements for interoperation between 200GBASE-ER4 and 200GBASE-LR4
122.13 Requirements for interoperation between 400GBASE-ER8 and 400GBASE-FR8
122.14 Requirements for interoperation between 400GBASE-ER8 and 400GBASE-LR8
122.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 122, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 200GBASE-ER4, 400GBASE-FR8, 400GBASE-LR8, and 400GBASE-ER8
122.15.1 Introduction
122.15.2 Identification
122.15.2.1 Implementation identification
122.15.2.2 Protocol summary
122.15.3 Major capabilities/options
122.15.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 200GBASE-ER4, 400GBASE-FR8, 400GBASE-LR8, and 400GBASE-ER8
122.15.4.1 PMD functional specifications
122.15.4.2 Management functions
122.15.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-FR4
122.15.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-LR4
122.15.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-ER4
122.15.4.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-FR8
122.15.4.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-LR8
122.15.4.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-ER8
122.15.4.9 Optical measurement methods
122.15.4.10 Environmental specifications
122.15.4.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
123. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-SR16
123.1 Overview
123.1.1 Bit error ratio
123.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
123.3 Delay and Skew
123.3.1 Delay constraints
123.3.2 Skew constraints
123.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
123.5 PMD functional specifications
123.5.1 PMD block diagram
123.5.2 PMD transmit function
123.5.3 PMD receive function
123.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
123.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
123.5.6 PMD reset function
123.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
123.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
123.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
123.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
123.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
123.6 Lane assignments
123.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-SR16
123.7.1 400GBASE-SR16 transmitter optical specifications
123.7.2 400GBASE-SR16 receive optical specifications
123.7.3 400GBASE-SR16 illustrative link power budget
123.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
123.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
123.8.2 Center wavelength and spectral width
123.8.3 Average optical power
123.8.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
123.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure (TDEC)
123.8.6 Extinction ratio
123.8.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
123.8.8 Stressed receiver sensitivity
123.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
123.9.1 General safety
123.9.2 Laser safety
123.9.3 Installation
123.9.4 Environment
123.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
123.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
123.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
123.10 Fiber optic cabling model
123.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
123.11.1 Optical fiber cable
123.11.2 Optical fiber connection
123.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
123.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
123.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
123.11.3.1 Optical lane assignments
123.11.3.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
123.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 123, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-SR16
123.12.1 Introduction
123.12.2 Identification
123.12.2.1 Implementation identification
123.12.2.2 Protocol summary
123.12.3 Major capabilities/options
123.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-SR16
123.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
123.12.4.2 Management functions
123.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-SR16
123.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods
123.12.4.5 Environmental specifications
123.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
124. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-DR4
124.1 Overview
124.1.1 Bit error ratio
124.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
124.3 Delay and Skew
124.3.1 Delay constraints
124.3.2 Skew constraints
124.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
124.5 PMD functional specifications
124.5.1 PMD block diagram
124.5.2 PMD transmit function
124.5.3 PMD receive function
124.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
124.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
124.5.6 PMD reset function
124.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
124.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
124.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
124.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
124.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
124.6 Lane assignments
124.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-DR4
124.7.1 400GBASE-DR4 transmitter optical specifications
124.7.2 400GBASE-DR4 receive optical specifications
124.7.3 400GBASE-DR4 illustrative link power budget
124.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
124.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
124.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
124.8.3 Average optical power
124.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
124.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
124.8.6 Extinction ratio
124.8.7 Transmitter transition time
124.8.8 Relative intensity noise (RIN21.4OMA)
124.8.9 Receiver sensitivity
124.8.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
124.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
124.9.1 General safety
124.9.2 Laser safety
124.9.3 Installation
124.9.4 Environment
124.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
124.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
124.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
124.10 Fiber optic cabling model
124.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
124.11.1 Optical fiber cable
124.11.2 Optical fiber connection
124.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
124.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
124.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
124.11.3.1 Optical lane assignments
124.11.3.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
124.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 124, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-DR4
124.12.1 Introduction
124.12.2 Identification
124.12.2.1 Implementation identification
124.12.2.2 Protocol summary
124.12.3 Major capabilities/options
124.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-DR4
124.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
124.12.4.2 Management functions
124.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-DR4
124.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods
124.12.4.5 Environmental specifications
124.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
125. Introduction to 2.5 Gb/s and 5 Gb/s networks
125.1 Overview
125.1.1 Scope
125.1.2 Relationship of 2.5 Gigabit and 5 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model
125.1.3 Nomenclature
125.1.4 Physical Layer signaling systems
125.2 Summary of 2.5 Gigabit and 5 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers
125.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface
125.2.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
125.2.3 Physical Medium Attachment sublayer (PMA)
125.2.4 Auto-Negotiation
125.2.4.1 Auto-Negotiation, type BASE-T
125.2.4.2 Auto-Negotiation, type Backplane
125.2.4.3 Auto-Negotiation, type single differential-pair media
125.2.5 Management interface (MDIO/MDC)
125.2.6 Management
125.3 Delay Constraints
126. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, types 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T
126.1 Overview
126.1.1 Nomenclature
126.1.2 Relationship of 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T to other standards
126.1.3 Operation of 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T
126.1.3.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
126.1.3.2 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
126.1.3.3 Summary of EEE capability
126.1.4 Signaling
126.1.5 Interfaces
126.1.6 Conventions in this clause
126.2 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T service primitives and interfaces
126.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface
126.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request
126.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.1.1.2 When generated
126.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication
126.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.1.2.2 When generated
126.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2 PMA service interface
126.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication
126.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.1.2 When generated
126.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication
126.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.2.2 When generated
126.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request
126.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.3.2 When generated
126.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
126.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.4.2 When generated
126.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request
126.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.5.2 When generated
126.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request
126.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.6.2 When generated
126.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication
126.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.7.2 When generated
126.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request
126.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.8.2 When generated
126.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.9 PMA_ALERTDETECT.indication
126.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.9.2 When generated
126.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.10 PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request
126.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.10.2 When generated
126.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.11 PMA_PCSDATAMODE.indication
126.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.11.2 When generated
126.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt
126.2.2.12 PMA_FR_ACTIVE.indication
126.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive
126.2.2.12.2 When generated
126.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt
126.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
126.3.1 PCS service interface (XGMII)
126.3.2 PCS functions
126.3.2.1 PCS Reset function
126.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function
126.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks
126.3.2.2.2 65B-LDPC transmission code
126.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions
126.3.2.2.4 Transmission order
126.3.2.2.5 Block structure
126.3.2.2.6 Control codes
126.3.2.2.7 Ordered sets
126.3.2.2.8 Idle (/I/)
126.3.2.2.9 LPI (/LI/)
126.3.2.2.10 Start (/S/)
126.3.2.2.11 Terminate (/T/)
126.3.2.2.12 ordered set (/O/)
126.3.2.2.13 Error (/E/)
126.3.2.2.14 Transmit process
126.3.2.2.15 PCS Scrambler
126.3.2.2.16 LDPC framing and LDPC encoder
126.3.2.2.17 Substitution for zero-bit fill
126.3.2.2.18 PAM16 bit mapping
126.3.2.2.19 EEE capability
126.3.2.3 PCS Receive function
126.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization
126.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler
126.3.2.3.3 Invalid blocks
126.3.3 Test-pattern generators
126.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials
126.3.4.1 Generation of bits San, Sbn, Scn, Sdn
126.3.4.2 Generation of 4D symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn
126.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials
126.3.5 LPI signaling
126.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization
126.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling
126.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling
126.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams
126.3.6.1 State diagram conventions
126.3.6.2 State diagram parameters
126.3.6.2.1 Constants
126.3.6.2.2 Variables
126.3.6.2.3 Timers
126.3.6.2.4 Functions
126.3.6.2.5 Counters
126.3.6.3 State diagrams
126.3.7 PCS management
126.3.7.1 Status
126.3.7.2 Counters
126.3.7.3 Loopback
126.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
126.4.1 PMA functional specifications
126.4.2 PMA functions
126.4.2.1 PMA Reset function
126.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function
126.4.2.2.1 Alert signal
126.4.2.2.2 Link failure signal
126.4.2.3 PMA transmit disable function
126.4.2.3.1 Global PMA transmit disable function
126.4.2.3.2 PMA pair by pair transmit disable function
126.4.2.3.3 PMA MDIO function mapping
126.4.2.4 PMA Receive function
126.4.2.5 PHY Control function
126.4.2.5.1 Infofield notation
126.4.2.5.2 Start of Frame Delimiter
126.4.2.5.3 Current transmitter settings
126.4.2.5.4 Next transmitter settings
126.4.2.5.5 Requested transmitter settings
126.4.2.5.6 Message field
126.4.2.5.7 SNR_margin
126.4.2.5.8 Transition counter
126.4.2.5.9 Coefficient exchange handshake
126.4.2.5.10 Ability fields
126.4.2.5.11 Reserved fields
126.4.2.5.12 Vendor-specific field
126.4.2.5.13 Coefficient field
126.4.2.5.14 CRC16
126.4.2.5.15 Startup sequence
126.4.2.5.16 Fast retrain function
126.4.2.6 Link Monitor function
126.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function
126.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function
126.4.3 MDI
126.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY
126.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI
126.4.4 Automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration
126.4.5 State variables
126.4.5.1 State diagram variables
126.4.5.2 Timers
126.4.5.3 Functions
126.4.5.4 Counters
126.4.6 State diagrams
126.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram
126.4.6.2 Transition counter state diagrams
126.4.6.3 Link Monitor state diagram
126.4.6.4 EEE Refresh monitor state diagram
126.4.6.5 Fast retrain state diagram
126.5 PMA electrical specifications
126.5.1 Electrical isolation
126.5.2 Test modes
126.5.2.1 Test fixtures
126.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications
126.5.3.1 Maximum output droop
126.5.3.2 Transmitter nonlinear distortion
126.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter
126.5.3.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) and power level
126.5.3.5 Transmit clock frequency
126.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications
126.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals
126.5.4.2 Receiver frequency tolerance
126.5.4.3 Rejection of External EM Fields
126.5.4.4 Alien crosstalk noise rejection
126.6 Management interfaces
126.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation
126.6.1.1 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation
126.6.1.2 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use
126.6.1.3 Sending Next Pages
126.6.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution
126.7 Link segment characteristics
126.7.1 Cabling system characteristics
126.7.2 Link segment transmission parameters
126.7.2.1 Insertion loss
126.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance
126.7.2.3 Return loss
126.7.2.4 Coupling parameters between duplex channels comprising one link segment
126.7.2.4.1 Differential near-end crosstalk
126.7.2.4.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss
126.7.2.4.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss
126.7.2.4.4 Attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (ACRF)
126.7.2.4.5 Multiple disturber attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (MDACRF)
126.7.2.4.6 Multiple disturber power sum attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (PS ACRF)
126.7.2.5 Maximum link delay
126.7.2.6 Link delay skew
126.7.3 Coupling parameters between link segments
126.7.3.1 Alien crosstalk limited signal-to-noise ratio criteria
126.8 MDI specification
126.8.1 MDI connectors
126.8.2 MDI electrical specifications
126.8.2.1 MDI FEXT
126.8.2.2 MDI return loss
126.8.2.3 MDI impedance balance
126.8.2.4 MDI fault tolerance
126.9 Environmental specifications
126.9.1 General safety
126.9.2 Network safety
126.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
126.9.4 Telephone voltages
126.9.5 Electromagnetic compatibility
126.9.6 Temperature and humidity
126.10 PHY labeling
126.11 Delay constraints
126.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 126—Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, types 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T
126.12.1 Identification
126.12.1.1 Implementation identification
126.12.1.2 Protocol summary
126.12.2 Major capabilities/options
126.12.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
126.12.3.1 PCS Transmit functions
126.12.3.2 PCS Receive functions
126.12.3.3 Other PCS functions
126.12.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
126.12.5 PMA Electrical Specifications
126.12.6 PMA Management Interface
126.12.7 Characteristics of the link segment
126.12.8 MDI requirements
126.12.9 General safety and environmental requirements
126.12.10 Timing requirements
127. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer for 2.5 Gb/s 8B/10B 2.5GBASE-X
127.1 Overview
127.1.1 Scope
127.1.2 Relationship of 2.5GBASE-X to other standards
127.1.3 Summary of 2.5GBASE-X sublayers
127.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
127.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
127.1.3.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) service interface rates
127.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces
127.1.5 Functional block diagram
127.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
127.2.1 PCS Interface (XGMII)
127.2.2 Functions within the PCS
127.2.3 PCS used with 2.5GBASE-KX PMD
127.2.4 Use of code-groups
127.2.5 XGMII to 2.5GPII mapping
127.2.5.1 2.5 Gb/s PCS Internal Interface (2.5GPII)
127.2.5.2 Word Encode
127.2.5.3 Word-to-Octets
127.2.5.4 Octets-to-Word
127.2.5.5 Word Decode
127.2.6 8B/10B transmission code
127.2.6.1 Notation conventions
127.2.6.2 Transmission order
127.2.6.3 Generating code-groups and checking the validity of received code
127.2.6.4 Ordered sets
127.2.6.5 Comma considerations
127.2.6.6 Sequence (/Q/)
127.2.6.7 Data (/D/)
127.2.6.8 IDLE (/I/)
127.2.6.9 Low Power Idle (/LI/)
127.2.6.10 Start_of_Packet delimiter (SPD)
127.2.6.11 End_of_Packet delimiter (EPD)
127.2.6.12 Error_Propagation (/V/)
127.2.7 Detailed functions and state diagrams
127.2.7.1 State variables
127.2.7.1.1 Notation conventions
127.2.7.1.2 Constants
127.2.7.1.3 Variables
127.2.7.1.4 Functions
127.2.7.1.5 Counters
127.2.7.1.6 Messages
127.2.7.1.7 Timers
127.2.7.2 State diagrams
127.2.7.2.1 Word Encode and Word-to-Octets
127.2.7.2.2 Transmit
127.2.7.2.3 Synchronization
127.2.7.2.4 Receive
127.2.7.2.5 Octets-to-Word and Decode
127.2.7.2.6 LPI state diagram
127.2.7.2.7 LPI status and management
127.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
127.3.1 Service Interface
127.3.1.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request
127.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
127.3.1.1.2 When generated
127.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
127.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
127.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
127.3.1.2.2 When generated
127.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
127.3.2 Functions within the PMA
127.3.2.1 Data delay
127.3.2.2 PMA transmit function
127.3.2.3 PMA receive function
127.3.2.4 Code-group alignment
127.3.3 Loopback mode
127.3.3.1 Receiver considerations
127.3.3.2 Transmitter considerations
127.3.4 Test functions
127.3.4.1 PMA PRBS9 test pattern (optional)
127.4 Compatibility considerations
127.5 Delay constraints
127.6 Environmental specifications
127.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 127, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer for 2.5 Gb/s 8B/10B 2.5GBASE-X
127.7.1 Introduction
127.7.2 Identification
127.7.2.1 Implementation identification
127.7.2.2 Protocol summary
127.7.3 Major capabilities/options
127.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 2.5GBASE-X
127.7.4.1 PCS
127.7.4.2 Code-group functions
127.7.4.3 EEE
127.7.4.4 PMA functions
127.7.4.5 Compatibility considerations
128. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 2.5GBASE-KX
128.1 Overview
128.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
128.2.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request
128.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
128.2.1.2 When generated
128.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
128.2.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
128.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
128.2.2.2 When generated
128.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
128.2.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
128.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
128.2.3.2 When generated
128.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
128.2.4 PMD_RXQUIET.request
128.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
128.2.4.2 When generated
128.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
128.2.5 PMD_TXQUIET.request
128.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
128.2.5.2 When generated
128.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
128.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
128.4 Delay constraints
128.5 PMD MDIO function mapping
128.6 PMD functional specifications
128.6.1 Link block diagram
128.6.2 PMD transmit function
128.6.3 PMD receive function
128.6.4 PMD signal detect function
128.6.5 PMD transmit disable function
128.6.6 Loopback mode
128.6.7 PMD fault function
128.6.8 PMD transmit fault function
128.6.9 PMD receive fault function
128.6.10 PMD LPI function
128.7 2.5GBASE-KX electrical characteristics
128.7.1 Transmitter characteristics
128.7.1.1 Test fixtures
128.7.1.2 Test fixture characteristics
128.7.1.3 Signaling speed
128.7.1.4 Output amplitude
128.7.1.5 Differential output return loss
128.7.1.6 Common-mode output return loss
128.7.1.7 Transition time
128.7.1.8 Transmit jitter test requirements
128.7.1.9 Transmit jitter
128.7.2 Receiver characteristics
128.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance
128.7.2.2 Signaling speed range
128.7.2.3 AC-coupling
128.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude
128.7.2.5 Differential input return loss
128.8 Interconnect characteristics
128.9 Environmental specifications
128.9.1 General safety
128.9.2 Network safety
128.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
128.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
128.9.5 Temperature and humidity
128.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 128, Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 2.5GBASE-KX
128.10.1 Introduction
128.10.2 Identification
128.10.2.1 Implementation identification
128.10.2.2 Protocol summary
128.10.3 Major capabilities/options
128.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 128, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 2.5GBASE-KX.
128.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications
128.10.4.2 Management functions
128.10.4.3 Transmitter electrical characteristics
128.10.4.4 Receiver electrical characteristics
128.10.4.5 Environmental and safety specifications
129. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer for 5 Gb/s 64B/66B, type 5GBASE-R
129.1 Overview
129.1.1 Scope
129.1.2 Relationship of 5GBASE-R to other standards
129.1.3 Summary of 5GBASE-R sublayers
129.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
129.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
129.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces
129.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
129.2.1 Functions within the PCS
129.2.2 Notation conventions
129.2.3 Transmission order
129.2.4 Low Power Idle
129.2.5 PCS used with 5GBASE-KR PMD
129.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
129.3.1 Service Interface
129.3.2 Functions within the PMA
129.3.2.1 PMA transmit function
129.3.2.2 PMA receive function
129.3.3 PMA loopback mode (optional)
129.4 Compatibility considerations
129.5 Delay constraints
129.6 Environmental specifications
129.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 129, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer for 5 Gb/s 64B/66B, type 5GBASE-R
129.7.1 Introduction
129.7.2 Identification
129.7.2.1 Implementation identification
129.7.2.2 Protocol summary
129.7.3 Major capabilities/options
129.7.4 PICS Proforma Tables for PCS, type 5GBASE-R
129.7.4.1 Coding rules
129.7.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler
129.7.5 Test-pattern modes
129.7.5.1 Bit order
129.7.6 Management
129.7.6.1 State diagrams
129.7.6.2 Loopback
129.7.6.3 Delay Constraints
129.7.6.4 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions
129.7.6.5 LPI functions
130. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 5GBASE-KR
130.1 Overview
130.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
130.2.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request
130.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
130.2.1.2 When generated
130.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
130.2.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication
130.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
130.2.2.2 When generated
130.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
130.2.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication
130.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive
130.2.3.2 When generated
130.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
130.2.4 PMD_RX_MODE.request
130.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
130.2.4.2 When generated
130.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
130.2.5 PMD_TX_MODE.request
130.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive
130.2.5.2 When generated
130.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
130.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
130.4 Delay constraints
130.5 PMD MDIO function mapping
130.6 PMD functional specifications
130.6.1 Link block diagram
130.6.2 PMD transmit function
130.6.3 PMD receive function
130.6.4 PMD signal detect function
130.6.5 PMD transmit disable function
130.6.6 Loopback mode
130.6.7 PMD_fault function
130.6.8 PMD transmit fault function
130.6.9 PMD receive fault function
130.6.10 PMD LPI function
130.7 5GBASE-KR electrical characteristics
130.7.1 Transmitter characteristics
130.7.1.1 Test fixture
130.7.1.2 Test fixture characteristics
130.7.1.3 Signaling speed
130.7.1.4 Output amplitude
130.7.1.5 Differential output return loss
130.7.1.6 Common-mode output return loss
130.7.1.7 Transition time
130.7.1.8 Transmit jitter test requirements
130.7.1.9 Transmit jitter
130.7.1.10 Transmitter output waveform
130.7.2 Receiver characteristics
130.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance
130.7.2.2 Signaling speed range
130.7.2.3 AC-coupling
130.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude
130.7.2.5 Differential input return loss
130.8 Interconnect characteristics
130.9 Environmental specifications
130.9.1 General safety
130.9.2 Network safety
130.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
130.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
130.9.5 Temperature and humidity
130.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 130, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 5GBASE-KR
130.10.1 Introduction
130.10.2 Identification
130.10.2.1 Implementation identification
130.10.2.2 Protocol summary
130.10.3 Major capabilities/options
130.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 130, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 5GBASE-KR
130.10.4.1 PCS requirements for AN service interface
130.10.4.2 PMD functional specifications
130.10.4.3 Management functions
130.10.4.4 PMD Transmitter electrical characteristics
130.10.4.5 Receiver electrical characteristics
130.10.4.6 Environmental specifications
131. Introduction to 50 Gb/s networks
131.1 Overview
131.1.1 Scope
131.1.2 Relationship of 50 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model
131.1.3 Nomenclature
131.1.4 Physical Layer signaling systems
131.2 Summary of 50 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers
131.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (50GMII)
131.2.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
131.2.3 Forward error correction (FEC) sublayer
131.2.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
131.2.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
131.2.6 Management interface (MDIO/MDC)
131.2.7 Management
131.3 Service interface specification method and notation
131.3.1 Inter-sublayer service interface
131.3.2 Instances of the Inter-sublayer service interface
131.3.3 Semantics of inter-sublayer service interface primitives
131.4 Delay constraints
131.5 Skew constraints
131.6 State diagrams
131.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
132. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (50GMII) for 50 Gb/s operation
132.1 Overview
132.1.1 Summary of major concepts
132.1.2 Application
132.1.3 Rate of operation
132.1.4 Delay constraints
132.1.5 Allocation of functions
132.1.6 50GMII structure
132.1.7 Mapping of 50GMII signals to PLS service primitives
132.2 50GMII data stream
132.3 50GMII functional specifications
132.4 LPI assertion and detection
132.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 132, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (50GMII) for 50 Gb/s operation
132.5.1 Introduction
132.5.2 Identification
132.5.2.1 Implementation identification
132.5.2.2 Protocol summary
132.5.2.3 Major capabilities/options
132.5.3 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (50GMII) for 50 Gb/s operation
132.5.3.1 General
132.5.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives
133. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 50GBASE-R
133.1 Overview
133.1.1 Scope
133.1.2 Relationship of 50GBASE-R to other standards
133.1.3 Summary of 50GBASE-R sublayers
133.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
133.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces
133.1.4.1 PCS service interface (50GMII)
133.1.4.2 Forward error correction (FEC) or Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) service interface
133.1.5 Functional block diagram
133.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
133.2.1 Functions within the PCS
133.2.2 Alignment marker insertion
133.2.3 PCS lane deskew
133.2.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
133.3 Delay constraints
133.4 Auto-Negotiation
133.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 133, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 50GBASE-R
133.5.1 Introduction
133.5.2 Identification
133.5.2.1 Implementation identification
133.5.2.2 Protocol summary
133.5.3 Major capabilities/options
133.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 50GBASE-R
133.5.4.1 Coding rules
133.5.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler
133.5.4.3 Deskew and Reordering
133.5.4.4 Alignment Markers
133.5.4.5 Test-pattern modes
133.5.4.6 Bit order
133.5.4.7 Management
133.5.4.8 State diagrams
133.5.4.9 Loopback
133.5.4.10 Delay constraints
133.5.4.11 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions
134. Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 50GBASE-R PHYs
134.1 Overview
134.1.1 Scope
134.1.2 Position of RS-FEC in the 50GBASE-R sublayers
134.2 FEC service interface
134.3 PMA compatibility
134.4 Delay constraints
134.5 Functions within the RS-FEC sublayer
134.5.1 Functional block diagram
134.5.2 Transmit function
134.5.2.1 PCS Lane block synchronization
134.5.2.2 PCS Alignment lock and deskew
134.5.2.3 PCS Lane reorder
134.5.2.4 Alignment marker removal
134.5.2.5 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder
134.5.2.6 Alignment marker mapping and insertion
134.5.2.7 Reed-Solomon encoder
134.5.2.8 Symbol distribution
134.5.2.9 Transmit bit ordering
134.5.3 Receive function
134.5.3.1 Alignment lock and deskew
134.5.3.2 FEC Lane reorder
134.5.3.3 Reed-Solomon decoder
134.5.3.3.1 FEC Error indication bypass (optional)
134.5.3.3.2 FEC Degraded SER (optional)
134.5.3.4 Alignment marker removal
134.5.3.5 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder
134.5.3.6 Block distribution
134.5.3.7 Alignment marker mapping and insertion
134.5.3.8 Receive bit ordering
134.5.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
134.5.4.1 State diagram conventions
134.5.4.2 State variables
134.5.4.2.1 Variables
134.5.4.2.2 Functions
134.5.4.2.3 Counters
134.5.4.3 State diagrams
134.6 RS-FEC MDIO function mapping
134.6.1 FEC_bypass_indication_enable
134.6.2 FEC_degraded_SER_enable
134.6.3 FEC_degraded_SER_activate_threshold
134.6.4 FEC_degraded_SER_deactivate_threshold
134.6.5 FEC_degraded_SER_interval
134.6.6 FEC_bypass_indication_ability
134.6.7 hi_ser
134.6.8 FEC_degraded_SER_ability
134.6.9 FEC_degraded_SER
134.6.10 fec_optional_states
134.6.11 amps_lock
134.6.12 fec_align_status
134.6.13 FEC_corrected_cw_counter
134.6.14 FEC_uncorrected_cw_counter
134.6.15 FEC_lane_mapping
134.6.16 FEC_symbol_error_counter_i
134.6.17 align_status
134.6.18 BIP_error_counter_i
134.6.19 lane_mapping
134.6.20 block_lock
134.6.21 am_lock
134.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 134, Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 50GBASE-R PHYs
134.7.1 Introduction
134.7.2 Identification
134.7.2.1 Implementation identification
134.7.2.2 Protocol summary
134.7.3 Major capabilities/options
134.7.4 PICS proforma tables for Reed-Solomon forward error correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 50GBASE-R PHYs
134.7.4.1 Transmit function
134.7.4.2 Receive function
134.7.4.3 State diagrams
134.7.4.4 Delay Constraints
135. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 50GBASE-R and 100GBASE-P
135.1 Overview
135.1.1 Scope
135.1.2 Position of the PMA in the 50GBASE-R and 100GBASE-P sublayers
135.1.3 Summary of functions
135.1.4 PMA sublayer positioning
135.2 PMA interfaces
135.3 PMA service interface
135.4 Service interface below PMA
135.5 Functions within the PMA
135.5.1 Per input-lane clock and data recovery
135.5.2 Bit-level multiplexing
135.5.3 Skew and Skew Variation
135.5.3.1 Skew generation toward SP0
135.5.3.2 Skew tolerance at SP0
135.5.3.3 Skew generation toward SP1
135.5.3.4 Skew tolerance at SP1
135.5.3.5 Skew generation toward SP2
135.5.3.6 Skew tolerance at SP5
135.5.3.7 Skew generation at SP6
135.5.3.8 Skew tolerance at SP6
135.5.3.9 Skew generation at SP7
135.5.3.10 Skew tolerance at SP7
135.5.4 Delay constraints
135.5.5 Clocking architecture
135.5.6 Signal drivers
135.5.7 PAM4 encoding
135.5.7.1 Gray mapping for PAM4 encoded lanes
135.5.7.2 Precoding for PAM4 encoded lanes
135.5.8 PMA local loopback mode (optional)
135.5.9 PMA remote loopback mode (optional)
135.5.10 PMA test patterns (optional)
135.5.10.1 Test patterns for NRZ encoded signals
135.5.10.1.1 PRBS31 test pattern
135.5.10.1.2 PRBS9 test pattern
135.5.10.1.3 Square-wave test pattern
135.5.10.2 Test patterns for PAM4 encoded signals
135.5.10.2.1 PRBS13Q test pattern
135.5.10.2.2 PRBS31Q test pattern
135.5.10.2.3 SSPRQ test pattern
135.5.10.2.4 Square wave (quaternary) test pattern
135.6 PMA MDIO function mapping
135.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 135, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 50GBASE-R and 100GBASE-P
135.7.1 Introduction
135.7.2 Identification
135.7.2.1 Implementation identification
135.7.2.2 Protocol summary
135.7.3 Major capabilities/options
135.7.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 50GBASE-R and 100GBASE-P
135.7.4.1 Functions
135.7.4.2 Timing
135.7.4.3 Electrical
135.7.4.4 Diagnostics
135.7.7 Encoding
136. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, and 200GBASE-CR4
136.1 Overview
136.2 Conventions
136.3 PMD service interfaces
136.4 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
136.5 Delay constraints
136.6 Skew constraints
136.6.1 Skew Constraints for 50GBASE-CR
136.6.2 Skew Constraints for 100GBASE-CR2 and 200GBASE-CR4
136.7 PMD MDIO function mapping
136.8 PMD functional specifications
136.8.1 Link block diagram
136.8.2 PMD transmit function
136.8.3 PMD receive function
136.8.4 PMD global signal detect function
136.8.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
136.8.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
136.8.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
136.8.8 PMD fault function
136.8.9 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
136.8.10 PMD receive fault function (optional)
136.8.11 PMD control function
136.8.11.1 Training frame structure
136.8.11.1.1 Frame marker
136.8.11.1.2 Control and status fields
136.8.11.1.3 Training pattern
136.8.11.1.4 Zero pad
136.8.11.2 Control field structure
136.8.11.2.1 Initial condition request
136.8.11.2.2 Modulation and precoding request
136.8.11.2.3 Coefficient select
136.8.11.2.4 Coefficient request
136.8.11.3 Status field structure
136.8.11.3.1 Receiver ready
136.8.11.3.2 Modulation and precoding status
136.8.11.3.3 Receiver frame lock
136.8.11.3.4 Initial condition status
136.8.11.3.5 Parity bit
136.8.11.3.6 Coefficient select echo
136.8.11.3.7 Coefficient status
136.8.11.4 Equalization control
136.8.11.4.1 Initial condition setting request process
136.8.11.4.2 Initial condition setting response process
136.8.11.4.3 Coefficient update request process
136.8.11.4.4 Coefficient update response process
136.8.11.5 Modulation and precoding setting
136.8.11.6 Handshake timing
136.8.11.7 Variables, functions, timers, counters, and state diagrams
136.8.11.7.1 Variables
136.8.11.7.2 Functions
136.8.11.7.3 Timers
136.8.11.7.4 Counters
136.8.11.7.5 State diagrams
136.9 PMD electrical characteristics
136.9.1 AC-coupling
136.9.2 Signal paths
136.9.3 Transmitter characteristics
136.9.3.1 Transmitter output waveform
136.9.3.1.1 Linear fit to the measured waveform
136.9.3.1.2 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak
136.9.3.1.3 Coefficient initialization
136.9.3.1.4 Coefficient step size
136.9.3.1.5 Coefficient range
136.9.3.2 Insertion loss, TP0 to TP2 or TP3 to TP5
136.9.3.3 J3u jitter
136.9.3.4 Transmitter effective return loss (ERL)
136.9.4 Receiver characteristics
136.9.4.1 Receiver input amplitude tolerance
136.9.4.2 Receiver interference tolerance
136.9.4.2.1 Test setup
136.9.4.2.2 Test channel
136.9.4.2.3 Test channel calibration
136.9.4.2.4 Pattern generator and noise injection
136.9.4.2.5 Test procedure
136.9.4.3 Receiver jitter tolerance
136.9.4.3.1 Test setup
136.9.4.3.2 Test procedure
136.9.4.4 Signaling rate range
136.9.4.5 Receiver ERL
136.10 Channel characteristics
136.11 Cable assembly characteristics
136.11.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance
136.11.2 Cable assembly insertion loss
136.11.3 Cable assembly ERL
136.11.4 Differential to common-mode return loss
136.11.5 Differential to common-mode conversion loss
136.11.6 Common-mode to common-mode return loss
136.11.7 Cable assembly Channel Operating Margin
136.11.7.1 Channel signal and crosstalk path calculations
136.11.7.1.1 Channel signal path
136.11.7.1.2 Channel crosstalk paths
136.11.7.2 Signal and crosstalk paths used in calculation of COM
136.12 MDI specifications
136.13 Environmental specifications
136.14 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 136, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, and 200GBASE-CR4
136.14.1 Introduction
136.14.2 Identification
136.14.2.1 Implementation identification
136.14.2.2 Protocol summary
136.14.3 Major capabilities/options
136.14.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, and 200GBASE-CR4
136.14.4.1 PMD functional specifications
136.14.4.2 PMD control function
136.14.4.3 Transmitter specifications
136.14.4.4 Receiver specifications
136.14.4.5 Cable assembly specifications
136.14.4.6 Environmental specifications
137. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 50GBASE-KR, 100GBASE-KR2, and 200GBASE-KR4
137.1 Overview
137.2 Conventions
137.3 PMD service interfaces
137.4 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface
137.5 Delay constraints
137.6 Skew constraints
137.6.1 Skew Constraints for 50GBASE-KR
137.6.2 Skew Constraints for 100GBASE-KR2 and 200GBASE-KR4
137.7 PMD MDIO function mapping
137.8 PMD functional specifications
137.8.1 Link block diagram
137.8.2 PMD transmit function
137.8.3 PMD receive function
137.8.4 PMD global signal detect function
137.8.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
137.8.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
137.8.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
137.8.8 PMD fault function
137.8.9 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
137.8.10 PMD receive fault function (optional)
137.8.11 PMD control function
137.9 Electrical characteristics
137.9.1 MDI
137.9.2 Transmitter characteristics
137.9.2.1 Transmitter ERL
137.9.3 Receiver characteristics
137.9.3.1 Receiver ERL
137.10 Channel characteristics
137.10.1 Channel insertion loss
137.10.2 Channel ERL
137.11 Environmental specifications
137.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 137, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 50GBASE-KR, 100GBASE-KR2, and 200GBASE-KR4
137.12.1 Introduction
137.12.2 Identification
137.12.2.1 Implementation identification
137.12.2.2 Protocol summary
137.12.3 Major capabilities/options
137.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 50GBASE-KR, 100GBASE-KR2, and 200GBASE-KR4
137.12.4.1 Functional specifications
137.12.4.2 PMD control function
137.12.4.3 Transmitter characteristics
137.12.4.4 Receiver characteristics
137.12.4.5 Channel characteristics
137.12.4.6 Environmental specifications
138. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 50GBASE-SR, 100GBASE-SR2, 200GBASE-SR4, 400GBASE-SR8
138.1 Overview
138.1.1 Bit error ratio
138.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
138.3 Delay and Skew
138.3.1 Delay constraints
138.3.2 Skew constraints
138.3.2.1 Skew Constraints for 50GBASE-SR
138.3.2.2 Skew Constraints for 100GBASE-SR2, 200GBASE-SR4, and 400GBASE-SR8
138.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
138.5 PMD functional specifications
138.5.1 PMD block diagram
138.5.2 PMD transmit function
138.5.3 PMD receive function
138.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
138.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
138.5.6 PMD reset function
138.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
138.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
138.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
138.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
138.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
138.6 Lane assignments
138.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-SR, 100GBASE-SR2, 200GBASE-SR4, and 400GBASE-SR8
138.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications
138.7.2 Receiver optical specifications
138.7.3 Illustrative link power budget
138.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
138.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
138.8.1.1 Multi-lane testing considerations
138.8.2 Center wavelength and spectral width
138.8.3 Average optical power
138.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
138.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
138.8.5.1 TDECQ reference equalizer
138.8.6 Extinction ratio
138.8.7 Transmitter transition time
138.8.8 Relative intensity noise (RIN12OMA)
138.8.9 Receiver sensitivity
138.8.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
138.8.10.1 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test
138.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
138.9.1 General safety
138.9.2 Laser safety
138.9.3 Installation
138.9.4 Environment
138.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
138.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
138.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
138.10 Fiber optic cabling model
138.10.1 Fiber optic cabling model
138.10.2 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
138.10.2.1 Optical fiber cable
138.10.2.2 Optical fiber connection
138.10.2.2.1 Connection insertion loss
138.10.2.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
138.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
138.10.3.1 Optical lane assignments for 100GBASE-SR2, 200GBASE-SR4, and 400GBASE-SR8
138.10.3.2 MDI requirements for 50GBASE-SR
138.10.3.3 MDI requirements for 100GBASE-SR2 and 200GBASE-SR4
138.10.3.4 MDI requirements for 400GBASE-SR8
138.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 138, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 50GBASE-SR, 100GBASE-SR2, 200GBASE-SR4, 400GBASE-SR8
138.11.1 Introduction
138.11.2 Identification
138.11.2.1 Implementation identification
138.11.2.2 Protocol summary
138.11.3 Major capabilities/options
138.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 50GBASE-SR, 100GBASE-SR2, 200GBASE-SR4, 400GBASE-SR8
138.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications
138.11.4.2 Management functions
138.11.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications
138.11.4.4 Optical measurement methods
138.11.4.5 Environmental specifications
138.11.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
139. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 50GBASE-FR, 50GBASE-LR, and 50GBASE-ER
139.1 Overview
139.1.1 Bit error ratio
139.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
139.3 Delay and Skew
139.3.1 Delay constraints
139.3.2 Skew constraints
139.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
139.5 PMD functional specifications
139.5.1 PMD block diagram
139.5.2 PMD transmit function
139.5.3 PMD receive function
139.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
139.5.5 PMD reset function
139.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
139.5.7 PMD fault function (optional)
139.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
139.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional)
139.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-FR, 50GBASE-LR, and 50GBASE-ER
139.6.1 50GBASE-FR, 50GBASE-LR, and 50GBASE-ER transmitter optical specifications
139.6.2 50GBASE-FR, 50GBASE-LR, and 50GBASE-ER receive optical specifications
139.6.3 50GBASE-FR, 50GBASE-LR, and 50GBASE-ER illustrative link power budgets
139.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
139.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
139.7.2 Wavelength and side-mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
139.7.3 Average optical power
139.7.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
139.7.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
139.7.5.1 TDECQ conformance test setup
139.7.5.2 Channel requirements
139.7.5.3 TDECQ measurement method
139.7.5.4 TDECQ reference equalizer
139.7.6 Extinction ratio
139.7.7 Transmitter transition time
139.7.8 Relative intensity noise (RIN17.1OMA, RIN15.6OMA, and RIN15OMA)
139.7.9 Receiver sensitivity
139.7.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
139.7.10.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
139.7.10.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
139.7.10.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification
139.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
139.8.1 General safety
139.8.2 Laser safety
139.8.3 Installation
139.8.4 Environment
139.8.5 Electromagnetic emission
139.8.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
139.8.7 PMD labeling requirements
139.9 Fiber optic cabling model
139.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
139.10.1 Optical fiber cable
139.10.2 Optical fiber connection
139.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss
139.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
139.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
139.11 Requirements for interoperation between 50GBASE-ER and 50GBASE-FR
139.12 Requirements for interoperation between 50GBASE-ER and 50GBASE-LR
139.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 139, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 50GBASE-FR, 50GBASE-LR, and 50GBASE-ER
139.13.1 Introduction
139.13.2 Identification
139.13.2.1 Implementation identification
139.13.2.2 Protocol summary
139.13.3 Major capabilities/options
139.13.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 50GBASE-FR, 50GBASE-LR, and 50GBASE-ER
139.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications
139.13.4.2 Management functions
139.13.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-FR
139.13.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-LR
139.13.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-ER
139.13.4.6 Optical measurement methods
139.13.4.7 Environmental specifications
139.13.4.8 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MD
140. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-DR, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1
140.1 Overview
140.1.1 Bit error ratio
140.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
140.3 Delay and Skew
140.3.1 Delay constraints
140.3.2 Skew constraints
140.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
140.5 PMD functional specifications
140.5.1 PMD block diagram
140.5.2 PMD transmit function
140.5.3 PMD receive function
140.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
140.5.5 PMD reset function
140.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
140.5.7 PMD fault function (optional)
140.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
140.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional)
140.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-DR, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1
140.6.1 100GBASE-DR, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1 transmitter optical specifications
140.6.2 100GBASE-DR, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1 receive optical specifications
140.6.3 100GBASE-DR, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1 illustrative link power budgets
140.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
140.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
140.7.2 Wavelength and side-mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
140.7.3 Average optical power
140.7.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
140.7.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
140.7.5.1 TDECQ reference equalizer
140.7.5.2 Channel requirements
140.7.6 Transmitter eye closure for PAM4 (TECQ)
140.7.7 Over/under-shoot
140.7.8 Transmitter power excursion
140.7.9 Extinction ratio
140.7.10 Transmitter transition time
140.7.11 Relative intensity noise (RINxOMA)
140.7.12 Receiver sensitivity
140.7.12.1 Receiver sensitivity for 100GBASE-DR
140.7.12.2 Receiver sensitivity for 100GBASE-FR1 and 100GBASE-LR1
140.7.13 Stressed receiver sensitivity
140.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
140.8.1 General safety
140.8.2 Laser safety
140.8.3 Installation
140.8.4 Environment
140.8.5 Electromagnetic emission
140.8.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
140.8.7 PMD labeling requirements
140.9 Fiber optic cabling model
140.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
140.10.1 Optical fiber cable
140.10.2 Optical fiber connection
140.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss
140.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
140.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
140.11 Interoperation between 100GBASE-DR, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1
140.11.1 Interoperation between 100GBASE-FR1 and 100GBASE-DR
140.11.2 Interoperation between 100GBASE-LR1 and 100GBASE-DR
140.11.3 Interoperation between 100GBASE-LR1 and 100GBASE-FR1
140.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 140, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-DR, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1
140.12.1 Introduction
140.12.2 Identification
140.12.2.1 Implementation identification
140.12.2.2 Protocol summary
140.12.3 Major capabilities/options
140.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-DR, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1, 100GBASE-FR1, and 100GBASE-LR1
140.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
140.12.4.2 Management functions
140.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-DR
140.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-FR1
140.12.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-LR1
140.12.4.6 Optical measurement methods
140.12.4.7 Environmental specifications
140.12.4.8 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
141. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for Nx25G-EPON passive optical networks
141.1 Overview
141.1.1 Terminology
141.1.2 Positioning of the PMD sublayer within the IEEE 802.3 architecture
141.1.3 PHY link types
141.2 PMD nomenclature
141.2.1 Introduction
141.2.2 PMD rate classes
141.2.3 PMD coexistence classes
141.2.4 PMD transmission direction classes
141.2.5 PMD power classes
141.2.6 PMD naming
141.2.7 Supported combinations of OLT and ONU PMDs
141.2.7.1 PHY Links supporting medium power budget
141.2.7.2 PHY Links supporting high power budget
141.3 PMD functional specifications
141.3.1 PMD service interface
141.3.1.1 Channel-to-wavelength mapping
141.3.1.2 Delay constraints
141.3.1.3 PMD_UNITDATA[i].request
141.3.1.4 PMD_UNITDATA[i].indication
141.3.1.5 PMD_SIGNAL[i].request
141.3.1.6 PMD_SIGNAL[i].indication
141.3.2 PMD block diagram
141.3.3 PMD transmit function
141.3.4 PMD receive function
141.3.5 PMD signal detect function
141.3.5.1 ONU PMD signal detect
141.3.5.2 OLT PMD signal detect
141.3.5.3 Nx25G-EPON signal detect functions
141.4 Wavelength allocation
141.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for OLT PMDs
141.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications
141.5.2 Receiver optical specifications
141.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for ONU PMDs
141.6.1 Transmitter optical specifications
141.6.2 Receiver optical specifications
141.7 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods
141.7.1 Insertion loss
141.7.2 Test patterns
141.7.3 Wavelength and spectral width measurement
141.7.4 Optical power measurements
141.7.5 Extinction ratio measurements
141.7.6 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) test procedure
141.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure
141.7.8 Transmit optical waveform (transmit eye)
141.7.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) for 25G
141.7.9.1 Reference transmitter requirements
141.7.9.2 Channel requirements
141.7.9.3 Reference receiver requirements
141.7.9.4 Test procedure
141.7.10 Receive sensitivity
141.7.11 Stressed receiver conformance test
141.7.12 Jitter measurements
141.7.13 Laser on/off timing measurement
141.7.13.1 Definitions
141.7.13.2 Test specification
141.7.14 Receiver settling timing measurement
141.7.14.1 Definitions
141.7.14.2 Test specification
141.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling
141.8.1 General safety
141.8.2 Laser safety
141.8.3 Installation
141.8.4 Environment
141.8.5 PMD labeling
141.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling
141.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model
141.9.2 Optical fiber and cable
141.9.3 Optical fiber connection
141.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
141.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 141, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for Nx25G-EPON passive optical networks
141.10.1 Introduction
141.10.2 Identification
141.10.2.1 Implementation identification
141.10.2.2 Protocol summary
141.10.3 Major capabilities/options
141.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 25/10GBASE-PQ, 25GBASE-PQ, 50/10GBASE-PQ, 50/25GBASE-PQ, and 50GBASE-PQ
141.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications
141.10.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25/10GBASE-PQG-D2
141.10.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25/10GBASE-PQG-D3
141.10.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25/10GBASE-PQX-D2
141.10.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25/10GBASE-PQX-D3
141.10.4.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-PQG-D2
141.10.4.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-PQG-D3
141.10.4.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-PQX-D2
141.10.4.9 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-PQX-D3
141.10.4.10 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/10GBASE-PQG-D2
141.10.4.11 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/10GBASE-PQG-D3
141.10.4.12 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/10GBASE-PQX-D2
141.10.4.13 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/10GBASE-PQX-D3
141.10.4.14 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/25GBASE-PQG-D2
141.10.4.15 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/25GBASE-PQG-D3
141.10.4.16 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/25GBASE-PQX-D2
141.10.4.17 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/25GBASE-PQX-D3
141.10.4.18 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-PQG-D2
141.10.4.19 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-PQG-D3
141.10.4.20 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-PQX-D2
141.10.4.21 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-PQX-D3
141.10.4.22 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25/10GBASE-PQG-U2
141.10.4.23 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25/10GBASE-PQG-U3
141.10.4.24 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25/10GBASE-PQX-U2
141.10.4.25 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25/10GBASE-PQX-U3
141.10.4.26 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-PQG-U2
141.10.4.27 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-PQG-U3
141.10.4.28 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-PQX-U2
141.10.4.29 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-PQX-U3
141.10.4.30 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/10GBASE-PQG-U2
141.10.4.31 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/10GBASE-PQG-U3
141.10.4.32 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/10GBASE-PQX-U2
141.10.4.33 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/10GBASE-PQX-U3
141.10.4.34 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/25GBASE-PQG-U2
141.10.4.35 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/25GBASE-PQG-U3
141.10.4.36 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/25GBASE-PQX-U2
141.10.4.37 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50/25GBASE-PQX-U3
141.10.4.38 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-PQG-U2
141.10.4.39 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-PQG-U3
141.10.4.40 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-PQX-U2
141.10.4.41 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-PQX-U3
141.10.4.42 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods
141.10.4.43 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
141.10.4.44 Environmental specifications
142. Physical Coding Sublayer and Physical Media Attachment for Nx25G-EPON
142.1 Overview
142.1.1 Conventions
142.1.1.1 State diagrams
142.1.1.2 Hexadecimal notation
142.1.1.3 Timers
142.1.1.4 Operations on variables
142.1.1.5 Operations on wrap-around variables
142.1.1.6 FIFO access operations
142.1.2 Delay constraints
142.1.3 Burst transmission
142.1.3.1 Default synchronization pattern parameters
142.2 PCS transmit data path
142.2.1 64B/66B line encoder
142.2.2 Scrambler
142.2.3 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder
142.2.4 FEC encoder
142.2.4.1 Low-density parity-check coding
142.2.4.2 FEC encoding process
142.2.4.3 Interleaver
142.2.5 Transmit data path state diagrams
142.2.5.1 Constants
142.2.5.2 Variables
142.2.5.3 Functions
142.2.5.4 State diagrams
142.2.5.4.1 PCS Input process
142.2.5.4.2 PCS Framer process
142.2.5.4.3 PCS Transmit process
142.3 PCS receive data path
142.3.1 FEC decoder
142.3.1.1 Receive interleaving
142.3.2 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder
142.3.3 Descrambler
142.3.4 64B/66B decoder
142.3.5 Receive data path state diagrams
142.3.5.1 Constants
142.3.5.2 Variables
142.3.5.3 Functions
142.3.5.4 OLT Synchronizer process state diagram
142.3.5.5 ONU Synchronizer process state diagram
142.3.5.6 PCS ONU BER Monitor process
142.3.5.7 PCS Output process
142.4 Nx25G-EPON PMA
142.4.1 Service Interface
142.4.1.1 PMA_UNITDATA[i].request
142.4.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive
142.4.1.1.2 When generated
142.4.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
142.4.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA[i].indication
142.4.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive
142.4.1.2.2 When generated
142.4.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
142.4.1.3 PMA_SIGNAL[i].request
142.4.1.4 PMA_SIGNAL[i].indication
142.4.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive
142.4.1.4.2 When generated
142.4.1.4.3 Effect of receipt
142.4.2 Differential encoder
142.4.3 Differential decoder
142.4.4 PMA transmit clock
142.4.4.1 Loop-timing specifications for ONUs
142.4.5 TCDR measurement
142.4.5.1 Definitions
142.4.5.2 Test specification
142.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 142, Physical Coding Sublayer and Physical Media Attachment for Nx25G-EPON
142.5.1 Introduction
142.5.2 Identification
142.5.2.1 Implementation identification
142.5.2.2 Protocol summary
142.5.3 PCS capabilities/options
142.5.4 PCS processes
142.5.5 PMA processes
143. Multi-Channel Reconciliation Sublayer
143.1 Overview
143.2 Summary of major concepts
143.2.1 Concept of a logical link and LLID
143.2.2 Concept of an MCRS channel
143.2.3 Binding of multiple MACs to multiple xMII instances
143.2.4 Transmission and reception over multiple MCRS channels
143.2.4.1 Transmission unit
143.2.4.2 Transmission envelopes
143.2.4.3 Envelope headers
143.2.4.4 Interpacket gap adjustment
143.2.5 Dynamic channel bonding
143.2.5.1 LLID transmission over multiple MCRS channels
143.2.5.2 MCRS channel skew remediation mechanism
143.2.5.3 EnvTx and EnvRx buffers
143.2.5.4 Envelope position alignment marker
143.2.6 MDIO addressing model for multi-channel architecture
143.3 MCRS functional specifications
143.3.1 MCRS interfaces
143.3.1.1 PLS service primitives
143.3.1.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA[ch].request primitive
143.3.1.1.2 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL[ch].indication primitive
143.3.1.1.3 Mapping of PLS_DATA[ch].indication primitive
143.3.1.1.4 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID[ch].indication primitive
143.3.1.1.5 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER[ch].indication primitive
143.3.1.2 MCRS control primitives
143.3.1.2.1 MCRS_CTRL[ch].request(link_id, epam, env_length) primitive
143.3.1.2.2 MCRS_CTRL[ch].indication() primitive
143.3.1.2.3 MCRS_ECH[ch].indication(Llid) primitive
143.3.1.3 XGMII interfaces
143.3.1.4 25GMII interfaces
143.3.2 Envelope header format
143.3.2.1 CRC8 calculation test sequences
143.3.3 Transmit functional specifications
143.3.3.1 Conventions
143.3.3.2 Application-specific parameter definitions
143.3.3.3 Constants
143.3.3.4 Variables
143.3.3.5 Functions
143.3.3.6 State diagrams
143.3.3.6.1 Input process
143.3.3.6.2 Transmit process
143.3.4 Receive functional specifications
143.3.4.1 Conventions
143.3.4.2 Constants
143.3.4.3 Variables
143.3.4.4 Functions
143.3.4.5 State diagrams
143.3.4.5.1 Receive process
143.3.4.5.2 Output process
143.4 Nx25G-EPON MCRS requirements
143.4.1 Nx25G-EPON architecture
143.4.1.1 MCRS channels
143.4.1.2 Symmetric and asymmetric data rates
143.4.1.3 Nx25G-EPON application-specific parameters
143.4.1.3.1 Constants
143.4.1.3.2 Transmit variables
143.4.2 MCRS time synchronization
143.4.3 Delay variability constraints
143.4.4 Asymmetric rate operation
143.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 143, Multi-Channel Reconciliation Sublayer
143.5.1 Introduction
143.5.2 Identification
143.5.2.1 Implementation identification
143.5.2.2 Protocol summary
143.5.3 Generic MCRS
143.5.4 MCRS in Nx25G-EPON
143.5.4.1 Major capabilities/option
143.5.4.2 MCRS implementation in Nx25G-EPON
144. Multipoint MAC Control for Nx25G-EPON
144.1 Overview
144.1.1 Principles of point-to-multipoint operation
144.1.1.1 Transmission arbitration
144.1.1.2 Concept of logical links
144.1.1.3 ONU discovery and registration
144.1.2 Position of Multipoint MAC Control (MPMC) within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy
144.1.3 Functional block diagram
144.1.4 Service interfaces
144.1.4.1 MAC Control service (MCS) interface
144.1.4.2 MAC Control interconnect (MCI)
144.1.4.3 MAC service Interface
144.1.4.4 MCRS Control interface
144.1.5 Conventions
144.2 Protocol-independent operation
144.2.1 Control Parser and Control Multiplexer
144.2.1.1 Constants
144.2.1.2 Counters
144.2.1.3 Variables
144.2.1.4 Functions
144.2.1.5 Control Parser state diagram
144.2.1.6 Control Multiplexer state diagram
144.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP)
144.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP)
144.3.1.1 Ranging measurement and time synchronization
144.3.1.2 Granting access to the PON media by the OLT
144.3.2 MPCP block diagram
144.3.3 Delay variability requirements
144.3.4 Logical link identifier (LLID) types
144.3.4.1 Physical Layer ID (PLID)
144.3.4.2 Management link ID (MLID)
144.3.4.3 User link ID (ULID)
144.3.4.4 Group link ID (GLID)
144.3.5 Allocation of LLID values
144.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding
144.3.6.1 GATE description
144.3.6.2 REPORT description
144.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description
144.3.6.4 REGISTER description
144.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description
144.3.6.6 DISCOVERY description
144.3.6.7 SYNC_PATTERN description
144.3.7 Discovery process
144.3.7.1 Constants
144.3.7.2 Counters
144.3.7.3 Variables
144.3.7.4 Functions
144.3.7.5 Messages
144.3.7.6 Discovery Initiation state diagram
144.3.7.7 Registration Completion state diagram
144.3.7.8 ONU Registration state diagram
144.3.8 Granting process
144.3.8.1 Constants
144.3.8.2 Counters
144.3.8.3 Variables
144.3.8.4 Functions
144.3.8.5 Timers
144.3.8.6 Messages
144.3.8.7 GATE Generation state diagram
144.3.8.8 GATE Reception state diagram
144.3.8.9 OLT Envelope Commitment state diagram
144.3.8.10 ONU Envelope Commitment state diagram
144.3.8.11 Envelope Activation state diagram
144.3.9 Discovery process in dual-rate systems
144.3.9.1 OLT rate-specific discovery
144.3.9.2 ONU rate-specific registration
144.4 Channel Control Protocol (CCP)
144.4.1 CCP block diagram
144.4.2 Principles of Channel Control Protocol
144.4.2.1 Disabling a downstream channel at an ONU
144.4.2.2 Enabling a downstream channel at an ONU
144.4.2.3 Disabling an upstream channel at an ONU
144.4.2.4 Enabling an upstream channel at an ONU
144.4.2.5 Local channel state changes at an ONU
144.4.3 CCPDU structure and encoding
144.4.3.1 CC_REQUEST description
144.4.3.2 CC_RESPONSE description
144.4.4 Channel Control operation
144.4.4.1 Constants
144.4.4.2 Variables
144.4.4.3 Functions
144.4.4.4 Messages
144.4.4.5 OLT CCPDU processing state diagram
144.4.4.6 ONU CCPDU processing state diagram
144.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 144, Multipoint MAC Control for Nx25G-EPON
144.5.1 Introduction
144.5.2 Identification
144.5.2.1 Implementation identification
144.5.2.2 Protocol summary
144.5.3 Major capabilities/options
144.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control
144.5.4.1 Clock tracking
144.5.4.2 LLID
144.5.4.3 Protocol-independent state diagrams
144.5.4.4 MPCP
144.5.4.5 CCP
145. Power over Ethernet
145.1 Overview
145.1.1 Compatibility considerations
145.1.2 Relationship of Power over Ethernet to the IEEE 802.3 Architecture
145.1.3 System parameters
145.1.4 Cabling requirements
145.2 Power sourcing equipment (PSE)
145.2.1 PSE Type descriptions
145.2.2 PSE location
145.2.3 Midspan PSE variants
145.2.4 PSE PI
145.2.5 PSE state diagrams
145.2.5.1 State diagram overview and timing
145.2.5.2 Conventions
145.2.5.2.1 Alternative designation
145.2.5.3 Constants
145.2.5.4 Variables
145.2.5.5 Timers
145.2.5.6 Functions
145.2.5.7 State diagrams
145.2.6 PSE detection of PDs
145.2.6.1 PSE detection validation circuit
145.2.6.2 Detection probe requirements
145.2.6.3 Detection criteria
145.2.6.4 Rejection criteria
145.2.6.5 Open circuit criteria
145.2.7 Connection check
145.2.8 PSE classification of PDs and mutual identification
145.2.8.1 PSE Multiple-Event Physical Layer classification
145.2.8.2 Autoclass (optional)
145.2.9 4PID requirements
145.2.10 Power supply output
145.2.10.1 Output voltage in the power on states
145.2.10.2 Output voltage pair-to-pair difference
145.2.10.3 Voltage transients
145.2.10.4 Reflected voltage
145.2.10.5 Power feeding ripple and noise
145.2.10.6 Continuous current capability in the power on states
145.2.10.6.1 PSE pair-to-pair current unbalance
145.2.10.7 Current during power up
145.2.10.8 Overload current
145.2.10.9 Short circuit current
145.2.10.10 Turn off time
145.2.10.11 Turn off voltage
145.2.10.12 Intra-pair current unbalance
145.2.10.13 Type power
145.2.10.14 Power turn on time
145.2.10.15 Error delay timing
145.2.10.16 PSE stability
145.2.11 Power supply allocation
145.2.12 PSE Maintain Power Signature (MPS) requirements
145.3 Powered devices (PDs)
145.3.1 PD Type descriptions
145.3.2 PD PI
145.3.3 PD state diagrams
145.3.3.1 Conventions
145.3.3.2 Mode designation
145.3.3.3 Single-signature PD state diagrams
145.3.3.3.1 Constants
145.3.3.3.2 Variables
145.3.3.3.3 Timers
145.3.3.3.4 Functions
145.3.3.3.5 State diagrams
145.3.3.4 Dual-signature PD state diagram
145.3.3.4.1 Constants
145.3.3.4.2 Variables
145.3.3.4.3 Timers
145.3.3.4.4 Functions
145.3.3.4.5 State diagram
145.3.4 PD valid and non-valid detection signatures
145.3.5 PD signature configurations
145.3.6 PD classification
145.3.6.1 PD Multiple-Event class signature
145.3.6.1.1 Mark Event behavior
145.3.6.2 Autoclass (optional)
145.3.7 PSE Type identification
145.3.8 PD power
145.3.8.1 Input voltage
145.3.8.2 Input average power
145.3.8.2.1 Input average power exceptions
145.3.8.2.2 System stability test conditions during startup and steady state operation
145.3.8.3 Input inrush current
145.3.8.4 Peak operating power
145.3.8.4.1 Peak operating power exceptions
145.3.8.5 Input current slew rate
145.3.8.6 PD behavior during transients at the PSE PI
145.3.8.7 Ripple and noise
145.3.8.8 Reflected voltage
145.3.8.9 PD pair-to-pair current unbalance
145.3.9 PD Maintain Power Signature
145.4 Additional electrical specifications
145.4.1 Electrical isolation
145.4.1.1 Electrical isolation environments
145.4.1.1.1 Environment A requirements
145.4.1.1.2 Environment B requirements
145.4.2 Fault tolerance
145.4.3 Impedance balance
145.4.4 Common-mode output voltage
145.4.5 Pair-to-pair output noise voltage
145.4.6 Differential noise voltage
145.4.7 Return loss
145.4.8 100BASE-TX transformer droop
145.4.9 Midspan PSE device additional requirements
145.4.9.1 Connector Midspan PSE device transmission requirements
145.4.9.1.1 Near End Crosstalk (NEXT)
145.4.9.1.2 Insertion loss
145.4.9.1.3 Return loss
145.4.9.2 Cord Midspan PSE
145.4.9.2.1 Maximum link delay
145.4.9.2.2 Maximum link delay skew
145.4.9.3 Midspan signal path requirements
145.4.9.3.1 Alternative A Midspan PSE signal path transfer function
145.4.9.4 Coupling parameters between link segments
145.4.9.4.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss
145.4.9.4.2 Multiple disturber power sum alien far-end crosstalk (PSAFEXT) loss
145.5 Data Link Layer classification
145.5.1 TLV frame definition
145.5.2 Data Link Layer classification timing requirements
145.5.3 Power control state diagrams
145.5.3.1 Conventions
145.5.3.2 PSE power control state diagrams
145.5.3.2.1 Alternative designation
145.5.3.2.2 Variables
145.5.3.2.3 Functions
145.5.3.2.4 Attribute to state diagram variable mapping
145.5.3.2.5 State diagrams
145.5.3.3 Single-signature PD power control state diagrams
145.5.3.3.1 Variables
145.5.3.3.2 Timers
145.5.3.3.3 Functions
145.5.3.3.4 Attribute to state diagram variable mapping
145.5.3.3.5 State diagrams
145.5.3.4 Dual-signature PD power control state diagrams
145.5.3.4.1 Mode designation
145.5.3.4.2 Variables
145.5.3.4.3 Functions
145.5.3.4.4 Attribute to state diagram variable mapping
145.5.3.4.5 State diagrams
145.5.4 Power requests and allocations
145.5.5 State change procedure across a link (single-signature)
145.5.5.1 PSE state change procedure across a link (single-signature)
145.5.5.2 PD state change procedure across a link (single-signature)
145.5.6 State change procedure across a link (dual-signature)
145.5.6.1 Transitions between 2-pair and 4-pair mode (dual-signature)
145.5.6.2 PSE state change procedure across a link (dual-signature)
145.5.6.3 PD state change procedure across a link (dual-signature)
145.5.7 Autoclass
145.6 Environmental
145.6.1 General safety
145.6.2 Network safety
145.6.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
145.6.4 Patch panel considerations
145.6.5 Electromagnetic emissions
145.6.6 Temperature and humidity
145.6.7 Labeling
145.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 145, Power over Ethernet
145.7.1 Introduction
145.7.2 Identification
145.7.2.1 Implementation identification
145.7.2.2 Protocol summary
145.7.2.3 PD Major capabilities/options
145.7.2.4 PSE Major capabilities/options
145.7.3 PICS proforma tables for Power over Ethernet
145.7.3.1 Power sourcing equipment
145.7.3.2 Powered devices
145.7.3.3 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE and PD
145.7.3.4 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE
145.7.3.5 Electrical specifications applicable to the PD
145.7.3.6 Data Link Layer classification requirements
145.7.3.7 Environmental specifications applicable to PSEs and PDs
145.7.3.8 Environmental specifications applicable to the PSE
146. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T1L
146.1 Overview
146.1.1 Relationship of 10BASE-T1L to other standards
146.1.2 Operation of 10BASE-T1L
146.1.2.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
146.1.2.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
146.1.2.3 EEE capability
146.1.2.4 Signaling
146.1.3 Conventions in this clause
146.1.3.1 State diagram notation
146.1.3.2 State diagram timer specifications
146.1.3.3 Service specifications
146.2 Service primitives and interfaces
146.2.1 PMA_LINK.request
146.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.1.2 When generated
146.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.2 PMA_LINK.indication
146.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.2.2 When generated
146.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.3 PMA_TXMODE.indication
146.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.3.2 When generated
146.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
146.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.4.2 When generated
146.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.5 PMA_UNITDATA.request
146.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.5.2 When generated
146.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.6 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication
146.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.6.2 When generated
146.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.7 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request
146.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.7.2 When generated
146.2.7.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.8 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request
146.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.8.2 When generated
146.2.8.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.9 PMA_TXEN.request (tx_enable_mii)
146.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.9.2 When generated
146.2.9.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.10 PMA_RX_LPI_STATUS.request (rx_lpi_active)
146.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.10.2 When generated
146.2.10.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.11 PMA_TX_LPI_STATUS.request (tx_lpi_active)
146.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.11.2 When generated
146.2.11.3 Effect of receipt
146.2.12 PMA_TX_LPI_STATUS.indication
146.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive
146.2.12.2 When generated
146.2.12.3 Effect of receipt
146.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) functions
146.3.1 PCS Reset function
146.3.2 PCS Data Transmission Enable
146.3.2.1 Variables
146.3.3 PCS Transmit
146.3.3.1 PCS Transmit state diagram
146.3.3.1.1 Variables
146.3.3.1.2 Functions
146.3.3.1.3 Timers
146.3.3.1.4 Abbreviations
146.3.3.1.5 Constants
146.3.3.1.6 State diagram
146.3.3.2 PCS Transmit multiplexer state diagram
146.3.3.2.1 Variables
146.3.3.2.2 Timers
146.3.3.2.3 Abbreviations
146.3.3.2.4 State diagram
146.3.3.3 PCS Transmit symbol generation
146.3.3.4 Data and idle stream scrambling
146.3.3.4.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomial
146.3.3.4.2 Generation of Syn[3:0]
146.3.3.4.3 Generation of scrambled bits Sdn[3:0]
146.3.3.5 Generation of code-groups
146.3.3.5.1 Generation of code-groups in mode SEND_N and SEND_I
146.3.3.5.2 Generation of code-groups in mode SEND_Z
146.3.4 PCS Receive
146.3.4.1 PCS Receive overview
146.3.4.1.1 Variables
146.3.4.1.2 Functions
146.3.4.1.3 Timers
146.3.4.1.4 Constants
146.3.4.1.5 State diagrams
146.3.4.2 PCS Receive symbol decoding
146.3.4.3 PCS Receive descrambler polynomial
146.3.4.4 PCS Receive automatic polarity detection
146.3.5 PCS loopback
146.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
146.4.1 PMA Reset function
146.4.2 PMA Transmit function
146.4.3 PMA Receive function
146.4.4 PHY Control function
146.4.4.1 Variables
146.4.4.2 Timers
146.4.4.3 State diagram
146.4.5 Link Monitor function
146.4.5.1 Variables
146.4.5.2 State diagram
146.4.6 PMA clock recovery
146.4.7 LPI quiet-refresh cycling
146.4.7.1 Variables
146.4.7.2 Timers
146.4.7.3 State diagram
146.5 PMA electrical specifications
146.5.1 EMC tests
146.5.1.1 Immunity—DPI test
146.5.1.2 Emission—Conducted emission test
146.5.2 Test modes
146.5.3 Test fixture
146.5.4 Transmitter electrical specifications
146.5.4.1 Transmitter output voltage
146.5.4.2 Transmitter output droop
146.5.4.3 Transmitter timing jitter
146.5.4.4 Transmitter Power Spectral Density (PSD) and power level
146.5.4.5 Transmit clock frequency
146.5.5 Receiver electrical specifications
146.5.5.1 Receiver differential input signals
146.5.5.2 Receiver frequency tolerance
146.5.5.3 Alien crosstalk noise rejection
146.5.6 PMA local loopback
146.6 Management interface
146.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation
146.6.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration
146.6.3 PHY initialization
146.6.4 Increased transmit level configuration
146.6.5 EEE configuration
146.6.6 PMA and PCS MDIO function mapping
146.7 Link segment characteristics
146.7.1 Link transmission parameters for 10BASE-T1L
146.7.1.1 Insertion loss
146.7.1.1.1 Insertion loss for PHYs in the 2.4 Vpp operation mode
146.7.1.1.2 Insertion loss supported for PHYs in 1.0 Vpp operation mode
146.7.1.2 Return loss
146.7.1.3 Maximum link delay
146.7.1.4 Differential-to-common-mode conversion
146.7.1.5 Coupling attenuation
146.7.1.6 Electromagnetic classifications
146.7.2 Coupling parameters between 10BASE-T1L link segments
146.7.2.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss
146.7.2.2 Multiple disturber power sum alien far-end crosstalk (PSAFEXT) loss
146.8 MDI specification
146.8.1 MDI connectors
146.8.2 MDI electrical specification
146.8.3 MDI return loss
146.8.4 MDI mode conversion loss
146.8.5 MDI DC power voltage tolerance
146.8.6 MDI fault tolerance
146.9 Environmental specifications
146.9.1 General safety
146.9.2 Network safety
146.9.2.1 Environmental safety
146.9.2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility
146.10 Delay constraints
146.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 146, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T1L
146.11.1 Introduction
146.11.2 Identification
146.11.2.1 Implementation identification
146.11.2.2 Protocol summary
146.11.3 Major capabilities/options
146.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T1L
146.11.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
146.11.4.1.1 PCS Transmit
146.11.4.1.2 PCS Receive
146.11.4.1.3 PCS loopback
146.11.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
146.11.4.2.1 PMA function
146.11.4.2.2 PMA electrical specification
146.11.4.3 Management interface
146.11.4.4 Link Segment characteristics
146.11.4.5 MDI specifications
146.11.4.6 Environmental specifications
146.11.4.7 Delay constraints
147. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T1S
147.1 Overview
147.1.1 Relationship of 10BASE-T1S to other standards
147.1.2 Operation of 10BASE-T1S
147.1.3 Conventions in this clause
147.1.3.1 State diagram notation
147.1.3.2 State diagram timer specifications
147.1.3.3 Service specifications
147.2 Service primitives and interfaces
147.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
147.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
147.2.1.2 When generated
147.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
147.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request
147.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
147.2.2.2 When generated
147.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
147.2.3 Mapping of PMA_CARRIER.indication
147.2.3.1 Function
147.2.3.2 Semantic of the service primitive
147.2.3.3 When generated
147.2.4 PMA_LINK.request
147.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
147.2.4.2 When generated
147.2.5 PMA_LINK.indication
147.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
147.2.5.2 When generated
147.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
147.2.6 PCS_STATUS.indication
147.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
147.2.6.2 When generated
147.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
147.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) functions
147.3.1 PCS Reset function
147.3.2 PCS Transmit
147.3.2.1 PCS Transmit overview
147.3.2.2 Variables
147.3.2.3 Constants
147.3.2.4 Functions
147.3.2.5 Abbreviations
147.3.2.6 Timers
147.3.2.7 State diagram
147.3.2.8 Self-synchronizing scrambler
147.3.2.9 Jabber functional requirements
147.3.3 PCS Receive
147.3.3.1 PCS Receive overview
147.3.3.2 Variables
147.3.3.3 Constants
147.3.3.4 Functions
147.3.3.5 Abbreviations
147.3.3.6 Timers
147.3.3.7 State diagrams
147.3.3.8 Self-synchronizing descrambler
147.3.3.9 Jabber diagnostics
147.3.4 PCS loopback
147.3.5 Collision detection
147.3.6 Carrier sense
147.3.7 Support for PCS status generation
147.3.7.1 Heartbeat transmit overview
147.3.7.1.1 Variables
147.3.7.1.2 Timers
147.3.7.1.3 State diagram
147.3.7.2 Heartbeat receive overview
147.3.7.2.1 Variables
147.3.7.2.2 Constants
147.3.7.2.3 Timers
147.3.7.2.4 State diagram
147.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
147.4.1 PMA Reset function
147.4.2 PMA Transmit function
147.4.3 PMA Receive function
147.4.4 Link Monitor function
147.4.4.1 Link Monitor overview
147.4.4.2 Variables
147.5 PMA electrical specifications
147.5.1 EMC tests
147.5.1.1 Immunity—DPI test
147.5.1.2 Emission—Conducted emission test
147.5.2 Test modes
147.5.3 Test fixtures
147.5.4 Transmitter electrical specification
147.5.4.1 Transmitter output voltage
147.5.4.2 Transmitter output droop
147.5.4.3 Transmitter timing jitter
147.5.4.4 Transmitter Power Spectral Density (PSD)
147.5.4.4.1 Upper PSD
147.5.4.4.2 PSD mask
147.5.4.5 Transmitter high impedance mode
147.5.5 Receiver electrical specifications
147.5.5.1 Receiver differential input signals
147.5.5.2 Alien crosstalk noise rejection
147.5.6 PMA local loopback
147.6 Management interface
147.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation
147.7 Point-to-point link segment characteristics
147.7.1 Insertion loss
147.7.2 Return loss
147.7.3 Mode conversion loss
147.7.4 Power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT)
147.7.5 Power sum alien attenuation to crosstalk ratio far-end (PSAACRF)
147.8 Mixing segment characteristics
147.8.1 Insertion loss
147.8.2 Return loss
147.8.3 Mode conversion loss
147.9 MDI specification
147.9.1 MDI connectors
147.9.2 MDI electrical specification
147.9.3 MDI line powering voltage tolerance
147.9.4 MDI fault tolerance
147.10 Environmental specifications
147.10.1 General safety
147.10.2 Network safety
147.10.2.1 Environmental safety
147.10.2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility
147.11 Delay constraints
147.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 147, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T1S
147.12.1 Introduction
147.12.2 Identification
147.12.2.1 Implementation identification
147.12.2.2 Protocol summary
147.12.3 Major capabilities/options
147.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T1S
147.12.4.1 PCS Transmit
147.12.4.2 PCS Receive
147.12.4.3 PCS loopback
147.12.4.4 Collision detection
147.12.4.5 Support for PCS status generation
147.12.4.6 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
147.12.4.6.1 PMA function
147.12.4.6.2 PMA electrical specification
147.12.4.7 Point-to-point link Segment characteristics
147.12.4.8 Mixing Segment characteristics
147.12.4.9 MDI specification
147.12.4.10 Delay constraints
148. PLCA Reconciliation Sublayer (RS)
148.1 Introduction
148.1.1 Conventions in this clause
148.1.1.1 State diagram notation
148.1.1.2 State diagram timer specifications
148.1.1.3 Service specifications
148.2 Overview
148.3 Relationship with other IEEE standards
148.4 PLCA Reconciliation Sublayer operation
148.4.1 General
148.4.2 Mapping of MII signals to PLS service primitives and PLCA functions
148.4.2.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request
148.4.2.1.1 Function
148.4.2.1.2 Semantic of the service primitive
148.4.2.1.3 When generated
148.4.2.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication
148.4.2.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication
148.4.2.3.1 Function
148.4.2.3.2 Semantic of the service primitive
148.4.2.3.3 When generated
148.4.2.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication
148.4.2.4.1 Function
148.4.2.4.2 Semantic of the service primitive
148.4.2.4.3 When generated
148.4.2.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication
148.4.2.6 Generation of TX_ER
148.4.2.7 Response to RX_ER indication
148.4.3 Requirements for the PHY
148.4.3.1 PHY response to PLCA commands and notifications
148.4.3.1.1 BEACON request
148.4.3.1.2 COMMIT request
148.4.3.2 Mapping of MII signals to PLCA variables
148.4.3.2.1 BEACON indication
148.4.3.2.2 COMMIT indication
148.4.4 PLCA Control
148.4.4.1 PLCA Control state diagram
148.4.4.2 PLCA Control variables
148.4.4.3 Functions
148.4.4.4 Timers
148.4.4.5 Abbreviations
148.4.4.6 State diagram
148.4.5 PLCA Data
148.4.5.1 PLCA Data state diagram
148.4.5.2 Variables
148.4.5.3 Functions
148.4.5.4 Timers
148.4.5.5 Abbreviations
148.4.5.6 Constants
148.4.5.7 State diagram
148.4.6 PLCA Status
148.4.6.1 PLCA Status state diagram
148.4.6.2 PLCA Status variables
148.4.6.3 Functions
148.4.6.4 Timers
148.4.6.5 State diagram
148.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 148, PLCA Reconciliation Sublayer (RS)
148.5.1 Introduction
148.5.2 Identification
148.5.2.1 Implementation identification
148.5.2.2 Protocol summary
148.5.3 PICS proforma tables for PLCA Reconciliation Sublayer (RS)
148.5.3.1 Reconciliation Sublayer
148.5.3.2 Mapping of MII signals to PLS service primitives and PLCA functions
148.5.3.3 Specific RS and PHY specification
148.5.3.4 PLCA Control
148.5.3.5 PLCA Data
148.5.3.6 PLCA Status
149. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 2.5GBASE-T1, 5GBASE-T1, and 10GBASE-T1
149.1 Overview
149.1.1 Nomenclature
149.1.2 Relationship of 2.5GBASE-T1, 5GBASE-T1, and 10GBASE-T1 to other standards
149.1.3 Operation of 2.5GBASE-T1, 5GBASE-T1, and 10GBASE-T1
149.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
149.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
149.1.3.3 EEE Capability
149.1.3.4 Link Synchronization
149.1.4 Signaling
149.1.5 Interfaces
149.1.6 Conventions in this clause
149.2 2.5GBASE-T1, 5GBASE-T1, and 10GBASE-T1 service primitives and interfaces
149.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface
149.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request
149.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.1.1.2 When generated
149.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication
149.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.1.2.2 When generated
149.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2 PMA service interface
149.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication
149.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.1.2 When generated
149.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication
149.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.2.2 When generated
149.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request
149.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.3.2 When generated
149.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication
149.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.4.2 When generated
149.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request
149.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.5.2 When generated
149.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request
149.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.6.2 When generated
149.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication
149.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.7.2 When generated
149.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request
149.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.8.2 When generated
149.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.9 PMA_PCSDATAMODE.indication
149.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.9.2 When generated
149.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.10 PMA_PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request
149.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.10.2 When generated
149.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.11 PMA_PCS_TX_LPI_STATUS.request
149.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.11.2 When generated
149.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt
149.2.2.12 PMA_ALERTDETECT.indication
149.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive
149.2.2.12.2 When generated
149.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt
149.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) functions
149.3.1 PCS service interface (XGMII)
149.3.2 PCS functions
149.3.2.1 PCS Reset function
149.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function
149.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks
149.3.2.2.2 65B RS-FEC transmission code
149.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions
149.3.2.2.4 Block structure
149.3.2.2.5 Control codes
149.3.2.2.6 Ordered sets
149.3.2.2.7 Idle (/I/)
149.3.2.2.8 LPI (/LI/)
149.3.2.2.9 Start (/S/)
149.3.2.2.10 Terminate (/T/)
149.3.2.2.11 Ordered set (/O/)
149.3.2.2.12 Error (/E/)
149.3.2.2.13 Transmit process
149.3.2.2.14 RS-FEC framing and RS-FEC encoder
149.3.2.2.15 RS-FEC superframe and round-robin interleaving
149.3.2.2.16 RS-FEC recombine
149.3.2.2.17 Reed-Solomon encoder
149.3.2.2.18 PCS scrambler
149.3.2.2.19 Gray mapping for PAM4 encoding
149.3.2.2.20 Selectable precoder
149.3.2.2.21 PAM4 encoding
149.3.2.2.22 EEE capability
149.3.2.3 PCS Receive function
149.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization
149.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler
149.3.2.3.3 Invalid blocks
149.3.3 Test-pattern generators
149.3.4 Side-stream scrambler polynomials
149.3.5 PMA training frame
149.3.5.1 Generation of symbol Tn
149.3.5.2 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials
149.3.6 LPI signaling
149.3.6.1 LPI synchronization
149.3.6.2 Quiet period signaling
149.3.6.3 Refresh period signaling
149.3.7 Detailed functions and state diagrams
149.3.7.1 State diagram conventions
149.3.7.2 State diagram parameters
149.3.7.2.1 Constants
149.3.7.2.2 Variables
149.3.7.2.3 Timers
149.3.7.2.4 Functions
149.3.7.2.5 Counters
149.3.7.2.6 Messages
149.3.7.3 State diagrams
149.3.8 PCS management
149.3.8.1 Status
149.3.8.2 Counter
149.3.8.3 Loopback
149.3.9 MultiGBASE-T1 operations, administration, and maintenance (OAM)
149.3.9.1 Definitions
149.3.9.2 Functional specifications
149.3.9.2.1 MultiGBASE-T1 OAM frame structure
149.3.9.2.2 OAM frame data
149.3.9.2.3 Ping RX
149.3.9.2.4 Ping TX
149.3.9.2.5 PHY health
149.3.9.2.6 OAM message valid
149.3.9.2.7 OAM message toggle
149.3.9.2.8 OAM message acknowledge
149.3.9.2.9 OAM message toggle acknowledge
149.3.9.2.10 OAM message number
149.3.9.2.11 OAM message data
149.3.9.2.12 OAM status
149.3.9.2.13 OAM Reed-Solomon
149.3.9.2.14 MultiGBASE-T1 OAM frame acceptance criteria
149.3.9.2.15 PHY health indicator
149.3.9.2.16 Ping
149.3.9.2.17 OAM message exchange
149.3.9.3 State diagram variable to OAM register mapping
149.3.9.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
149.3.9.4.1 State diagram conventions
149.3.9.4.2 State diagram parameters
149.3.9.4.3 Variables
149.3.9.4.4 Counters
149.3.9.4.5 Functions
149.3.9.4.6 State diagrams
149.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
149.4.1 PMA functional specifications
149.4.2 PMA functions
149.4.2.1 PMA Reset function
149.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function
149.4.2.2.1 Global PMA transmit disable
149.4.2.3 PMA Receive function
149.4.2.4 PHY Control function
149.4.2.4.1 Infofield notation
149.4.2.4.2 Start of Frame Delimiter
149.4.2.4.3 Partial PHY frame count (PFC24)
149.4.2.4.4 Message Field
149.4.2.4.5 PHY capability bits
149.4.2.4.6 Data switch partial PHY frame count
149.4.2.4.7 Reserved fields
149.4.2.4.8 CRC16
149.4.2.4.9 PMA MDIO function mapping
149.4.2.4.10 Startup sequence
149.4.2.5 Link Monitor function
149.4.2.6 PHY Link Synchronization
149.4.2.6.1 State diagram variables
149.4.2.6.2 State diagram timers
149.4.2.6.3 Messages
149.4.2.6.4 State diagrams
149.4.2.7 Refresh monitor function
149.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function
149.4.3 MDI
149.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY
149.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI
149.4.4 State variables
149.4.4.1 State diagram variables
149.4.4.2 Timers
149.4.5 State diagrams
149.5 PMA electrical specifications
149.5.1 Test modes
149.5.1.1 Test fixtures
149.5.2 Transmitter electrical specifications
149.5.2.1 Maximum output droop
149.5.2.2 Transmitter linearity
149.5.2.3 Transmitter timing jitter
149.5.2.3.1 Transmit MDI random jitter in MASTER mode
149.5.2.3.2 Transmit MDI deterministic jitter in MASTER mode
149.5.2.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) and power level
149.5.2.5 Transmitter peak differential output
149.5.2.6 Transmitter clock frequency
149.5.3 Receiver electrical specifications
149.5.3.1 Receiver differential input signals
149.5.3.2 Alien crosstalk noise rejection
149.6 Management interface
149.6.1 Optional Support for Auto-Negotiation
149.7 Link segment characteristics
149.7.1 Link transmission parameters
149.7.1.1 Insertion loss
149.7.1.2 Differential characteristic impedance
149.7.1.3 Return loss
149.7.1.3.1 2.5GBASE-T1 link segment return loss
149.7.1.3.2 5GBASE-T1 link segment return loss
149.7.1.3.3 10GBASE-T1 link segment return loss
149.7.1.4 Coupling attenuation
149.7.1.5 Screening attenuation
149.7.1.6 Maximum link delay
149.7.2 Coupling parameters between link segments
149.7.2.1 Power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT)
149.7.2.2 Power sum alien attenuation to crosstalk ratio far-end (PSAACRF)
149.8 MDI specification
149.8.1 MDI connectors
149.8.2 MDI electrical specification
149.8.2.1 MDI return loss
149.8.3 MDI fault tolerance
149.9 Environmental specifications
149.9.1 General safety
149.9.2 Network safety
149.9.2.1 Environmental safety
149.9.2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility
149.10 Delay constraints
149.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 149, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 2.5GBASE-T1, 5GBASE-T1, and 10GBASE-T1
149.11.1 Introduction
149.11.2 Identification
149.11.2.1 Implementation identification
149.11.2.2 Protocol summary
149.11.3 Major capabilities/options
149.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 2.5GBASE-T1, 5GBASE-T1, and 10GBASE-T1
149.11.4.1 General
149.11.4.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
149.11.4.2.1 PCS Transmit
149.11.4.2.2 PCS Receive
149.11.4.2.3 Test-pattern generators
149.11.4.2.4 Side-stream scrambler
149.11.4.2.5 LPI signaling
149.11.4.2.6 Functions and state diagrams
149.11.4.2.7 PCS loopback
149.11.4.2.8 OAM
149.11.4.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA)
149.11.4.3.1 PMA Reset function
149.11.4.3.2 PMA Transmit function
149.11.4.3.3 PMA Receive function
149.11.4.3.4 PHY Control function
149.11.4.3.5 Link Monitor function
149.11.4.3.6 PHY Link Synchronization
149.11.4.3.7 Refresh monitor function
149.11.4.3.8 Clock Recovery function
149.11.4.3.9 MDI
149.11.4.3.10 PMA State variables
149.11.4.4 PMA electrical specifications
149.11.4.4.1 Test modes
149.11.4.4.2 Transmitter electrical specifications
149.11.4.4.3 Receiver electrical specifications
149.11.4.5 Link segment characteristics
149.11.4.6 MDI specifications
149.11.4.7 Delay constraints
150. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-SR4.2
150.1 Overview
150.1.1 Bit error ratio
150.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
150.3 Delay and Skew
150.3.1 Delay constraints
150.3.2 Skew constraints
150.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
150.5 PMD functional specifications
150.5.1 PMD block diagram
150.5.2 PMD transmit function
150.5.3 PMD receive function
150.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
150.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
150.5.6 PMD reset function
150.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
150.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional)
150.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
150.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
150.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
150.6 Wavelength ranges
150.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-SR4.2
150.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications
150.7.2 Receiver optical specifications
150.7.3 Illustrative link power budget
150.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
150.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
150.8.1.1 Multi-lane testing considerations
150.8.2 Center wavelength and spectral width
150.8.3 Average optical power
150.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
150.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
150.8.5.1 TDECQ reference equalizer
150.8.6 Extinction ratio
150.8.7 Transmitter transition time
150.8.8 Relative intensity noise (RIN12OMA)
150.8.9 Receiver sensitivity
150.8.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
150.8.10.1 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test
150.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
150.9.1 General safety
150.9.2 Laser safety
150.9.3 Installation
150.9.4 Environment
150.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
150.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
150.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
150.10 Fiber optic cabling model
150.10.1 Fiber optic cabling model
150.10.2 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
150.10.2.1 Optical fiber cable
150.10.2.2 Optical fiber connection
150.10.2.2.1 Connection insertion loss
150.10.2.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
150.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
150.10.3.1 Optical lane assignments
150.10.3.2 MDI requirements
150.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 150, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-SR4.2
150.11.1 Introduction
150.11.2 Identification
150.11.2.1 Implementation identification
150.11.2.2 Protocol summary
150.11.3 Major capabilities/options
150.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-SR4.2
150.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications
150.11.4.2 Management functions
150.11.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications
150.11.4.4 Optical measurement methods
150.11.4.5 Environmental specifications
150.11.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
151. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-FR4 and 400GBASE-LR4-6
151.1 Overview
151.1.1 Bit error ratio
151.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
151.3 Delay and Skew
151.3.1 Delay constraints
151.3.2 Skew constraints
151.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
151.5 PMD functional specifications
151.5.1 PMD block diagram
151.5.2 PMD transmit function
151.5.3 PMD receive function
151.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
151.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function
151.5.6 PMD reset function
151.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
151.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function
151.5.9 PMD fault function (optional)
151.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
151.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional)
151.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments
151.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-FR4 and 400GBASE-LR4-6
151.7.1 400GBASE-FR4 and 400GBASE-LR4-6 transmitter optical specifications
151.7.2 400GBASE-FR4 and 400GBASE-LR4-6 receive optical specifications
151.7.3 400GBASE-FR4 and 400GBASE-LR4-6 illustrative link power budgets
151.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
151.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
151.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
151.8.3 Average optical power
151.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
151.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
151.8.5.1 Channel requirements
151.8.6 Transmitter eye closure for PAM4 (TECQ)
151.8.7 Over/under-shoot
151.8.8 Transmitter power excursion
151.8.9 Extinction ratio
151.8.10 Transmitter transition time
151.8.11 Relative intensity noise (RIN17.1OMA and RIN15.6OMA)
151.8.12 Receiver sensitivity
151.8.13 Stressed receiver sensitivity
151.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
151.9.1 General safety
151.9.2 Laser safety
151.9.3 Installation
151.9.4 Environment
151.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
151.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
151.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
151.10 Fiber optic cabling model
151.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
151.11.1 Optical fiber cable
151.11.2 Optical fiber connection
151.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
151.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
151.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
151.12 Interoperation between 400GBASE-LR4-6 and 400GBASE-FR4
151.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 151, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-FR4 and 400GBASE-LR4-6
151.13.1 Introduction
151.13.2 Identification
151.13.2.1 Implementation identification
151.13.2.2 Protocol summary
151.13.3 Major capabilities/options
151.13.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-FR4 and 400GBASE-LR4-6
151.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications
151.13.4.2 Management functions
151.13.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-FR4
151.13.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-LR4-6
151.13.4.5 Optical measurement methods
151.13.4.6 Environmental specifications
151.13.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
152. Inverse RS-FEC sublayer
152.1 Overview
152.1.1 Scope
152.1.2 Position of Inverse RS-FEC in the 100GBASE-R sublayers
152.2 Inverse RS-FEC service interface
152.3 PMA or FEC sublayer compatibility
152.4 Delay constraints
152.5 Functions within the Inverse RS-FEC sublayer
152.5.1 Functional block diagram
152.5.2 Transmit function
152.5.2.1 Alignment lock and deskew
152.5.2.2 Lane reorder
152.5.2.3 Reed-Solomon decoder
152.5.2.4 Alignment marker removal
152.5.2.5 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder
152.5.2.6 Block distribution
152.5.2.7 Alignment marker mapping and insertion
152.5.2.8 Transmit bit ordering
152.5.3 Receive function
152.5.3.1 Lane block synchronization
152.5.3.2 Alignment lock and deskew
152.5.3.3 Lane reorder
152.5.3.4 Alignment marker removal
152.5.3.5 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder
152.5.3.6 Alignment marker mapping and insertion
152.5.3.7 Reed-Solomon encoder
152.5.3.8 Symbol distribution
152.5.3.9 Receive bit ordering
152.5.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
152.5.4.1 State diagram conventions
152.5.4.2 State variables
152.5.4.2.1 Variables
152.5.4.2.2 Functions
152.5.4.2.3 Counters
152.5.4.3 State diagrams
152.6 Inverse RS-FEC MDIO function mapping
152.6.1 IFEC_bypass_correction_enable
152.6.2 IFEC_bypass_indication_enable
152.6.3 IFEC_bypass_correction_ability
152.6.4 IFEC_bypass_indication_ability
152.6.5 hi_ser
152.6.6 amps_lock
152.6.7 IFEC_align_status
152.6.8 IFEC_corrected_cw_counter
152.6.9 IFEC_uncorrected_cw_counter
152.6.10 IFEC_lane_mapping
152.6.11 IFEC_symbol_error_counter_i
152.6.12 align_status
152.6.13 BIP_error_counter_i
152.6.14 lane_mapping
152.6.15 block_lock
152.6.16 am_lock
152.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 152, Inverse RS-FEC sublayer
152.7.1 Introduction
152.7.2 Identification
152.7.2.1 Implementation identification
152.7.2.2 Protocol summary
152.7.3 Major capabilities/options
152.7.4 PICS proforma tables for Inverse RS-FEC sublayer
152.7.4.1 Transmit function
152.7.4.2 Receive Function
152.7.4.3 State diagrams
153. SC-FEC and 100GBASE-ZR Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer for 100GBASE-ZR PHYs
153.1 Overview
153.1.1 Scope
153.1.2 Position of SC-FEC and 100GBASE-ZR PMA in the 100GBASE-R sublayers
153.2 SC-FEC sublayer
153.2.1 FEC service interface
153.2.2 Delay constraints
153.2.3 Functions within the SC-FEC sublayer
153.2.3.1 Functional block diagram
153.2.3.2 Transmit function
153.2.3.2.1 Lane block synchronization
153.2.3.2.2 Alignment lock and deskew
153.2.3.2.3 Lane reorder
153.2.3.2.4 GMP mapper
153.2.3.2.5 SC-FEC encoder
153.2.3.2.6 Scrambler
153.2.3.2.7 Lane distribution
153.2.3.3 Receive function
153.2.3.3.1 Lane lock and deskew
153.2.3.3.2 Lane reorder
153.2.3.3.3 De-scrambler
153.2.3.3.4 SC-FEC decoder
153.2.3.3.5 GMP demapper
153.2.3.3.6 Block alignment
153.2.3.3.7 Block distribution
153.2.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
153.2.4.1 State variables
153.2.4.1.1 Variables
153.2.4.2 Functions
153.2.4.3 Counters
153.2.4.4 State diagrams
153.2.5 SC-FEC MDIO function mapping
153.2.5.1 FEC_corrected_cw_counter
153.2.5.2 FEC_uncorrected_cw_counter
153.2.5.3 FEC_total_bits_counter
153.2.5.4 FEC_corrected_bits_counter
153.3 100GBASE-ZR PMA sublayer
153.3.1 100GBASE-ZR PMA service interface
153.3.2 Functions within the 100GBASE-ZR PMA sublayer
153.3.2.1 Functional block diagram
153.3.2.2 Transmit function
153.3.2.2.1 Lane interleave
153.3.2.2.2 DQPSK encode
153.3.2.3 Receive function
153.3.2.3.1 DQPSK decode
153.3.2.3.2 Lane de-interleave
153.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 153, SC-FEC and 100GBASE-ZR Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer for 100GBASE-ZR PHYs
153.4.1 Introduction
153.4.2 Identification
153.4.2.1 Implementation identification
153.4.2.2 Protocol summary
153.4.3 Major capabilities/options
153.4.4 PICS proforma tables for SC-FEC sublayer for 100GBASE-ZR PHYs
153.4.4.1 Transmit function
153.4.4.2 Receive function
153.4.4.3 State diagrams
154. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-ZR
154.1 Overview
154.1.1 Bit error ratio
154.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
154.3 Delay and Skew
154.3.1 Delay constraints
154.3.2 Skew constraints
154.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
154.5 PMD functional specifications
154.5.1 PMD block diagram
154.5.2 PMD transmit function
154.5.3 PMD receive function
154.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
154.5.5 PMD reset function
154.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional)
154.5.7 PMD fault function (optional)
154.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
154.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional)
154.6 DWDM channel over a DWDM black link
154.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-ZR
154.7.1 100GBASE-ZR transmitter optical specifications
154.7.2 100GBASE-ZR receive optical specifications
154.8 100GBASE-ZR DWDM black link transfer characteristics
154.9 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
154.9.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
154.9.2 Optical center frequency (wavelength) and side-mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
154.9.3 Average channel output power
154.9.4 Spectral excursion
154.9.5 Laser linewidth
154.9.6 Offset between the carrier and the nominal center frequency
154.9.7 Power difference between X and Y polarizations
154.9.8 Skew between X and Y polarizations
154.9.9 Error vector magnitude
154.9.10 I-Q offset
154.9.11 Optical signal-to-noise ratio (OSNR)
154.9.12 Transmitter in-band OSNR
154.9.13 Average receive power
154.9.14 Receiver sensitivity
154.9.15 Receiver OSNR
154.9.16 Receiver OSNR tolerance
154.9.17 Ripple
154.9.18 Optical path OSNR penalty
154.9.19 Optical path power penalty
154.9.20 Polarization dependent loss
154.9.21 Polarization rotation speed
154.9.22 Inter-channel crosstalk at TP3
154.9.23 Interferometric crosstalk at TP3
154.10 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
154.10.1 General safety
154.10.2 Laser safety
154.10.3 Installation
154.10.4 Environment
154.10.5 Electromagnetic emission
154.10.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
154.10.7 PMD labeling requirements
154.11 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI)
154.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 154, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-ZR
154.12.1 Introduction
154.12.2 Identification
154.12.2.1 Implementation identification
154.12.2.2 Protocol summary
154.12.3 Major capabilities/options
154.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-ZR
154.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
154.12.4.2 Management functions
154.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-ZR
154.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods
154.12.4.5 Environmental specifications
154.12.4.6 Characteristics of DWDM black link and MDI
155. Clause 155 is reserved for future use
156. Clause 156 is reserved for future use
157. Introduction to 10 Gb/s, 25 Gb/s, and 50 Gb/s BiDi PHYs
157.1 Overview
157.1.1 Scope
157.1.2 Relationship of Multi-Gigabit Ethernet BiDi PHYs to the ISO OSI reference model
157.1.3 Nomenclature
157.1.4 Physical Layer signaling systems
157.2 Summary of Multi-Gigabit Ethernet BiDi sublayers
157.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (XGMII, 25GMII, and 50GMII)
157.2.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS)
157.2.3 Forward error correction (FEC) sublayer
157.2.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer
157.2.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
157.2.6 Management interface (MDIO/MDC)
157.2.7 Management
157.3 Service interface specification method and notation
157.4 Delay constraints
157.5 ONU silent start
157.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma
158. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 10GBASE-BR10, 10GBASE-BR20, and 10GBASE-BR40
158.1 Overview
158.1.1 Bit error ratio
158.2 PMD sublayer service interface
158.3 Delay constraints
158.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
158.5 PMD functional specifications
158.5.1 PMD block diagram
158.5.2 PMD transmit function
158.5.3 PMD receive function
158.5.4 PMD signal detect function
158.5.5 PMD reset function
158.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function
158.5.7 PMD fault function
158.5.8 PMD transmit fault function
158.5.9 PMD receive fault function
158.5.10 ONU silent start
158.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-BRx
158.6.1 10GBASE-BRx transmitter optical specifications
158.6.2 10GBASE-BRx receive optical specifications
158.6.3 10GBASE-BRx illustrative link power budgets
158.7 Jitter specifications for 10GBASE-BRx
158.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
158.8.1 Test patterns
158.8.1.1 Test pattern definition
158.8.1.2 Square wave pattern definition
158.8.2 Wavelength and side-mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
158.8.3 Average optical power
158.8.4 Extinction ratio
158.8.5 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
158.8.6 Relative Intensity Noise (RINxOMA)
158.8.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmitter eye)
158.8.8 Receiver sensitivity
158.8.9 Stressed receiver sensitivity
158.8.9.1 Stressed receiver sensitivity for 10GBASE-BR10 and 10GBASE-BR40
158.8.9.1.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
158.8.9.1.2 Parameter definitions
158.8.9.1.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
158.8.9.1.4 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure
158.8.9.1.5 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test
158.8.9.2 Stressed receiver sensitivity for 10GBASE-BR20
158.8.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP)
158.8.10.1 Reference transmitter requirements
158.8.10.2 Channel requirements
158.8.10.3 Reference receiver requirements
158.8.10.4 Test procedure
158.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
158.9.1 General safety
158.9.2 Laser safety
158.9.3 Installation
158.9.4 Environment
158.9.5 Electromagnetic emission
158.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
158.9.7 PMD labeling requirements
158.10 Fiber optic cabling model
158.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
158.11.1 Optical fiber and cable
158.11.2 Optical fiber connection
158.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss
158.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
158.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
158.12 Requirements for interoperation between 10GBASE-BRx PMDs
158.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 158, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 10GBASE-BR10, 10GBASE-BR20, and 10GBASE-BR40
158.13.1 Introduction
158.13.2 Identification
158.13.2.1 Implementation identification
158.13.2.2 Protocol summary
158.13.3 Major capabilities/options
158.13.4 PICS proforma tables for PMD sublayer and medium, types 10GBASE-BR10, 10GBASE-BR20, and 10GBASE-BR40
158.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications
158.13.4.2 Management functions
158.13.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-BR10
158.13.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-BR20
158.13.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-BR40
158.13.4.6 Optical measurement methods
158.13.4.7 Environmental specifications
158.13.4.8 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
159. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 25GBASE-BR10, 25GBASE-BR20, and 25GBASE-BR40
159.1 Overview
159.1.1 Bit error ratio
159.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
159.3 Delay constraints
159.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
159.5 PMD functional specifications
159.5.1 PMD block diagram
159.5.2 PMD transmit function
159.5.3 PMD receive function
159.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
159.5.5 PMD reset function
159.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function
159.5.7 PMD fault function (optional)
159.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
159.5.9 PMD receive fault function
159.5.10 ONU silent start
159.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-BRx
159.6.1 25GBASE-BRx transmitter optical specifications
159.6.2 25GBASE-BRx receiver optical specifications
159.6.3 25GBASE-BRx illustrative link power budgets
159.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
159.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
159.7.2 Wavelength and side-mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
159.7.3 Average optical power
159.7.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA)
159.7.5 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP)
159.7.5.1 Reference transmitter requirements
159.7.5.2 Channel requirements
159.7.5.3 Reference receiver requirements
159.7.5.4 Test procedure
159.7.6 Extinction ratio
159.7.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA)
159.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye)
159.7.9 Receiver sensitivity
159.7.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity
159.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
159.8.1 General safety
159.8.2 Laser safety
159.8.3 Installation
159.8.4 Environment
159.8.5 Electromagnetic emission
159.8.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
159.8.7 PMD labeling requirements
159.9 Fiber optic cabling model
159.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
159.10.1 Optical fiber cable
159.10.2 Optical fiber connection
159.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss
159.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
159.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
159.11 Requirements for interoperation between 25GBASE-BRx PMDs
159.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 159, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 25GBASE-BR10, 25GBASE-BR20, and 25GBASE-BR40
159.12.1 Introduction
159.12.2 Identification
159.12.2.1 Implementation identification
159.12.2.2 Protocol summary
159.12.3 Major capabilities/options
159.12.4 PICS proforma tables for PMD sublayer and medium, types 25GBASE-BR10, 25GBASE-BR20, and 25GBASE-BR40
159.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
159.12.4.2 Management functions
159.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-BR10
159.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-BR20
159.12.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-BR40
159.12.4.6 Optical measurement methods
159.12.4.7 Environmental specifications
159.12.4.8 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
160. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 50GBASE-BR10, 50GBASE-BR20, and 50GBASE-BR40
160.1 Overview
160.1.1 Bit error ratio
160.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface
160.3 Delay and Skew
160.3.1 Delay constraints
160.3.2 Skew constraints
160.4 PMD MDIO function mapping
160.5 PMD functional specifications
160.5.1 PMD block diagram
160.5.2 PMD transmit function
160.5.3 PMD receive function
160.5.4 PMD global signal detect function
160.5.5 PMD reset function
160.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function
160.5.7 PMD fault function (optional)
160.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional)
160.5.9 PMD receive fault function
160.5.10 ONU silent start
160.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-BRx
160.6.1 50GBASE-BRx transmitter optical specifications
160.6.2 50GBASE-BRx receive optical specifications
160.6.3 50GBASE-BRx illustrative link power budgets
160.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods
160.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters
160.7.2 Wavelength and side-mode suppression ratio (SMSR)
160.7.3 Average optical power
160.7.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter)
160.7.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ)
160.7.5.1 TDECQ conformance test setup
160.7.5.2 Channel requirements
160.7.5.3 TDECQ measurement method
160.7.5.4 TDECQ reference equalizer
160.7.6 Transmitter eye closure for PAM4 (TECQ)
160.7.7 Extinction ratio
160.7.8 Transmitter transition time
160.7.9 Relative intensity noise (RINxOMA)
160.7.10 Receiver sensitivity
160.7.11 Stressed receiver sensitivity
160.7.11.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram
160.7.11.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration
160.7.11.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification
160.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
160.8.1 General safety
160.8.2 Laser safety
160.8.3 Installation
160.8.4 Environment
160.8.5 Electromagnetic emission
160.8.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling
160.8.7 PMD labeling requirements
160.9 Fiber optic cabling model
160.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel)
160.10.1 Optical fiber cable
160.10.2 Optical fiber connection
160.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss
160.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance
160.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements
160.11 Requirements for interoperation between 50GBASE-BRx PMDs
160.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 160, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 50GBASE-BR10, 50GBASE-BR20, and 50GBASE-BR40
160.12.1 Introduction
160.12.2 Identification
160.12.2.1 Implementation identification
160.12.2.2 Protocol summary
160.12.3 Major capabilities/options
160.12.4 PICS proforma tables for PMD sublayer and medium, types 50GBASE-BR10, 50GBASE-BR20, and 50GBASE-BR40
160.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications
160.12.4.2 Management functions
160.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-BR10
160.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-BR20
160.12.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 50GBASE-BR40
160.12.4.6 Optical measurement methods
160.12.4.7 Environmental specifications
160.12.4.8 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI
Annex A (informative) Bibliography
Annex B (informative) System guidelines
B.1 Baseband system guidelines and concepts, 10 Mb/s
B.1.1 Overall system objectives
B.1.2 Analog system components and parameter values
B.1.3 Minimum frame length determination
B.1.4 System jitter budgets
B.1.4.1 Nominal jitter values
B.1.4.2 Decoder evaluation
B.1.5 Systems consideration calculations
B.1.5.1 Overview
B.1.5.2 Maximum collision fragment size
B.1.5.2.1 Left-end base SDV
B.1.5.2.2 Mid-base SDV
B.1.5.2.3 Right-end base SDV
B.1.5.3 Interpacket Gap (IPG) shrinkage
B.1.5.3.1 Transmitting end segment variability value
B.1.5.3.2 Mid-segment variability value
B.1.5.4 Timing parameters for round-trip delay and variability calculations
B.1.5.4.1 MAU parameters
B.1.5.4.2 Repeater parameters
B.1.5.4.3 Media parameters
B.1.5.4.4 DTE parameters
B.2 System parameters and budgets for 1BASE5
B.2.1 Delay budget
B.2.2 Minimum frame length determination
B.2.3 Jitter budget
B.3 Example crosstalk computation for multiple disturbers, balanced-pair cable
B.4 10BASE-T guidelines
B.4.1 System jitter budget
B.4.2 Filter characteristics
B.4.3 Notes for conformance testing
B.4.3.1 Notes for 14.3.1.2.1 on differential output voltage
B.4.3.2 Note for 14.3.1.2.2 on transmitter differential output impedance
B.4.3.3 Note for 14.3.1.2.3 on output timing jitter
B.4.3.4 General note on common-mode tests
B.4.3.5 Note for 14.3.1.3.4 on receiver differential input impedance
B.4.3.6 Note for 14.3.1.3.3 on receiver idle input behavior
B.4.3.7 Note for 14.3.1.3.5 on receiver common-mode rejection
B.5 10BASE-F
B.5.1 System jitter budget
B.5.2 10BASE-FP fiber optic segment loss budget
Annex C (informative) State diagram, MAC sublayer
Annex D (informative) Application context, selected medium specifications
D.1 Introduction
D.2 Type 10BASE5 applications
D.3 Type 10BASE2 applications
D.4 Type FOIRL and 10BASE-F applications; alternative fiber optic medium applications
D.4.1 Alternative fiber types
D.4.1.1 Theoretical coupling losses
D.4.1.2 Maximum launch power
D.4.2 Type 10BASE-FP applications using 50/125 µm fiber
D.4.2.1 Coupled transmit power
D.4.2.2 Star coupler loss
D.4.2.3 Collision detection
D.5 10BASE-T use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 W
D.6 10BASE-T use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 150 W
Annex E (informative) Receiver wavelength design considerations (FOIRL)
Annex F (normative) Additional attributes required for systems
F.1 Introduction
F.1.1 Scope
F.2 Objects/Attributes/Actions/Notifications
F.2.1 TimeSinceSystemReset attribute
F.2.2 RepeaterResetTimeStamp attribute
F.2.3 ResetSystemAction action
Annex G (normative) Additional material required for conformance testing
G.1 Introduction
G.1.1 Material in support of the aDataRateMismatches attribute
Annex H (normative) GDMO specifications for CSMA/CD managed objects
Annex J (normative) Electrical isolation and general safety
J.1 Electrical isolation
J.2 General safety
J.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex J, Electrical isolation and general safety
J.3.1 Introduction
J.3.2 Identification
J.3.2.1 Implementation identification
J.3.2.2 Protocol summary
J.3.3 Major capabilities/options
J.3.4 PICS proforma tables for electrical isolation and general safety
J.3.4.1 Electrical isolation
J.3.4.2 General safety
Annex K (informative) Optional alternative terminology for “master” and “slave”
Annex 4A (normative) Simplified full duplex media access control
4A.1 Functional model of the MAC method
4A.1.1 Overview
4A.1.2 Full duplex operation
4A.1.2.1 Transmission
4A.1.2.2 Reception
4A.1.3 Relationships to the MAC client and Physical Layers
4A.2 Media access control (MAC) method: precise specification
4A.2.1 Introduction
4A.2.2 Overview of the procedural model
4A.2.2.1 Ground rules for the procedural model
4A.2.2.2 Use of Pascal in the procedural model
4A.2.2.3 Organization of the procedural model
4A.2.2.4 Layer management extensions to procedural model
4A.2.3 Packet transmission model
4A.2.3.1 Transmit data encapsulation
4A.2.3.2 Transmit media access management
4A.2.3.2.1 Deference
4A.2.3.2.2 Interpacket gap
4A.2.3.2.3 Transmission
4A.2.3.2.4 Minimum frame size
4A.2.4 Frame reception model
4A.2.4.1 Receive data decapsulation
4A.2.4.1.1 Address recognition
4A.2.4.1.2 Frame check sequence validation
4A.2.4.1.3 Frame disassembly
4A.2.4.2 Receive media access management
4A.2.5 Preamble generation
4A.2.6 Start frame sequence
4A.2.7 Global declarations
4A.2.7.1 Common constants, types, and variables
4A.2.7.2 Transmit state variables
4A.2.7.3 Receive state variables
4A.2.7.4 State variable initialization
4A.2.8 Frame transmission
4A.2.9 Frame reception
4A.2.10 Common procedures
4A.3 Interfaces to/from adjacent layers
4A.3.1 Overview
4A.3.2 MAC service
4A.3.2.1 MAC client transmit interface state diagram
4A.3.2.1.1 Variables
4A.3.2.1.2 Functions
4A.3.2.1.3 Messages
4A.3.2.1.4 MAC client transmit interface state diagram
4A.3.2.2 MAC client receive interface state diagram
4A.3.2.2.1 Variables
4A.3.2.2.2 Functions
4A.3.2.2.3 Messages
4A.3.2.2.4 MAC client receive interface state diagram
4A.3.3 Services required from the Physical Layer
4A.4 Specific implementations
4A.4.1 Compatibility overview
4A.4.2 MAC parameters
Annex 22A (informative) MII output delay, setup, and hold time budget
22A.1 System model
22A.2 Signal transmission path characteristics
22A.3 Budget calculation
Annex 22B (informative) MII driver ac characteristics
22B.1 Implications of CMOS ASIC processes
22B.2 Ro(min) and V, I values for operation from 5 V ± 10% supply
22B.3 Ro(min) and V, I values for operation from 3.3 V ± 0.3 V supply
Annex 22C (informative) Measurement techniques for MII signal timing characteristics
22C.1 Measuring timing characteristics of source terminated signals
22C.2 Measuring timing characteristics of transmit signals at the MII
22C.3 Measuring timing characteristics of receive signals at the MII
22C.4 Measuring timing characteristics of MDIO
Annex 22D (informative) Clause 22 access to Clause 45 MMD registers
22D.1 Write operation
22D.2 Read operation
22D.3 MMD address operations
22D.3.1 Address
22D.3.2 Data, no post increment
22D.3.3 Data, post increment on reads and writes
22D.3.4 Data, post increment on writes only
22D.4 PHY Coexistence and bus conflict avoidance
Annex 23A (normative) 6T codewords
Annex 23B (informative) Noise budget
Annex 23C (informative) Use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 W
Annex 27A (normative) Repeater delay consistency requirements
Annex 28A (normative) Selector Field definitions
Annex 28B (normative) IEEE 802.3 Selector Base Page definition
28B.1 Selector field value
28B.2 Technology Ability Field bit assignments
28B.3 Priority resolution
28B.4 Message Page transmission convention
Annex 28C (normative) Next Page Message Code field definitions
28C.1 Message code 0—Auto-Negotiation reserved code 1
28C.2 Message code 1—Null Message code
28C.3 Message code 2—Technology Ability extension code 1
28C.4 Message code 3—Technology Ability extension code 2
28C.5 Message code 4—Remote fault number code
28C.6 Message code 5—Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code
28C.7 Message code 6—PHY identifier tag code
28C.8 Message code 2047—Auto-Negotiation reserved code 2
28C.9 Message code 7—100BASE-T2 technology message code
28C.10 Message code 8—1000BASE-T technology message code
28C.11 Message code 9—MultiGBASE-T and 1000BASE-T technology message code
28C.12 Message code 10—EEE technology message code
28C.13 Message code 11—Organizationally Unique Identifier Tagged Message (Extended Next Page)
Annex 28D (normative) Description of extensions to Clause 28 and associated annexes
28D.1 Introduction
28D.2 Extensions to Clause 28
28D.2.1 Extensions required for Clause 31 (full duplex)
28D.2.2 Extensions required for Clause 32 (100BASE-T2)
28D.3 Extensions for Clause 31
28D.4 Extensions for Clause 32 (100BASE-T2)
28D.5 Extensions required for Clause 40 (1000BASE-T)
28D.6 Extensions required for Clause 55 (10GBASE-T)
28D.7 Extensions required for Energy-Efficient Ethernet (Clause 78)
28D.8 Extensions required for Clause 113 (25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T)
28D.9 Extensions required for Clause 126 (2.5G/5GBASE-T)
Annex 29A (informative) DTE and repeater delay components
29A.1 DTE delay
29A.2 Repeater delay
Annex 29B (informative) Recommended topology documentation
Annex 30A (normative) GDMO specification for IEEE 802.3 managed object classes
Annex 30B (normative) GDMO and ASN.1 definitions for management
Annex 30C (normative) SNMP MIB definitions for Link Aggregation
Annex 31A (normative) MAC Control opcode assignments
Annex 31B (normative) MAC Control PAUSE operation
31B.1 PAUSE description
31B.2 Parameter semantics
31B.3 Detailed specification of PAUSE operation
31B.3.1 Transmit operation
31B.3.2 Transmit state diagram for PAUSE operation
31B.3.2.1 Constants
31B.3.2.2 Variables
31B.3.2.3 Functions
31B.3.2.4 Timers
31B.3.2.5 Messages
31B.3.2.6 Transmit state diagram for PAUSE operation
31B.3.3 Receive operation
31B.3.4 Receive state diagram for PAUSE operation
31B.3.4.1 Constants
31B.3.4.2 Variables
31B.3.4.3 Timers
31B.3.4.4 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for PAUSE operation
31B.3.5 Status indication operation
31B.3.6 Indication state diagram for pause operation
31B.3.6.1 Constants
31B.3.6.2 Variables
31B.3.6.3 Messages
31B.3.6.4 Indication state diagram for PAUSE operation
31B.3.7 Timing considerations for PAUSE operation
31B.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control PAUSE operation
31B.4.1 Introduction
31B.4.2 Identification
31B.4.2.1 Implementation identification
31B.4.2.2 Protocol summary
31B.4.3 Major capabilities/options
31B.4.4 PAUSE command requirements
31B.4.5 PAUSE command state diagram requirements
31B.4.6 PAUSE command MAC timing considerations
Annex 31C (normative) MAC Control organization specific extension operation
31C.1 Organization specific extension description
31C.2 Transmission of Extension MAC Control frame
31C.3 Receive operation
31C.3.1 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for EXTENSION operation
31C.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control organization specific extension operation
31C.4.1 Introduction
31C.4.2 Identification
31C.4.2.1 Implementation identification
31C.4.2.2 Protocol summary
31C.4.3 EXTENSION command state diagram requirements
Annex 31D (normative) MAC Control PFC operation
31D.1 PFC description
31D.2 Parameter semantics
31D.3 PFC transmit
31D.4 Transmit state diagram for PFC operation
31D.4.1 Constants
31D.4.2 Variables
31D.4.3 Messages
31D.4.4 Transmit state diagram for PFC operation
31D.5 PFC receive
31D.6 Receive state diagram for PFC operation
31D.6.1 Constants
31D.6.2 Variables
31D.6.3 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for PFC operation
31D.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control PFC operation
31D.7.1 Introduction
31D.7.2 Identification
31D.7.2.1 Implementation identification
31D.7.2.2 Protocol summary
31D.7.3 Major capabilities/options
31D.7.4 PFC command requirements
31D.7.5 PFC command state diagram requirements
Annex 32A (informative) Use of cabling systems with nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 Ω or 150 Ω
Annex 33A (informative) PSE-PD stability
33A.1 Recommended PSE design guidelines and test setup
33A.2 Recommended PD design guidelines
Annex 36A (informative) Jitter test patterns
36A.1 High-frequency test pattern
36A.2 Low-frequency test pattern
36A.3 Mixed frequency test pattern
36A.4 Long continuous random test pattern
36A.5 Short continuous random test pattern
Annex 36B (informative) 8B/10B transmission code running disparity calculation examples
Annex 38A (informative) Fiber launch conditions
38A.1 Overfilled Launch
38A.2 Radial Overfilled Launch (ROFL)
Annex 40A (informative) Additional cabling design guidelines
40A.1 Alien crosstalk
40A.1.1 Multipair cabling (i.e., greater than 4-pair)
40A.1.2 Bundled or hybrid cable configurations
40A.2 Cabling configurations
Annex 40B (informative) Description of cable clamp
40B.1 Cable clamp validation
Annex 40C (informative) Add-on interface for additional Next Pages
40C.1 State variables
40C.2 State diagrams
40C.2.1 Auto-Negotiation Transmit state diagram add-on for 1000BASE-T
40C.2.2 Auto-Negotiation Receive state diagram add-on for 1000BASE-T
Annex 43A (informative) Annex 43A is no longer in use.
Annex 43B (informative) Annex 43B is no longer in use.
Annex 43C (informative) Annex 43C is no longer in use.
Annex 44A (informative) Diagram of Data Flow
44A.1 10GBASE-R bit ordering
44A.2 10GBASE-W serial bit ordering
44A.3 10GBASE-LX4 bit ordering
44A.4 Loopback locations
Annex 45A (informative) Clause 45 MDIO electrical interface
45A.1 MDIO driver
45A.2 Single Clause 45 electrical interface
45A.3 Clause 45 electrical interface for STA with Clause 22 electrical interface to PHYs
45A.4 Clause 22 electrical interface for STA with Clause 45 electrical interface to MMDs
Annex 48A (normative) Jitter test patterns
48A.1 High-frequency test pattern
48A.2 Low-frequency test pattern
48A.3 Mixed-frequency test pattern
48A.4 Continuous random test pattern (CRPAT)
48A.5 Continuous jitter test pattern (CJPAT)
48A.5.1 Continuous jitter test pattern (CJPAT) 10 bit values
Annex 48B (informative) Jitter test methods
48B.1 BER and jitter model
48B.1.1 Description of dual Dirac mathematical model
48B.1.2 Random Jitter
48B.1.3 Addition of Deterministic Jitter
48B.1.4 Effects of jitter high-pass filtering and CJPAT on deterministic jitter
48B.2 Jitter tolerance test methodologies
48B.2.1 Calibration of a signal source using the BERT scan technique
48B.3 Jitter output test methodologies
48B.3.1 Time domain measurement—Scope and BERT scan
48B.3.1.1 Jitter high pass filtering (using Golden PLL)
48B.3.1.2 Time domain scope measurement
48B.3.1.3 BERT scan
48B.3.1.3.1 Approximate curve-fitting for BERT scan
48B.3.2 Time Interval Analysis
48B.3.2.1 TIA with Golden PLL
48B.3.2.1.1 Test method
48B.3.2.2 TIA with pattern trigger
48B.3.2.2.1 Test method
48B.3.2.3 Approximate curve fitting for TIA bathtub curve
Annex 50A (informative) Thresholds for Severely Errored Second calculations
50A.1 Section SES threshold
50A.2 Line SES threshold
50A.3 Path SES threshold
50A.4 Definition of Path Block Error
50A.5 Definition of Far End Path Block Error
Annex 55A (normative) LDPC details
55A.1 Generator matrix
55A.2 Sparse parity check matrix H
Annex 55B (informative) Additional cabling design guidelines for 10GBASE-T
55B.1 Alien crosstalk considerations
55B.1.1 Alien crosstalk mitigation
55B.1.2 Alien crosstalk mitigation procedure
Annex 57A (normative) Requirements for support of Slow Protocols
57A.1 Introduction and rationale
57A.2 Slow Protocol transmission characteristics
57A.3 Addressing
57A.4 Protocol identification
57A.5 Handling of Slow Protocol frames
57A.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 57A, Requirements for support of Slow Protocols
57A.6.1 Introduction
57A.6.2 Identification
57A.6.2.1 Implementation identification
57A.6.2.2 Protocol summary
57A.6.2.3 Transmission characteristics
57A.6.2.4 Frame handling
Annex 57B (normative) Organization specific slow protocol (OSSP)
57B.1 Transmission and representation of octets
57B.1.1 OSSPDU frame structure
57B.2 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 57B, Organization specific slow protocol (OSSP)
57B.2.1 Introduction
57B.2.2 Identification
57B.2.2.1 Implementation identification
57B.2.2.2 Protocol summary
57B.2.2.3 OSSPDU structure
Annex 58A (informative) Frame-based testing
Annex 58B (informative) Jitter, OMA, and TDP
58B.1 Jitter at TP1 and TP4 for 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10
58B.2 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements
58B.3 Approximate measures of TDP
58B.4 Jitter measurements
Annex 59A (informative) Jitter budget and measurements
59A.1 Jitter specifications
59A.2 Total jitter measurements
59A.3 Deterministic or high probability jitter measurement
Annex 60A (informative) Jitter at TP1 to TP4 for 1000BASE-PX
Annex 61A (informative) EFM Copper examples
61A.1 Purpose and scope
61A.2 Aggregation Discovery example
61A.3 Example of 64/65-octet encapsulation
Annex 61B (informative) Handshake codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS
61B.1 Purpose and scope
61B.2 Level-1 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS
61B.3 Codepoints for 2BASE-TL
61B.3.1 Level-2 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL
61B.3.2 Level-3 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL
61B.3.2.1 Training parameter codepoints
61B.3.2.2 PMMS parameter codepoints
61B.3.2.3 Framing parameter codepoints
61B.4 Codepoints for 10PASS-TS
61B.4.1 Level-2 S field codepoints for 10PASS-TS
61B.4.2 Level-3 S field codepoints for 10PASS-TS
61B.4.2.1 Used bands in upstream codepoints
61B.4.2.2 Used bands in downstream codepoints
61B.4.2.3 IDFT/DFT size codepoints
61B.4.2.4 Initial length of CE codepoints
61B.4.2.5 MCM RFI band codepoints
61B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 61B, Handshake codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS
61B.5.1 Introduction
61B.5.2 Identification
61B.5.2.1 Implementation identification
61B.5.2.2 Protocol summary
61B.5.3 Major capabilities/options
61B.5.4 2BASE-TL handshake coding rules
Annex 62A (normative) PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS
62A.1 Introduction and rationale
62A.2 Relationship to other clauses
62A.3 Profile definitions
62A.3.1 Bandplan and PSD mask profiles
62A.3.2 Bandplan definitions
62A.3.3 PSD mask definitions
62A.3.4 UPBO Reference PSD Profiles
62A.3.5 Band Notch Profiles
62A.3.6 Payload rate profiles
62A.3.7 Complete profiles
62A.3.8 Default profile
62A.4 Register settings
62A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 62A, PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS
62A.5.1 Introduction
62A.5.2 Identification
62A.5.2.1 Implementation identification
62A.5.2.2 Protocol summary
62A.5.3 Major capabilities/options
62A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS
Annex 62B (normative) Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles
62B.1 Introduction and rationale
62B.2 Relationship to other clauses
62B.3 Performance test cases
62B.3.1 Additional tests
62B.4 Deployment guidelines
62B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 62B, Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles
62B.5.1 Introduction
62B.5.2 Identification
62B.5.2.1 Implementation identification
62B.5.2.2 Protocol summary
62B.5.3 Major capabilities/options
62B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles
Annex 62C (informative) 10PASS-TS Examples
62C.1 Introduction
62C.2 Bandplan configuration
62C.2.1 Plan A with variable LF region
62C.3 PSD mask configuration
62C.3.1 General procedure
62C.3.2 PSD Masks for Plan A with variable LF region
Annex 63A (normative) PMD Profiles for 2BASE-TL
63A.1 Introduction and rationale
63A.2 Relationship to other clauses
63A.3 Profile definitions
63A.4 Register settings
63A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma Annex 63A, PMD Profiles for 2BASE-TL
63A.5.1 Introduction
63A.5.2 Identification
63A.5.2.1 Implementation identification
63A.5.2.2 Protocol summary
63A.5.3 Major capabilities/options
63A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles
Annex 63B (normative) Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles
63B.1 Introduction and rationale
63B.2 Relationship to other clauses
63B.3 Performance test cases.
63B.4 Deployment Guidelines
63B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 63B, Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles
63B.5.1 Introduction
63B.5.2 Identification
63B.5.2.1 Implementation identification
63B.5.2.2 Protocol summary
63B.5.3 Major capabilities/options
63B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles
Annex 67A (informative) Environmental characteristics for Ethernet subscriber access networks
67A.1 Introduction
67A.1.1 Terminal deployment scenarios
67A.2 Temperature
67A.3 Temperature impact on optical components
67A.3.1 Component case temperature recommendations
Annex 69A (normative) Interference tolerance testing
69A.1 Introduction
69A.2 Test setup
69A.2.1 Pattern generator
69A.2.2 Test channel
69A.2.3 Interference generator
69A.2.4 Transmitter control
69A.3 Test methodology
Annex 69B (informative) Interconnect characteristics
69B.1 Overview
69B.2 Reference model
69B.3 Characteristic impedance
69B.4 Channel parameters
69B.4.1 Overview
69B.4.2 Fitted attenuation
69B.4.3 Insertion loss
69B.4.4 Insertion loss deviation
69B.4.5 Return loss
69B.4.6 Crosstalk
69B.4.6.1 Power sum differential near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT)
69B.4.6.2 Power sum differential far-end crosstalk (PSFEXT)
69B.4.6.3 Power sum differential crosstalk
69B.4.6.4 Insertion loss to crosstalk ratio (ICR)
Annex 73A (normative) Next page message code field definitions
73A.1 Message code 1—Null Message code
73A.2 Message code 5—Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code
73A.3 Message code 6—AN device identifier tag code
73A.4 Message code 10—EEE technology message code
Annex 74A (informative) FEC block encoding examples
74A.1 Input to the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder
74A.2 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder
74A.3 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder after scrambling with PN-2112 sequence
74A.4 Output of the PN-2112 sequence generator
74A.5 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder to Support Rapid Block during the wake state in EEE (optional)
74A.6 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder to Support Rapid Block during the refresh state in EEE (optional)
Annex 75A (informative) Dual-rate receiver implementation
75A.1 Overview
Annex 75B (informative) Illustrative channels and penalties for 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX power budget classes
75B.1 Overview
75B.2 Wavelength allocation
75B.2.1 Downstream wavelength allocation
75B.2.2 Upstream wavelength allocation
Annex 75C (informative) Jitter at TP1 to TP8 for 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX
75C.1 Overview
Annex 76A (informative) FEC Encoding example
76A.1 Introduction and rationale
76A.2 64B/66B block input
76A.3 66 bit block input in binary format
76A.4 RS(255,223) input buffer in Binary Format
76A.5 RS(255,223) input buffer
76A.6 Parity symbol output
76A.7 Parity symbols in binary format
76A.8 64B/66B Parity Blocks for Transmit
76A.9 Parity 66 bit blocks in binary format
Annex 83A (normative) 40 Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb/s ten-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-10)
83A.1 Overview
83A.1.1 Summary of major concepts
83A.1.2 Rate of operation
83A.2 XLAUI/CAUI-10 link block diagram
83A.2.1 Transmitter compliance points
83A.2.2 Receiver compliance points
83A.3 XLAUI/CAUI-10 electrical characteristics
83A.3.1 Signal levels
83A.3.2 Signal paths
83A.3.3 EEE operation
83A.3.4 Transmitter characteristics
83A.3.4.1 Output amplitude
83A.3.4.1.1 Amplitude and swing
83A.3.4.2 Rise/fall time
83A.3.4.3 Differential output return loss
83A.3.4.4 Common-mode output return loss
83A.3.4.5 Transmitter eye mask and transmitter jitter definition
83A.3.4.6 Global transmit disable function
83A.3.5 Receiver characteristics
83A.3.5.1 Bit error ratio
83A.3.5.2 Input signal definition
83A.3.5.3 Differential input return loss
83A.3.5.4 Differential to common-mode input return loss
83A.3.5.5 AC-coupling
83A.3.5.6 Jitter tolerance
83A.3.5.7 Global energy detect function
83A.4 Interconnect characteristics
83A.4.1 Characteristic impedance
83A.5 Electrical parameter measurement methods
83A.5.1 Transmit jitter
83A.5.2 Receiver tolerance
83A.6 Environmental specifications
83A.6.1 General safety
83A.6.2 Network safety
83A.6.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
83A.6.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
83A.6.5 Temperature and humidity
83A.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83A, 40 Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb/s ten-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-10)
83A.7.1 Introduction
83A.7.2 Identification
83A.7.2.1 Implementation identification
83A.7.2.2 Protocol summary
83A.7.3 Major capabilities/options
83A.7.4 XLAUI/CAUI-10 transmitter requirements
83A.7.5 XLAUI/CAUI-10 receiver requirements
83A.7.6 Electrical measurement methods
83A.7.7 Environmental specifications
Annex 83B (normative) Chip-to-module 40 Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb/s ten-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-10)
83B.1 Overview
83B.2 Compliance point specifications for chip-to-module XLAUI/CAUI-10
83B.2.1 Module specifications
83B.2.2 Host specifications
83B.2.3 Host input signal tolerance
83B.3 Environmental specifications
83B.3.1 General safety
83B.3.2 Network safety
83B.3.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines
83B.3.4 Electromagnetic compatibility
83B.3.5 Temperature and humidity
83B.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83B, Chip-to-module 40 Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb/s ten-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-10)
83B.4.1 Introduction
83B.4.2 Identification
83B.4.2.1 Implementation identification
83B.4.2.2 Protocol summary
83B.4.3 Major capabilities/options
83B.4.4 Module requirements
83B.4.5 Host requirements
83B.4.6 Environmental specifications
Annex 83C (informative) PMA sublayer partitioning examples
83C.1 Partitioning examples with FEC
83C.1.1 FEC implemented with PCS
83C.1.2 FEC implemented with PMD
83C.2 Partitioning examples with RS-FEC
83C.2.1 Single PMA sublayer with RS-FEC
83C.2.2 Single CAUI-10 with RS-FEC
83C.3 Partitioning examples without FEC
83C.3.1 Single PMA sublayer without FEC
83C.3.2 Single XLAUI/CAUI-4 without FEC
83C.3.3 Separate SERDES for optical module interface
83C.4 Partitioning examples with SC-FEC
83C.4.1 CAUI-4 with SC-FEC
Annex 83D (normative) Chip-to-chip 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4)
83D.1 Overview
83D.2 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip compliance point definition
83D.3 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip electrical characteristics
83D.3.1 CAUI-4 transmitter characteristics
83D.3.1.1 Transmitter equalization settings
83D.3.2 Optional EEE operation
83D.3.3 CAUI-4 receiver characteristics
83D.3.3.1 Receiver interference tolerance
83D.3.3.2 Transmitter equalization feedback (optional)
83D.3.4 Global energy detect function for optional EEE operation
83D.4 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip channel characteristics
83D.5 Example usage of the optional transmitter equalization feedback
83D.5.1 Overview
83D.5.2 Tuning equalization settings on lane 0 in the transmit direction
83D.5.3 Tuning equalization settings on lane 0 in the receive direction
83D.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83D, Chip-to-chip 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4)
83D.6.1 Introduction
83D.6.2 Identification
83D.6.2.1 Implementation identification
83D.6.2.2 Protocol summary
83D.6.3 Major capabilities/options
83D.6.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-chip 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4)
83D.6.4.1 Transmitter
83D.6.4.2 Receiver
83D.6.4.3 Channel
Annex 83E (normative) Chip-to-module 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4)
83E.1 Overview
83E.1.1 Bit error ratio
83E.2 CAUI-4 chip-to-module compliance point definitions
83E.3 CAUI-4 chip-to-module electrical characteristics
83E.3.1 CAUI-4 host output characteristics
83E.3.1.1 Signaling rate and range
83E.3.1.2 Signal levels
83E.3.1.3 Output return loss
83E.3.1.4 Differential termination mismatch
83E.3.1.5 Transition time
83E.3.1.6 Host output eye width and eye height
83E.3.1.6.1 Reference receiver for host output eye width and eye height evaluation
83E.3.2 CAUI-4 module output characteristics
83E.3.2.1 Module output eye width and eye height
83E.3.2.1.1 Reference receiver for module output eye width and eye height evaluation
83E.3.3 CAUI-4 host input characteristics
83E.3.3.1 Input return loss
83E.3.3.2 Host stressed input test
83E.3.3.2.1 Host stressed input test procedure
83E.3.4 CAUI-4 module input characteristics
83E.3.4.1 Module stressed input test
83E.3.4.1.1 Module stressed input test procedure
83E.4 CAUI-4 measurement methodology
83E.4.1 HCB/MCB characteristics
83E.4.2 Eye width and eye height measurement method
83E.4.2.1 Vertical eye closure
83E.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83E, Chip-to-module 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4)
83E.5.1 Introduction
83E.5.2 Identification
83E.5.2.1 Implementation identification
83E.5.2.2 Protocol summary
83E.5.3 Major capabilities/options
83E.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-module 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4)
83E.5.4.1 Host output
83E.5.4.2 Module output
83E.5.4.3 Host input
83E.5.4.4 Module input
Annex 85A (informative) 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 TP0 and TP5 test point parameters
85A.1 Overview
85A.2 Transmitter characteristics at TP0
85A.3 Receiver characteristics at TP5
85A.4 Transmitter and receiver differential printed circuit board trace loss
85A.5 Channel insertion loss
85A.6 Channel return loss
85A.7 Channel insertion loss deviation (ILD)
85A.8 Channel integrated crosstalk noise (ICN)
Annex 86A (normative) Parallel Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE-SR4 and 40GBASE-LR4 (XLPPI) and 100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI)
86A.1 Overview
86A.2 Block diagram and test points
86A.3 Lane assignments
86A.4 Electrical specifications for nPPI
86A.4.1 nPPI host to module electrical specifications
86A.4.1.1 Differential return losses at TP1 and TP1a
86A.4.2 nPPI module to host electrical specifications
86A.4.2.1 Differential return losses at TP4 and TP4a
86A.5 Definitions of electrical parameters and measurement methods
86A.5.1 Test points and compliance boards
86A.5.1.1 Compliance board parameters
86A.5.1.1.1 Reference insertion losses of HCB and MCB
86A.5.1.1.2 Electrical specifications of mated HCB and MCB
86A.5.2 Test patterns and related subclauses
86A.5.3 Parameter definitions
86A.5.3.1 AC common-mode voltage
86A.5.3.2 Termination mismatch
86A.5.3.3 Transition time
86A.5.3.4 Data Dependent Pulse Width Shrinkage (DDPWS)
86A.5.3.5 Signal to noise ratio Qsq
86A.5.3.6 Eye mask for TP1a and TP4
86A.5.3.7 Reference impedances for electrical measurements
86A.5.3.8 Host input signal tolerance
86A.5.3.8.1 Introduction
86A.5.3.8.2 Test equipment and setup
86A.5.3.8.3 Stressed eye jitter characteristics
86A.5.3.8.4 Calibration
86A.5.3.8.5 Calibration procedure
86A.5.3.8.6 Test procedure
86A.6 Recommended electrical channel
86A.7 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling
86A.7.1 General safety
86A.7.2 Installation
86A.7.3 Environment
86A.7.4 PMD labeling
86A.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 86A, Parallel Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE-SR4 and 40GBASE-LR4 (XLPPI) and 100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI)
86A.8.1 Introduction
86A.8.2 Identification
86A.8.2.1 Implementation identification
86A.8.2.2 Protocol summary
86A.8.3 Major capabilities/options
86A.8.4 PICS proforma tables for Parallel Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE-SR4 and 40GBASE-LR4 (XLPPI) and 100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI)
86A.8.4.1 PMD functional specifications
86A.8.4.2 Electrical specifications for nPPI
86A.8.4.3 Definitions of parameters and measurement methods
86A.8.4.4 Environmental and safety specifications
Annex 91A (informative) RS-FEC codeword examples
91A.1 Input to the 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder
91A.2 Output of the RS(528,514) encoder
91A.3 Output of the RS(544,514) encoder
91A.4 Reed-Solomon encoder model
91A.4.1 Global variable declarations for RS(528,514)
91A.4.2 Global variable declarations for RS(544,514)
91A.4.3 Other global variable declarations
91A.4.4 GF(210) multiplier function
91A.4.5 Reed-Solomon encoder function
91A.4.6 Main function
Annex 92A (informative) 100GBASE-CR4 TP0 and TP5 test point parameters and channel characteristics
92A.1 Overview
92A.2 Transmitter characteristics at TP0
92A.3 Receiver characteristics at TP5
92A.4 Transmitter and receiver differential printed circuit board trace loss
92A.5 Channel insertion loss
92A.6 Channel return loss
92A.7 Channel Operating Margin (COM)
Annex 93A (normative) Specification methods for electrical channels
93A.1 Channel Operating Margin
93A.1.1 Measurement of the channel
93A.1.2 Transmitter and receiver device package models
93A.1.2.1 Cascade connection of two-port networks
93A.1.2.2 Two-port network for a shunt capacitance
93A.1.2.3 Two-port network for the package transmission line
93A.1.2.4 Assembly of transmitter and receiver device package models
93A.1.3 Path terminations
93A.1.4 Filters
93A.1.4.1 Receiver noise filter
93A.1.4.2 Transmitter equalizer
93A.1.4.3 Receiver equalizer
93A.1.5 Pulse response
93A.1.6 Determination of variable equalizer parameters
93A.1.7 Interference and noise amplitude
93A.1.7.1 Interference amplitude distribution
93A.1.7.2 Noise amplitude distribution
93A.1.7.3 Combination of interference and noise distributions
93A.2 Test channel calibration using COM
93A.3 Fitted insertion loss
93A.4 Insertion loss deviation
93A.5 Effective Return Loss
93A.5.1 Pulse time-domain reflection signal
93A.5.2 Effective reflection waveform
93A.5.3 Sampled effective reflection
93A.5.4 x-quantile of the reflection distribution
93A.5.5 ERL
Annex 93B (informative) Electrical backplane reference model
Annex 93C (normative) Receiver interference tolerance
93C.1 Test setup
93C.2 Test method
Annex 97A (normative) Common-mode conversion test methodology
97A.1 Introduction
97A.2 Test configuration and measurement
97A.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 97A, Common-mode conversion test methodology
97A.3.1 Introduction
97A.3.2 Identification
97A.3.2.1 Implementation identification
97A.3.2.2 Protocol summary
97A.3.3 Major capabilities/options
Annex 97B (normative) Alien Crosstalk Test Procedure
97B.1 Introduction
97B.1.1 Alien crosstalk test configurations
97B.2 Alien crosstalk coupled between type A link segments
97B.3 Cable bundling
97B.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 97B, Alien Crosstalk Test Procedure
97B.4.1 Introduction
97B.4.2 Identification
97B.4.2.1 Implementation identification
97B.4.2.2 Protocol summary
97B.4.3 Major capabilities/options
Annex 98A (normative) Selector Field definitions
98A.1 Introduction
Annex 98B (normative) IEEE 802.3 Selector Base Page definition
98B.1 Introduction
98B.2 Selector field value
98B.3 Technology Ability Field bit assignments
98B.3.1 10BASE-T1L-specific bit assignments
98B.4 Priority Resolution
98B.5 Message Page transmission convention
Annex 98C (normative) Next Page Message Code Field definitions
98C.1 Introduction
98C.2 Message code 1—Null Message code
98C.3 Message code 5—Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code
98C.4 Message code 6—AN device identifier tag code
Annex 100A (normative) EPoC OFDM channel model
100A.1 Topology
100A.2 Downstream channel parameters
100A.3 Upstream channel parameters
100A.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 100A, EPoC OFDM channel model
100A.4.1 Introduction
100A.4.2 Identification
100A.4.2.1 Implementation identification
100A.4.2.2 Protocol summary
100A.4.3 Major capabilities/options
Annex 109A (normative) Chip-to-chip 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2C)
109A.1 Overview
109A.2 25GAUI C2C compliance point definition
109A.3 25GAUI C2C electrical characteristics
109A.3.1 25GAUI C2C transmitter characteristics
109A.3.2 25GAUI C2C receiver characteristics
109A.3.3 Optional EEE operation
109A.4 25GAUI C2C channel characteristics
109A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 109A, Chip-to-chip 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2C)
109A.5.1 Introduction
109A.5.2 Identification
109A.5.2.1 Implementation identification
109A.5.2.2 Protocol summary
109A.5.3 Major capabilities/options
109A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-chip 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2C)
109A.5.4.1 Transmitter
109A.5.4.2 Receiver
109A.5.4.3 Channel
Annex 109B (normative) Chip-to-module 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2M)
109B.1 Overview
109B.1.1 Bit error ratio
109B.2 25GAUI C2M compliance point definitions
109B.3 25GAUI C2M electrical characteristics
109B.3.1 25GAUI C2M host output characteristics
109B.3.2 25GAUI C2M module output characteristics
109B.3.2.1 25GAUI C2M module output eye opening
109B.3.2.1.1 Eye opening using measurement method A
109B.3.2.1.2 Eye opening using measurement method B
109B.3.3 25GAUI C2M host input characteristics
109B.3.4 25GAUI C2M module input characteristics
109B.3.4.1 Module stressed input test using measurement method A
109B.3.4.2 Module stressed input test using measurement method B
109B.4 25GAUI C2M measurement methodology
109B.4.1 Eye width, eye height, and eye closure measurement method B
109B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 109B, Chip-to-module 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2M)
109B.5.1 Introduction
109B.5.2 Identification
109B.5.2.1 Implementation identification
109B.5.2.2 Protocol summary
109B.5.3 Major capabilities/options
109B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-module 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2M)
109B.5.4.1 Host output
109B.5.4.2 Module output
109B.5.4.3 Host input
109B.5.4.4 Module input
Annex 109C (informative) 25GBASE-R PMA sublayer partitioning examples
Annex 110A (informative) TP0 and TP5 test point parameters and channel characteristics for 25GBASE-CR and 25GBASE-CR-S
110A.1 Overview
110A.2 Transmitter characteristics at TP0
110A.3 Receiver characteristics at TP5
110A.4 Transmitter and receiver differential printed circuit board trace loss
110A.5 Channel insertion loss
110A.6 Channel return loss
110A.7 Channel Operating Margin (COM)
Annex 110B (normative) Test fixtures for 25GBASE-CR, 25GBASE-CR-S, and 25GAUI C2M
110B.1 Test fixtures
110B.1.1 SFP28 TP2 or TP3 test fixture
110B.1.2 SFP28 Cable assembly test fixture
110B.1.3 SFP28 Mated test fixtures
110B.1.3.1 Mated test fixtures differential insertion loss
110B.1.3.2 Mated test fixtures differential return loss
110B.1.3.3 Mated test fixtures common-mode conversion insertion loss
110B.1.3.4 Mated test fixtures common-mode return loss
110B.1.3.5 Mated test fixtures common-mode to differential mode return loss
110B.1.3.6 Mated test fixtures integrated near-end crosstalk noise
110B.2 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 110B, Test fixtures for 25GBASE-CR, 25GBASE-CR-S, and 25GAUI C2M
110B.2.1 Introduction
110B.2.2 Identification
110B.2.2.1 Implementation identification
110B.2.2.2 Protocol summary
110B.2.3 Major capabilities/options
110B.2.4 PICS proforma tables for test fixtures for 25GBASE-CR, 25GBASE-CR-S, and 25GAUI C2M
Annex 110C (normative) Host and cable assembly form factors for 25GBASE-CR and 25GBASE-CR-S PHYs
110C.1 Overview
110C.2 Host form factors
110C.2.1 SFP28 host form factor
110C.2.2 QSFP28 host form factor
110C.3 Cable assembly form factors
110C.3.1 SFP28 to SFP28 cable assembly form factor
110C.3.2 QSFP28 to QSFP28 cable assembly form factor
110C.3.3 QSFP28 to 4×SFP28 cable assembly form factor
Annex 113A (informative) Description of cable clamp and test setup
113A.1 Overview
113A.2 Description of cable clamp
113A.3 Cable clamp measurement, calibration, and validation
113A.4 Test setup
Annex 115A (informative) BCH codeword examples
115A.1 Output of the BCH(896, 720) encoder
115A.2 Output of the BCH(1976, 1668) encoder
Annex 119A (informative) 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R PCS FEC codeword examples
Annex 120A (informative) 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s PMA sublayer partitioning examples
120A.1 Partitioning example supporting 400GBASE-SR16
120A.2 Partitioning examples supporting 200GBASE-DR4/FR4/LR4 and 400GBASE-FR8/LR8
120A.3 Partitioning examples supporting 400GBASE-DR4
120A.4 Partitioning example using 200GXS and 400GXS
Annex 120B (normative) Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8 C2C) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2C)
120B.1 Overview
120B.2 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-chip compliance point definition
120B.3 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-chip electrical characteristics
120B.3.1 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2C transmitter characteristics
120B.3.2 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2C receiver characteristics
120B.4 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-chip channel characteristics
120B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 120B, Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8 C2C) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2C)
120B.5.1 Introduction
120B.5.2 Identification
120B.5.2.1 Implementation identification
120B.5.2.2 Protocol summary
120B.5.3 Major capabilities/options
120B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8 C2C) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2C)
120B.5.4.1 Transmitter
120B.5.4.2 Receiver
120B.5.4.3 Channel
Annex 120C (normative) Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8 C2M) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2M)
120C.1 Overview
120C.1.1 Bit error ratio
120C.2 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module compliance point definitions
120C.3 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module electrical characteristics
120C.3.1 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M host output characteristics
120C.3.2 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M module output characteristics
120C.3.3 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M host input characteristics
120C.3.4 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M module input characteristics
120C.4 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M measurement methodology
120C.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 120C, Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8 C2M) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2M)
120C.5.1 Introduction
120C.5.2 Identification
120C.5.2.1 Implementation identification
120C.5.2.2 Protocol summary
120C.5.3 Major capabilities/options
120C.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8 C2M) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2M)
120C.5.4.1 Host output
120C.5.4.2 Module output
120C.5.4.3 Host input
120C.5.4.4 Module input
Annex 120D (normative) Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4 C2C) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2C)
120D.1 Overview
120D.2 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-chip compliance point definition
120D.3 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-chip electrical characteristics
120D.3.1 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2C transmitter characteristics
120D.3.1.1 Transmitter differential output return loss
120D.3.1.2 Transmitter linearity
120D.3.1.2.1 Measurement of mean signal levels
120D.3.1.3 Linear fit to the measured waveform
120D.3.1.4 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak
120D.3.1.5 Transmitter equalization settings
120D.3.1.6 Transmitter output noise and distortion
120D.3.1.7 Transmitter output residual ISI
120D.3.1.8 Output jitter
120D.3.1.8.1 J4u and JRMS jitter
120D.3.1.8.2 Even-odd Jitter
120D.3.2 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2C receiver characteristics
120D.3.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance
120D.3.2.2 Receiver jitter tolerance
120D.3.2.3 Transmitter equalization feedback (optional)
120D.4 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-chip channel characteristics
120D.4.1 Channel Operating Margin
120D.4.2 Channel return loss
120D.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 120D, Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4 C2C) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2C)
120D.5.1 Introduction
120D.5.2 Identification
120D.5.2.1 Implementation identification
120D.5.2.2 Protocol summary
120D.5.3 Major capabilities/options
120D.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4 C2C) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2C)
120D.5.4.1 Transmitter
120D.5.4.2 Receiver
120D.5.4.3 Channel
Annex 120E (normative) Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4 C2M) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2M)
120E.1 Overview
120E.1.1 Bit error ratio
120E.2 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-module compliance point definitions
120E.3 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-module electrical characteristics
120E.3.1 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M host output characteristics
120E.3.1.1 Signaling rate and range
120E.3.1.2 Signal levels
120E.3.1.3 Output return loss
120E.3.1.4 Differential termination mismatch
120E.3.1.5 Transition time
120E.3.1.6 Host output eye width and eye height
120E.3.1.7 Reference receiver for eye width and eye height evaluation
120E.3.2 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M module output characteristics
120E.3.2.1 Module output eye width, eye height, and pre-cursor ISI ratio
120E.3.2.1.1 Reference receiver for module output evaluation
120E.3.2.1.2 Far-end pre-cursor ISI ratio
120E.3.3 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M host input characteristics
120E.3.3.1 Input return loss
120E.3.3.2 Host stressed input test
120E.3.3.2.1 Host stressed input test procedure
120E.3.4 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M module input characteristics
120E.3.4.1 Module stressed input test
120E.3.4.1.1 Module stressed input test procedure
120E.4 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M measurement methodology
120E.4.1 HCB/MCB characteristics
120E.4.2 Eye width and eye height measurement method
120E.4.3 Vertical eye closure
120E.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 120E, Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4 C2M) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2M)
120E.5.1 Introduction
120E.5.2 Identification
120E.5.2.1 Implementation identification
120E.5.2.2 Protocol summary
120E.5.3 Major capabilities/options
120E.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4 C2M) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2M)
120E.5.4.1 Host output
120E.5.4.2 Module output
120E.5.4.3 Host input
120E.5.4.4 Module input
Annex 127A (informative) Compatibility of 2.5GBASE-X PCS/PMA with 1000BASE-X PCS/PMA running 2.5 times faster
Annex 128A (normative) 2.5 Gb/s Storage Enclosure Interface (2.5GSEI)
128A.1 Overview
128A.1.1 Bit error ratio
128A.2 2.5GSEI compliance point definitions
128A.3 2.5GSEI electrical characteristics
128A.3.1 2.5GSEI host output characteristics
128A.3.1.1 Signaling rate and range
128A.3.1.2 Signaling levels
128A.3.1.3 Output return loss
128A.3.1.4 Transmit jitter test requirements
128A.3.1.5 Transmit jitter
128A.3.1.6 Transmitter output noise and distortion
128A.3.2 2.5GSEI host input characteristics
128A.3.2.1 Input differential return loss
128A.3.2.2 Receiver interference tolerance
128A.3.2.3 Receiver jitter tolerance
128A.3.3 2.5GSEI drive output characteristics
128A.3.4 2.5GSEI drive input characteristics
128A.3.4.1 Input differential return loss
128A.3.4.2 Receiver interference tolerance
128A.3.4.3 Receiver jitter tolerance
128A.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 128A, 2.5 Gb/s Storage Enclosure Interface (2.5GSEI)
128A.4.1 Introduction
128A.4.2 Identification
128A.4.2.1 Implementation identification
128A.4.2.2 Protocol summary
128A.4.3 Major capabilities/options
128A.4.4 PICS proforma tables for 2.5 Gb/s Storage Enclosure Interface (2.5GSEI)
128A.4.4.1 Host output functions
128A.4.4.2 Host input functions
128A.4.4.3 Drive output functions
128A.4.4.4 Drive input functions
Annex 128B (normative) Test fixtures for 2.5 Gb/s and 5 Gb/s Storage Enclosure Interfaces
128B.1 Host and drive compliance boards
128B.1.1 Test fixture return loss
128B.1.2 Test fixture insertion loss
128B.2 Mated test fixtures
128B.2.1 Mated test fixtures insertion loss
128B.2.2 Mated test fixtures return loss
128B.2.3 Mated test fixtures integrated crosstalk noise
128B.2.3.1 Mated test fixture near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss
128B.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 128B, Test fixtures for 2.5 Gb/s and 5 Gb/s Storage Enclosure Interfaces
128B.3.1 Introduction
128B.3.2 Identification
128B.3.2.1 Implementation identification
128B.3.2.2 Protocol summary
128B.3.3 Major capabilities/options
128B.3.4 PICS proforma tables for test fixtures
128B.3.4.1 Management functions
Annex 130A (normative) 5 Gb/s Storage Enclosure Interface (5GSEI)
130A.1 Overview
130A.1.1 Bit error ratio
130A.2 5GSEI compliance point definitions
130A.3 5GSEI electrical characteristics
130A.3.1 5GSEI host output characteristics
130A.3.1.1 Signaling rate and range
130A.3.1.2 Signaling levels
130A.3.1.3 Output return loss
130A.3.1.4 Transmitter output waveform
130A.3.1.4.1 Linear fit to the measured waveform
130A.3.1.4.2 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak
130A.3.1.4.3 Pre-cursor coefficient
130A.3.1.5 Transmit jitter test requirements
130A.3.1.6 Transmit jitter
130A.3.1.7 Transmitter output noise and distortion
130A.3.2 5GSEI host input characteristics
130A.3.2.1 Input differential return loss
130A.3.2.2 Receiver interference tolerance
130A.3.2.3 Receiver jitter tolerance
130A.3.3 5GSEI drive output characteristics
130A.3.3.1 Linear fit to the measured waveform
130A.3.3.2 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak
130A.3.3.3 Precursor coefficient
130A.3.3.4 Transmitter output noise and distortion
130A.3.4 5GSEI drive input characteristics
130A.3.4.1 Input differential return loss
130A.3.4.2 Receiver interference tolerance
130A.3.4.3 Receiver jitter tolerance
130A.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 130A, 5 Gb/s Storage Enclosure Interface (5GSEI)
130A.4.1 Introduction
130A.4.2 Identification
130A.4.2.1 Implementation identification
130A.4.2.2 Protocol summary
130A.4.3 Major capabilities/options
130A.4.4 PICS proforma tables for 5 Gb/s Storage Enclosure Interface (5GSEI)
130A.4.4.1 Host output functions
130A.4.4.2 Host input functions
130A.4.4.3 Drive output functions
130A.4.4.4 Drive input functions
Annex 135A (informative) 50 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s PMA sublayer partitioning examples
135A.1 Partitioning examples of 50GBASE-R PHYs
135A.2 Partitioning examples of 100GBASE-P PHYs
135A.3 Partitioning examples of 100GAUI-n with Inverse RS-FEC
135A.3.1 100GAUI-n with Inverse RS-FEC
135A.3.2 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip and 100GAUI-n chip-to-module with Inverse RS-FEC
Annex 135B (normative) Chip-to-Chip 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (LAUI-2 C2C)
135B.1 Overview
135B.2 LAUI-2 C2C compliance point definition
135B.3 LAUI-2 C2C electrical characteristics
135B.3.1 LAUI-2 C2C transmitter characteristics
135B.3.2 LAUI-2 C2C receiver characteristics
135B.4 LAUI-2 C2C channel characteristics
135B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 135B, Chip-to-Chip 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (LAUI-2 C2C)
135B.5.1 Introduction
135B.5.2 Identification
135B.5.2.1 Implementation identification
135B.5.2.2 Protocol summary
135B.5.3 Major capabilities/options
135B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-chip 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (LAUI-2 C2C)
135B.5.4.1 Transmitter
135B.5.4.2 Receiver
135B.5.4.3 Channel
Annex 135C (normative) Chip-to-module 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (LAUI-2 C2M)
135C.1 Overview
135C.1.1 Bit error ratio
135C.2 LAUI-2 C2M compliance point definitions
135C.3 LAUI-2 C2M electrical characteristics
135C.3.1 LAUI-2 C2M host output characteristics
135C.3.2 LAUI-2 C2M module output characteristics
135C.3.3 LAUI-2 C2M host input characteristics
135C.3.4 LAUI-2 C2M module input characteristics
135C.4 LAUI-2 C2M measurement methodology
135C.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 135C, Chip-to-module 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (LAUI-2 C2M)
135C.5.1 Introduction
135C.5.2 Identification
135C.5.2.1 Implementation identification
135C.5.2.2 Protocol summary
135C.5.3 Major capabilities/options
135C.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-module 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (LAUI-2 C2M)
135C.5.4.1 Host output
135C.5.4.2 Module output
135C.5.4.3 Host input
135C.5.4.4 Module input
Annex 135D (normative) Chip-to-chip 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-2 C2C) and 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-4 C2C)
135D.1 Overview
135D.2 50GAUI-2 C2C and 100GAUI-4 C2C compliance point definition
135D.3 50GAUI-2 C2C and 100GAUI-4 C2C electrical characteristics
135D.3.1 50GAUI-2 C2C and 100GAUI-4 C2C transmitter characteristics
135D.3.2 50GAUI-2 C2C and 100GAUI-4 C2C receiver characteristics
135D.4 50GAUI-2 C2C and 100GAUI-4 C2C channel characteristics
135D.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 135D, Chip-to-chip 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-2 C2C) and 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-4 C2C)
135D.5.1 Introduction
135D.5.2 Identification
135D.5.2.1 Implementation identification
135D.5.2.2 Protocol summary
135D.5.3 Major capabilities/options
135D.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-chip 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-2 C2C) and 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-4 C2C)
135D.5.4.1 Transmitter
135D.5.4.2 Receiver
135D.5.4.3 Channel
Annex 135E (normative) Chip-to-module 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-2 C2M) and 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-4 C2M)
135E.1 Overview
135E.1.1 Bit error ratio
135E.2 50GAUI-2 C2M and 100GAUI-4 C2M compliance point definitions
135E.3 50GAUI-2 C2M and 100GAUI-4 C2M electrical characteristics
135E.3.1 50GAUI-2 C2M and 100GAUI-4 C2M host output characteristics
135E.3.2 50GAUI-2 C2M and 100GAUI-4 C2M module output characteristics
135E.3.3 50GAUI-2 C2M and 100GAUI-4 C2M host input characteristics
135E.3.4 50GAUI-2 C2M and 100GAUI-4 C2M module input characteristics
135E.4 50GAUI-2 C2M and 100GAUI-4 C2M measurement methodology
135E.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 135E, Chip-to-module 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-2 C2M) and 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-4 C2M)
135E.5.1 Introduction
135E.5.2 Identification
135E.5.2.1 Implementation identification
135E.5.2.2 Protocol summary
135E.5.3 Major capabilities/options
135E.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-module 50 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-2 C2M) and 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-4 C2M)
135E.5.4.1 Host output
135E.5.4.2 Module output
135E.5.4.3 Host input
135E.5.4.4 Module input
Annex 135F (normative) Chip-to-chip 50 Gb/s one-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-1 C2C) and 100 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-2 C2C)
135F.1 Overview
135F.2 50GAUI-1 C2C and 100GAUI-2 C2C compliance point definition
135F.3 50GAUI-1 C2C and 100GAUI-2 C2C electrical characteristics
135F.3.1 50GAUI-1 C2C and 100GAUI-2 C2C transmitter characteristics
135F.3.2 50GAUI-1 C2C and 100GAUI-2 C2C receiver characteristics
135F.3.2.1 Transmitter precoder request (optional)
135F.4 50GAUI-1 C2C and 100GAUI-2 C2C channel characteristics
135F.5 Example usage of the optional transmitter precoder request
135F.5.1 Overview
135F.5.2 Configuring precoder setting in the transmit direction
135F.5.3 Configuring precoder setting in the receive direction
135F.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 135F, Chip-to-chip 50 Gb/s one-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-1 C2C) and 100 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-2 C2C)
135F.6.1 Introduction
135F.6.2 Identification
135F.6.2.1 Implementation identification
135F.6.2.2 Protocol summary
135F.6.3 Major capabilities/options
135F.6.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-chip 50 Gb/s one-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-1 C2C) and 100 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-2 C2C)
135F.6.4.1 Transmitter
135F.6.4.2 Receiver
135F.6.4.3 Channel
Annex 135G (normative) Chip-to-module 50 Gb/s one-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-1 C2M) and 100 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-2 C2M)
135G.1 Overview
135G.1.1 Bit error ratio
135G.2 50GAUI-1 C2M and 100GAUI-2 C2M compliance point definitions
135G.3 50GAUI-1 C2M and 100GAUI-2 C2M electrical characteristics
135G.3.1 50GAUI-1 C2M and 100GAUI-2 C2M host output characteristics
135G.3.2 50GAUI-1 C2M and 100GAUI-2 C2M module output characteristics
135G.3.3 50GAUI-1 C2M and 100GAUI-2 C2M host input characteristics
135G.3.4 50GAUI-1 C2M and 100GAUI-2 C2M module input characteristics
135G.4 50GAUI-1 C2M and 100GAUI-2 C2M measurement methodology
135G.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 135G, Chip-to-module 50 Gb/s one-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-1 C2M) and 100 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-2 C2M)
135G.5.1 Introduction
135G.5.2 Identification
135G.5.2.1 Implementation identification
135G.5.2.2 Protocol summary
135G.5.3 Major capabilities/options
135G.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-module 50 Gb/s one-lane Attachment Unit Interface (50GAUI-1 C2M) and 100 Gb/s two-lane Attachment Unit Interface (100GAUI-2 C2M)
135G.5.4.1 Host output
135G.5.4.2 Module output
135G.5.4.3 Host input
135G.5.4.4 Module input
Annex 136A (informative) TP0 and TP5 test point parameters and channel characteristics for 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, and 200GBASE-CR4
136A.1 Overview
136A.2 Transmitter characteristics at TP0
136A.3 Receiver characteristics at TP5
136A.4 Transmitter and receiver differential printed circuit board trace loss
136A.5 Channel insertion loss
136A.6 Channel effective return loss
136A.7 Channel Operating Margin (COM)
Annex 136B (normative) Test fixtures for 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, 200GBASE-CR4, 50GAUI-1 C2M, and 100GAUI-2 C2M
136B.1 Test fixtures
136B.1.1 Mated test fixtures
136B.1.1.1 Mated test fixtures differential insertion loss
136B.1.1.2 Mated test fixtures differential return loss
136B.1.1.3 Mated test fixtures common-mode conversion insertion loss
136B.1.1.4 Mated test fixtures common-mode return loss
136B.1.1.5 Mated test fixtures common-mode to differential mode return loss
136B.1.1.6 Mated test fixtures integrated crosstalk noise
136B.2 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 136B, Test fixtures for 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, 200GBASE-CR4, 50GAUI-1 C2M, and 100GAUI-2 C2M
136B.2.1 Introduction
136B.2.2 Identification
136B.2.2.1 Implementation identification
136B.2.2.2 Protocol summary
136B.2.3 Major capabilities/options
136B.2.4 PICS proforma tables for test fixtures for 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, 200GBASE-CR4, 50GAUI-1 C2M, and 100GAUI-2 C2M
Annex 136C (normative) MDIs for 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, and 200GBASE-CR4
136C.1 Overview
136C.2 MDI connector types
136C.2.1 SFP28
136C.2.2 QSFP28
136C.2.3 MicroQSFP
136C.2.4 QSFP-DD
136C.2.5 OSFP
136C.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 136C, MDIs for 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, and 200GBASE-CR4
136C.3.1 Introduction
136C.3.2 Identification
136C.3.2.1 Implementation identification
136C.3.2.2 Protocol summary
136C.3.3 Major capabilities/options
136C.3.4 PICS proforma tables for MDIs for 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, and 200GBASE-CR4
136C.3.4.1 Contact Mapping
Annex 136D (informative) Host and cable assembly form factors for 50GBASE-CR, 100GBASE-CR2, and 200GBASE-CR4
136D.1 Overview
136D.2 Host form factors
136D.2.1 SFP28 host form factor
136D.2.2 QSFP28 host form factor
136D.2.3 microQSFP host form factor
136D.2.4 QSFP-DD host form factor
136D.2.5 OSFP host form factor
136D.3 Cable assembly form factors
136D.3.1 One-plug to one-plug cable assembly form factor
136D.3.2 One-plug to two-plug cable assembly form factor
136D.3.3 One-plug to four-plug cable assembly form factor
136D.3.4 One-plug to eight-plug cable assembly form factor
Annex 142A (informative) Encoding example for QC-LDPC(16952,14392) FEC and interleaving
142A.1 Example of initial control seed sequence
142A.2 QC-LDPC FEC encoder test vectors
Annex 145A (informative) Resistance and current unbalance
145A.1 Intra pair resistance unbalance
145A.2 Pair-to-pair unbalance overview
145A.3 Pair-to-pair link section resistance unbalance requirements for 4-pair operation
145A.4 PSE resistance and current unbalance
145A.4.1 Direct RPSE measurement
145A.5 PD resistance and current unbalance
Annex 145B (informative) Timing diagrams
145B.1 CC_DET_SEQ timing diagrams
145B.1.1 CC_DET_SEQ=0 timing diagrams
145B.1.2 CC_DET_SEQ=1 timing diagrams
145B.1.3 CC_DET_SEQ=2 timing diagrams
145B.1.4 CC_DET_SEQ=3 timing diagrams
145B.2 PSE Single-Event Physical Layer classification timing diagram
145B.3 PSE Multiple-Event Physical Layer classification timing diagram
Annex 145C (informative) Power system and parameters
145C.1 Constant power
145C.2 Current
145C.3 Direct current resistance (DCR)
145C.4 Bundled cabling applications
Annex 146A (informative) Guidelines for implementation of the 10BASE-T1L PHY in an intrinsically safe application
Annex 146B (informative) Optional power distribution
146B.1 Overview
146B.2 Point-to-point powering topologies
146B.3 Powered trunk cable topologies
Annex 149A (normative) Coupling and screening attenuation test methodology
149A.1 Introduction
149A.2 General test conditions
149A.3 Reference cable assembly
149A.4 Measurement setup
149A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 149A, Coupling and screening attenuation test methodology
149A.5.1 Introduction
149A.5.2 Identification
149A.5.2.1 Implementation identification
149A.5.2.2 Protocol summary
149A.5.3 Major capabilities/options
149A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Coupling and screening attenuation test methodology
Annex 149B (informative) OAM status
149B.1 Purpose
149B.2 MultiGBASE-T1 OAM status structure
149B.3 MultiGBASE-T1 status message data
149B.3.1 MultiGBASE-T1 status valid
149B.3.2 Power supply warning
149B.3.3 Internal temperature warning
149B.3.4 No MAC messages warning
149B.3.5 Degraded link segment
149B.3.6 Polarity inversion
149B.3.7 Vendor-specific field
149B.3.8 Clear REC
149B.3.9 REC cleared
149B.3.10 Receive error counter (REC)
149B.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams
149B.4.1 State diagram conventions
149B.4.2 State diagram parameters
149B.4.2.1 Variables
149B.4.2.2 Counters
149B.4.2.3 Messages
149B.4.2.4 State diagrams
Annex 149C (informative) Tx Function to Rx function channel characteristics
149C.1 Overview
149C.2 Differential printed circuit board trace loss
149C.3 Channel insertion loss
149C.4 Channel return loss
149C.4.1 Tx/Rx function to MDI return loss
149C.4.2 Link segment return loss
149C.4.3 Channel return loss concatenation
149C.5 Coupling between ports on multiport designs
Annex 154A (informative) Examples of 100GBASE-ZR compliant DWDM black links
154A.1 Introduction
154A.2 Relationship between OSNR and average optical power
154A.3 Examples of DWDM black link applications with OSNR at TP3 between 19.5 dB (12.5 GHz) and 35 dB (12.5 GHz)
154A.4 Example of DWDM black link applications with OSNR at TP3 greater than or equal to 35 dB (12.5 GHz)
Back Cover